Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1485/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts & Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1485/ en-US All rights reserved Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:26 GMT Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:26 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1485/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1485/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1485/ thebookvoice.com no Enos Mueller bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1485/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts & Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309126 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Elephants Fly: The Process of Radical Innovation Author: Steven S. Hoffman Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing on examples of the hottest innovators in Silicon Valley, this step-by-step guide will show you how to develop, test and launch your impossibly big idea to success. Almost every major company today has made innovation its number one priority. Yet fewer than one in four executives believe their organizations are effective innovators. The pressure to innovate and the price paid for failure keeps rising, while most companies haven't progressed at all. They are still using the same antiquated techniques pioneered decades ago. This is why some of the biggest corporations in the world manage to lose entire markets to startups they've never heard of. In today's world, everyone will need to innovate to stay competitive. It doesn't matter if you're a startup founder, corporate executive, small business owner, freelancer or professional, there's a technology out there that's going to upend your industry. And if you aren't able to harness it to your advantage, someone else will. Innovation is no longer an option -- it's the price of admission into the business world. Make Elephants Fly is designed to help you implement the same innovation methodologies and processes as Silicon Valley startups. It will teach you: - How startups come up with breakthrough products and services. - How to structure innovation teams. - The best ways to identify and vet new ideas. - What it takes to foster a culture of innovation. - How to establish a process of innovation throughout your organization. By the time you've digested this book, you will have the tools needed to take your impossibly big idea and make it fly! Steven S. Hoffman Tue, 14 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309126 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Elephants Fly: The Process of Radical Innovation Author: Steven S. Hoffman Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing on examples of the hottest innovators in Silicon Valley, this step-by-step guide will show you how to develop, test and launch your impossibly big idea to success. Almost every major company today has made innovation its number one priority. Yet fewer than one in four executives believe their organizations are effective innovators. The pressure to innovate and the price paid for failure keeps rising, while most companies haven't progressed at all. They are still using the same antiquated techniques pioneered decades ago. This is why some of the biggest corporations in the world manage to lose entire markets to startups they've never heard of. In today's world, everyone will need to innovate to stay competitive. It doesn't matter if you're a startup founder, corporate executive, small business owner, freelancer or professional, there's a technology out there that's going to upend your industry. And if you aren't able to harness it to your advantage, someone else will. Innovation is no longer an option -- it's the price of admission into the business world. Make Elephants Fly is designed to help you implement the same innovation methodologies and processes as Silicon Valley startups. It will teach you: - How startups come up with breakthrough products and services. - How to structure innovation teams. - The best ways to identify and vet new ideas. - What it takes to foster a culture of innovation. - How to establish a process of innovation throughout your organization. By the time you've digested this book, you will have the tools needed to take your impossibly big idea and make it fly! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/309126]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Elephants Fly: The Process of Radical Innovation Author: Steven S. Hoffman Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing on examples of the hottest innovators in Silicon Valley, this step-by-step guide will show you how to develop, test and launch your impossibly big idea to success. Almost every major company today has made innovation its number one priority. Yet fewer than one in four executives believe their organizations are effective innovators. The pressure to innovate and the price paid for failure keeps rising, while most companies haven't progressed at all. They are still using the same antiquated techniques pioneered decades ago. This is why some of the biggest corporations in the world manage to lose entire markets to startups they've never heard of. In today's world, everyone will need to innovate to stay competitive. It doesn't matter if you're a startup founder, corporate executive, small business owner, freelancer or professional, there's a technology out there that's going to upend your industry. And if you aren't able to harness it to your advantage, someone else will. Innovation is no longer an option -- it's the price of admission into the business world. Make Elephants Fly is designed to help you implement the same innovation methodologies and processes as Silicon Valley startups. It will teach you: - How startups come up with breakthrough products and services. - How to structure innovation teams. - The best ways to identify and vet new ideas. - What it takes to foster a culture of innovation. - How to establish a process of innovation throughout your organization. By the time you've digested this book, you will have the tools needed to take your impossibly big idea and make it fly! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308565 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Longevity Economy: Unlocking the World's Fastest-Growing, Most Misunderstood Market Author: Joseph F. Coughlin Narrator: Kiff VandenHeuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Oldness: a social construct at odds with reality that constrains how we live after middle age and stifles business thinking on how to best serve a group of consumers, workers, and innovators that is growing larger and wealthier with every passing day. Over the past two decades, Joseph F. Coughlin has been busting myths about aging with groundbreaking multidisciplinary research into what older people actually want -- not what conventional wisdom suggests they need. In The Longevity Economy, Coughlin provides the framing and insight business leaders need to serve the growing older market: a vast, diverse group of consumers representing every possible level of health and wealth, worth about $8 trillion in the United States alone and climbing. Coughlin provides deep insight into a population that consistently defies expectations: people who, through their continued personal and professional ambition, desire for experience, and quest for self-actualization, are building a striking, unheralded vision of longer life that very few in business fully understand. His focus on women -- they outnumber men, control household spending and finances, and are leading the charge toward tomorrow's creative new narrative of later life -- is especially illuminating. Coughlin pinpoints the gap between myth and reality and then shows businesses how to bridge it. As the demographics of global aging transform and accelerate, it is now critical to build a new understanding of the shifting physiological, cognitive, social, family, and psychological realities of the longevity economy. Joseph F. Coughlin Tue, 07 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308565 thebookvoice.com 12:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Longevity Economy: Unlocking the World's Fastest-Growing, Most Misunderstood Market Author: Joseph F. Coughlin Narrator: Kiff VandenHeuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Oldness: a social construct at odds with reality that constrains how we live after middle age and stifles business thinking on how to best serve a group of consumers, workers, and innovators that is growing larger and wealthier with every passing day. Over the past two decades, Joseph F. Coughlin has been busting myths about aging with groundbreaking multidisciplinary research into what older people actually want -- not what conventional wisdom suggests they need. In The Longevity Economy, Coughlin provides the framing and insight business leaders need to serve the growing older market: a vast, diverse group of consumers representing every possible level of health and wealth, worth about $8 trillion in the United States alone and climbing. Coughlin provides deep insight into a population that consistently defies expectations: people who, through their continued personal and professional ambition, desire for experience, and quest for self-actualization, are building a striking, unheralded vision of longer life that very few in business fully understand. His focus on women -- they outnumber men, control household spending and finances, and are leading the charge toward tomorrow's creative new narrative of later life -- is especially illuminating. Coughlin pinpoints the gap between myth and reality and then shows businesses how to bridge it. As the demographics of global aging transform and accelerate, it is now critical to build a new understanding of the shifting physiological, cognitive, social, family, and psychological realities of the longevity economy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Longevity Economy: Unlocking the World's Fastest-Growing, Most Misunderstood Market Author: Joseph F. Coughlin Narrator: Kiff VandenHeuvel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Oldness: a social construct at odds with reality that constrains how we live after middle age and stifles business thinking on how to best serve a group of consumers, workers, and innovators that is growing larger and wealthier with every passing day. Over the past two decades, Joseph F. Coughlin has been busting myths about aging with groundbreaking multidisciplinary research into what older people actually want -- not what conventional wisdom suggests they need. In The Longevity Economy, Coughlin provides the framing and insight business leaders need to serve the growing older market: a vast, diverse group of consumers representing every possible level of health and wealth, worth about $8 trillion in the United States alone and climbing. Coughlin provides deep insight into a population that consistently defies expectations: people who, through their continued personal and professional ambition, desire for experience, and quest for self-actualization, are building a striking, unheralded vision of longer life that very few in business fully understand. His focus on women -- they outnumber men, control household spending and finances, and are leading the charge toward tomorrow's creative new narrative of later life -- is especially illuminating. Coughlin pinpoints the gap between myth and reality and then shows businesses how to bridge it. As the demographics of global aging transform and accelerate, it is now critical to build a new understanding of the shifting physiological, cognitive, social, family, and psychological realities of the longevity economy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía para invertir Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Carlos Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Guía para invertir es una obra ideal para quien desea convertirse, a largo plazo, en un inversionista rico. En qué invierten los ricos ¡a diferencia de las clases media y pobre! La definición del término 'invertir' varía de acuerdo con las ideas de cada persona. De hecho existen inversiones diferentes para los ricos, los pobres y la clase media. Guía para invertir es una obra ideal para quien desea convertirse, a largo plazo, en un inversionista rico, invirtiendo en lo que lo ricos invierten. Como indica el título, este libro es una 'guía' y no ofrece garantías... Así como tampoco ofreció garantía alguna el Padre Rico de Robert con sus consejos. La guía para invertir del Padre rico le revelará: -Las diez reglas básicas de la inversión del padre rico; cómo reducir sus riesgos de inversión. -Cómo convertir su salario en ingresos pasivos y en ingresos derivados de un portafolios de inversión. -Cómo puede convertirse en un inversionista destacado. Robert T. Kiyosaki Thu, 16 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308060 thebookvoice.com 13:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía para invertir Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Carlos Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Guía para invertir es una obra ideal para quien desea convertirse, a largo plazo, en un inversionista rico. En qué invierten los ricos ¡a diferencia de las clases media y pobre! La definición del término 'invertir' varía de acuerdo con las ideas de cada persona. De hecho existen inversiones diferentes para los ricos, los pobres y la clase media. Guía para invertir es una obra ideal para quien desea convertirse, a largo plazo, en un inversionista rico, invirtiendo en lo que lo ricos invierten. Como indica el título, este libro es una 'guía' y no ofrece garantías... Así como tampoco ofreció garantía alguna el Padre Rico de Robert con sus consejos. La guía para invertir del Padre rico le revelará: -Las diez reglas básicas de la inversión del padre rico; cómo reducir sus riesgos de inversión. -Cómo convertir su salario en ingresos pasivos y en ingresos derivados de un portafolios de inversión. -Cómo puede convertirse en un inversionista destacado. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Guía para invertir Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Carlos Torres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Guía para invertir es una obra ideal para quien desea convertirse, a largo plazo, en un inversionista rico. En qué invierten los ricos ¡a diferencia de las clases media y pobre! La definición del término 'invertir' varía de acuerdo con las ideas de cada persona. De hecho existen inversiones diferentes para los ricos, los pobres y la clase media. Guía para invertir es una obra ideal para quien desea convertirse, a largo plazo, en un inversionista rico, invirtiendo en lo que lo ricos invierten. Como indica el título, este libro es una 'guía' y no ofrece garantías... Así como tampoco ofreció garantía alguna el Padre Rico de Robert con sus consejos. La guía para invertir del Padre rico le revelará: -Las diez reglas básicas de la inversión del padre rico; cómo reducir sus riesgos de inversión. -Cómo convertir su salario en ingresos pasivos y en ingresos derivados de un portafolios de inversión. -Cómo puede convertirse en un inversionista destacado. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307715 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurial You: Monetize Your Expertise, Create Multiple Income Streams, and Thrive Author: Dorie Clark Narrator: Dorie Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What does it take to create the career you want? It's no secret that the world of work has changed, and we're shifting toward an ever more entrepreneurial, self-reliant, work-from-wherever-you-are economy. That can be a liberating force, and many professionals dream of becoming independent, whether by starting their own businesses, becoming consultants or freelancers, or developing a sideline. But there's a major obstacle professionals face when they contemplate taking the leap: how to actually make money doing what they love. You may have incredible talent and novel ideas, but figuring out how to get started, building your reputation in a new realm, developing multiple revenue streams, and bringing in a steady flow of new clients can be a daunting prospect. Dorie Clark, a successful entrepreneur and author, has done it all. And in Entrepreneurial You she provides a blueprint for professional independence, with insights and advice on building your brand, monetizing your expertise, and extending your reach and impact online. In short, engaging chapters she outlines the necessary elements and concrete tactics for entrepreneurial success. She shares the stories of entrepreneurs of all kinds--from consultants and coaches to podcasters, bloggers, and online marketers--who have generated six- and seven-figure incomes. This book will be your hands-on guide to building a portfolio of revenue streams, both traditional and online, so that you can liberate yourself financially and shape your own career destiny. Dorie Clark Tue, 03 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307715 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurial You: Monetize Your Expertise, Create Multiple Income Streams, and Thrive Author: Dorie Clark Narrator: Dorie Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What does it take to create the career you want? It's no secret that the world of work has changed, and we're shifting toward an ever more entrepreneurial, self-reliant, work-from-wherever-you-are economy. That can be a liberating force, and many professionals dream of becoming independent, whether by starting their own businesses, becoming consultants or freelancers, or developing a sideline. But there's a major obstacle professionals face when they contemplate taking the leap: how to actually make money doing what they love. You may have incredible talent and novel ideas, but figuring out how to get started, building your reputation in a new realm, developing multiple revenue streams, and bringing in a steady flow of new clients can be a daunting prospect. Dorie Clark, a successful entrepreneur and author, has done it all. And in Entrepreneurial You she provides a blueprint for professional independence, with insights and advice on building your brand, monetizing your expertise, and extending your reach and impact online. In short, engaging chapters she outlines the necessary elements and concrete tactics for entrepreneurial success. She shares the stories of entrepreneurs of all kinds--from consultants and coaches to podcasters, bloggers, and online marketers--who have generated six- and seven-figure incomes. This book will be your hands-on guide to building a portfolio of revenue streams, both traditional and online, so that you can liberate yourself financially and shape your own career destiny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307715]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurial You: Monetize Your Expertise, Create Multiple Income Streams, and Thrive Author: Dorie Clark Narrator: Dorie Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What does it take to create the career you want? It's no secret that the world of work has changed, and we're shifting toward an ever more entrepreneurial, self-reliant, work-from-wherever-you-are economy. That can be a liberating force, and many professionals dream of becoming independent, whether by starting their own businesses, becoming consultants or freelancers, or developing a sideline. But there's a major obstacle professionals face when they contemplate taking the leap: how to actually make money doing what they love. You may have incredible talent and novel ideas, but figuring out how to get started, building your reputation in a new realm, developing multiple revenue streams, and bringing in a steady flow of new clients can be a daunting prospect. Dorie Clark, a successful entrepreneur and author, has done it all. And in Entrepreneurial You she provides a blueprint for professional independence, with insights and advice on building your brand, monetizing your expertise, and extending your reach and impact online. In short, engaging chapters she outlines the necessary elements and concrete tactics for entrepreneurial success. She shares the stories of entrepreneurs of all kinds--from consultants and coaches to podcasters, bloggers, and online marketers--who have generated six- and seven-figure incomes. This book will be your hands-on guide to building a portfolio of revenue streams, both traditional and online, so that you can liberate yourself financially and shape your own career destiny. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Good: Embracing Brand Citizenship to Fuel Both Purpose and Profit Author: Anne Bahr Thompson Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 17, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Good works are no longer optional. For many businesses, success comes in unexpected ways. Toms grew into a $600 million company by giving away 35 million pair of shoes. Patagonia's profits have climbed year after year even as it funnels heavy investments into sustainability. And it's not just millennials rewarding companies with causes. In every age group, people commit to brands that show good citizenship. From CVS's destocking cigarettes to Chipotle's ethical sourcing, people want to see fair employment practices, social responsibility, and charitable giving--and they quickly call out negligence. Based on extensive research with thousands of consumers, Do Good documents this sea change and explains how to embed social consciousness into a company's DNA. Packed with examples and original data, the five-step model highlights the new rules of business: - TRUST: Deliver on promises - ENRICHMENT: Make daily life easier or more inspiring - RESPONSIBILITY: Treat people and the environment with respect - COMMUNITY: Mirror values shared by customers, employees, and partners - CONTRIBUTION: Make a difference in the world. Buyers today demand more than half-hearted pledges. By actively linking great brands with higher purposes, companies capture both markets and hearts. Anne Bahr Thompson Fri, 17 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307682 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Good: Embracing Brand Citizenship to Fuel Both Purpose and Profit Author: Anne Bahr Thompson Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 17, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Good works are no longer optional. For many businesses, success comes in unexpected ways. Toms grew into a $600 million company by giving away 35 million pair of shoes. Patagonia's profits have climbed year after year even as it funnels heavy investments into sustainability. And it's not just millennials rewarding companies with causes. In every age group, people commit to brands that show good citizenship. From CVS's destocking cigarettes to Chipotle's ethical sourcing, people want to see fair employment practices, social responsibility, and charitable giving--and they quickly call out negligence. Based on extensive research with thousands of consumers, Do Good documents this sea change and explains how to embed social consciousness into a company's DNA. Packed with examples and original data, the five-step model highlights the new rules of business: - TRUST: Deliver on promises - ENRICHMENT: Make daily life easier or more inspiring - RESPONSIBILITY: Treat people and the environment with respect - COMMUNITY: Mirror values shared by customers, employees, and partners - CONTRIBUTION: Make a difference in the world. Buyers today demand more than half-hearted pledges. By actively linking great brands with higher purposes, companies capture both markets and hearts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Good: Embracing Brand Citizenship to Fuel Both Purpose and Profit Author: Anne Bahr Thompson Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 17, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Good works are no longer optional. For many businesses, success comes in unexpected ways. Toms grew into a $600 million company by giving away 35 million pair of shoes. Patagonia's profits have climbed year after year even as it funnels heavy investments into sustainability. And it's not just millennials rewarding companies with causes. In every age group, people commit to brands that show good citizenship. From CVS's destocking cigarettes to Chipotle's ethical sourcing, people want to see fair employment practices, social responsibility, and charitable giving--and they quickly call out negligence. Based on extensive research with thousands of consumers, Do Good documents this sea change and explains how to embed social consciousness into a company's DNA. Packed with examples and original data, the five-step model highlights the new rules of business: - TRUST: Deliver on promises - ENRICHMENT: Make daily life easier or more inspiring - RESPONSIBILITY: Treat people and the environment with respect - COMMUNITY: Mirror values shared by customers, employees, and partners - CONTRIBUTION: Make a difference in the world. Buyers today demand more than half-hearted pledges. By actively linking great brands with higher purposes, companies capture both markets and hearts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307671 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start, Love, Repeat: How to Stay in Love with Your Entrepreneur in a Crazy Start-up World Author: Dorcas Cheng-Tozun Narrator: Linda Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A prescriptive guide to how to keep your relationship strong when there's a start-up in the family. The idea of starting your own business is exhilarating and inspiring. It's one over 30 million Americans pursue. But being the significant other of an entrepreneur is not so glamorous. Boundaries between work and home disappear. Personal savings and business funds become intertwined. You can feel like a single parent as your spouse travels, works late hours, and answers calls and e-mails 24-7.You may even sacrifice a career or move your home for the sake of the business. But there are strategies you can use to combat all this stress and uncertainty. Whether you're new to the start-up world, or a long-term entrepreneurial partner, START, LOVE, REPEAT will help you understand exactly how a start-up affects your lives-and what you can do to build a happy and healthy relationship in the midst of the madness. Dorcas Cheng-Tozun has not only done extensive research, she has lived through the perils and pitfalls of being with an entrepreneur as the wife of the CEO and cofounder of successful start-up d.light. She offers clear-sighted, first-hand advice for any couple considering making the same leap. She further draws on interviews with other successful entrepreneurs and their significant others, executive coaches, marriage-family therapists, venture capitalists, and start-up authorities to provide practical insights and steps any couple can take to build a strong relationship while launching that dream business. Dorcas Cheng-Tozun Tue, 07 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307671 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start, Love, Repeat: How to Stay in Love with Your Entrepreneur in a Crazy Start-up World Author: Dorcas Cheng-Tozun Narrator: Linda Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A prescriptive guide to how to keep your relationship strong when there's a start-up in the family. The idea of starting your own business is exhilarating and inspiring. It's one over 30 million Americans pursue. But being the significant other of an entrepreneur is not so glamorous. Boundaries between work and home disappear. Personal savings and business funds become intertwined. You can feel like a single parent as your spouse travels, works late hours, and answers calls and e-mails 24-7.You may even sacrifice a career or move your home for the sake of the business. But there are strategies you can use to combat all this stress and uncertainty. Whether you're new to the start-up world, or a long-term entrepreneurial partner, START, LOVE, REPEAT will help you understand exactly how a start-up affects your lives-and what you can do to build a happy and healthy relationship in the midst of the madness. Dorcas Cheng-Tozun has not only done extensive research, she has lived through the perils and pitfalls of being with an entrepreneur as the wife of the CEO and cofounder of successful start-up d.light. She offers clear-sighted, first-hand advice for any couple considering making the same leap. She further draws on interviews with other successful entrepreneurs and their significant others, executive coaches, marriage-family therapists, venture capitalists, and start-up authorities to provide practical insights and steps any couple can take to build a strong relationship while launching that dream business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start, Love, Repeat: How to Stay in Love with Your Entrepreneur in a Crazy Start-up World Author: Dorcas Cheng-Tozun Narrator: Linda Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A prescriptive guide to how to keep your relationship strong when there's a start-up in the family. The idea of starting your own business is exhilarating and inspiring. It's one over 30 million Americans pursue. But being the significant other of an entrepreneur is not so glamorous. Boundaries between work and home disappear. Personal savings and business funds become intertwined. You can feel like a single parent as your spouse travels, works late hours, and answers calls and e-mails 24-7.You may even sacrifice a career or move your home for the sake of the business. But there are strategies you can use to combat all this stress and uncertainty. Whether you're new to the start-up world, or a long-term entrepreneurial partner, START, LOVE, REPEAT will help you understand exactly how a start-up affects your lives-and what you can do to build a happy and healthy relationship in the midst of the madness. Dorcas Cheng-Tozun has not only done extensive research, she has lived through the perils and pitfalls of being with an entrepreneur as the wife of the CEO and cofounder of successful start-up d.light. She offers clear-sighted, first-hand advice for any couple considering making the same leap. She further draws on interviews with other successful entrepreneurs and their significant others, executive coaches, marriage-family therapists, venture capitalists, and start-up authorities to provide practical insights and steps any couple can take to build a strong relationship while launching that dream business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307197 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meaningful Work: A Quest to Do Great Business, Find Your Calling, and Feed Your Soul Author: Shawn Askinosie, Lawren Askinosie Narrator: Shawn Askinosie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The founder and CEO of Askinosie Chocolate, an award-winning craft chocolate factory, shows readers how he discovered the secret to purposeful work and business − and how we can too, no matter what work we do.  Askinosie Chocolate is a small-batch, award winning chocolate company widely considered to be a vanguard in the industry. Known for sourcing 100% of his cocoa beans directly from farmers across the globe, Shawn Askinosie has pioneered direct trade and profit sharing in the craft chocolate industry with farmers in Tanzania, Ecuador, and the Philippines. In addition to developing relationships with smallholder farmers, the company also partners with schools in their origin communities to provide lunch to 1,600 children every day with no outside donations. Twenty-five years ago, Shawn Askinosie was a successful criminal defense lawyer trying his first murder death penalty case that would later go on to become a Dateline special. For many years he found law satisfying, but after several high profile trials he reached a breaking point and found solace in the search for a new career. In this inspiring guide to discovering a vocation that feeds your heart and soul, Askinosie describes his quest to discover more meaningful work – a search that led him to volunteering in the palliative care wing of a hospital, to a Trappist monastery where he became inspired by the monks focus on “being” rather than “doing,” and eventually traipsing through jungles across the globe in search of excellent cocoa bean farmers to make award winning chocolate. Askinosie shares his hard-won insights into doing work that reflects one’s values and purpose in life. He shares with readers visioning tools that can be used in any industry or field to create a work life that is inspired and fulfilling. Askinosie shows us that everyone has the capacity to find meaning in their work and be a positive force for good in the world. Shawn Askinosie, Lawren Askinosie Tue, 14 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307197 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meaningful Work: A Quest to Do Great Business, Find Your Calling, and Feed Your Soul Author: Shawn Askinosie, Lawren Askinosie Narrator: Shawn Askinosie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The founder and CEO of Askinosie Chocolate, an award-winning craft chocolate factory, shows readers how he discovered the secret to purposeful work and business − and how we can too, no matter what work we do.  Askinosie Chocolate is a small-batch, award winning chocolate company widely considered to be a vanguard in the industry. Known for sourcing 100% of his cocoa beans directly from farmers across the globe, Shawn Askinosie has pioneered direct trade and profit sharing in the craft chocolate industry with farmers in Tanzania, Ecuador, and the Philippines. In addition to developing relationships with smallholder farmers, the company also partners with schools in their origin communities to provide lunch to 1,600 children every day with no outside donations. Twenty-five years ago, Shawn Askinosie was a successful criminal defense lawyer trying his first murder death penalty case that would later go on to become a Dateline special. For many years he found law satisfying, but after several high profile trials he reached a breaking point and found solace in the search for a new career. In this inspiring guide to discovering a vocation that feeds your heart and soul, Askinosie describes his quest to discover more meaningful work – a search that led him to volunteering in the palliative care wing of a hospital, to a Trappist monastery where he became inspired by the monks focus on “being” rather than “doing,” and eventually traipsing through jungles across the globe in search of excellent cocoa bean farmers to make award winning chocolate. Askinosie shares his hard-won insights into doing work that reflects one’s values and purpose in life. He shares with readers visioning tools that can be used in any industry or field to create a work life that is inspired and fulfilling. Askinosie shows us that everyone has the capacity to find meaning in their work and be a positive force for good in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307197]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meaningful Work: A Quest to Do Great Business, Find Your Calling, and Feed Your Soul Author: Shawn Askinosie, Lawren Askinosie Narrator: Shawn Askinosie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The founder and CEO of Askinosie Chocolate, an award-winning craft chocolate factory, shows readers how he discovered the secret to purposeful work and business − and how we can too, no matter what work we do.  Askinosie Chocolate is a small-batch, award winning chocolate company widely considered to be a vanguard in the industry. Known for sourcing 100% of his cocoa beans directly from farmers across the globe, Shawn Askinosie has pioneered direct trade and profit sharing in the craft chocolate industry with farmers in Tanzania, Ecuador, and the Philippines. In addition to developing relationships with smallholder farmers, the company also partners with schools in their origin communities to provide lunch to 1,600 children every day with no outside donations. Twenty-five years ago, Shawn Askinosie was a successful criminal defense lawyer trying his first murder death penalty case that would later go on to become a Dateline special. For many years he found law satisfying, but after several high profile trials he reached a breaking point and found solace in the search for a new career. In this inspiring guide to discovering a vocation that feeds your heart and soul, Askinosie describes his quest to discover more meaningful work – a search that led him to volunteering in the palliative care wing of a hospital, to a Trappist monastery where he became inspired by the monks focus on “being” rather than “doing,” and eventually traipsing through jungles across the globe in search of excellent cocoa bean farmers to make award winning chocolate. Askinosie shares his hard-won insights into doing work that reflects one’s values and purpose in life. He shares with readers visioning tools that can be used in any industry or field to create a work life that is inspired and fulfilling. Askinosie shows us that everyone has the capacity to find meaning in their work and be a positive force for good in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307108 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get your Marketing Cooking Author: Hunter Leonard Narrator: Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: September 14, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this compact, practical and research driven guide to marketing strategy, Hunter Leonard shares tools, information and insights gathered over the past 16 years in his marketing consultancy that has helped to grow over 50 organisations in 20 different countries. Hunter uses a cooking analogy to explain the recipe and ingredients needed to develop a successful marketing plan. Accessible and direct, Get your Marketing Cooking is a must read for any business wanting to establish or expand their market. Hunter Leonard Thu, 14 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307108 thebookvoice.com 1:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get your Marketing Cooking Author: Hunter Leonard Narrator: Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: September 14, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this compact, practical and research driven guide to marketing strategy, Hunter Leonard shares tools, information and insights gathered over the past 16 years in his marketing consultancy that has helped to grow over 50 organisations in 20 different countries. Hunter uses a cooking analogy to explain the recipe and ingredients needed to develop a successful marketing plan. Accessible and direct, Get your Marketing Cooking is a must read for any business wanting to establish or expand their market. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/307108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get your Marketing Cooking Author: Hunter Leonard Narrator: Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: September 14, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this compact, practical and research driven guide to marketing strategy, Hunter Leonard shares tools, information and insights gathered over the past 16 years in his marketing consultancy that has helped to grow over 50 organisations in 20 different countries. Hunter uses a cooking analogy to explain the recipe and ingredients needed to develop a successful marketing plan. Accessible and direct, Get your Marketing Cooking is a must read for any business wanting to establish or expand their market. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taxes Made Happy - The Definitive Strategy Guide to Launching and Growing a Successful Tax Preparation Business Author: Mario Costanz Narrator: Duke Holm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The challenges in operating a successful tax practice have been steadily increasing with stiff competition and new technology making it more difficult than ever to achieve profits and life balance. If you don't have today's knowledge to navigate the ever-changing tax preparation industry, you may be on the path to frustration and stagnation. Whether your dream is to make some extra money doing taxes seasonally, own a lifestyle business where your employees will run the show for you seamlessly, or to grow a multi-office tax business empire, Taxes Made Happy is the blueprint for your success. In his detailed guide book, well known entrepreneur Mario Costanz lays out the roadmap for building an efficient and sustainable tax preparation business. You'll learn: -How Mario went from picking up garbage in New York City to owning Entrepreneur Magazine's Fastest Growing Financial Services Franchise for 2017 -If the tax business is even the right business for you to be in at all -How to build and inspire a team of superstars to handle most of your business so you can do what you choose -The top battle tested marketing techniques that work every time to find new tax customers -Expansion techniques including how to prepare years in advance for your upcoming growth initiatives - -All the tools and tricks that Mario has used over the years complete with the names of all of the software and services his firm uses currently If you are serious about owning a successful tax business, this comprehensive book is one that you NEED to own. Mario Costanz Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306946 thebookvoice.com 3:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taxes Made Happy - The Definitive Strategy Guide to Launching and Growing a Successful Tax Preparation Business Author: Mario Costanz Narrator: Duke Holm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The challenges in operating a successful tax practice have been steadily increasing with stiff competition and new technology making it more difficult than ever to achieve profits and life balance. If you don't have today's knowledge to navigate the ever-changing tax preparation industry, you may be on the path to frustration and stagnation. Whether your dream is to make some extra money doing taxes seasonally, own a lifestyle business where your employees will run the show for you seamlessly, or to grow a multi-office tax business empire, Taxes Made Happy is the blueprint for your success. In his detailed guide book, well known entrepreneur Mario Costanz lays out the roadmap for building an efficient and sustainable tax preparation business. You'll learn: -How Mario went from picking up garbage in New York City to owning Entrepreneur Magazine's Fastest Growing Financial Services Franchise for 2017 -If the tax business is even the right business for you to be in at all -How to build and inspire a team of superstars to handle most of your business so you can do what you choose -The top battle tested marketing techniques that work every time to find new tax customers -Expansion techniques including how to prepare years in advance for your upcoming growth initiatives - -All the tools and tricks that Mario has used over the years complete with the names of all of the software and services his firm uses currently If you are serious about owning a successful tax business, this comprehensive book is one that you NEED to own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taxes Made Happy - The Definitive Strategy Guide to Launching and Growing a Successful Tax Preparation Business Author: Mario Costanz Narrator: Duke Holm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The challenges in operating a successful tax practice have been steadily increasing with stiff competition and new technology making it more difficult than ever to achieve profits and life balance. If you don't have today's knowledge to navigate the ever-changing tax preparation industry, you may be on the path to frustration and stagnation. Whether your dream is to make some extra money doing taxes seasonally, own a lifestyle business where your employees will run the show for you seamlessly, or to grow a multi-office tax business empire, Taxes Made Happy is the blueprint for your success. In his detailed guide book, well known entrepreneur Mario Costanz lays out the roadmap for building an efficient and sustainable tax preparation business. You'll learn: -How Mario went from picking up garbage in New York City to owning Entrepreneur Magazine's Fastest Growing Financial Services Franchise for 2017 -If the tax business is even the right business for you to be in at all -How to build and inspire a team of superstars to handle most of your business so you can do what you choose -The top battle tested marketing techniques that work every time to find new tax customers -Expansion techniques including how to prepare years in advance for your upcoming growth initiatives - -All the tools and tricks that Mario has used over the years complete with the names of all of the software and services his firm uses currently If you are serious about owning a successful tax business, this comprehensive book is one that you NEED to own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to My Daughter About the Economy: A Brief History of Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audio edition of Talking to My Daughter About the Economy: A Brief History of Capitalism by Yanis Varoufakis, read by Leighton Pugh. Why is there so much inequality? In this short book, world famous economist Yanis Varoufakis sets out to answer his daughter Xenia’s deceptively simple question. Using personal stories and famous myths – from Oedipus and Faust to Frankenstein and The Matrix – he explains what the economy is and why it has the power to shape our lives. Intimate yet universally accessible, Talking To My Daughter About the Economy introduces readers to the most important drama of our times, helping to make sense of a troubling world while inspiring us to make it a better one. ‘A provocative, challenging, yet non-patronising analysis of the global economy: what it is, how it came to be and why it can never be apolitical. By using ancient myths, contemporary culture and family stories, Varoufakis makes the text intimate and accessible.’ – Observer ‘Utterly accessible, deeply humane and startlingly original – a potent democratic tool at the perfect time.’ – Naomi Klein, author of No Is Not Enough Yanis Varoufakis Thu, 19 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306798 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to My Daughter About the Economy: A Brief History of Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audio edition of Talking to My Daughter About the Economy: A Brief History of Capitalism by Yanis Varoufakis, read by Leighton Pugh. Why is there so much inequality? In this short book, world famous economist Yanis Varoufakis sets out to answer his daughter Xenia’s deceptively simple question. Using personal stories and famous myths – from Oedipus and Faust to Frankenstein and The Matrix – he explains what the economy is and why it has the power to shape our lives. Intimate yet universally accessible, Talking To My Daughter About the Economy introduces readers to the most important drama of our times, helping to make sense of a troubling world while inspiring us to make it a better one. ‘A provocative, challenging, yet non-patronising analysis of the global economy: what it is, how it came to be and why it can never be apolitical. By using ancient myths, contemporary culture and family stories, Varoufakis makes the text intimate and accessible.’ – Observer ‘Utterly accessible, deeply humane and startlingly original – a potent democratic tool at the perfect time.’ – Naomi Klein, author of No Is Not Enough Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking to My Daughter About the Economy: A Brief History of Capitalism Author: Yanis Varoufakis Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audio edition of Talking to My Daughter About the Economy: A Brief History of Capitalism by Yanis Varoufakis, read by Leighton Pugh. Why is there so much inequality? In this short book, world famous economist Yanis Varoufakis sets out to answer his daughter Xenia’s deceptively simple question. Using personal stories and famous myths – from Oedipus and Faust to Frankenstein and The Matrix – he explains what the economy is and why it has the power to shape our lives. Intimate yet universally accessible, Talking To My Daughter About the Economy introduces readers to the most important drama of our times, helping to make sense of a troubling world while inspiring us to make it a better one. ‘A provocative, challenging, yet non-patronising analysis of the global economy: what it is, how it came to be and why it can never be apolitical. By using ancient myths, contemporary culture and family stories, Varoufakis makes the text intimate and accessible.’ – Observer ‘Utterly accessible, deeply humane and startlingly original – a potent democratic tool at the perfect time.’ – Naomi Klein, author of No Is Not Enough https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zone to Win: Organizing to Compete in an Age of Disruption Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the last 25 years, Geoffrey Moore has established himself as one of the most influential high-tech advisors in the world—once prompting Conan O’Brien to ask “Who is Geoffrey Moore and why is he more famous than me?”Following up on the ferociously innovative Escape Velocity, which served as the basis for Moore’s consulting work to such companies as Salesforce, Microsoft, and Intel, Zone to Win serves as the companion playbook for his landmark guide, offering a practical manual to address the challenge large enterprises face when they seek to add a new line of business to their established portfolio. Focused on spurring next-generation growth, guiding mergers and acquisitions, and embracing disruption and innovation, Zone to Win is a high-powered tool for driving your company above and beyond its limitations, its definitions of success, and ultimately, its competitors.Moore’s classic bestseller, Crossing the Chasm, has sold more than one million copies by addressing the challenges faced by start-up companies. Now Zone to Win is set to guide established enterprises through the same journey. Geoffrey A. Moore Tue, 10 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306642 thebookvoice.com 4:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zone to Win: Organizing to Compete in an Age of Disruption Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the last 25 years, Geoffrey Moore has established himself as one of the most influential high-tech advisors in the world—once prompting Conan O’Brien to ask “Who is Geoffrey Moore and why is he more famous than me?”Following up on the ferociously innovative Escape Velocity, which served as the basis for Moore’s consulting work to such companies as Salesforce, Microsoft, and Intel, Zone to Win serves as the companion playbook for his landmark guide, offering a practical manual to address the challenge large enterprises face when they seek to add a new line of business to their established portfolio. Focused on spurring next-generation growth, guiding mergers and acquisitions, and embracing disruption and innovation, Zone to Win is a high-powered tool for driving your company above and beyond its limitations, its definitions of success, and ultimately, its competitors.Moore’s classic bestseller, Crossing the Chasm, has sold more than one million copies by addressing the challenges faced by start-up companies. Now Zone to Win is set to guide established enterprises through the same journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zone to Win: Organizing to Compete in an Age of Disruption Author: Geoffrey A. Moore Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Over the last 25 years, Geoffrey Moore has established himself as one of the most influential high-tech advisors in the world—once prompting Conan O’Brien to ask “Who is Geoffrey Moore and why is he more famous than me?”Following up on the ferociously innovative Escape Velocity, which served as the basis for Moore’s consulting work to such companies as Salesforce, Microsoft, and Intel, Zone to Win serves as the companion playbook for his landmark guide, offering a practical manual to address the challenge large enterprises face when they seek to add a new line of business to their established portfolio. Focused on spurring next-generation growth, guiding mergers and acquisitions, and embracing disruption and innovation, Zone to Win is a high-powered tool for driving your company above and beyond its limitations, its definitions of success, and ultimately, its competitors.Moore’s classic bestseller, Crossing the Chasm, has sold more than one million copies by addressing the challenges faced by start-up companies. Now Zone to Win is set to guide established enterprises through the same journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306470 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital Gaines: Smart Things I Learned Doing Stupid Stuff Author: Chip Gaines Narrator: Joanna Gaines, Chip Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 104 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 34 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Narrated by Chip! The most important step is the first one. Dive into Chip Gaines’ personal playbook and start learning how to succeed in business—and in life. A New York Times, USA Today, Wall Street Journal, and Publisher’s Weekly bestseller! The funny and talented Chip Gaines is well known as the star of HGTV’s Fixer Upper, as well as a renovation expert, bestselling author, husband to Joanna, and father of five in Waco, Texas. But long before the world took notice, Chip was a serial entrepreneur who was always ready for the next challenge, even if it didn’t quite work out as planned. Capital Gaines offers you a ringside seat as Chip relives some of his craziest antics and the lessons learned along the way, written with Chip’s trademark humor. In addition to personal stories from Chip’s journey, you'll discover: - How to work toward success—and how to determine what that looks like - The power of living in a way that rejects fear - How to embrace small acts of courage and be bold to go all in - What it takes to truly balance your family and career Capital Gaines is the playbook you need to start redefining success and going after it, no matter what that means to you. Chip Gaines Tue, 17 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306470 thebookvoice.com 5:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital Gaines: Smart Things I Learned Doing Stupid Stuff Author: Chip Gaines Narrator: Joanna Gaines, Chip Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 104 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 34 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Narrated by Chip! The most important step is the first one. Dive into Chip Gaines’ personal playbook and start learning how to succeed in business—and in life. A New York Times, USA Today, Wall Street Journal, and Publisher’s Weekly bestseller! The funny and talented Chip Gaines is well known as the star of HGTV’s Fixer Upper, as well as a renovation expert, bestselling author, husband to Joanna, and father of five in Waco, Texas. But long before the world took notice, Chip was a serial entrepreneur who was always ready for the next challenge, even if it didn’t quite work out as planned. Capital Gaines offers you a ringside seat as Chip relives some of his craziest antics and the lessons learned along the way, written with Chip’s trademark humor. In addition to personal stories from Chip’s journey, you'll discover: - How to work toward success—and how to determine what that looks like - The power of living in a way that rejects fear - How to embrace small acts of courage and be bold to go all in - What it takes to truly balance your family and career Capital Gaines is the playbook you need to start redefining success and going after it, no matter what that means to you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capital Gaines: Smart Things I Learned Doing Stupid Stuff Author: Chip Gaines Narrator: Joanna Gaines, Chip Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 104 Ratings of Narrator: 4.76 of Total 34 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Narrated by Chip! The most important step is the first one. Dive into Chip Gaines’ personal playbook and start learning how to succeed in business—and in life. A New York Times, USA Today, Wall Street Journal, and Publisher’s Weekly bestseller! The funny and talented Chip Gaines is well known as the star of HGTV’s Fixer Upper, as well as a renovation expert, bestselling author, husband to Joanna, and father of five in Waco, Texas. But long before the world took notice, Chip was a serial entrepreneur who was always ready for the next challenge, even if it didn’t quite work out as planned. Capital Gaines offers you a ringside seat as Chip relives some of his craziest antics and the lessons learned along the way, written with Chip’s trademark humor. In addition to personal stories from Chip’s journey, you'll discover: - How to work toward success—and how to determine what that looks like - The power of living in a way that rejects fear - How to embrace small acts of courage and be bold to go all in - What it takes to truly balance your family and career Capital Gaines is the playbook you need to start redefining success and going after it, no matter what that means to you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slugfest: Inside the Epic, 50-year Battle between Marvel and DC Author: Reed Tucker Narrator: Will Collyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first in-depth, behind-the-scenes book treatment of the rivalry between the two comic book giants. THEY ARE THE TWO TITANS OF THE COMIC BOOK INDUSTRY--the Coke and Pepsi of superheroes--and for more than 50 years, Marvel and DC have been locked in an epic battle for spandex supremacy. At stake is not just sales, but cultural relevancy and the hearts of millions of fans. To many partisans, Marvel is now on top. But for much of the early 20th century, it was DC that was the undisputed leader, having launched the American superhero genre with the 1938 publication of Joe Shuster and Jerry Siegel's Superman strip. DC's titles sold millions of copies every year, and its iconic characters were familiar to nearly everyone in America. Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman -- DC had them all. And then in 1961, an upstart company came out of nowhere to smack mighty DC in the chops. With the publication of Fantastic Four #1, Marvel changed the way superheroes stories were done. Writer-editor Stan Lee, artists Jack Kirby, and the talented Marvel bullpen subsequently unleashed a string of dazzling new creations, including the Avengers, Hulk, Spider-Man, the X-Men, and Iron Man. Marvel's rise forever split fandom into two opposing tribes. Suddenly the most telling question you could ask a superhero lover became 'Marvel or DC?' Slugfest, the first book to chronicle the history of this epic rivalry into a single, in-depth narrative, is the story of the greatest corporate rivalry never told. Complete with interviews with the major names in the industry, Slugfest reveals the arsenal of schemes the two companies have employed in their attempts to outmaneuver the competition, whether it be stealing ideas, poaching employees, planting spies, or launching price wars. The feud has never completely disappeared, and it simmers on a low boil to this day. With DC and Marvel characters becoming global icons worth billions, if anything, the stakes are higher now than ever before. Reed Tucker Tue, 03 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306404 thebookvoice.com 10:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slugfest: Inside the Epic, 50-year Battle between Marvel and DC Author: Reed Tucker Narrator: Will Collyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first in-depth, behind-the-scenes book treatment of the rivalry between the two comic book giants. THEY ARE THE TWO TITANS OF THE COMIC BOOK INDUSTRY--the Coke and Pepsi of superheroes--and for more than 50 years, Marvel and DC have been locked in an epic battle for spandex supremacy. At stake is not just sales, but cultural relevancy and the hearts of millions of fans. To many partisans, Marvel is now on top. But for much of the early 20th century, it was DC that was the undisputed leader, having launched the American superhero genre with the 1938 publication of Joe Shuster and Jerry Siegel's Superman strip. DC's titles sold millions of copies every year, and its iconic characters were familiar to nearly everyone in America. Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman -- DC had them all. And then in 1961, an upstart company came out of nowhere to smack mighty DC in the chops. With the publication of Fantastic Four #1, Marvel changed the way superheroes stories were done. Writer-editor Stan Lee, artists Jack Kirby, and the talented Marvel bullpen subsequently unleashed a string of dazzling new creations, including the Avengers, Hulk, Spider-Man, the X-Men, and Iron Man. Marvel's rise forever split fandom into two opposing tribes. Suddenly the most telling question you could ask a superhero lover became 'Marvel or DC?' Slugfest, the first book to chronicle the history of this epic rivalry into a single, in-depth narrative, is the story of the greatest corporate rivalry never told. Complete with interviews with the major names in the industry, Slugfest reveals the arsenal of schemes the two companies have employed in their attempts to outmaneuver the competition, whether it be stealing ideas, poaching employees, planting spies, or launching price wars. The feud has never completely disappeared, and it simmers on a low boil to this day. With DC and Marvel characters becoming global icons worth billions, if anything, the stakes are higher now than ever before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slugfest: Inside the Epic, 50-year Battle between Marvel and DC Author: Reed Tucker Narrator: Will Collyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The first in-depth, behind-the-scenes book treatment of the rivalry between the two comic book giants. THEY ARE THE TWO TITANS OF THE COMIC BOOK INDUSTRY--the Coke and Pepsi of superheroes--and for more than 50 years, Marvel and DC have been locked in an epic battle for spandex supremacy. At stake is not just sales, but cultural relevancy and the hearts of millions of fans. To many partisans, Marvel is now on top. But for much of the early 20th century, it was DC that was the undisputed leader, having launched the American superhero genre with the 1938 publication of Joe Shuster and Jerry Siegel's Superman strip. DC's titles sold millions of copies every year, and its iconic characters were familiar to nearly everyone in America. Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman -- DC had them all. And then in 1961, an upstart company came out of nowhere to smack mighty DC in the chops. With the publication of Fantastic Four #1, Marvel changed the way superheroes stories were done. Writer-editor Stan Lee, artists Jack Kirby, and the talented Marvel bullpen subsequently unleashed a string of dazzling new creations, including the Avengers, Hulk, Spider-Man, the X-Men, and Iron Man. Marvel's rise forever split fandom into two opposing tribes. Suddenly the most telling question you could ask a superhero lover became 'Marvel or DC?' Slugfest, the first book to chronicle the history of this epic rivalry into a single, in-depth narrative, is the story of the greatest corporate rivalry never told. Complete with interviews with the major names in the industry, Slugfest reveals the arsenal of schemes the two companies have employed in their attempts to outmaneuver the competition, whether it be stealing ideas, poaching employees, planting spies, or launching price wars. The feud has never completely disappeared, and it simmers on a low boil to this day. With DC and Marvel characters becoming global icons worth billions, if anything, the stakes are higher now than ever before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306254 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common-Sense Business: Principles for Profitable Leadership Author: Whitney MacMillan Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Has the potential to transform how all companies are run… Nothing could be more valuable!” —Mark Drewell, CEO, Globally Responsible Leadership Initiative (GRLI)From two of the world’s most successful business leaders comes Common-Sense Business—an accessible, actionable guide to better leadership, increased profits, and a more sustainable economic model predicated on prudence and socially conscious business.Common sense and prudence have long been among the guiding tenets of society, but in today’s economy they have been completely abandoned in the interest of blindly maximizing profits. Common-Sense Business shows that this current economic model is both detrimental and unsustainable, and that we must transform the global economy along the lines of common sense toward the common good. Ted Malloch, a thought leader and policy influencer in global economic strategy, and Whitney MacMillan, the former chairman and CEO of the world’s largest private corporation, draw on recent research, history’s greatest minds, and their own successes to explain that ethically driven business is both a moral and financial necessity.Inspired by Thomas Paine’s Common Sense, this work explains to readers in all walks of life that ethically driven business will lead to better long-term profits, larger customer bases and more positive customer relations, and a holistically improved business. This book is a must-read for business owners, entrepreneurs, students, and businessmen and women in all sectors of the economy. Whitney MacMillan Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Tue, 03 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306254 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common-Sense Business: Principles for Profitable Leadership Author: Whitney MacMillan Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Has the potential to transform how all companies are run… Nothing could be more valuable!” —Mark Drewell, CEO, Globally Responsible Leadership Initiative (GRLI)From two of the world’s most successful business leaders comes Common-Sense Business—an accessible, actionable guide to better leadership, increased profits, and a more sustainable economic model predicated on prudence and socially conscious business.Common sense and prudence have long been among the guiding tenets of society, but in today’s economy they have been completely abandoned in the interest of blindly maximizing profits. Common-Sense Business shows that this current economic model is both detrimental and unsustainable, and that we must transform the global economy along the lines of common sense toward the common good. Ted Malloch, a thought leader and policy influencer in global economic strategy, and Whitney MacMillan, the former chairman and CEO of the world’s largest private corporation, draw on recent research, history’s greatest minds, and their own successes to explain that ethically driven business is both a moral and financial necessity.Inspired by Thomas Paine’s Common Sense, this work explains to readers in all walks of life that ethically driven business will lead to better long-term profits, larger customer bases and more positive customer relations, and a holistically improved business. This book is a must-read for business owners, entrepreneurs, students, and businessmen and women in all sectors of the economy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306254]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common-Sense Business: Principles for Profitable Leadership Author: Whitney MacMillan Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Has the potential to transform how all companies are run… Nothing could be more valuable!” —Mark Drewell, CEO, Globally Responsible Leadership Initiative (GRLI)From two of the world’s most successful business leaders comes Common-Sense Business—an accessible, actionable guide to better leadership, increased profits, and a more sustainable economic model predicated on prudence and socially conscious business.Common sense and prudence have long been among the guiding tenets of society, but in today’s economy they have been completely abandoned in the interest of blindly maximizing profits. Common-Sense Business shows that this current economic model is both detrimental and unsustainable, and that we must transform the global economy along the lines of common sense toward the common good. Ted Malloch, a thought leader and policy influencer in global economic strategy, and Whitney MacMillan, the former chairman and CEO of the world’s largest private corporation, draw on recent research, history’s greatest minds, and their own successes to explain that ethically driven business is both a moral and financial necessity.Inspired by Thomas Paine’s Common Sense, this work explains to readers in all walks of life that ethically driven business will lead to better long-term profits, larger customer bases and more positive customer relations, and a holistically improved business. This book is a must-read for business owners, entrepreneurs, students, and businessmen and women in all sectors of the economy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Way: How Entrepreneurial Management Transforms Culture and Drives Growth Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Business Book Awards 'Thought Leader' category Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Startup Way, written and read by Eric Ries. The Startup Way reveals how organisations of all sizes can harness startup techniques to drive growth. In The Lean Startup, Eric Ries, Entrepreneur in Residence at Harvard, created a global movement. Concepts like constant iteration, minimal viable products (MVPs), and pivoting have changed the language of business. Now he turns his attention to companies and organizations of all sizes. Ries has been working with giant firms like General Electric and Toyota to help them become more nimble, in order to spur growth and produce products and services that customers want. In The Startup Way, he shares his insights, stories and best practices, delivering a critical toolkit to solve all business challenges. Today every company needs to get faster and smarter. Read The Startup Way and discover how to embrace change, survive and thrive. Eric Ries Tue, 17 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303905 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Way: How Entrepreneurial Management Transforms Culture and Drives Growth Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Business Book Awards 'Thought Leader' category Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Startup Way, written and read by Eric Ries. The Startup Way reveals how organisations of all sizes can harness startup techniques to drive growth. In The Lean Startup, Eric Ries, Entrepreneur in Residence at Harvard, created a global movement. Concepts like constant iteration, minimal viable products (MVPs), and pivoting have changed the language of business. Now he turns his attention to companies and organizations of all sizes. Ries has been working with giant firms like General Electric and Toyota to help them become more nimble, in order to spur growth and produce products and services that customers want. In The Startup Way, he shares his insights, stories and best practices, delivering a critical toolkit to solve all business challenges. Today every company needs to get faster and smarter. Read The Startup Way and discover how to embrace change, survive and thrive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Way: How Entrepreneurial Management Transforms Culture and Drives Growth Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Business Book Awards 'Thought Leader' category Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Startup Way, written and read by Eric Ries. The Startup Way reveals how organisations of all sizes can harness startup techniques to drive growth. In The Lean Startup, Eric Ries, Entrepreneur in Residence at Harvard, created a global movement. Concepts like constant iteration, minimal viable products (MVPs), and pivoting have changed the language of business. Now he turns his attention to companies and organizations of all sizes. Ries has been working with giant firms like General Electric and Toyota to help them become more nimble, in order to spur growth and produce products and services that customers want. In The Startup Way, he shares his insights, stories and best practices, delivering a critical toolkit to solve all business challenges. Today every company needs to get faster and smarter. Read The Startup Way and discover how to embrace change, survive and thrive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303824 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning at New Products: Creating Value Through Innovation Author: Robert G. Cooper Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For more than two decades, Winning at New Products has served as the bible for product developers everywhere. Robert G. Cooper demonstrates why consistent product development is vital to corporate growth and how to maximize your chances of success. Citing the author's most recent research, Winning at New Products showcases innovative practices by industry leaders to present a field-tested game plan for achieving product leadership. Cooper outlines specific strategies for making sound business decisions at every step-from idea generation to launch. This fully updated and expanded edition is an essential resource for product developers around the world. 'This is a must read. There's so much new in this book, from how to generate the breakthrough ideas, picking the winners, and driving them to market successfully.' -- Philip Kotler, Professor of International Marketing, Northwestern University, Kellogg School of Management Robert G. Cooper Tue, 19 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303824 thebookvoice.com 17:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning at New Products: Creating Value Through Innovation Author: Robert G. Cooper Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For more than two decades, Winning at New Products has served as the bible for product developers everywhere. Robert G. Cooper demonstrates why consistent product development is vital to corporate growth and how to maximize your chances of success. Citing the author's most recent research, Winning at New Products showcases innovative practices by industry leaders to present a field-tested game plan for achieving product leadership. Cooper outlines specific strategies for making sound business decisions at every step-from idea generation to launch. This fully updated and expanded edition is an essential resource for product developers around the world. 'This is a must read. There's so much new in this book, from how to generate the breakthrough ideas, picking the winners, and driving them to market successfully.' -- Philip Kotler, Professor of International Marketing, Northwestern University, Kellogg School of Management Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning at New Products: Creating Value Through Innovation Author: Robert G. Cooper Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For more than two decades, Winning at New Products has served as the bible for product developers everywhere. Robert G. Cooper demonstrates why consistent product development is vital to corporate growth and how to maximize your chances of success. Citing the author's most recent research, Winning at New Products showcases innovative practices by industry leaders to present a field-tested game plan for achieving product leadership. Cooper outlines specific strategies for making sound business decisions at every step-from idea generation to launch. This fully updated and expanded edition is an essential resource for product developers around the world. 'This is a must read. There's so much new in this book, from how to generate the breakthrough ideas, picking the winners, and driving them to market successfully.' -- Philip Kotler, Professor of International Marketing, Northwestern University, Kellogg School of Management https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303774 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shift Ahead: How the Best Companies Stay Relevant in a Fast-Changing World Author: Joel Steckel, Allen Adamson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The future is closer than you think. In a world that's changing faster and more furiously than ever, the ability to shift focus is critical.Why is it that some organizations can continually evolve to meet the times and the marketplace, and others can't? How do some businesses recognize the right moment to shift, and others, ruefully, only after it's too late? Packed with insightful interviews, Shift Ahead offers a smart, calculated approach to knowing when to change course and how to pull it off.The book brings every internal and external factor into view: competitors, risks, culture, finances, and more. And it taps success stories and cautionary tales--including HBO, Adobe, BlackBerry, National Geographic, NYU, Microsoft, Kodak, and P&G--to explain how to: - Spot warning signs that it's time for reinvention - Overcome obstacles in the way of future goals - Maintain authenticity when changing gears - Execute a bold change seamlessly To stay competitive, you must shift; to stay credible, you must focus. Shift Ahead turns this difficult maneuver into a straightforward strategy. Joel Steckel, Allen Adamson Thu, 09 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303774 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shift Ahead: How the Best Companies Stay Relevant in a Fast-Changing World Author: Joel Steckel, Allen Adamson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The future is closer than you think. In a world that's changing faster and more furiously than ever, the ability to shift focus is critical.Why is it that some organizations can continually evolve to meet the times and the marketplace, and others can't? How do some businesses recognize the right moment to shift, and others, ruefully, only after it's too late? Packed with insightful interviews, Shift Ahead offers a smart, calculated approach to knowing when to change course and how to pull it off.The book brings every internal and external factor into view: competitors, risks, culture, finances, and more. And it taps success stories and cautionary tales--including HBO, Adobe, BlackBerry, National Geographic, NYU, Microsoft, Kodak, and P&G--to explain how to: - Spot warning signs that it's time for reinvention - Overcome obstacles in the way of future goals - Maintain authenticity when changing gears - Execute a bold change seamlessly To stay competitive, you must shift; to stay credible, you must focus. Shift Ahead turns this difficult maneuver into a straightforward strategy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shift Ahead: How the Best Companies Stay Relevant in a Fast-Changing World Author: Joel Steckel, Allen Adamson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The future is closer than you think. In a world that's changing faster and more furiously than ever, the ability to shift focus is critical.Why is it that some organizations can continually evolve to meet the times and the marketplace, and others can't? How do some businesses recognize the right moment to shift, and others, ruefully, only after it's too late? Packed with insightful interviews, Shift Ahead offers a smart, calculated approach to knowing when to change course and how to pull it off.The book brings every internal and external factor into view: competitors, risks, culture, finances, and more. And it taps success stories and cautionary tales--including HBO, Adobe, BlackBerry, National Geographic, NYU, Microsoft, Kodak, and P&G--to explain how to: - Spot warning signs that it's time for reinvention - Overcome obstacles in the way of future goals - Maintain authenticity when changing gears - Execute a bold change seamlessly To stay competitive, you must shift; to stay credible, you must focus. Shift Ahead turns this difficult maneuver into a straightforward strategy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303769 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obroni and the Chocolate Factory: An Unlikely Story of Globalization and Ghana's First Chocolate Bar Author: Steven Wallace Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What country makes the best chocolate? Most people would answer “Switzerland,” or, if they’re discerning, “Belgium” or “France.” But, how many cocoa trees grow in Zurich? Lyon? Antwerp? Shouldn’t the country known for growing the best cocoa beans be the one that makes the best chocolate? So, captivated by theories of international trade but with precious little knowledge of cocoa or chocolate, Steven Wallace set out to build the Omanhene Cocoa Bean Company in Ghana—a country renowned for its cocoa and where Wallace spent part of his youth—in a quest to produce the world’s first export-ready, single-origin chocolate bar. What followed would be the true story of an obroni—white person—from Wisconsin taking on the ultimate entrepreneurial challenge. Written with sensitivity and devastating self-awareness, Obroni and the Chocolate Factory is Steven’s chaotic, fascinating, and bemusing journey to create a successful international business that aspired do a bit of good in the world. This book is at once a penetrating business memoir and a story about imagining globalism done right. Wallace’s picaresque journey takes him to Ghana’s residence for the head of state, to the Amsterdam offices of a secretive international cocoa conglomerate, and face-to-face with key figures in the sharp-elbowed world of global trade and geopolitics. Along the way he’ll be forced to deal with bureaucratic roadblocks, a legacy of colonialism, corporate intrigue, inscrutable international politics, a Bond-esque villain nemesis, and constant uncertainty about whether he’ll actually pull it off. This rollicking love letter to both Ghana and the world of business is a rare glimpse into the mind of an unusually literate and articulate entrepreneur. Steven Wallace Tue, 07 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303769 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obroni and the Chocolate Factory: An Unlikely Story of Globalization and Ghana's First Chocolate Bar Author: Steven Wallace Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What country makes the best chocolate? Most people would answer “Switzerland,” or, if they’re discerning, “Belgium” or “France.” But, how many cocoa trees grow in Zurich? Lyon? Antwerp? Shouldn’t the country known for growing the best cocoa beans be the one that makes the best chocolate? So, captivated by theories of international trade but with precious little knowledge of cocoa or chocolate, Steven Wallace set out to build the Omanhene Cocoa Bean Company in Ghana—a country renowned for its cocoa and where Wallace spent part of his youth—in a quest to produce the world’s first export-ready, single-origin chocolate bar. What followed would be the true story of an obroni—white person—from Wisconsin taking on the ultimate entrepreneurial challenge. Written with sensitivity and devastating self-awareness, Obroni and the Chocolate Factory is Steven’s chaotic, fascinating, and bemusing journey to create a successful international business that aspired do a bit of good in the world. This book is at once a penetrating business memoir and a story about imagining globalism done right. Wallace’s picaresque journey takes him to Ghana’s residence for the head of state, to the Amsterdam offices of a secretive international cocoa conglomerate, and face-to-face with key figures in the sharp-elbowed world of global trade and geopolitics. Along the way he’ll be forced to deal with bureaucratic roadblocks, a legacy of colonialism, corporate intrigue, inscrutable international politics, a Bond-esque villain nemesis, and constant uncertainty about whether he’ll actually pull it off. This rollicking love letter to both Ghana and the world of business is a rare glimpse into the mind of an unusually literate and articulate entrepreneur. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Obroni and the Chocolate Factory: An Unlikely Story of Globalization and Ghana's First Chocolate Bar Author: Steven Wallace Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What country makes the best chocolate? Most people would answer “Switzerland,” or, if they’re discerning, “Belgium” or “France.” But, how many cocoa trees grow in Zurich? Lyon? Antwerp? Shouldn’t the country known for growing the best cocoa beans be the one that makes the best chocolate? So, captivated by theories of international trade but with precious little knowledge of cocoa or chocolate, Steven Wallace set out to build the Omanhene Cocoa Bean Company in Ghana—a country renowned for its cocoa and where Wallace spent part of his youth—in a quest to produce the world’s first export-ready, single-origin chocolate bar. What followed would be the true story of an obroni—white person—from Wisconsin taking on the ultimate entrepreneurial challenge. Written with sensitivity and devastating self-awareness, Obroni and the Chocolate Factory is Steven’s chaotic, fascinating, and bemusing journey to create a successful international business that aspired do a bit of good in the world. This book is at once a penetrating business memoir and a story about imagining globalism done right. Wallace’s picaresque journey takes him to Ghana’s residence for the head of state, to the Amsterdam offices of a secretive international cocoa conglomerate, and face-to-face with key figures in the sharp-elbowed world of global trade and geopolitics. Along the way he’ll be forced to deal with bureaucratic roadblocks, a legacy of colonialism, corporate intrigue, inscrutable international politics, a Bond-esque villain nemesis, and constant uncertainty about whether he’ll actually pull it off. This rollicking love letter to both Ghana and the world of business is a rare glimpse into the mind of an unusually literate and articulate entrepreneur. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs Author: Chris J Reed Narrator: Penny Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the No.1 International Best Selling Author Chris J Reed, "The Only NASDAQ CEO with a Mohawk!, comes his new book, "Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs". In it, Chris will tell you all about how you, as an entrepreneur, can develop your personal brand beyond LinkedIn. You are an entrepreneur, your personal brand is what everyone is buying into. Your clients, your shareholders, your employees, your partners, the media...future clients, employees, investors...they are all buying into the power and values of your personal brand. That's why you need to start working on it now. In this new book, Chris will talk from his own personal experience on how he created a personal brand from nothing and knowing no one when he left the UK and came to Singapore to become an Asian entrepreneur. Chris will show how he became the "Only NASDAQ CEO with a Mohawk!" and how this personal brand has transformed his businesses. Chris covers all aspects of personal branding for entrepreneurs including what it is, why you should have it, his personal brand story, ups and downs of having a personal brand, why you need to be more American and less English or Asian in your personal branding. Chris will also cover what elements of his disruptive DNA have enabled him to accentuate his own personal brand in his entrepreneurial journey. Chris also covers how LinkedIn is the foundation for your personal brand but that it should also be communicated everywhere else from your YouTube to your Wikipedia, your thought leadership outside of LinkedIn to winning awards, getting up on stage and speaking to having your own book. Chris will discuss how you dress and how you look affects your personal brand, both positively and negatively, why great entrepreneurs like Richard Branson, Elon Musk, Steve Jobs and Bill Gates all have great but divisive personal brands but without them, their respective companies would be nothing. Chris will also discuss David Beckham, Gareth Emery and Prince and what made their personal brands so effective and influential in succeeding in what they do. Chris will share personal branding tips from The Joker, Breaking Bad, Darth Vader, American Psycho and The Godfather that you can put into putting into practice yourself to enhance your own personal brand. This new book Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs will give you all the tips, lessons and help that you need as an entrepreneur to create, manage and enhance your own personal brand to enable you to achieve all of your professional objectives. Chris J Reed Mon, 11 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303732 thebookvoice.com 5:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs Author: Chris J Reed Narrator: Penny Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the No.1 International Best Selling Author Chris J Reed, "The Only NASDAQ CEO with a Mohawk!, comes his new book, "Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs". In it, Chris will tell you all about how you, as an entrepreneur, can develop your personal brand beyond LinkedIn. You are an entrepreneur, your personal brand is what everyone is buying into. Your clients, your shareholders, your employees, your partners, the media...future clients, employees, investors...they are all buying into the power and values of your personal brand. That's why you need to start working on it now. In this new book, Chris will talk from his own personal experience on how he created a personal brand from nothing and knowing no one when he left the UK and came to Singapore to become an Asian entrepreneur. Chris will show how he became the "Only NASDAQ CEO with a Mohawk!" and how this personal brand has transformed his businesses. Chris covers all aspects of personal branding for entrepreneurs including what it is, why you should have it, his personal brand story, ups and downs of having a personal brand, why you need to be more American and less English or Asian in your personal branding. Chris will also cover what elements of his disruptive DNA have enabled him to accentuate his own personal brand in his entrepreneurial journey. Chris also covers how LinkedIn is the foundation for your personal brand but that it should also be communicated everywhere else from your YouTube to your Wikipedia, your thought leadership outside of LinkedIn to winning awards, getting up on stage and speaking to having your own book. Chris will discuss how you dress and how you look affects your personal brand, both positively and negatively, why great entrepreneurs like Richard Branson, Elon Musk, Steve Jobs and Bill Gates all have great but divisive personal brands but without them, their respective companies would be nothing. Chris will also discuss David Beckham, Gareth Emery and Prince and what made their personal brands so effective and influential in succeeding in what they do. Chris will share personal branding tips from The Joker, Breaking Bad, Darth Vader, American Psycho and The Godfather that you can put into putting into practice yourself to enhance your own personal brand. This new book Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs will give you all the tips, lessons and help that you need as an entrepreneur to create, manage and enhance your own personal brand to enable you to achieve all of your professional objectives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs Author: Chris J Reed Narrator: Penny Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the No.1 International Best Selling Author Chris J Reed, "The Only NASDAQ CEO with a Mohawk!, comes his new book, "Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs". In it, Chris will tell you all about how you, as an entrepreneur, can develop your personal brand beyond LinkedIn. You are an entrepreneur, your personal brand is what everyone is buying into. Your clients, your shareholders, your employees, your partners, the media...future clients, employees, investors...they are all buying into the power and values of your personal brand. That's why you need to start working on it now. In this new book, Chris will talk from his own personal experience on how he created a personal brand from nothing and knowing no one when he left the UK and came to Singapore to become an Asian entrepreneur. Chris will show how he became the "Only NASDAQ CEO with a Mohawk!" and how this personal brand has transformed his businesses. Chris covers all aspects of personal branding for entrepreneurs including what it is, why you should have it, his personal brand story, ups and downs of having a personal brand, why you need to be more American and less English or Asian in your personal branding. Chris will also cover what elements of his disruptive DNA have enabled him to accentuate his own personal brand in his entrepreneurial journey. Chris also covers how LinkedIn is the foundation for your personal brand but that it should also be communicated everywhere else from your YouTube to your Wikipedia, your thought leadership outside of LinkedIn to winning awards, getting up on stage and speaking to having your own book. Chris will discuss how you dress and how you look affects your personal brand, both positively and negatively, why great entrepreneurs like Richard Branson, Elon Musk, Steve Jobs and Bill Gates all have great but divisive personal brands but without them, their respective companies would be nothing. Chris will also discuss David Beckham, Gareth Emery and Prince and what made their personal brands so effective and influential in succeeding in what they do. Chris will share personal branding tips from The Joker, Breaking Bad, Darth Vader, American Psycho and The Godfather that you can put into putting into practice yourself to enhance your own personal brand. This new book Personal Branding Mastery for Entrepreneurs will give you all the tips, lessons and help that you need as an entrepreneur to create, manage and enhance your own personal brand to enable you to achieve all of your professional objectives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303728 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifest Money and Success with Positive Affirmations Author: Joel Thielke Narrator: Catherine Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: September 8, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Want more money? Attract it into your life with affirmations! These affirmations are highly effective and a quick way to manifest success and opportunity, increase your wealth, and motivate yourself to succeed and win. In this audiobook, six soothing nature sounds settings help your body and mind deeply relax, so that you can get the most out of your positive affirmations. These powerful, positive affirmations to attract financial success are approximately 20-30 minutes, with four different nature sound backgrounds to choose from to create a unique listening experience. Listen to as many as you'd like, whenever you'd like. We recommend listening to at least one version once a day for 21 days in a row. Enjoy the following four nature sounds settings for your affirmations: 1. Tranquil Lake Waves 2. Cozy Campfire 3. Gentle Babbling Brook 4. Soothing Beach Waves This program includes positive affirmations for financial success that are specifically designed for the following benefits: - Attracting money and riches into your life - Positive thinking - Unlimited motivation and productivity - Attracting opportunities to make money - Confidence boost - Natural energy and focus boost These affirmations are designed to be listened to any time, day or night. Joel Thielke Fri, 08 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303728 thebookvoice.com 1:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifest Money and Success with Positive Affirmations Author: Joel Thielke Narrator: Catherine Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: September 8, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Want more money? Attract it into your life with affirmations! These affirmations are highly effective and a quick way to manifest success and opportunity, increase your wealth, and motivate yourself to succeed and win. In this audiobook, six soothing nature sounds settings help your body and mind deeply relax, so that you can get the most out of your positive affirmations. These powerful, positive affirmations to attract financial success are approximately 20-30 minutes, with four different nature sound backgrounds to choose from to create a unique listening experience. Listen to as many as you'd like, whenever you'd like. We recommend listening to at least one version once a day for 21 days in a row. Enjoy the following four nature sounds settings for your affirmations: 1. Tranquil Lake Waves 2. Cozy Campfire 3. Gentle Babbling Brook 4. Soothing Beach Waves This program includes positive affirmations for financial success that are specifically designed for the following benefits: - Attracting money and riches into your life - Positive thinking - Unlimited motivation and productivity - Attracting opportunities to make money - Confidence boost - Natural energy and focus boost These affirmations are designed to be listened to any time, day or night. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manifest Money and Success with Positive Affirmations Author: Joel Thielke Narrator: Catherine Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: September 8, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Want more money? Attract it into your life with affirmations! These affirmations are highly effective and a quick way to manifest success and opportunity, increase your wealth, and motivate yourself to succeed and win. In this audiobook, six soothing nature sounds settings help your body and mind deeply relax, so that you can get the most out of your positive affirmations. These powerful, positive affirmations to attract financial success are approximately 20-30 minutes, with four different nature sound backgrounds to choose from to create a unique listening experience. Listen to as many as you'd like, whenever you'd like. We recommend listening to at least one version once a day for 21 days in a row. Enjoy the following four nature sounds settings for your affirmations: 1. Tranquil Lake Waves 2. Cozy Campfire 3. Gentle Babbling Brook 4. Soothing Beach Waves This program includes positive affirmations for financial success that are specifically designed for the following benefits: - Attracting money and riches into your life - Positive thinking - Unlimited motivation and productivity - Attracting opportunities to make money - Confidence boost - Natural energy and focus boost These affirmations are designed to be listened to any time, day or night. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Administración del tiempo Series: #7 of La Biblioteca del Exito Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Administración del tiempoMás que cualquier otra habilidad en tu carrera, la capacidad de manejar el tiempo determinará tu éxito o fracaso. Es una simple ecuación. En cuanto mejor uses tu tiempo, conseguirás más y más grandes serán tus recompensas. Esta práctica guía de bolsillo revela 21 técnicas comprobadas que puede usar inmediatamente para ganar dos o más horas productivas cada día. Ofrece las estrategias que el experto en negocios Brian Tracy ha identificado como las más eficaces que él mismo emplea.Lleno de la sabiduría característica de Brian Tracy, este libro te ayudará a conseguir más cosas... y con mucho menos estrés.Este práctico libro te enseñará a:• Manejar las interminables interrupciones, reuniones, correos electrónicos y llamadas telefónicas• Identificar sus principales áreas de resultados• Designar suficiente tiempo para las responsabilidades más prioritarias• Agrupar las actividades similares para mantenerse enfocado y aprovechar al máximo cada minuto• Superar la postergación• Determinar que delegar y que eliminar• Utilizar el Programa de evaluación y técnicas de revisión para trabajar a partir del futuro... y asegurar que alcanza sus metas más importantes• Y más. Brian Tracy Tue, 14 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303609 thebookvoice.com 2:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Administración del tiempo Series: #7 of La Biblioteca del Exito Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Administración del tiempoMás que cualquier otra habilidad en tu carrera, la capacidad de manejar el tiempo determinará tu éxito o fracaso. Es una simple ecuación. En cuanto mejor uses tu tiempo, conseguirás más y más grandes serán tus recompensas. Esta práctica guía de bolsillo revela 21 técnicas comprobadas que puede usar inmediatamente para ganar dos o más horas productivas cada día. Ofrece las estrategias que el experto en negocios Brian Tracy ha identificado como las más eficaces que él mismo emplea.Lleno de la sabiduría característica de Brian Tracy, este libro te ayudará a conseguir más cosas... y con mucho menos estrés.Este práctico libro te enseñará a:• Manejar las interminables interrupciones, reuniones, correos electrónicos y llamadas telefónicas• Identificar sus principales áreas de resultados• Designar suficiente tiempo para las responsabilidades más prioritarias• Agrupar las actividades similares para mantenerse enfocado y aprovechar al máximo cada minuto• Superar la postergación• Determinar que delegar y que eliminar• Utilizar el Programa de evaluación y técnicas de revisión para trabajar a partir del futuro... y asegurar que alcanza sus metas más importantes• Y más. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Administración del tiempo Series: #7 of La Biblioteca del Exito Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Administración del tiempoMás que cualquier otra habilidad en tu carrera, la capacidad de manejar el tiempo determinará tu éxito o fracaso. Es una simple ecuación. En cuanto mejor uses tu tiempo, conseguirás más y más grandes serán tus recompensas. Esta práctica guía de bolsillo revela 21 técnicas comprobadas que puede usar inmediatamente para ganar dos o más horas productivas cada día. Ofrece las estrategias que el experto en negocios Brian Tracy ha identificado como las más eficaces que él mismo emplea.Lleno de la sabiduría característica de Brian Tracy, este libro te ayudará a conseguir más cosas... y con mucho menos estrés.Este práctico libro te enseñará a:• Manejar las interminables interrupciones, reuniones, correos electrónicos y llamadas telefónicas• Identificar sus principales áreas de resultados• Designar suficiente tiempo para las responsabilidades más prioritarias• Agrupar las actividades similares para mantenerse enfocado y aprovechar al máximo cada minuto• Superar la postergación• Determinar que delegar y que eliminar• Utilizar el Programa de evaluación y técnicas de revisión para trabajar a partir del futuro... y asegurar que alcanza sus metas más importantes• Y más. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303416 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle: From Idea to Income in 27 Days Author: Chris Guillebeau Narrator: Chris Guillebeau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The author of the New York Times Bestseller THE $100 STARTUP shows how to launch a profitable side hustle in just 27 days. For some people, the thought of quitting their day job to pursue the entrepreneurial life is exhilarating.  For many others, it’s terrifying. After all, a stable job that delivers a regular paycheck is a blessing. And not everyone has the means or the desire to take on the risks and responsibilities of working for themselves. But what if we could quickly and easily create an additional stream of income without giving up the security of a full-time job? Enter the side hustle. Chris Gullibeau is no stranger to this world, having launched more than a dozen side hustles over his career. Here, he offers a step-by-step guide that takes you from idea to income in just 27 days. Designed for the busy and impatient, this detailed roadmap will show you how to select, launch, refine, and make money from your side hustle in under a month. You’ll learn how to: •  Brainstorm, borrow, and steal to build an arsenal of great side hustle ideas (day 3) •  Apply “Tinder for Side Hustle” logic to pick the best idea at any time (day 6) •  Learn, gather, or create everything you need to launch; then set up a real life way to get paid (days 13-14) •  Start raking in the money by channeling your inner Girl Scout (day 18) •  Master the art of deals, discounts, and special offers (day 21) •  Raise your game: improve, expand, or make more money off your hustle (days 24-26) A side hustle is more than just another stream of income, it’s also the new job security. When you receive paychecks from different sources, it allows you to take more chances in your “regular” career. More income means more options. More options equals freedom. You don’t need entrepreneurial experience to launch a profitable side hustle. You don’t have to have an MBA, or know how to code, or be an expert marketer. You don’t need employees or investors. With Chris as a guide, anyone can make more money, pursue a passion, and enjoy greater security – without quitting their day job. Chris Guillebeau Tue, 19 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303416 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle: From Idea to Income in 27 Days Author: Chris Guillebeau Narrator: Chris Guillebeau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The author of the New York Times Bestseller THE $100 STARTUP shows how to launch a profitable side hustle in just 27 days. For some people, the thought of quitting their day job to pursue the entrepreneurial life is exhilarating.  For many others, it’s terrifying. After all, a stable job that delivers a regular paycheck is a blessing. And not everyone has the means or the desire to take on the risks and responsibilities of working for themselves. But what if we could quickly and easily create an additional stream of income without giving up the security of a full-time job? Enter the side hustle. Chris Gullibeau is no stranger to this world, having launched more than a dozen side hustles over his career. Here, he offers a step-by-step guide that takes you from idea to income in just 27 days. Designed for the busy and impatient, this detailed roadmap will show you how to select, launch, refine, and make money from your side hustle in under a month. You’ll learn how to: •  Brainstorm, borrow, and steal to build an arsenal of great side hustle ideas (day 3) •  Apply “Tinder for Side Hustle” logic to pick the best idea at any time (day 6) •  Learn, gather, or create everything you need to launch; then set up a real life way to get paid (days 13-14) •  Start raking in the money by channeling your inner Girl Scout (day 18) •  Master the art of deals, discounts, and special offers (day 21) •  Raise your game: improve, expand, or make more money off your hustle (days 24-26) A side hustle is more than just another stream of income, it’s also the new job security. When you receive paychecks from different sources, it allows you to take more chances in your “regular” career. More income means more options. More options equals freedom. You don’t need entrepreneurial experience to launch a profitable side hustle. You don’t have to have an MBA, or know how to code, or be an expert marketer. You don’t need employees or investors. With Chris as a guide, anyone can make more money, pursue a passion, and enjoy greater security – without quitting their day job. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle: From Idea to Income in 27 Days Author: Chris Guillebeau Narrator: Chris Guillebeau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The author of the New York Times Bestseller THE $100 STARTUP shows how to launch a profitable side hustle in just 27 days. For some people, the thought of quitting their day job to pursue the entrepreneurial life is exhilarating.  For many others, it’s terrifying. After all, a stable job that delivers a regular paycheck is a blessing. And not everyone has the means or the desire to take on the risks and responsibilities of working for themselves. But what if we could quickly and easily create an additional stream of income without giving up the security of a full-time job? Enter the side hustle. Chris Gullibeau is no stranger to this world, having launched more than a dozen side hustles over his career. Here, he offers a step-by-step guide that takes you from idea to income in just 27 days. Designed for the busy and impatient, this detailed roadmap will show you how to select, launch, refine, and make money from your side hustle in under a month. You’ll learn how to: •  Brainstorm, borrow, and steal to build an arsenal of great side hustle ideas (day 3) •  Apply “Tinder for Side Hustle” logic to pick the best idea at any time (day 6) •  Learn, gather, or create everything you need to launch; then set up a real life way to get paid (days 13-14) •  Start raking in the money by channeling your inner Girl Scout (day 18) •  Master the art of deals, discounts, and special offers (day 21) •  Raise your game: improve, expand, or make more money off your hustle (days 24-26) A side hustle is more than just another stream of income, it’s also the new job security. When you receive paychecks from different sources, it allows you to take more chances in your “regular” career. More income means more options. More options equals freedom. You don’t need entrepreneurial experience to launch a profitable side hustle. You don’t have to have an MBA, or know how to code, or be an expert marketer. You don’t need employees or investors. With Chris as a guide, anyone can make more money, pursue a passion, and enjoy greater security – without quitting their day job. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303231 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise Capital on Your Own Terms: How to Fund Your Business without Selling Your Soul Author: Jenny Kassan Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New businesses need money, but entrepreneurs are sometimes anxious about raising capital from traditional sources like venture capitalists, fearing there'll be strings attached. Jenny Kassan's book explains how to raise 'grassroots' capital from supporters and allies who believe in mission as much as in returns. Too many entrepreneurs, particularly mission-driven ones, try to avoid raising capital, assuming that they can't offer the kind of returns they think investors demand. Or they're worried that investors will end up taking control of the business. But an underfinanced business is a nightmare for the entrepreneur and a major reason new businesses fail. Jenny Kassan shows how anyone can build capital without relying on traditional methods. Based on over ten years working with small businesses, Kassan says the landscape of investment capital is far larger and more diverse than many would have you believe. Venture capitalists looking for a tenfold return on their investment are a tiny minority, and many investors are just as mission-driven as entrepreneurs. Kassan takes readers through a six-step process to create a customized capital-raising plan, one that inspires them, excites them, and is in complete agreement with their business, their values, and their lives. This book will help as many people as possible turn their big, bold, world-changing visions into reality. Jenny Kassan Mon, 09 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303231 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise Capital on Your Own Terms: How to Fund Your Business without Selling Your Soul Author: Jenny Kassan Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New businesses need money, but entrepreneurs are sometimes anxious about raising capital from traditional sources like venture capitalists, fearing there'll be strings attached. Jenny Kassan's book explains how to raise 'grassroots' capital from supporters and allies who believe in mission as much as in returns. Too many entrepreneurs, particularly mission-driven ones, try to avoid raising capital, assuming that they can't offer the kind of returns they think investors demand. Or they're worried that investors will end up taking control of the business. But an underfinanced business is a nightmare for the entrepreneur and a major reason new businesses fail. Jenny Kassan shows how anyone can build capital without relying on traditional methods. Based on over ten years working with small businesses, Kassan says the landscape of investment capital is far larger and more diverse than many would have you believe. Venture capitalists looking for a tenfold return on their investment are a tiny minority, and many investors are just as mission-driven as entrepreneurs. Kassan takes readers through a six-step process to create a customized capital-raising plan, one that inspires them, excites them, and is in complete agreement with their business, their values, and their lives. This book will help as many people as possible turn their big, bold, world-changing visions into reality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raise Capital on Your Own Terms: How to Fund Your Business without Selling Your Soul Author: Jenny Kassan Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New businesses need money, but entrepreneurs are sometimes anxious about raising capital from traditional sources like venture capitalists, fearing there'll be strings attached. Jenny Kassan's book explains how to raise 'grassroots' capital from supporters and allies who believe in mission as much as in returns. Too many entrepreneurs, particularly mission-driven ones, try to avoid raising capital, assuming that they can't offer the kind of returns they think investors demand. Or they're worried that investors will end up taking control of the business. But an underfinanced business is a nightmare for the entrepreneur and a major reason new businesses fail. Jenny Kassan shows how anyone can build capital without relying on traditional methods. Based on over ten years working with small businesses, Kassan says the landscape of investment capital is far larger and more diverse than many would have you believe. Venture capitalists looking for a tenfold return on their investment are a tiny minority, and many investors are just as mission-driven as entrepreneurs. Kassan takes readers through a six-step process to create a customized capital-raising plan, one that inspires them, excites them, and is in complete agreement with their business, their values, and their lives. This book will help as many people as possible turn their big, bold, world-changing visions into reality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303223 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide Author: Patrice Banks Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As featured on Fresh Air with Terry Gross A do-it-herself guide to auto maintenance, roadside emergencies, and the real scoop on how women can get honest car service at the garage, from engineer turned auto mechanic and award-winning entrepreneur Patrice Banks. Do you feel lost when explaining your car problems to a mechanic? Do you panic when something goes wrong with your ride? Have you felt like you were being overcharged or pressured into unnecessary add-ons at the auto shop? Fear no more: The Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide has got your back. So many women feel powerless, nervous, or embarrassed when taking our cars in for a repair, and yet we outnumber men both as drivers and as customers at auto repair shops The time has come for us to grab the wheel and finally take control of our cars. Filled with easy-to-follow illustrations and instructions, great tips, and lifesaving rules of thumb, The Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide will help take away the confusion and mystery surrounding cars, teach women what they need to know about how their cars work, and what they need to do to keep them running smoothly. Patrice Banks was once like most of us: a self-professed “auto airhead” who was clueless about car maintenance, yet convinced that mechanics were taking advantage of her. Now she’s an auto pro devoted to empowering women to learn basic car repairs and knowing what to do in an emergency. So whether you get a flat tire when you’re stranded in the middle of nowhere, your car overheats, or a mysterious dashboard light suddenly starts blinking, help is just a reach-in-the-glove-box away. Patrice Banks Tue, 19 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303223 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide Author: Patrice Banks Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As featured on Fresh Air with Terry Gross A do-it-herself guide to auto maintenance, roadside emergencies, and the real scoop on how women can get honest car service at the garage, from engineer turned auto mechanic and award-winning entrepreneur Patrice Banks. Do you feel lost when explaining your car problems to a mechanic? Do you panic when something goes wrong with your ride? Have you felt like you were being overcharged or pressured into unnecessary add-ons at the auto shop? Fear no more: The Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide has got your back. So many women feel powerless, nervous, or embarrassed when taking our cars in for a repair, and yet we outnumber men both as drivers and as customers at auto repair shops The time has come for us to grab the wheel and finally take control of our cars. Filled with easy-to-follow illustrations and instructions, great tips, and lifesaving rules of thumb, The Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide will help take away the confusion and mystery surrounding cars, teach women what they need to know about how their cars work, and what they need to do to keep them running smoothly. Patrice Banks was once like most of us: a self-professed “auto airhead” who was clueless about car maintenance, yet convinced that mechanics were taking advantage of her. Now she’s an auto pro devoted to empowering women to learn basic car repairs and knowing what to do in an emergency. So whether you get a flat tire when you’re stranded in the middle of nowhere, your car overheats, or a mysterious dashboard light suddenly starts blinking, help is just a reach-in-the-glove-box away. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide Author: Patrice Banks Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As featured on Fresh Air with Terry Gross A do-it-herself guide to auto maintenance, roadside emergencies, and the real scoop on how women can get honest car service at the garage, from engineer turned auto mechanic and award-winning entrepreneur Patrice Banks. Do you feel lost when explaining your car problems to a mechanic? Do you panic when something goes wrong with your ride? Have you felt like you were being overcharged or pressured into unnecessary add-ons at the auto shop? Fear no more: The Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide has got your back. So many women feel powerless, nervous, or embarrassed when taking our cars in for a repair, and yet we outnumber men both as drivers and as customers at auto repair shops The time has come for us to grab the wheel and finally take control of our cars. Filled with easy-to-follow illustrations and instructions, great tips, and lifesaving rules of thumb, The Girls Auto Clinic Glove Box Guide will help take away the confusion and mystery surrounding cars, teach women what they need to know about how their cars work, and what they need to do to keep them running smoothly. Patrice Banks was once like most of us: a self-professed “auto airhead” who was clueless about car maintenance, yet convinced that mechanics were taking advantage of her. Now she’s an auto pro devoted to empowering women to learn basic car repairs and knowing what to do in an emergency. So whether you get a flat tire when you’re stranded in the middle of nowhere, your car overheats, or a mysterious dashboard light suddenly starts blinking, help is just a reach-in-the-glove-box away. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303209 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four: The Hidden DNA of Amazon, Apple, Facebook and Google Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Four by Scott Galloway, read by Jonathan Todd Ross. For all that’s been written about the Four over the last two decades, no one has captured their power and staggering success as insightfully as Scott Galloway. Instead of buying the myths these compa­nies broadcast, Galloway asks fundamental questions. How did the Four infiltrate our lives so completely that they’re almost impossible to avoid (or boycott)? Why does the stock market forgive them for sins that would destroy other firms? And as they race to become the world’s first trillion-dollar company, can anyone chal­lenge them? In the same irreverent style that has made him one of the world’s most celebrated business professors, Galloway deconstructs the strategies of the Four that lurk beneath their shiny veneers. He shows how they manipulate the fundamental emotional needs that have driven us since our ancestors lived in caves, at a speed and scope others can’t match. And he reveals how you can apply the lessons of their ascent to your own business or career. Whether you want to compete with them, do business with them, or simply live in the world they dominate, you need to understand the Four. Scott Galloway Thu, 05 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303209 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four: The Hidden DNA of Amazon, Apple, Facebook and Google Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Four by Scott Galloway, read by Jonathan Todd Ross. For all that’s been written about the Four over the last two decades, no one has captured their power and staggering success as insightfully as Scott Galloway. Instead of buying the myths these compa­nies broadcast, Galloway asks fundamental questions. How did the Four infiltrate our lives so completely that they’re almost impossible to avoid (or boycott)? Why does the stock market forgive them for sins that would destroy other firms? And as they race to become the world’s first trillion-dollar company, can anyone chal­lenge them? In the same irreverent style that has made him one of the world’s most celebrated business professors, Galloway deconstructs the strategies of the Four that lurk beneath their shiny veneers. He shows how they manipulate the fundamental emotional needs that have driven us since our ancestors lived in caves, at a speed and scope others can’t match. And he reveals how you can apply the lessons of their ascent to your own business or career. Whether you want to compete with them, do business with them, or simply live in the world they dominate, you need to understand the Four. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four: The Hidden DNA of Amazon, Apple, Facebook and Google Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Four by Scott Galloway, read by Jonathan Todd Ross. For all that’s been written about the Four over the last two decades, no one has captured their power and staggering success as insightfully as Scott Galloway. Instead of buying the myths these compa­nies broadcast, Galloway asks fundamental questions. How did the Four infiltrate our lives so completely that they’re almost impossible to avoid (or boycott)? Why does the stock market forgive them for sins that would destroy other firms? And as they race to become the world’s first trillion-dollar company, can anyone chal­lenge them? In the same irreverent style that has made him one of the world’s most celebrated business professors, Galloway deconstructs the strategies of the Four that lurk beneath their shiny veneers. He shows how they manipulate the fundamental emotional needs that have driven us since our ancestors lived in caves, at a speed and scope others can’t match. And he reveals how you can apply the lessons of their ascent to your own business or career. Whether you want to compete with them, do business with them, or simply live in the world they dominate, you need to understand the Four. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Refresh: The Quest to Rediscover Microsoft's Soul and Imagine a Better Future for Everyone Author: Greg Shaw, Satya Nadella Narrator: Shridhar Solanki, Satya Nadella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Bill Gates Microsoft’s CEO tells the inside story of the company’s continuing transformation, tracing his own personal journey from a childhood in India to leading some of the most significant technological changes in the digital era. As much a humanist as engineer and executive, Nadella concludes with his vision for the coming wave of intelligent technologies and a distinct call to action for leaders everywhere. Hit Refresh is about individual change, about the transformation happening inside of Microsoft and the technology that will soon impact all of our lives—the arrival of the most exciting and disruptive wave of technology humankind has experienced: artificial intelligence, mixed reality, and quantum computing. It’s about how people, organizations, and societies can and must transform ''hit refresh'' in their persistent quest for new energy, new ideas, and continued relevance and renewal. At its core, it’s about us humans and how our one unique quality—empathy—will become ever more valuable in a world where technological advancement will disrupt the status quo as never before. Satya Nadella explores a fascinating childhood before immigrating to the U.S. and how he learned to lead along the way. He then shares his meditations as sitting CEO—one who is mostly unknown following the brainy Bill Gates and energetic Steve Ballmer. He tells the inside story of how a company rediscovered its soul—transforming everything from culture to their fiercely competitive landscape and industry partnerships. Nadella concludes with his vision for the coming wave of technology and by exploring the potential impact to society and delivering call to action for world leaders. ''Ideas excite me,'' Nadella explains. ''Empathy grounds and centers me.'' Hit Refresh is a reflection, meditations, and series of recommendations presented as algorithms from a principled, deliberative leader searching for improvement—for himself, for a storied company, and for society. Greg Shaw, Satya Nadella Tue, 26 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303204 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Refresh: The Quest to Rediscover Microsoft's Soul and Imagine a Better Future for Everyone Author: Greg Shaw, Satya Nadella Narrator: Shridhar Solanki, Satya Nadella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Bill Gates Microsoft’s CEO tells the inside story of the company’s continuing transformation, tracing his own personal journey from a childhood in India to leading some of the most significant technological changes in the digital era. As much a humanist as engineer and executive, Nadella concludes with his vision for the coming wave of intelligent technologies and a distinct call to action for leaders everywhere. Hit Refresh is about individual change, about the transformation happening inside of Microsoft and the technology that will soon impact all of our lives—the arrival of the most exciting and disruptive wave of technology humankind has experienced: artificial intelligence, mixed reality, and quantum computing. It’s about how people, organizations, and societies can and must transform ''hit refresh'' in their persistent quest for new energy, new ideas, and continued relevance and renewal. At its core, it’s about us humans and how our one unique quality—empathy—will become ever more valuable in a world where technological advancement will disrupt the status quo as never before. Satya Nadella explores a fascinating childhood before immigrating to the U.S. and how he learned to lead along the way. He then shares his meditations as sitting CEO—one who is mostly unknown following the brainy Bill Gates and energetic Steve Ballmer. He tells the inside story of how a company rediscovered its soul—transforming everything from culture to their fiercely competitive landscape and industry partnerships. Nadella concludes with his vision for the coming wave of technology and by exploring the potential impact to society and delivering call to action for world leaders. ''Ideas excite me,'' Nadella explains. ''Empathy grounds and centers me.'' Hit Refresh is a reflection, meditations, and series of recommendations presented as algorithms from a principled, deliberative leader searching for improvement—for himself, for a storied company, and for society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Refresh: The Quest to Rediscover Microsoft's Soul and Imagine a Better Future for Everyone Author: Greg Shaw, Satya Nadella Narrator: Shridhar Solanki, Satya Nadella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Bill Gates Microsoft’s CEO tells the inside story of the company’s continuing transformation, tracing his own personal journey from a childhood in India to leading some of the most significant technological changes in the digital era. As much a humanist as engineer and executive, Nadella concludes with his vision for the coming wave of intelligent technologies and a distinct call to action for leaders everywhere. Hit Refresh is about individual change, about the transformation happening inside of Microsoft and the technology that will soon impact all of our lives—the arrival of the most exciting and disruptive wave of technology humankind has experienced: artificial intelligence, mixed reality, and quantum computing. It’s about how people, organizations, and societies can and must transform ''hit refresh'' in their persistent quest for new energy, new ideas, and continued relevance and renewal. At its core, it’s about us humans and how our one unique quality—empathy—will become ever more valuable in a world where technological advancement will disrupt the status quo as never before. Satya Nadella explores a fascinating childhood before immigrating to the U.S. and how he learned to lead along the way. He then shares his meditations as sitting CEO—one who is mostly unknown following the brainy Bill Gates and energetic Steve Ballmer. He tells the inside story of how a company rediscovered its soul—transforming everything from culture to their fiercely competitive landscape and industry partnerships. Nadella concludes with his vision for the coming wave of technology and by exploring the potential impact to society and delivering call to action for world leaders. ''Ideas excite me,'' Nadella explains. ''Empathy grounds and centers me.'' Hit Refresh is a reflection, meditations, and series of recommendations presented as algorithms from a principled, deliberative leader searching for improvement—for himself, for a storied company, and for society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303199 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: WTF?: What's the Future and Why It's Up to Us Author: Tim O'Reilly Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Silicon Valley’s leading intellectual and the founder of O’Reilly Media explores the upside and the potential downsides of our future—what he calls the ''next economy.'' Tim O’Reilly’s genius is to identify and explain emerging technologies with world shaking potential—the World Wide Web, Open Source Software, Web 2.0, Open Government data, the Maker Movement, Big Data. ''The man who can really can make a whole industry happen,'' according to Executive Chairman of Google Eric Schmidt, O’Reilly has most recently focused on the future of work—AI, algorithms, and new approaches to business organization that will shape our lives. He has brought together an unlikely coalition of technologists, business leaders, labor advocates, and policy makers to wrestle with these issues. In WTF he shares the evolution of his intellectual development, applying his approach to a number of challenging issues we will face as citizens, employees, business leaders, and a nation. What is the future when an increasing number of jobs can be performed by intelligent machines instead of people, or only done by people in partnership with those machines? What happens to our consumer based societies—to workers and to the companies that depend on their purchasing power? Is income inequality and unemployment an inevitable consequence of technological advancement, or are there paths to a better future? What will happen to business when technology-enabled networks and marketplaces are better at deploying talent than traditional companies? What’s the future of education when on-demand learning outperforms traditional institutions? Will the fundamental social safety nets of the developed world survive the transition, and if not, what will replace them? The digital revolution has transformed the world of media, upending centuries-old companies and business models. Now, it is restructuring every business, every job, and every sector of society. Yet the biggest changes are still ahead. To survive, every industry and organization will have to transform itself in multiple ways. O’Reilly explores what the next economy will mean for the world and every aspect of our lives—and what we can do to shape it. Tim O'Reilly Tue, 10 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303199 thebookvoice.com 16:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: WTF?: What's the Future and Why It's Up to Us Author: Tim O'Reilly Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Silicon Valley’s leading intellectual and the founder of O’Reilly Media explores the upside and the potential downsides of our future—what he calls the ''next economy.'' Tim O’Reilly’s genius is to identify and explain emerging technologies with world shaking potential—the World Wide Web, Open Source Software, Web 2.0, Open Government data, the Maker Movement, Big Data. ''The man who can really can make a whole industry happen,'' according to Executive Chairman of Google Eric Schmidt, O’Reilly has most recently focused on the future of work—AI, algorithms, and new approaches to business organization that will shape our lives. He has brought together an unlikely coalition of technologists, business leaders, labor advocates, and policy makers to wrestle with these issues. In WTF he shares the evolution of his intellectual development, applying his approach to a number of challenging issues we will face as citizens, employees, business leaders, and a nation. What is the future when an increasing number of jobs can be performed by intelligent machines instead of people, or only done by people in partnership with those machines? What happens to our consumer based societies—to workers and to the companies that depend on their purchasing power? Is income inequality and unemployment an inevitable consequence of technological advancement, or are there paths to a better future? What will happen to business when technology-enabled networks and marketplaces are better at deploying talent than traditional companies? What’s the future of education when on-demand learning outperforms traditional institutions? Will the fundamental social safety nets of the developed world survive the transition, and if not, what will replace them? The digital revolution has transformed the world of media, upending centuries-old companies and business models. Now, it is restructuring every business, every job, and every sector of society. Yet the biggest changes are still ahead. To survive, every industry and organization will have to transform itself in multiple ways. O’Reilly explores what the next economy will mean for the world and every aspect of our lives—and what we can do to shape it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: WTF?: What's the Future and Why It's Up to Us Author: Tim O'Reilly Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Silicon Valley’s leading intellectual and the founder of O’Reilly Media explores the upside and the potential downsides of our future—what he calls the ''next economy.'' Tim O’Reilly’s genius is to identify and explain emerging technologies with world shaking potential—the World Wide Web, Open Source Software, Web 2.0, Open Government data, the Maker Movement, Big Data. ''The man who can really can make a whole industry happen,'' according to Executive Chairman of Google Eric Schmidt, O’Reilly has most recently focused on the future of work—AI, algorithms, and new approaches to business organization that will shape our lives. He has brought together an unlikely coalition of technologists, business leaders, labor advocates, and policy makers to wrestle with these issues. In WTF he shares the evolution of his intellectual development, applying his approach to a number of challenging issues we will face as citizens, employees, business leaders, and a nation. What is the future when an increasing number of jobs can be performed by intelligent machines instead of people, or only done by people in partnership with those machines? What happens to our consumer based societies—to workers and to the companies that depend on their purchasing power? Is income inequality and unemployment an inevitable consequence of technological advancement, or are there paths to a better future? What will happen to business when technology-enabled networks and marketplaces are better at deploying talent than traditional companies? What’s the future of education when on-demand learning outperforms traditional institutions? Will the fundamental social safety nets of the developed world survive the transition, and if not, what will replace them? The digital revolution has transformed the world of media, upending centuries-old companies and business models. Now, it is restructuring every business, every job, and every sector of society. Yet the biggest changes are still ahead. To survive, every industry and organization will have to transform itself in multiple ways. O’Reilly explores what the next economy will mean for the world and every aspect of our lives—and what we can do to shape it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303170 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Way: How Modern Companies Use Entrepreneurial Management to Transform Culture and Drive Long-Term Growth Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Entrepreneur and bestselling author of The Lean Startup, Eric Ries reveals how entrepreneurial principles can be used by businesses of all kinds, ranging from established companies to early-stage startups, to grow revenues, drive innovation, and transform themselves into truly modern organizations, poised to take advantage of the enormous opportunities of the twenty-first century.   In The Lean Startup, Eric Ries laid out the practices of successful startups – building a minimal viable product, customer-focused and scientific testing based on a build-measure-learn method of continuous innovation, and deciding whether to persevere or pivot. In The Startup Way, he turns his attention to an entirely new group of organizations: established enterprises like iconic multinationals GE and Toyota, tech titans like Amazon and Facebook, and the next generation of Silicon Valley upstarts like Airbnb and Twilio. Drawing on his experiences over the past five years working with these organizations, as well as nonprofits, NGOs, and governments, Ries lays out a system of entrepreneurial management that leads organizations of all sizes  and from every industry to sustainable growth and long-term impact. Filled with in-the-field stories, insights, and tools, The Startup Way is an essential road map for any organization navigating the uncertain waters of the century ahead. Includes a PDF of charts and graphs from the book. Eric Ries Tue, 17 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303170 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Way: How Modern Companies Use Entrepreneurial Management to Transform Culture and Drive Long-Term Growth Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Entrepreneur and bestselling author of The Lean Startup, Eric Ries reveals how entrepreneurial principles can be used by businesses of all kinds, ranging from established companies to early-stage startups, to grow revenues, drive innovation, and transform themselves into truly modern organizations, poised to take advantage of the enormous opportunities of the twenty-first century.   In The Lean Startup, Eric Ries laid out the practices of successful startups – building a minimal viable product, customer-focused and scientific testing based on a build-measure-learn method of continuous innovation, and deciding whether to persevere or pivot. In The Startup Way, he turns his attention to an entirely new group of organizations: established enterprises like iconic multinationals GE and Toyota, tech titans like Amazon and Facebook, and the next generation of Silicon Valley upstarts like Airbnb and Twilio. Drawing on his experiences over the past five years working with these organizations, as well as nonprofits, NGOs, and governments, Ries lays out a system of entrepreneurial management that leads organizations of all sizes  and from every industry to sustainable growth and long-term impact. Filled with in-the-field stories, insights, and tools, The Startup Way is an essential road map for any organization navigating the uncertain waters of the century ahead. Includes a PDF of charts and graphs from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Way: How Modern Companies Use Entrepreneurial Management to Transform Culture and Drive Long-Term Growth Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Eric Ries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Entrepreneur and bestselling author of The Lean Startup, Eric Ries reveals how entrepreneurial principles can be used by businesses of all kinds, ranging from established companies to early-stage startups, to grow revenues, drive innovation, and transform themselves into truly modern organizations, poised to take advantage of the enormous opportunities of the twenty-first century.   In The Lean Startup, Eric Ries laid out the practices of successful startups – building a minimal viable product, customer-focused and scientific testing based on a build-measure-learn method of continuous innovation, and deciding whether to persevere or pivot. In The Startup Way, he turns his attention to an entirely new group of organizations: established enterprises like iconic multinationals GE and Toyota, tech titans like Amazon and Facebook, and the next generation of Silicon Valley upstarts like Airbnb and Twilio. Drawing on his experiences over the past five years working with these organizations, as well as nonprofits, NGOs, and governments, Ries lays out a system of entrepreneurial management that leads organizations of all sizes  and from every industry to sustainable growth and long-term impact. Filled with in-the-field stories, insights, and tools, The Startup Way is an essential road map for any organization navigating the uncertain waters of the century ahead. Includes a PDF of charts and graphs from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Takes a Tribe: Building the Tough Mudder Movement Author: Will Dean Narrator: Eliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Business Book Awards 'Startup Inspiration' category Penguin presents the audiobook edition of It Takes a Tribe by Will Dean, read by Eliot Hill. Tough Mudder is not a race. It's a challenge. Unlike other endurance events, Tough Mudder encourages team spirit. The course's design forces you to seek help from others and with twenty obstacles, forty tons of ice and five hundred thousand litres of Grade-A mud set over ten to twelve miles, you're going to need it. This revival of community is the key to the company's success. In It Takes a Tribe, co-founder and CEO Will Dean explores the mental, physical and social principles behind the experience and reveals how he built a global tribe. Arguing for clear principles, bravery and persistence, Dean shows a new generation of entrepreneurs why it's important to create a brand that people identify with and love. Will Dean Tue, 12 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302443 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Takes a Tribe: Building the Tough Mudder Movement Author: Will Dean Narrator: Eliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Business Book Awards 'Startup Inspiration' category Penguin presents the audiobook edition of It Takes a Tribe by Will Dean, read by Eliot Hill. Tough Mudder is not a race. It's a challenge. Unlike other endurance events, Tough Mudder encourages team spirit. The course's design forces you to seek help from others and with twenty obstacles, forty tons of ice and five hundred thousand litres of Grade-A mud set over ten to twelve miles, you're going to need it. This revival of community is the key to the company's success. In It Takes a Tribe, co-founder and CEO Will Dean explores the mental, physical and social principles behind the experience and reveals how he built a global tribe. Arguing for clear principles, bravery and persistence, Dean shows a new generation of entrepreneurs why it's important to create a brand that people identify with and love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Takes a Tribe: Building the Tough Mudder Movement Author: Will Dean Narrator: Eliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Business Book Awards 'Startup Inspiration' category Penguin presents the audiobook edition of It Takes a Tribe by Will Dean, read by Eliot Hill. Tough Mudder is not a race. It's a challenge. Unlike other endurance events, Tough Mudder encourages team spirit. The course's design forces you to seek help from others and with twenty obstacles, forty tons of ice and five hundred thousand litres of Grade-A mud set over ten to twelve miles, you're going to need it. This revival of community is the key to the company's success. In It Takes a Tribe, co-founder and CEO Will Dean explores the mental, physical and social principles behind the experience and reveals how he built a global tribe. Arguing for clear principles, bravery and persistence, Dean shows a new generation of entrepreneurs why it's important to create a brand that people identify with and love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302432 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Screw Up: How I Learned to Lead by Doing (Almost) Everything Wrong Author: Kristen Hadeed Narrator: Kristen Hadeed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inspiring, unlikely, laugh-out-loud story of how one woman learned to lead–and how she ultimately succeeded, not despite her many mistakes, but because of them. This is the story of how Kristen Hadeed built Student Maid, a cleaning company where people are happy, loyal, productive, and empowered, even while they’re mopping floors and scrubbing toilets. It’s the story of how she went from being an almost comically inept leader to a sought-after CEO who teaches others how to lead.   Hadeed unintentionally launched Student Maid while attending college ten years ago. Since then, Student Maid has employed hundreds of students and is widely recognized for its industry-leading retention rate and its culture of trust and accountability. But Kristen and her company were no overnight sensa­tion. In fact, they were almost nothing at all. Along the way, Kristen got it wrong almost as often as she got it right. Giving out hugs instead of feed­back, fixing errors instead of enforcing accountability, and hosting parties instead of cultivating meaning­ful relationships were just a few of her many mistakes. But Kristen’s willingness to admit and learn from those mistakes helped her give her people the chance to learn from their own screwups too. Permission to Screw Up dismisses the idea that leaders and orga­nizations should try to be perfect. It encourages people of all ages to go for it and learn to lead by acting, rather than waiting or thinking. Through a brutally honest and often hilarious account of her own strug­gles, Kristen encourages us to embrace our failures and proves that we’ll be better leaders when we do. Kristen Hadeed Tue, 10 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302432 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Screw Up: How I Learned to Lead by Doing (Almost) Everything Wrong Author: Kristen Hadeed Narrator: Kristen Hadeed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inspiring, unlikely, laugh-out-loud story of how one woman learned to lead–and how she ultimately succeeded, not despite her many mistakes, but because of them. This is the story of how Kristen Hadeed built Student Maid, a cleaning company where people are happy, loyal, productive, and empowered, even while they’re mopping floors and scrubbing toilets. It’s the story of how she went from being an almost comically inept leader to a sought-after CEO who teaches others how to lead.   Hadeed unintentionally launched Student Maid while attending college ten years ago. Since then, Student Maid has employed hundreds of students and is widely recognized for its industry-leading retention rate and its culture of trust and accountability. But Kristen and her company were no overnight sensa­tion. In fact, they were almost nothing at all. Along the way, Kristen got it wrong almost as often as she got it right. Giving out hugs instead of feed­back, fixing errors instead of enforcing accountability, and hosting parties instead of cultivating meaning­ful relationships were just a few of her many mistakes. But Kristen’s willingness to admit and learn from those mistakes helped her give her people the chance to learn from their own screwups too. Permission to Screw Up dismisses the idea that leaders and orga­nizations should try to be perfect. It encourages people of all ages to go for it and learn to lead by acting, rather than waiting or thinking. Through a brutally honest and often hilarious account of her own strug­gles, Kristen encourages us to embrace our failures and proves that we’ll be better leaders when we do. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Screw Up: How I Learned to Lead by Doing (Almost) Everything Wrong Author: Kristen Hadeed Narrator: Kristen Hadeed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inspiring, unlikely, laugh-out-loud story of how one woman learned to lead–and how she ultimately succeeded, not despite her many mistakes, but because of them. This is the story of how Kristen Hadeed built Student Maid, a cleaning company where people are happy, loyal, productive, and empowered, even while they’re mopping floors and scrubbing toilets. It’s the story of how she went from being an almost comically inept leader to a sought-after CEO who teaches others how to lead.   Hadeed unintentionally launched Student Maid while attending college ten years ago. Since then, Student Maid has employed hundreds of students and is widely recognized for its industry-leading retention rate and its culture of trust and accountability. But Kristen and her company were no overnight sensa­tion. In fact, they were almost nothing at all. Along the way, Kristen got it wrong almost as often as she got it right. Giving out hugs instead of feed­back, fixing errors instead of enforcing accountability, and hosting parties instead of cultivating meaning­ful relationships were just a few of her many mistakes. But Kristen’s willingness to admit and learn from those mistakes helped her give her people the chance to learn from their own screwups too. Permission to Screw Up dismisses the idea that leaders and orga­nizations should try to be perfect. It encourages people of all ages to go for it and learn to lead by acting, rather than waiting or thinking. Through a brutally honest and often hilarious account of her own strug­gles, Kristen encourages us to embrace our failures and proves that we’ll be better leaders when we do. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302431 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four: The Hidden DNA of Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER USA TODAY BESTSELLER Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google are the four most influential companies on the planet. Just about everyone thinks they know how they got there. Just about everyone is wrong.  For all that’s been written about the Four over the last two decades, no one has captured their power and staggering success as insightfully as Scott Galloway. Instead of buying the myths these compa­nies broadcast, Galloway asks fundamental questions. How did the Four infiltrate our lives so completely that they’re almost impossible to avoid (or boycott)? Why does the stock market forgive them for sins that would destroy other firms? And as they race to become the world’s first trillion-dollar company, can anyone chal­lenge them? In the same irreverent style that has made him one of the world’s most celebrated business professors, Galloway deconstructs the strategies of the Four that lurk beneath their shiny veneers. He shows how they manipulate the fundamental emotional needs that have driven us since our ancestors lived in caves, at a speed and scope others can’t match. And he reveals how you can apply the lessons of their ascent to your own business or career. Whether you want to compete with them, do business with them, or simply live in the world they dominate, you need to understand the Four. Scott Galloway Tue, 03 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302431 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four: The Hidden DNA of Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER USA TODAY BESTSELLER Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google are the four most influential companies on the planet. Just about everyone thinks they know how they got there. Just about everyone is wrong.  For all that’s been written about the Four over the last two decades, no one has captured their power and staggering success as insightfully as Scott Galloway. Instead of buying the myths these compa­nies broadcast, Galloway asks fundamental questions. How did the Four infiltrate our lives so completely that they’re almost impossible to avoid (or boycott)? Why does the stock market forgive them for sins that would destroy other firms? And as they race to become the world’s first trillion-dollar company, can anyone chal­lenge them? In the same irreverent style that has made him one of the world’s most celebrated business professors, Galloway deconstructs the strategies of the Four that lurk beneath their shiny veneers. He shows how they manipulate the fundamental emotional needs that have driven us since our ancestors lived in caves, at a speed and scope others can’t match. And he reveals how you can apply the lessons of their ascent to your own business or career. Whether you want to compete with them, do business with them, or simply live in the world they dominate, you need to understand the Four. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four: The Hidden DNA of Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER USA TODAY BESTSELLER Amazon, Apple, Facebook, and Google are the four most influential companies on the planet. Just about everyone thinks they know how they got there. Just about everyone is wrong.  For all that’s been written about the Four over the last two decades, no one has captured their power and staggering success as insightfully as Scott Galloway. Instead of buying the myths these compa­nies broadcast, Galloway asks fundamental questions. How did the Four infiltrate our lives so completely that they’re almost impossible to avoid (or boycott)? Why does the stock market forgive them for sins that would destroy other firms? And as they race to become the world’s first trillion-dollar company, can anyone chal­lenge them? In the same irreverent style that has made him one of the world’s most celebrated business professors, Galloway deconstructs the strategies of the Four that lurk beneath their shiny veneers. He shows how they manipulate the fundamental emotional needs that have driven us since our ancestors lived in caves, at a speed and scope others can’t match. And he reveals how you can apply the lessons of their ascent to your own business or career. Whether you want to compete with them, do business with them, or simply live in the world they dominate, you need to understand the Four. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302291 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silva UltraMind's Intuitive Guidance System for Business Author: Katherine Watson, Ed Bernd, Jose Silva Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "The secret to business success is intuition. It's not just a matter of following you hunches. It's about following the right hunches. Being able to sense people's inner thoughts and needs helps you say and do the things needed to quickly reach your goals and achieve success.Many people know this, but many also believe that a good sense of intuition is something that you're just born with-not something that you can develop and train.Jose Silva, developer of the world-famous Silva Mind Control Method, had proved them wrong. Now, with Mr. Silva's state-of-the-art UltraMind Intuitive Guidance System for Business, you can learn how to use your intuition regularly and reliably.You will learn how to: Program yourself to do the right thing at the right time in order to take advantage of opportunities and increase income. Sense what other people's real wants and needs are so that you can say the right thing at the right time when negotiating, managing subordinates, or reporting to superiors and shareholders.Learn mental techniques to establish immediate rapport with co-workers, customers, clients, and suppliers. Program your work environment for success.Trust your judgment and your decisions and end doubt and second-guessing." Katherine Watson, Ed Bernd, Jose Silva Tue, 17 Oct 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302291 thebookvoice.com 12:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silva UltraMind's Intuitive Guidance System for Business Author: Katherine Watson, Ed Bernd, Jose Silva Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "The secret to business success is intuition. It's not just a matter of following you hunches. It's about following the right hunches. Being able to sense people's inner thoughts and needs helps you say and do the things needed to quickly reach your goals and achieve success.Many people know this, but many also believe that a good sense of intuition is something that you're just born with-not something that you can develop and train.Jose Silva, developer of the world-famous Silva Mind Control Method, had proved them wrong. Now, with Mr. Silva's state-of-the-art UltraMind Intuitive Guidance System for Business, you can learn how to use your intuition regularly and reliably.You will learn how to: Program yourself to do the right thing at the right time in order to take advantage of opportunities and increase income. Sense what other people's real wants and needs are so that you can say the right thing at the right time when negotiating, managing subordinates, or reporting to superiors and shareholders.Learn mental techniques to establish immediate rapport with co-workers, customers, clients, and suppliers. Program your work environment for success.Trust your judgment and your decisions and end doubt and second-guessing." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302291]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silva UltraMind's Intuitive Guidance System for Business Author: Katherine Watson, Ed Bernd, Jose Silva Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "The secret to business success is intuition. It's not just a matter of following you hunches. It's about following the right hunches. Being able to sense people's inner thoughts and needs helps you say and do the things needed to quickly reach your goals and achieve success.Many people know this, but many also believe that a good sense of intuition is something that you're just born with-not something that you can develop and train.Jose Silva, developer of the world-famous Silva Mind Control Method, had proved them wrong. Now, with Mr. Silva's state-of-the-art UltraMind Intuitive Guidance System for Business, you can learn how to use your intuition regularly and reliably.You will learn how to: Program yourself to do the right thing at the right time in order to take advantage of opportunities and increase income. Sense what other people's real wants and needs are so that you can say the right thing at the right time when negotiating, managing subordinates, or reporting to superiors and shareholders.Learn mental techniques to establish immediate rapport with co-workers, customers, clients, and suppliers. Program your work environment for success.Trust your judgment and your decisions and end doubt and second-guessing." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Ocean Shift: Beyond Competing - Proven Steps to Inspire Confidence and Seize New Growth Author: Renee Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blue Ocean Shift is the essential follow up to Blue Ocean Strategy, the classic and 3.6 million copy global bestseller by world-renowned professors W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne. Drawing on more than a decade of new work, Kim and Mauborgne show you how to move beyond competing, inspire your people's confidence, and seize new growth, guiding you step-by-step through how to take your organization from a red ocean crowded with competition to a blue ocean of uncontested market space. By combining the insights of human psychology with practical market-creating tools and real-world guidance, Kim and Mauborgne deliver the definitive guide to shift yourself, your team, or your organization to new heights of confidence, market creation, and growth. They show why nondisruptive creation is as important as disruption in seizing new growth. Blue Ocean Shift is packed with all-new research and examples of how leaders in diverse industries and organizations made the shift and created new markets by applying the process and tools outlined in the book. Whether you are a cash-strapped startup or a large, established company, nonprofit or national government, you will learn how to move from red to blue oceans in a way that builds your people's confidence so that they own and drive the process. With battle-tested lessons learned from successes and failures in the field, Blue Ocean Shift is critical reading for leaders, managers, and entrepreneurs alike. You'll learn what works, what doesn't, and how to avoid the pitfalls along the way. This book will empower you to succeed as you embark on your own blue ocean journey. Blue Ocean Shift is indispensable for anyone committed to building a compelling future. Renee Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Tue, 26 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302177 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Ocean Shift: Beyond Competing - Proven Steps to Inspire Confidence and Seize New Growth Author: Renee Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blue Ocean Shift is the essential follow up to Blue Ocean Strategy, the classic and 3.6 million copy global bestseller by world-renowned professors W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne. Drawing on more than a decade of new work, Kim and Mauborgne show you how to move beyond competing, inspire your people's confidence, and seize new growth, guiding you step-by-step through how to take your organization from a red ocean crowded with competition to a blue ocean of uncontested market space. By combining the insights of human psychology with practical market-creating tools and real-world guidance, Kim and Mauborgne deliver the definitive guide to shift yourself, your team, or your organization to new heights of confidence, market creation, and growth. They show why nondisruptive creation is as important as disruption in seizing new growth. Blue Ocean Shift is packed with all-new research and examples of how leaders in diverse industries and organizations made the shift and created new markets by applying the process and tools outlined in the book. Whether you are a cash-strapped startup or a large, established company, nonprofit or national government, you will learn how to move from red to blue oceans in a way that builds your people's confidence so that they own and drive the process. With battle-tested lessons learned from successes and failures in the field, Blue Ocean Shift is critical reading for leaders, managers, and entrepreneurs alike. You'll learn what works, what doesn't, and how to avoid the pitfalls along the way. This book will empower you to succeed as you embark on your own blue ocean journey. Blue Ocean Shift is indispensable for anyone committed to building a compelling future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Ocean Shift: Beyond Competing - Proven Steps to Inspire Confidence and Seize New Growth Author: Renee Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Blue Ocean Shift is the essential follow up to Blue Ocean Strategy, the classic and 3.6 million copy global bestseller by world-renowned professors W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne. Drawing on more than a decade of new work, Kim and Mauborgne show you how to move beyond competing, inspire your people's confidence, and seize new growth, guiding you step-by-step through how to take your organization from a red ocean crowded with competition to a blue ocean of uncontested market space. By combining the insights of human psychology with practical market-creating tools and real-world guidance, Kim and Mauborgne deliver the definitive guide to shift yourself, your team, or your organization to new heights of confidence, market creation, and growth. They show why nondisruptive creation is as important as disruption in seizing new growth. Blue Ocean Shift is packed with all-new research and examples of how leaders in diverse industries and organizations made the shift and created new markets by applying the process and tools outlined in the book. Whether you are a cash-strapped startup or a large, established company, nonprofit or national government, you will learn how to move from red to blue oceans in a way that builds your people's confidence so that they own and drive the process. With battle-tested lessons learned from successes and failures in the field, Blue Ocean Shift is critical reading for leaders, managers, and entrepreneurs alike. You'll learn what works, what doesn't, and how to avoid the pitfalls along the way. This book will empower you to succeed as you embark on your own blue ocean journey. Blue Ocean Shift is indispensable for anyone committed to building a compelling future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302139 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streampunks: YouTube and the Rebels Remaking Media Author: Robert Kyncl, Maany Peyvan Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An entertainment and tech insider—YouTube’s chief business officer—delivers the first detailed account of the rise of YouTube, the creative minds who have capitalized on it to become pop culture stars, and how streaming video is revolutionizing the media world. In the past ten years, the internet video platform YouTube has changed media and entertainment as profoundly as the invention of film, radio, and television did, more than six decades earlier. Streampunks is a firsthand account of this upstart company, examining how it evolved and where it will take us next. Sharing behind-the-scenes stories of YouTube’s most influential stars—Streampunks like Tyler Oakley, Lilly Singh, and Casey Neistat—and the dealmakers brokering the future of entertainment like Scooter Braun and Shane Smith, Robert Kyncl uses his experiences at three of the most innovative media companies, HBO, Netflix, and YouTube, to tell the story of streaming video and this modern pop culture juggernaut. Collaborating with Google speechwriter Maany Peyvan, Kyncl explains how the new rules of entertainment are being written and how and why the media landscape is radically changing, while giving aspiring Streampunks some necessary advice to launch their own new media careers. Kyncl persuasively argues that, despite concerns about technology impoverishing artists or undermining artistic quality, the new media revolution is actually fueling a creative boom and leading to more compelling, diverse, and immersive content. Enlightening, surprising, and thoroughly entertaining, Streampunks is a revelatory ride through the new media rebellion that is reshaping our world. Robert Kyncl, Maany Peyvan Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302139 thebookvoice.com 8:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streampunks: YouTube and the Rebels Remaking Media Author: Robert Kyncl, Maany Peyvan Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An entertainment and tech insider—YouTube’s chief business officer—delivers the first detailed account of the rise of YouTube, the creative minds who have capitalized on it to become pop culture stars, and how streaming video is revolutionizing the media world. In the past ten years, the internet video platform YouTube has changed media and entertainment as profoundly as the invention of film, radio, and television did, more than six decades earlier. Streampunks is a firsthand account of this upstart company, examining how it evolved and where it will take us next. Sharing behind-the-scenes stories of YouTube’s most influential stars—Streampunks like Tyler Oakley, Lilly Singh, and Casey Neistat—and the dealmakers brokering the future of entertainment like Scooter Braun and Shane Smith, Robert Kyncl uses his experiences at three of the most innovative media companies, HBO, Netflix, and YouTube, to tell the story of streaming video and this modern pop culture juggernaut. Collaborating with Google speechwriter Maany Peyvan, Kyncl explains how the new rules of entertainment are being written and how and why the media landscape is radically changing, while giving aspiring Streampunks some necessary advice to launch their own new media careers. Kyncl persuasively argues that, despite concerns about technology impoverishing artists or undermining artistic quality, the new media revolution is actually fueling a creative boom and leading to more compelling, diverse, and immersive content. Enlightening, surprising, and thoroughly entertaining, Streampunks is a revelatory ride through the new media rebellion that is reshaping our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streampunks: YouTube and the Rebels Remaking Media Author: Robert Kyncl, Maany Peyvan Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An entertainment and tech insider—YouTube’s chief business officer—delivers the first detailed account of the rise of YouTube, the creative minds who have capitalized on it to become pop culture stars, and how streaming video is revolutionizing the media world. In the past ten years, the internet video platform YouTube has changed media and entertainment as profoundly as the invention of film, radio, and television did, more than six decades earlier. Streampunks is a firsthand account of this upstart company, examining how it evolved and where it will take us next. Sharing behind-the-scenes stories of YouTube’s most influential stars—Streampunks like Tyler Oakley, Lilly Singh, and Casey Neistat—and the dealmakers brokering the future of entertainment like Scooter Braun and Shane Smith, Robert Kyncl uses his experiences at three of the most innovative media companies, HBO, Netflix, and YouTube, to tell the story of streaming video and this modern pop culture juggernaut. Collaborating with Google speechwriter Maany Peyvan, Kyncl explains how the new rules of entertainment are being written and how and why the media landscape is radically changing, while giving aspiring Streampunks some necessary advice to launch their own new media careers. Kyncl persuasively argues that, despite concerns about technology impoverishing artists or undermining artistic quality, the new media revolution is actually fueling a creative boom and leading to more compelling, diverse, and immersive content. Enlightening, surprising, and thoroughly entertaining, Streampunks is a revelatory ride through the new media rebellion that is reshaping our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Takes a Tribe: Building the Tough Mudder Movement Author: Will Dean Narrator: Elliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Who on earth wants to jump into ice baths and run through fire and wallow in mud on a Sunday afternoon, just for the hell of it?” my professors asked. My gut feeling was—plenty of people.   Will Dean, founder of extreme obstacle course Tough Mudder, shares the thrilling inside story of how a scrappy startup grew into a movement whose millions of members feel like co-owners. He shows how other companies can embrace the Tough Mudder playbook by nurturing tribes of passionate fans while constantly experimenting with new risks.   After five years as a British counterterrorism officer and two years at Harvard Business School, Dean was determined not to follow his classmates to Wall Street or Silicon Valley. Instead, he pursued his unique vision for an extreme obstacle course—a ten- to twelve-mile gauntlet pushing participants to their limits and helping them surpass those limits together. Instead of cutthroat competition, Tough Mudder would be about continual self-improvement and collective energy.  It would be about the power of a tribe.  Dean and his small team launched the first Tough Mudder event in May 2010, hosting 5,000 pioneers at a deserted ski resort in Pennsylvania. Just seven years later, more than 3 million people on four continents have participated at least once, and hundreds of thousands have done so repeatedly. More than 20,000 are so committed that they sport a Tough Mudder tattoo. Mudders prove the power of fierce and unshakable loyalty to one another and the challenge itself. Proudly sport­ing orange headbands and team uniforms, they’ll run through mud, climb steep walls, face elec­tric shocks, and slide down the side of a moun­tain. The tougher the experience, the greater the satisfaction.   It Takes a Tribe shows you how to embody the Tough Mudder spirit and capture the same magic. As a Tough Mudder slogan says, “When was the last time you did something for the first time?” Will Dean Tue, 12 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302128 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Takes a Tribe: Building the Tough Mudder Movement Author: Will Dean Narrator: Elliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Who on earth wants to jump into ice baths and run through fire and wallow in mud on a Sunday afternoon, just for the hell of it?” my professors asked. My gut feeling was—plenty of people.   Will Dean, founder of extreme obstacle course Tough Mudder, shares the thrilling inside story of how a scrappy startup grew into a movement whose millions of members feel like co-owners. He shows how other companies can embrace the Tough Mudder playbook by nurturing tribes of passionate fans while constantly experimenting with new risks.   After five years as a British counterterrorism officer and two years at Harvard Business School, Dean was determined not to follow his classmates to Wall Street or Silicon Valley. Instead, he pursued his unique vision for an extreme obstacle course—a ten- to twelve-mile gauntlet pushing participants to their limits and helping them surpass those limits together. Instead of cutthroat competition, Tough Mudder would be about continual self-improvement and collective energy.  It would be about the power of a tribe.  Dean and his small team launched the first Tough Mudder event in May 2010, hosting 5,000 pioneers at a deserted ski resort in Pennsylvania. Just seven years later, more than 3 million people on four continents have participated at least once, and hundreds of thousands have done so repeatedly. More than 20,000 are so committed that they sport a Tough Mudder tattoo. Mudders prove the power of fierce and unshakable loyalty to one another and the challenge itself. Proudly sport­ing orange headbands and team uniforms, they’ll run through mud, climb steep walls, face elec­tric shocks, and slide down the side of a moun­tain. The tougher the experience, the greater the satisfaction.   It Takes a Tribe shows you how to embody the Tough Mudder spirit and capture the same magic. As a Tough Mudder slogan says, “When was the last time you did something for the first time?” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Takes a Tribe: Building the Tough Mudder Movement Author: Will Dean Narrator: Elliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Who on earth wants to jump into ice baths and run through fire and wallow in mud on a Sunday afternoon, just for the hell of it?” my professors asked. My gut feeling was—plenty of people.   Will Dean, founder of extreme obstacle course Tough Mudder, shares the thrilling inside story of how a scrappy startup grew into a movement whose millions of members feel like co-owners. He shows how other companies can embrace the Tough Mudder playbook by nurturing tribes of passionate fans while constantly experimenting with new risks.   After five years as a British counterterrorism officer and two years at Harvard Business School, Dean was determined not to follow his classmates to Wall Street or Silicon Valley. Instead, he pursued his unique vision for an extreme obstacle course—a ten- to twelve-mile gauntlet pushing participants to their limits and helping them surpass those limits together. Instead of cutthroat competition, Tough Mudder would be about continual self-improvement and collective energy.  It would be about the power of a tribe.  Dean and his small team launched the first Tough Mudder event in May 2010, hosting 5,000 pioneers at a deserted ski resort in Pennsylvania. Just seven years later, more than 3 million people on four continents have participated at least once, and hundreds of thousands have done so repeatedly. More than 20,000 are so committed that they sport a Tough Mudder tattoo. Mudders prove the power of fierce and unshakable loyalty to one another and the challenge itself. Proudly sport­ing orange headbands and team uniforms, they’ll run through mud, climb steep walls, face elec­tric shocks, and slide down the side of a moun­tain. The tougher the experience, the greater the satisfaction.   It Takes a Tribe shows you how to embody the Tough Mudder spirit and capture the same magic. As a Tough Mudder slogan says, “When was the last time you did something for the first time?” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301761 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driving Digital: The Leader's Guide to Business Transformation Through Technology Author: Isaac Sacolick Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 24, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The race is on to become a digital enterprise. Every organization has a plan for updating products, technologies, and business processes. But that's not enough anymore. With disruptive startups outperforming industry stalwarts, executives everywhere are pushing greater growth and innovation. Staying competitive demands a complete digital transformation.For professionals charged with leading technology-driven change, the pressure is intense--and the path forward unclear. Author Isaac Sacolick has successfully spearheaded multiple transformations and helped shape digital-business best practices. Now in Driving Digital, he shares the lessons he's learned, detailing how to:Formulate a digital strategy - Transform business and IT practices - Align Development and Operations - Promote agile practices - Drive culture change - Bolster digital talent - Manage a portfolio of initiatives - Capture and track ROI - Strengthen data-driven decision making and expand data science practices - Cultivate strategic technology capabilities - Develop innovative digital products - Enable product management - Pilot emerging technologies - Become smarter faster.Every company is on the cusp of digital disruption. But with so many pieces to the puzzle, efforts often get derailed. Driving Digital is the action plan you need to take your company and career into the future. Isaac Sacolick Thu, 24 Aug 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301761 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driving Digital: The Leader's Guide to Business Transformation Through Technology Author: Isaac Sacolick Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 24, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The race is on to become a digital enterprise. Every organization has a plan for updating products, technologies, and business processes. But that's not enough anymore. With disruptive startups outperforming industry stalwarts, executives everywhere are pushing greater growth and innovation. Staying competitive demands a complete digital transformation.For professionals charged with leading technology-driven change, the pressure is intense--and the path forward unclear. Author Isaac Sacolick has successfully spearheaded multiple transformations and helped shape digital-business best practices. Now in Driving Digital, he shares the lessons he's learned, detailing how to:Formulate a digital strategy - Transform business and IT practices - Align Development and Operations - Promote agile practices - Drive culture change - Bolster digital talent - Manage a portfolio of initiatives - Capture and track ROI - Strengthen data-driven decision making and expand data science practices - Cultivate strategic technology capabilities - Develop innovative digital products - Enable product management - Pilot emerging technologies - Become smarter faster.Every company is on the cusp of digital disruption. But with so many pieces to the puzzle, efforts often get derailed. Driving Digital is the action plan you need to take your company and career into the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301761]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driving Digital: The Leader's Guide to Business Transformation Through Technology Author: Isaac Sacolick Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 24, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The race is on to become a digital enterprise. Every organization has a plan for updating products, technologies, and business processes. But that's not enough anymore. With disruptive startups outperforming industry stalwarts, executives everywhere are pushing greater growth and innovation. Staying competitive demands a complete digital transformation.For professionals charged with leading technology-driven change, the pressure is intense--and the path forward unclear. Author Isaac Sacolick has successfully spearheaded multiple transformations and helped shape digital-business best practices. Now in Driving Digital, he shares the lessons he's learned, detailing how to:Formulate a digital strategy - Transform business and IT practices - Align Development and Operations - Promote agile practices - Drive culture change - Bolster digital talent - Manage a portfolio of initiatives - Capture and track ROI - Strengthen data-driven decision making and expand data science practices - Cultivate strategic technology capabilities - Develop innovative digital products - Enable product management - Pilot emerging technologies - Become smarter faster.Every company is on the cusp of digital disruption. But with so many pieces to the puzzle, efforts often get derailed. Driving Digital is the action plan you need to take your company and career into the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301681 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 763 Ratings of Narrator: 4.62 of Total 53 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inspirational bestseller that ignited a movement and asked us to find our WHY Discover the book that is captivating millions on TikTok and that served as the basis for one of the most popular TED Talks of all time—with more than 56 million views and counting. Over a decade ago, Simon Sinek started a movement that inspired millions to demand purpose at work, to ask what was the WHY of their organization. Since then, millions have been touched by the power of his ideas, and these ideas remain as relevant and timely as ever.   START WITH WHY asks (and answers) the questions: why are some people and organizations more innovative, more influential, and more profitable than others? Why do some command greater loyalty from customers and employees alike? Even among the successful, why are so few able to repeat their success over and over?   People like Martin Luther King Jr., Steve Jobs, and the Wright Brothers had little in common, but they all started with WHY. They realized that people won't truly buy into a product, service, movement, or idea until they understand the WHY behind it.    START WITH WHY shows that the leaders who have had the greatest influence in the world all think, act and communicate the same way—and it's the opposite of what everyone else does. Sinek calls this powerful idea The Golden Circle, and it provides a framework upon which organizations can be built, movements can be led, and people can be inspired. And it all starts with WHY. Simon Sinek Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301681 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 763 Ratings of Narrator: 4.62 of Total 53 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inspirational bestseller that ignited a movement and asked us to find our WHY Discover the book that is captivating millions on TikTok and that served as the basis for one of the most popular TED Talks of all time—with more than 56 million views and counting. Over a decade ago, Simon Sinek started a movement that inspired millions to demand purpose at work, to ask what was the WHY of their organization. Since then, millions have been touched by the power of his ideas, and these ideas remain as relevant and timely as ever.   START WITH WHY asks (and answers) the questions: why are some people and organizations more innovative, more influential, and more profitable than others? Why do some command greater loyalty from customers and employees alike? Even among the successful, why are so few able to repeat their success over and over?   People like Martin Luther King Jr., Steve Jobs, and the Wright Brothers had little in common, but they all started with WHY. They realized that people won't truly buy into a product, service, movement, or idea until they understand the WHY behind it.    START WITH WHY shows that the leaders who have had the greatest influence in the world all think, act and communicate the same way—and it's the opposite of what everyone else does. Sinek calls this powerful idea The Golden Circle, and it provides a framework upon which organizations can be built, movements can be led, and people can be inspired. And it all starts with WHY. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action Author: Simon Sinek Narrator: Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 763 Ratings of Narrator: 4.62 of Total 53 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The inspirational bestseller that ignited a movement and asked us to find our WHY Discover the book that is captivating millions on TikTok and that served as the basis for one of the most popular TED Talks of all time—with more than 56 million views and counting. Over a decade ago, Simon Sinek started a movement that inspired millions to demand purpose at work, to ask what was the WHY of their organization. Since then, millions have been touched by the power of his ideas, and these ideas remain as relevant and timely as ever.   START WITH WHY asks (and answers) the questions: why are some people and organizations more innovative, more influential, and more profitable than others? Why do some command greater loyalty from customers and employees alike? Even among the successful, why are so few able to repeat their success over and over?   People like Martin Luther King Jr., Steve Jobs, and the Wright Brothers had little in common, but they all started with WHY. They realized that people won't truly buy into a product, service, movement, or idea until they understand the WHY behind it.    START WITH WHY shows that the leaders who have had the greatest influence in the world all think, act and communicate the same way—and it's the opposite of what everyone else does. Sinek calls this powerful idea The Golden Circle, and it provides a framework upon which organizations can be built, movements can be led, and people can be inspired. And it all starts with WHY. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give Work: Reversing Poverty One Job at a Time Author: Leila Janah Narrator: Leila Janah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Want to end poverty for good? Entrepreneur and Samasource founder Leila Janah has the solution—give work, not aid.   “An audacious, inspiring, and practical book. Leila shows how it’s possible to build a successful business that lifts people out of poverty—not by giving them money but by giving them work. It’s required reading for anyone who’s passionate about solving real problems.” —Adam Grant, author of Give and Take and Originals   Despite trillions of dollars in Western aid, 2.8 billion people worldwide still struggle in abject poverty. Yet the world’s richest countries continue to send money—mostly to governments—targeting the symptoms, rather than the root causes of poverty. We need a better solution. In Give Work, Leila Janah offers a much-needed solution to solving poverty: incentivize everyone from entrepreneurs to big companies to give dignified, steady, fair-wage work to low-income people. Her social business, Samasource, connects people living below the poverty line—on roughly $2 a day—to digital work for major tech companies. To date, the organization has provided over $10 million in direct income to tens of thousands of people the world had written off, dramatically altering the trajectory of entire communities for the better. Janah and her team go into the world’s poorest regions—from refugee camps in Kenya to the Mississippi Delta in Arkansas—and train people to do digital work for companies like Google, Walmart, and Microsoft. Janah has tested various Give Work business models in all corners of the world. She shares poignant stories of people who have benefited from Samasource’s work, where and why it hasn’t worked, and offers a blueprint to fight poverty with an evidence-based, economically sustainable model. We can end extreme poverty in our lifetimes. Give work, and you give the poorest people on the planet a chance at happiness. Give work, and you give people the freedom to choose how to develop their own communities. Give work, and you create infinite possibilities. Leila Janah Tue, 26 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301672 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give Work: Reversing Poverty One Job at a Time Author: Leila Janah Narrator: Leila Janah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Want to end poverty for good? Entrepreneur and Samasource founder Leila Janah has the solution—give work, not aid.   “An audacious, inspiring, and practical book. Leila shows how it’s possible to build a successful business that lifts people out of poverty—not by giving them money but by giving them work. It’s required reading for anyone who’s passionate about solving real problems.” —Adam Grant, author of Give and Take and Originals   Despite trillions of dollars in Western aid, 2.8 billion people worldwide still struggle in abject poverty. Yet the world’s richest countries continue to send money—mostly to governments—targeting the symptoms, rather than the root causes of poverty. We need a better solution. In Give Work, Leila Janah offers a much-needed solution to solving poverty: incentivize everyone from entrepreneurs to big companies to give dignified, steady, fair-wage work to low-income people. Her social business, Samasource, connects people living below the poverty line—on roughly $2 a day—to digital work for major tech companies. To date, the organization has provided over $10 million in direct income to tens of thousands of people the world had written off, dramatically altering the trajectory of entire communities for the better. Janah and her team go into the world’s poorest regions—from refugee camps in Kenya to the Mississippi Delta in Arkansas—and train people to do digital work for companies like Google, Walmart, and Microsoft. Janah has tested various Give Work business models in all corners of the world. She shares poignant stories of people who have benefited from Samasource’s work, where and why it hasn’t worked, and offers a blueprint to fight poverty with an evidence-based, economically sustainable model. We can end extreme poverty in our lifetimes. Give work, and you give the poorest people on the planet a chance at happiness. Give work, and you give people the freedom to choose how to develop their own communities. Give work, and you create infinite possibilities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give Work: Reversing Poverty One Job at a Time Author: Leila Janah Narrator: Leila Janah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Want to end poverty for good? Entrepreneur and Samasource founder Leila Janah has the solution—give work, not aid.   “An audacious, inspiring, and practical book. Leila shows how it’s possible to build a successful business that lifts people out of poverty—not by giving them money but by giving them work. It’s required reading for anyone who’s passionate about solving real problems.” —Adam Grant, author of Give and Take and Originals   Despite trillions of dollars in Western aid, 2.8 billion people worldwide still struggle in abject poverty. Yet the world’s richest countries continue to send money—mostly to governments—targeting the symptoms, rather than the root causes of poverty. We need a better solution. In Give Work, Leila Janah offers a much-needed solution to solving poverty: incentivize everyone from entrepreneurs to big companies to give dignified, steady, fair-wage work to low-income people. Her social business, Samasource, connects people living below the poverty line—on roughly $2 a day—to digital work for major tech companies. To date, the organization has provided over $10 million in direct income to tens of thousands of people the world had written off, dramatically altering the trajectory of entire communities for the better. Janah and her team go into the world’s poorest regions—from refugee camps in Kenya to the Mississippi Delta in Arkansas—and train people to do digital work for companies like Google, Walmart, and Microsoft. Janah has tested various Give Work business models in all corners of the world. She shares poignant stories of people who have benefited from Samasource’s work, where and why it hasn’t worked, and offers a blueprint to fight poverty with an evidence-based, economically sustainable model. We can end extreme poverty in our lifetimes. Give work, and you give the poorest people on the planet a chance at happiness. Give work, and you give people the freedom to choose how to develop their own communities. Give work, and you create infinite possibilities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301465 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unleashing the Innovators: How Mature Companies Find New Life with Startups Author: Jim Stengel, Tom Post Narrator: Jim Stengel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's established companies must find new ways to reignite their entrepreneurial DNA and jumpstart revenues--or risk losing their way. By working with startup companies, Jim Stengel, renowned consultant to Fortune 500 companies and the former global marketing officer for Procter & Gamble, says that legacy companies can renew themselves: by acquiring new technology and creating new business lines; relearning the need for speed; sparking innovation; and learning from failures.        At P&G, Stengel saw the importance of establishing partnerships with the startup world in order to learn how to better innovate. Relying on extensive interviews with innovation leaders at enterprise companies and startups, Stengel’s Unleashing the Innovators takes readers inside such storied companies as GE and Wells Fargo, IBM and Target, Motorola Solutions and Toyota to see what they are learning from their alliances with entrepreneurs. Stengel also explores how even 20- and 30-year-old 'startups' like Amazon, Google, and Facebook can reinvent themselves--and what managers at legacy companies everywhere can learn from them. Drawing on a specially commissioned global study of over 200 established corporations and startups, conducted by research consultancy OgilvyRED, Stengel found that companies with successful startup partnerships are three times more likely to change their culture to be more innovative. Filled with indepth stories from the front lines of today’s most forward-looking companies, Unleashing the Innovators shows how companies of all sizes can better navigate today’s changing landscape, accelerate innovation, increase revenues, and improve their customer relationships. Jim Stengel, Tom Post Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301465 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unleashing the Innovators: How Mature Companies Find New Life with Startups Author: Jim Stengel, Tom Post Narrator: Jim Stengel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's established companies must find new ways to reignite their entrepreneurial DNA and jumpstart revenues--or risk losing their way. By working with startup companies, Jim Stengel, renowned consultant to Fortune 500 companies and the former global marketing officer for Procter & Gamble, says that legacy companies can renew themselves: by acquiring new technology and creating new business lines; relearning the need for speed; sparking innovation; and learning from failures.        At P&G, Stengel saw the importance of establishing partnerships with the startup world in order to learn how to better innovate. Relying on extensive interviews with innovation leaders at enterprise companies and startups, Stengel’s Unleashing the Innovators takes readers inside such storied companies as GE and Wells Fargo, IBM and Target, Motorola Solutions and Toyota to see what they are learning from their alliances with entrepreneurs. Stengel also explores how even 20- and 30-year-old 'startups' like Amazon, Google, and Facebook can reinvent themselves--and what managers at legacy companies everywhere can learn from them. Drawing on a specially commissioned global study of over 200 established corporations and startups, conducted by research consultancy OgilvyRED, Stengel found that companies with successful startup partnerships are three times more likely to change their culture to be more innovative. Filled with indepth stories from the front lines of today’s most forward-looking companies, Unleashing the Innovators shows how companies of all sizes can better navigate today’s changing landscape, accelerate innovation, increase revenues, and improve their customer relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unleashing the Innovators: How Mature Companies Find New Life with Startups Author: Jim Stengel, Tom Post Narrator: Jim Stengel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today's established companies must find new ways to reignite their entrepreneurial DNA and jumpstart revenues--or risk losing their way. By working with startup companies, Jim Stengel, renowned consultant to Fortune 500 companies and the former global marketing officer for Procter & Gamble, says that legacy companies can renew themselves: by acquiring new technology and creating new business lines; relearning the need for speed; sparking innovation; and learning from failures.        At P&G, Stengel saw the importance of establishing partnerships with the startup world in order to learn how to better innovate. Relying on extensive interviews with innovation leaders at enterprise companies and startups, Stengel’s Unleashing the Innovators takes readers inside such storied companies as GE and Wells Fargo, IBM and Target, Motorola Solutions and Toyota to see what they are learning from their alliances with entrepreneurs. Stengel also explores how even 20- and 30-year-old 'startups' like Amazon, Google, and Facebook can reinvent themselves--and what managers at legacy companies everywhere can learn from them. Drawing on a specially commissioned global study of over 200 established corporations and startups, conducted by research consultancy OgilvyRED, Stengel found that companies with successful startup partnerships are three times more likely to change their culture to be more innovative. Filled with indepth stories from the front lines of today’s most forward-looking companies, Unleashing the Innovators shows how companies of all sizes can better navigate today’s changing landscape, accelerate innovation, increase revenues, and improve their customer relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301302 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Become a Businessman [Russian Edition] Author: Oleg Tinkov Narrator: Denis Garmash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Oleg Tinkov is a legend of Russian business and a bright, charismatic leader. He built five successful companies in various industries, and therefore knows how to start a business from scratch. Can you do it the same way and become as successful? You can, with the help of this book. What you need to become an entrepreneur How to choose a sector in which to work Where to get money to start What to name your business How to hire the right people When to leave the market Oleg Tinkoff answers these questions and many others in this book. This book is not boring advice, but a practical guide, and if you take it in hand, you will have an influx of new thoughts and ideas. Oleg Tinkov Thu, 20 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301302 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Become a Businessman [Russian Edition] Author: Oleg Tinkov Narrator: Denis Garmash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Oleg Tinkov is a legend of Russian business and a bright, charismatic leader. He built five successful companies in various industries, and therefore knows how to start a business from scratch. Can you do it the same way and become as successful? You can, with the help of this book. What you need to become an entrepreneur How to choose a sector in which to work Where to get money to start What to name your business How to hire the right people When to leave the market Oleg Tinkoff answers these questions and many others in this book. This book is not boring advice, but a practical guide, and if you take it in hand, you will have an influx of new thoughts and ideas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Become a Businessman [Russian Edition] Author: Oleg Tinkov Narrator: Denis Garmash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Oleg Tinkov is a legend of Russian business and a bright, charismatic leader. He built five successful companies in various industries, and therefore knows how to start a business from scratch. Can you do it the same way and become as successful? You can, with the help of this book. What you need to become an entrepreneur How to choose a sector in which to work Where to get money to start What to name your business How to hire the right people When to leave the market Oleg Tinkoff answers these questions and many others in this book. This book is not boring advice, but a practical guide, and if you take it in hand, you will have an influx of new thoughts and ideas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301216 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood, Sweat, and Pixels: The Triumphant, Turbulent Stories Behind How Video Games Are Made Author: Jason Schreier Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Developing video games—hero's journey or fool's errand? The creative and technical logistics that go into building today's hottest games can be more harrowing and complex than the games themselves, often seeming like an endless maze or a bottomless abyss. In Blood, Sweat, and Pixels, Jason Schreier takes listeners on a fascinating odyssey behind the scenes of video game development, where the creator may be a team of 600 overworked underdogs or a solitary geek genius. Exploring the artistic challenges, technical impossibilities, marketplace demands, and Donkey Kong-sized monkey wrenches thrown into the works by corporate, Blood, Sweat, and Pixels reveals how bringing any game to completion is more than Sisyphean—it's nothing short of miraculous. Taking some of the most popular, bestselling recent games, Schreier immerses listeners in the hellfire of the development process, whether it's RPG studio Bioware's challenge to beat an impossible schedule and overcome countless technical nightmares to build Dragon Age: Inquisition; indie developer Eric Barone's single-handed efforts to grow country-life RPG Stardew Valley from one man's vision into a multi-million-dollar franchise; or Bungie spinning out from their corporate overlords at Microsoft to create Destiny, a brand new universe that they hoped would become as iconic as Star Wars and Lord of the Rings—even as it nearly ripped their studio apart. Documenting the round-the-clock crunches, buggy-eyed burnout, and last-minute saves, Blood, Sweat, and Pixels is a journey through development hell—and ultimately a tribute to the dedicated diehards and unsung heroes who scale mountains of obstacles in their quests to create the best games imaginable. Jason Schreier Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301216 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood, Sweat, and Pixels: The Triumphant, Turbulent Stories Behind How Video Games Are Made Author: Jason Schreier Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Developing video games—hero's journey or fool's errand? The creative and technical logistics that go into building today's hottest games can be more harrowing and complex than the games themselves, often seeming like an endless maze or a bottomless abyss. In Blood, Sweat, and Pixels, Jason Schreier takes listeners on a fascinating odyssey behind the scenes of video game development, where the creator may be a team of 600 overworked underdogs or a solitary geek genius. Exploring the artistic challenges, technical impossibilities, marketplace demands, and Donkey Kong-sized monkey wrenches thrown into the works by corporate, Blood, Sweat, and Pixels reveals how bringing any game to completion is more than Sisyphean—it's nothing short of miraculous. Taking some of the most popular, bestselling recent games, Schreier immerses listeners in the hellfire of the development process, whether it's RPG studio Bioware's challenge to beat an impossible schedule and overcome countless technical nightmares to build Dragon Age: Inquisition; indie developer Eric Barone's single-handed efforts to grow country-life RPG Stardew Valley from one man's vision into a multi-million-dollar franchise; or Bungie spinning out from their corporate overlords at Microsoft to create Destiny, a brand new universe that they hoped would become as iconic as Star Wars and Lord of the Rings—even as it nearly ripped their studio apart. Documenting the round-the-clock crunches, buggy-eyed burnout, and last-minute saves, Blood, Sweat, and Pixels is a journey through development hell—and ultimately a tribute to the dedicated diehards and unsung heroes who scale mountains of obstacles in their quests to create the best games imaginable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301216]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood, Sweat, and Pixels: The Triumphant, Turbulent Stories Behind How Video Games Are Made Author: Jason Schreier Narrator: Ray Chase Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Developing video games—hero's journey or fool's errand? The creative and technical logistics that go into building today's hottest games can be more harrowing and complex than the games themselves, often seeming like an endless maze or a bottomless abyss. In Blood, Sweat, and Pixels, Jason Schreier takes listeners on a fascinating odyssey behind the scenes of video game development, where the creator may be a team of 600 overworked underdogs or a solitary geek genius. Exploring the artistic challenges, technical impossibilities, marketplace demands, and Donkey Kong-sized monkey wrenches thrown into the works by corporate, Blood, Sweat, and Pixels reveals how bringing any game to completion is more than Sisyphean—it's nothing short of miraculous. Taking some of the most popular, bestselling recent games, Schreier immerses listeners in the hellfire of the development process, whether it's RPG studio Bioware's challenge to beat an impossible schedule and overcome countless technical nightmares to build Dragon Age: Inquisition; indie developer Eric Barone's single-handed efforts to grow country-life RPG Stardew Valley from one man's vision into a multi-million-dollar franchise; or Bungie spinning out from their corporate overlords at Microsoft to create Destiny, a brand new universe that they hoped would become as iconic as Star Wars and Lord of the Rings—even as it nearly ripped their studio apart. Documenting the round-the-clock crunches, buggy-eyed burnout, and last-minute saves, Blood, Sweat, and Pixels is a journey through development hell—and ultimately a tribute to the dedicated diehards and unsung heroes who scale mountains of obstacles in their quests to create the best games imaginable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinkertoys: A Handbook of Creative-Thinking Techniques Author: Michael Michalko Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Rethink the Way You Think   In hindsight, every great idea seems obvious. But how can you be the person who comes up with those ideas? In this revised and expanded edition of his groundbreaking Thinkertoys, creativity expert Michael Michalko reveals life-changing tools that will help you think like a genius. From the linear to the intuitive, this comprehensive handbook details ingenious creative-thinking techniques for approaching problems in unconventional ways. Through fun and thought-provoking exercises, you’ll learn how to create original ideas that will improve your personal life and your business life. Michalko’s techniques show you how to look at the same information as everyone else and see something different.   With hundreds of hints, tricks, tips, tales, and puzzles, Thinkertoys will open your mind to a world of innovative solutions to everyday and not-so-everyday problems. Includes a PDF of Supplemental Graphics, Exercises, and Illustrations Michael Michalko Tue, 05 Sep 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300963 thebookvoice.com 14:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinkertoys: A Handbook of Creative-Thinking Techniques Author: Michael Michalko Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Rethink the Way You Think   In hindsight, every great idea seems obvious. But how can you be the person who comes up with those ideas? In this revised and expanded edition of his groundbreaking Thinkertoys, creativity expert Michael Michalko reveals life-changing tools that will help you think like a genius. From the linear to the intuitive, this comprehensive handbook details ingenious creative-thinking techniques for approaching problems in unconventional ways. Through fun and thought-provoking exercises, you’ll learn how to create original ideas that will improve your personal life and your business life. Michalko’s techniques show you how to look at the same information as everyone else and see something different.   With hundreds of hints, tricks, tips, tales, and puzzles, Thinkertoys will open your mind to a world of innovative solutions to everyday and not-so-everyday problems. Includes a PDF of Supplemental Graphics, Exercises, and Illustrations Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinkertoys: A Handbook of Creative-Thinking Techniques Author: Michael Michalko Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Rethink the Way You Think   In hindsight, every great idea seems obvious. But how can you be the person who comes up with those ideas? In this revised and expanded edition of his groundbreaking Thinkertoys, creativity expert Michael Michalko reveals life-changing tools that will help you think like a genius. From the linear to the intuitive, this comprehensive handbook details ingenious creative-thinking techniques for approaching problems in unconventional ways. Through fun and thought-provoking exercises, you’ll learn how to create original ideas that will improve your personal life and your business life. Michalko’s techniques show you how to look at the same information as everyone else and see something different.   With hundreds of hints, tricks, tips, tales, and puzzles, Thinkertoys will open your mind to a world of innovative solutions to everyday and not-so-everyday problems. Includes a PDF of Supplemental Graphics, Exercises, and Illustrations https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300819 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emigrant Edge: How to Make It Big in America Author: Brian Buffini Narrator: Brian Buffini, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brian Buffini, an Irish immigrant who went from rags to riches, shares his strategies for anyone who wants to achieve the American dream in this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller. Brian Buffini embodies the classic rags to riches tale: born and raised in Dublin, Ireland, he arrived in San Diego, California at nineteen years old with just ninety-two dollars in his pocket. Since then he has become one of his new nation’s top real estate moguls and a founder of the largest business training company, Buffini & Co., in North America. And Brian isn’t alone in his circle of success: while immigrants compose thirteen percent of the American population, they are responsible for creating a quarter of all new businesses. So, what’s their secret? In The Emigrant Edge, Brian shares seven key characteristics that he and other successful immigrants have in common that can help produce a high level of achievement for anyone—no matter their vocation. He then challenges us to leave the comfort of our current work conditions to apply these secrets and achieve the success of our dreams. With a timely message sure to resonate with anyone who wants to prosper in the business world, The Emigrant Edge is a passionate, deeply personal story bound to inspire. So what are the secrets? In The Emigrant Edge, Brian shares seven characteristics that he and other successful immigrants have in common that can help anyone reach a higher level of achievement, no matter their vocation. He then challenges readers to leave the comfort of their current work conditions to apply these secrets and achieve the success of their dreams. Brian Buffini Tue, 01 Aug 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300819 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emigrant Edge: How to Make It Big in America Author: Brian Buffini Narrator: Brian Buffini, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brian Buffini, an Irish immigrant who went from rags to riches, shares his strategies for anyone who wants to achieve the American dream in this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller. Brian Buffini embodies the classic rags to riches tale: born and raised in Dublin, Ireland, he arrived in San Diego, California at nineteen years old with just ninety-two dollars in his pocket. Since then he has become one of his new nation’s top real estate moguls and a founder of the largest business training company, Buffini & Co., in North America. And Brian isn’t alone in his circle of success: while immigrants compose thirteen percent of the American population, they are responsible for creating a quarter of all new businesses. So, what’s their secret? In The Emigrant Edge, Brian shares seven key characteristics that he and other successful immigrants have in common that can help produce a high level of achievement for anyone—no matter their vocation. He then challenges us to leave the comfort of our current work conditions to apply these secrets and achieve the success of our dreams. With a timely message sure to resonate with anyone who wants to prosper in the business world, The Emigrant Edge is a passionate, deeply personal story bound to inspire. So what are the secrets? In The Emigrant Edge, Brian shares seven characteristics that he and other successful immigrants have in common that can help anyone reach a higher level of achievement, no matter their vocation. He then challenges readers to leave the comfort of their current work conditions to apply these secrets and achieve the success of their dreams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emigrant Edge: How to Make It Big in America Author: Brian Buffini Narrator: Brian Buffini, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brian Buffini, an Irish immigrant who went from rags to riches, shares his strategies for anyone who wants to achieve the American dream in this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller. Brian Buffini embodies the classic rags to riches tale: born and raised in Dublin, Ireland, he arrived in San Diego, California at nineteen years old with just ninety-two dollars in his pocket. Since then he has become one of his new nation’s top real estate moguls and a founder of the largest business training company, Buffini & Co., in North America. And Brian isn’t alone in his circle of success: while immigrants compose thirteen percent of the American population, they are responsible for creating a quarter of all new businesses. So, what’s their secret? In The Emigrant Edge, Brian shares seven key characteristics that he and other successful immigrants have in common that can help produce a high level of achievement for anyone—no matter their vocation. He then challenges us to leave the comfort of our current work conditions to apply these secrets and achieve the success of our dreams. With a timely message sure to resonate with anyone who wants to prosper in the business world, The Emigrant Edge is a passionate, deeply personal story bound to inspire. So what are the secrets? In The Emigrant Edge, Brian shares seven characteristics that he and other successful immigrants have in common that can help anyone reach a higher level of achievement, no matter their vocation. He then challenges readers to leave the comfort of their current work conditions to apply these secrets and achieve the success of their dreams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Bet the Farm: How Entrepreneurs Take Risks, Make Decisions - and How You Can, Too Author: Anthony Iaquinto, Stephen Spinelli Narrator: Timothy Danko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Never Bet the Farm two leading entrepreneurs, Anthony Iaquinto and Stephen Spinelli, turn much of the so-called expert advice for entrepreneurs on its head. They show that by preparing for setbacks and using a framework that can help reduce risks and simplify decision making, entrepreneurs can increase their probability for success. They refute the idea that there is an ideal entrepreneurial “type,” and show that luck can be as important as a business plan in many enterprises. Above all, the authors emphasize that entrepreneurship is a career, not a one-time event, and winners are those who can keep themselves in the game. Never Bet the Farm is an easy-to-understand and attractive tool for anyone who has a business idea, but who might be wary of the risks implied in starting their own business. Anthony Iaquinto, Stephen Spinelli Tue, 01 Aug 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300662 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Bet the Farm: How Entrepreneurs Take Risks, Make Decisions - and How You Can, Too Author: Anthony Iaquinto, Stephen Spinelli Narrator: Timothy Danko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Never Bet the Farm two leading entrepreneurs, Anthony Iaquinto and Stephen Spinelli, turn much of the so-called expert advice for entrepreneurs on its head. They show that by preparing for setbacks and using a framework that can help reduce risks and simplify decision making, entrepreneurs can increase their probability for success. They refute the idea that there is an ideal entrepreneurial “type,” and show that luck can be as important as a business plan in many enterprises. Above all, the authors emphasize that entrepreneurship is a career, not a one-time event, and winners are those who can keep themselves in the game. Never Bet the Farm is an easy-to-understand and attractive tool for anyone who has a business idea, but who might be wary of the risks implied in starting their own business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Bet the Farm: How Entrepreneurs Take Risks, Make Decisions - and How You Can, Too Author: Anthony Iaquinto, Stephen Spinelli Narrator: Timothy Danko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Never Bet the Farm two leading entrepreneurs, Anthony Iaquinto and Stephen Spinelli, turn much of the so-called expert advice for entrepreneurs on its head. They show that by preparing for setbacks and using a framework that can help reduce risks and simplify decision making, entrepreneurs can increase their probability for success. They refute the idea that there is an ideal entrepreneurial “type,” and show that luck can be as important as a business plan in many enterprises. Above all, the authors emphasize that entrepreneurship is a career, not a one-time event, and winners are those who can keep themselves in the game. Never Bet the Farm is an easy-to-understand and attractive tool for anyone who has a business idea, but who might be wary of the risks implied in starting their own business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Focus: Make Better Decisions Under Pressure Author: John David Mann, Brandon Webb Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain, Brandon Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What do you do at work when a hundred crises seem to be happening at the same time? Do you pick just one priority or try to put out every fire? How can you stay composed, figure out what really matters, and act decisively?    When former U.S. Navy SEAL sniper Brandon Webb transitioned to civilian life, he struggled to get his first startup business off the ground. He raised millions for his new venture, only to lose it all as problems spiraled out of his control.   In the wake of that failure, Webb realized that successful entrepreneurs need a skill he had already mastered: total focus. SEAL snipers define it as the ability to filter out noise and chaos so you can make life-or-death decisions under the extreme conditions of combat. If he could maintain total focus while staring through crosshairs at a man who might (or might not) be an Al Qaeda terrorist, surely he could do the same in the business world.   So Webb started over, applying total focus to a new startup, a media company called Hurricane Group. His approach was so effective that in just five years, Hurricane grew to have a staff of over fifty, an audience in the tens of millions, and a valuation of more than $100 million.   In this book, Webb teaches us to make better decisions under extreme pressure by emulating the habits of his fellow warriors, as well as other skills he learned on the job and from great friends and business leaders like Solomon Choi of 16 Handles, Matt Meeker of BarkBox, and Betsy Morgan of the Huffington Post and TheBlaze. For instance, you’ll discover: ·  The difference between total focus and tunnel vision is developing total situational awareness: the ability to spot opportunities and threats without getting distracted from your goal. ·  You can overcome indecisiveness and hesitancy by accepting violence of action: a decision to move forward with an imperfect plan, knowing that even the best-laid plans go wrong. ·  Entrepreneurs must learn to embrace the suck, refusing to quit when the going gets brutal, and recognizing that unexpected challenges may reveal your best shot at success. By following the tactics and wisdom of a generation of legendary snipers and business leaders, you’ll find the clarity of mind you need to accomplish your own mission—whatever it takes. John David Mann, Brandon Webb Tue, 15 Aug 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300290 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Focus: Make Better Decisions Under Pressure Author: John David Mann, Brandon Webb Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain, Brandon Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What do you do at work when a hundred crises seem to be happening at the same time? Do you pick just one priority or try to put out every fire? How can you stay composed, figure out what really matters, and act decisively?    When former U.S. Navy SEAL sniper Brandon Webb transitioned to civilian life, he struggled to get his first startup business off the ground. He raised millions for his new venture, only to lose it all as problems spiraled out of his control.   In the wake of that failure, Webb realized that successful entrepreneurs need a skill he had already mastered: total focus. SEAL snipers define it as the ability to filter out noise and chaos so you can make life-or-death decisions under the extreme conditions of combat. If he could maintain total focus while staring through crosshairs at a man who might (or might not) be an Al Qaeda terrorist, surely he could do the same in the business world.   So Webb started over, applying total focus to a new startup, a media company called Hurricane Group. His approach was so effective that in just five years, Hurricane grew to have a staff of over fifty, an audience in the tens of millions, and a valuation of more than $100 million.   In this book, Webb teaches us to make better decisions under extreme pressure by emulating the habits of his fellow warriors, as well as other skills he learned on the job and from great friends and business leaders like Solomon Choi of 16 Handles, Matt Meeker of BarkBox, and Betsy Morgan of the Huffington Post and TheBlaze. For instance, you’ll discover: ·  The difference between total focus and tunnel vision is developing total situational awareness: the ability to spot opportunities and threats without getting distracted from your goal. ·  You can overcome indecisiveness and hesitancy by accepting violence of action: a decision to move forward with an imperfect plan, knowing that even the best-laid plans go wrong. ·  Entrepreneurs must learn to embrace the suck, refusing to quit when the going gets brutal, and recognizing that unexpected challenges may reveal your best shot at success. By following the tactics and wisdom of a generation of legendary snipers and business leaders, you’ll find the clarity of mind you need to accomplish your own mission—whatever it takes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Focus: Make Better Decisions Under Pressure Author: John David Mann, Brandon Webb Narrator: Johnathan Mcclain, Brandon Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What do you do at work when a hundred crises seem to be happening at the same time? Do you pick just one priority or try to put out every fire? How can you stay composed, figure out what really matters, and act decisively?    When former U.S. Navy SEAL sniper Brandon Webb transitioned to civilian life, he struggled to get his first startup business off the ground. He raised millions for his new venture, only to lose it all as problems spiraled out of his control.   In the wake of that failure, Webb realized that successful entrepreneurs need a skill he had already mastered: total focus. SEAL snipers define it as the ability to filter out noise and chaos so you can make life-or-death decisions under the extreme conditions of combat. If he could maintain total focus while staring through crosshairs at a man who might (or might not) be an Al Qaeda terrorist, surely he could do the same in the business world.   So Webb started over, applying total focus to a new startup, a media company called Hurricane Group. His approach was so effective that in just five years, Hurricane grew to have a staff of over fifty, an audience in the tens of millions, and a valuation of more than $100 million.   In this book, Webb teaches us to make better decisions under extreme pressure by emulating the habits of his fellow warriors, as well as other skills he learned on the job and from great friends and business leaders like Solomon Choi of 16 Handles, Matt Meeker of BarkBox, and Betsy Morgan of the Huffington Post and TheBlaze. For instance, you’ll discover: ·  The difference between total focus and tunnel vision is developing total situational awareness: the ability to spot opportunities and threats without getting distracted from your goal. ·  You can overcome indecisiveness and hesitancy by accepting violence of action: a decision to move forward with an imperfect plan, knowing that even the best-laid plans go wrong. ·  Entrepreneurs must learn to embrace the suck, refusing to quit when the going gets brutal, and recognizing that unexpected challenges may reveal your best shot at success. By following the tactics and wisdom of a generation of legendary snipers and business leaders, you’ll find the clarity of mind you need to accomplish your own mission—whatever it takes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life 3.0: Being Human in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Author: Max Tegmark Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 29, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times Best Seller How will Artificial Intelligence affect crime, war, justice, jobs, society and our very sense of being human? The rise of AI has the potential to transform our future more than any other technology—and there’s nobody better qualified or situated to explore that future than Max Tegmark, an MIT professor who’s helped mainstream research on how to keep AI beneficial.   How can we grow our prosperity through automation without leaving people lacking income or purpose? What career advice should we give today’s kids? How can we make future AI systems more robust, so that they do what we want without crashing, malfunctioning or getting hacked? Should we fear an arms race in lethal autonomous weapons? Will machines eventually outsmart us at all tasks, replacing humans on the job market and perhaps altogether? Will AI help life flourish like never before or give us more power than we can handle?   What sort of future do you want? This book empowers you to join what may be the most important conversation of our time. It doesn’t shy away from the full range of viewpoints or from the most controversial issues—from superintelligence to meaning, consciousness and the ultimate physical limits on life in the cosmos. Max Tegmark Tue, 29 Aug 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300278 thebookvoice.com 13:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life 3.0: Being Human in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Author: Max Tegmark Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 29, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times Best Seller How will Artificial Intelligence affect crime, war, justice, jobs, society and our very sense of being human? The rise of AI has the potential to transform our future more than any other technology—and there’s nobody better qualified or situated to explore that future than Max Tegmark, an MIT professor who’s helped mainstream research on how to keep AI beneficial.   How can we grow our prosperity through automation without leaving people lacking income or purpose? What career advice should we give today’s kids? How can we make future AI systems more robust, so that they do what we want without crashing, malfunctioning or getting hacked? Should we fear an arms race in lethal autonomous weapons? Will machines eventually outsmart us at all tasks, replacing humans on the job market and perhaps altogether? Will AI help life flourish like never before or give us more power than we can handle?   What sort of future do you want? This book empowers you to join what may be the most important conversation of our time. It doesn’t shy away from the full range of viewpoints or from the most controversial issues—from superintelligence to meaning, consciousness and the ultimate physical limits on life in the cosmos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life 3.0: Being Human in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Author: Max Tegmark Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 29, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times Best Seller How will Artificial Intelligence affect crime, war, justice, jobs, society and our very sense of being human? The rise of AI has the potential to transform our future more than any other technology—and there’s nobody better qualified or situated to explore that future than Max Tegmark, an MIT professor who’s helped mainstream research on how to keep AI beneficial.   How can we grow our prosperity through automation without leaving people lacking income or purpose? What career advice should we give today’s kids? How can we make future AI systems more robust, so that they do what we want without crashing, malfunctioning or getting hacked? Should we fear an arms race in lethal autonomous weapons? Will machines eventually outsmart us at all tasks, replacing humans on the job market and perhaps altogether? Will AI help life flourish like never before or give us more power than we can handle?   What sort of future do you want? This book empowers you to join what may be the most important conversation of our time. It doesn’t shy away from the full range of viewpoints or from the most controversial issues—from superintelligence to meaning, consciousness and the ultimate physical limits on life in the cosmos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297264 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Alive: Using the Lessons of the Amazon to Live Your Mission in Business and Life Author: Tyler Gage Narrator: Tyler Gage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fully Alive tells the story of an astoundingly successful young entrepreneur’s immersion in Amazonian indigenous spirituality, its life-changing impact on him, and how he integrated the lessons he learned to build a successful, socially responsible company, live a purposeful life, and make a difference in the world. Building a start-up is like being thrust into the middle of the Amazon rainforest: living every day on the edge of your comfort zone, vulnerable to the unexpected challenges constantly being thrown your way, and constantly shifting to meet daily demands and do everything and anything you can to survive, let alone thrive. Vulnerable, raw, and deeply transparent, Fully Alive reveals powerful tools and lessons that can teach all of us how to grow toward and beyond our personal edges, no matter our circumstances. Tyler Gage shares his spiritual adventures and the business savvy that helped him create RUNA, a pioneering organization that weaves together the seemingly divergent worlds of Amazonian traditions and modern business, demonstrating how we can dig deeper to bring greater meaning and purpose to our personal and professional pursuits. From suburban youth to immersion in the Amazon to entrepreneurial success, Tyler’s journey clearly shows that passion and opportunity can be found in the most unexpected places. Captivated by a rare Amazonian tea leaf called guayusa that had never been commercially produced, Tyler started RUNA to partner with the indigenous people of Ecuador to share its energy and its message with the world. Using the spiritual teachings, lessons, and healing traditions of the Amazon as his guide, Tyler built RUNA from a scrappy start-up into a thriving, multimillion-dollar company that has become one of the fastest-growing beverage companies in the United States. With the help of investors such as Channing Tatum, Leonardo DiCaprio, and Olivia Wilde, RUNA has created a sustainable source of income for more than 3,000 farming families in Ecuador who sustainably grow guayusa in the rainforest. Simultaneously, RUNA has built a rapidly scaling nonprofit organization that is working to create a new future for trade in the Amazon based on respectful exchange and healing, not exploitation and greed. Practical tools and lessons are woven throughout the story of Gage’s successes and failures, offering guidance on how to relate to obstacles as teachers and how to accomplish our personal and professional goals in the often uncertain circumstances we find ourselves in. Tyler Gage Tue, 01 Aug 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297264 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Alive: Using the Lessons of the Amazon to Live Your Mission in Business and Life Author: Tyler Gage Narrator: Tyler Gage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fully Alive tells the story of an astoundingly successful young entrepreneur’s immersion in Amazonian indigenous spirituality, its life-changing impact on him, and how he integrated the lessons he learned to build a successful, socially responsible company, live a purposeful life, and make a difference in the world. Building a start-up is like being thrust into the middle of the Amazon rainforest: living every day on the edge of your comfort zone, vulnerable to the unexpected challenges constantly being thrown your way, and constantly shifting to meet daily demands and do everything and anything you can to survive, let alone thrive. Vulnerable, raw, and deeply transparent, Fully Alive reveals powerful tools and lessons that can teach all of us how to grow toward and beyond our personal edges, no matter our circumstances. Tyler Gage shares his spiritual adventures and the business savvy that helped him create RUNA, a pioneering organization that weaves together the seemingly divergent worlds of Amazonian traditions and modern business, demonstrating how we can dig deeper to bring greater meaning and purpose to our personal and professional pursuits. From suburban youth to immersion in the Amazon to entrepreneurial success, Tyler’s journey clearly shows that passion and opportunity can be found in the most unexpected places. Captivated by a rare Amazonian tea leaf called guayusa that had never been commercially produced, Tyler started RUNA to partner with the indigenous people of Ecuador to share its energy and its message with the world. Using the spiritual teachings, lessons, and healing traditions of the Amazon as his guide, Tyler built RUNA from a scrappy start-up into a thriving, multimillion-dollar company that has become one of the fastest-growing beverage companies in the United States. With the help of investors such as Channing Tatum, Leonardo DiCaprio, and Olivia Wilde, RUNA has created a sustainable source of income for more than 3,000 farming families in Ecuador who sustainably grow guayusa in the rainforest. Simultaneously, RUNA has built a rapidly scaling nonprofit organization that is working to create a new future for trade in the Amazon based on respectful exchange and healing, not exploitation and greed. Practical tools and lessons are woven throughout the story of Gage’s successes and failures, offering guidance on how to relate to obstacles as teachers and how to accomplish our personal and professional goals in the often uncertain circumstances we find ourselves in. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297264]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Alive: Using the Lessons of the Amazon to Live Your Mission in Business and Life Author: Tyler Gage Narrator: Tyler Gage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fully Alive tells the story of an astoundingly successful young entrepreneur’s immersion in Amazonian indigenous spirituality, its life-changing impact on him, and how he integrated the lessons he learned to build a successful, socially responsible company, live a purposeful life, and make a difference in the world. Building a start-up is like being thrust into the middle of the Amazon rainforest: living every day on the edge of your comfort zone, vulnerable to the unexpected challenges constantly being thrown your way, and constantly shifting to meet daily demands and do everything and anything you can to survive, let alone thrive. Vulnerable, raw, and deeply transparent, Fully Alive reveals powerful tools and lessons that can teach all of us how to grow toward and beyond our personal edges, no matter our circumstances. Tyler Gage shares his spiritual adventures and the business savvy that helped him create RUNA, a pioneering organization that weaves together the seemingly divergent worlds of Amazonian traditions and modern business, demonstrating how we can dig deeper to bring greater meaning and purpose to our personal and professional pursuits. From suburban youth to immersion in the Amazon to entrepreneurial success, Tyler’s journey clearly shows that passion and opportunity can be found in the most unexpected places. Captivated by a rare Amazonian tea leaf called guayusa that had never been commercially produced, Tyler started RUNA to partner with the indigenous people of Ecuador to share its energy and its message with the world. Using the spiritual teachings, lessons, and healing traditions of the Amazon as his guide, Tyler built RUNA from a scrappy start-up into a thriving, multimillion-dollar company that has become one of the fastest-growing beverage companies in the United States. With the help of investors such as Channing Tatum, Leonardo DiCaprio, and Olivia Wilde, RUNA has created a sustainable source of income for more than 3,000 farming families in Ecuador who sustainably grow guayusa in the rainforest. Simultaneously, RUNA has built a rapidly scaling nonprofit organization that is working to create a new future for trade in the Amazon based on respectful exchange and healing, not exploitation and greed. Practical tools and lessons are woven throughout the story of Gage’s successes and failures, offering guidance on how to relate to obstacles as teachers and how to accomplish our personal and professional goals in the often uncertain circumstances we find ourselves in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297026 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Success: How Innovative Companies Are Reducing Churn and Growing Recurring Revenue Author: Lincoln Murphy, Dan Steinman, Nick Mehta Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer Success is the groundbreaking guide to the exciting new model of customer management. Business relationships are fundamentally changing. In the world B.C. (Before Cloud), companies could focus totally on sales and marketing because customers were often 'stuck' after purchasing. Therefore, all of the 'post-sale' experience was a cost center in most companies. In the world A.B. (After Benioff), with granular per-year, per-month, or per-use pricing models, cloud deployments and many competitive options, customers now have the power. As such, B2B vendors must deliver success for their clients to achieve success for their own businesses. Customer success teams are being created in companies to quarterback the customer lifecycle and drive adoption, renewals, up-sell, and advocacy. The customer success philosophy is invading the boardroom and impacting the way CEOs think about their business. Today, customer success is the hottest B2B movement since the advent of the subscription business model, and this book is the one-of-a-kind guide that shows you how to make it work in your company. Customer Success shows you how to kick start your customer-centric revolution, and make it stick for the long term. Lincoln Murphy, Dan Steinman, Nick Mehta Sat, 01 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297026 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Success: How Innovative Companies Are Reducing Churn and Growing Recurring Revenue Author: Lincoln Murphy, Dan Steinman, Nick Mehta Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer Success is the groundbreaking guide to the exciting new model of customer management. Business relationships are fundamentally changing. In the world B.C. (Before Cloud), companies could focus totally on sales and marketing because customers were often 'stuck' after purchasing. Therefore, all of the 'post-sale' experience was a cost center in most companies. In the world A.B. (After Benioff), with granular per-year, per-month, or per-use pricing models, cloud deployments and many competitive options, customers now have the power. As such, B2B vendors must deliver success for their clients to achieve success for their own businesses. Customer success teams are being created in companies to quarterback the customer lifecycle and drive adoption, renewals, up-sell, and advocacy. The customer success philosophy is invading the boardroom and impacting the way CEOs think about their business. Today, customer success is the hottest B2B movement since the advent of the subscription business model, and this book is the one-of-a-kind guide that shows you how to make it work in your company. Customer Success shows you how to kick start your customer-centric revolution, and make it stick for the long term. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Success: How Innovative Companies Are Reducing Churn and Growing Recurring Revenue Author: Lincoln Murphy, Dan Steinman, Nick Mehta Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Customer Success is the groundbreaking guide to the exciting new model of customer management. Business relationships are fundamentally changing. In the world B.C. (Before Cloud), companies could focus totally on sales and marketing because customers were often 'stuck' after purchasing. Therefore, all of the 'post-sale' experience was a cost center in most companies. In the world A.B. (After Benioff), with granular per-year, per-month, or per-use pricing models, cloud deployments and many competitive options, customers now have the power. As such, B2B vendors must deliver success for their clients to achieve success for their own businesses. Customer success teams are being created in companies to quarterback the customer lifecycle and drive adoption, renewals, up-sell, and advocacy. The customer success philosophy is invading the boardroom and impacting the way CEOs think about their business. Today, customer success is the hottest B2B movement since the advent of the subscription business model, and this book is the one-of-a-kind guide that shows you how to make it work in your company. Customer Success shows you how to kick start your customer-centric revolution, and make it stick for the long term. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Project Manager's MBA: How to Translate Project Decisions into Business Success Author: Robert J. Graham, Dennis J. Cohen Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Project managers are no longer judged by the technical success of their projects alone. They're also held accountable for their contributions to the company's financial goals. Yet most project managers don't have the business knowledge necessary to make project-based decisions that lead to bottom-line success. In this audiobook, Dennis Cohen and Robert Graham, both former university professors and experienced project management consultants, provide the skills that, until now, could only be gained through a graduate degree and years of hands-on experience. Cohen and Graham walk project managers through basic business concepts such as value creation, accounting and finance, strategy, and marketing. They connect these concepts to the decisions project managers face every day. And they make it easy to apply the resulting solutions on the job through a unique business systems calculator. Readers can use the online calculator in conjunction with the book to understand how different project variables affect business outcomes, to determine the overall impact of proposed project changes, and to evaluate the economic results of many decisions they make. Cohen and Graham's principles apply equally to projects in business, non-profit, and government organizations. And each one is illustrated through case studies drawn from a range of industries, including pharmaceuticals, the technology sector, even the winemaking business. Whether the mandate is to get new products to market, improve the infrastructure, or better serve customers and clients, this audiobook teaches project managers how to make day-to-day decisions from an upper-management perspective. And it provides a blueprint for planning and pitching potential projects that demonstrates a higher level of business savvy. Robert J. Graham, Dennis J. Cohen Sat, 01 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297025 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Project Manager's MBA: How to Translate Project Decisions into Business Success Author: Robert J. Graham, Dennis J. Cohen Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Project managers are no longer judged by the technical success of their projects alone. They're also held accountable for their contributions to the company's financial goals. Yet most project managers don't have the business knowledge necessary to make project-based decisions that lead to bottom-line success. In this audiobook, Dennis Cohen and Robert Graham, both former university professors and experienced project management consultants, provide the skills that, until now, could only be gained through a graduate degree and years of hands-on experience. Cohen and Graham walk project managers through basic business concepts such as value creation, accounting and finance, strategy, and marketing. They connect these concepts to the decisions project managers face every day. And they make it easy to apply the resulting solutions on the job through a unique business systems calculator. Readers can use the online calculator in conjunction with the book to understand how different project variables affect business outcomes, to determine the overall impact of proposed project changes, and to evaluate the economic results of many decisions they make. Cohen and Graham's principles apply equally to projects in business, non-profit, and government organizations. And each one is illustrated through case studies drawn from a range of industries, including pharmaceuticals, the technology sector, even the winemaking business. Whether the mandate is to get new products to market, improve the infrastructure, or better serve customers and clients, this audiobook teaches project managers how to make day-to-day decisions from an upper-management perspective. And it provides a blueprint for planning and pitching potential projects that demonstrates a higher level of business savvy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/297025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Project Manager's MBA: How to Translate Project Decisions into Business Success Author: Robert J. Graham, Dennis J. Cohen Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Project managers are no longer judged by the technical success of their projects alone. They're also held accountable for their contributions to the company's financial goals. Yet most project managers don't have the business knowledge necessary to make project-based decisions that lead to bottom-line success. In this audiobook, Dennis Cohen and Robert Graham, both former university professors and experienced project management consultants, provide the skills that, until now, could only be gained through a graduate degree and years of hands-on experience. Cohen and Graham walk project managers through basic business concepts such as value creation, accounting and finance, strategy, and marketing. They connect these concepts to the decisions project managers face every day. And they make it easy to apply the resulting solutions on the job through a unique business systems calculator. Readers can use the online calculator in conjunction with the book to understand how different project variables affect business outcomes, to determine the overall impact of proposed project changes, and to evaluate the economic results of many decisions they make. Cohen and Graham's principles apply equally to projects in business, non-profit, and government organizations. And each one is illustrated through case studies drawn from a range of industries, including pharmaceuticals, the technology sector, even the winemaking business. Whether the mandate is to get new products to market, improve the infrastructure, or better serve customers and clients, this audiobook teaches project managers how to make day-to-day decisions from an upper-management perspective. And it provides a blueprint for planning and pitching potential projects that demonstrates a higher level of business savvy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Code: The Creative Power of Constructive Conflict Author: Jeff DeGraff, Staney DeGraff Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovation comes from creative tension, not harmonious interaction, says 'Dean of Innovation' Jeff DeGraff. He identifies four basic approaches to innovation and shows how leaders can manage the inevitable conflicts between them to create brilliant, unexpected hybrid solutions. From years of research and practical experience as a consultant, Jeff DeGraff has learned that when it comes to any innovation initiative, disharmony is crucial. We innovate when we disrupt, and we first have to disrupt each other. DeGraff identifies four contrasting types of innovators. There's the wild experimentation of the Artist, the pragmatic caution of the Engineer, the urgent competitiveness of the Athlete, and the patient community building of the Sage. He includes exercises so readers can find where they fit into this framework and shows how to build, manage, and embrace the dynamic discord of a team that contains all four types. When you combine the visionary thinking of the Artist and the practical thinking of the Engineer, you get innovation that's both revolutionary and manageable, highly ambitious without high risk. When you combine the results-oriented attitude of the Athlete with the values-oriented attitude of the Sage, you get innovation that's both a good investment and good for the world. This is a profound but highly accessible guide for achieving breakthrough solutions by utilizing the full-and seemingly contradictory-spectrum of innovative thinking. Jeff DeGraff, Staney DeGraff Mon, 07 Aug 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296652 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Code: The Creative Power of Constructive Conflict Author: Jeff DeGraff, Staney DeGraff Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovation comes from creative tension, not harmonious interaction, says 'Dean of Innovation' Jeff DeGraff. He identifies four basic approaches to innovation and shows how leaders can manage the inevitable conflicts between them to create brilliant, unexpected hybrid solutions. From years of research and practical experience as a consultant, Jeff DeGraff has learned that when it comes to any innovation initiative, disharmony is crucial. We innovate when we disrupt, and we first have to disrupt each other. DeGraff identifies four contrasting types of innovators. There's the wild experimentation of the Artist, the pragmatic caution of the Engineer, the urgent competitiveness of the Athlete, and the patient community building of the Sage. He includes exercises so readers can find where they fit into this framework and shows how to build, manage, and embrace the dynamic discord of a team that contains all four types. When you combine the visionary thinking of the Artist and the practical thinking of the Engineer, you get innovation that's both revolutionary and manageable, highly ambitious without high risk. When you combine the results-oriented attitude of the Athlete with the values-oriented attitude of the Sage, you get innovation that's both a good investment and good for the world. This is a profound but highly accessible guide for achieving breakthrough solutions by utilizing the full-and seemingly contradictory-spectrum of innovative thinking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Code: The Creative Power of Constructive Conflict Author: Jeff DeGraff, Staney DeGraff Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovation comes from creative tension, not harmonious interaction, says 'Dean of Innovation' Jeff DeGraff. He identifies four basic approaches to innovation and shows how leaders can manage the inevitable conflicts between them to create brilliant, unexpected hybrid solutions. From years of research and practical experience as a consultant, Jeff DeGraff has learned that when it comes to any innovation initiative, disharmony is crucial. We innovate when we disrupt, and we first have to disrupt each other. DeGraff identifies four contrasting types of innovators. There's the wild experimentation of the Artist, the pragmatic caution of the Engineer, the urgent competitiveness of the Athlete, and the patient community building of the Sage. He includes exercises so readers can find where they fit into this framework and shows how to build, manage, and embrace the dynamic discord of a team that contains all four types. When you combine the visionary thinking of the Artist and the practical thinking of the Engineer, you get innovation that's both revolutionary and manageable, highly ambitious without high risk. When you combine the results-oriented attitude of the Athlete with the values-oriented attitude of the Sage, you get innovation that's both a good investment and good for the world. This is a profound but highly accessible guide for achieving breakthrough solutions by utilizing the full-and seemingly contradictory-spectrum of innovative thinking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296624 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angel: How to Invest in Technology Startups-Timeless Advice from an Angel Investor Who Turned $100,000 into $100,000,000 Author: Jason Calacanis Narrator: Jason Calacanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of Silicon Valley’s most successful angel investors shares his rules for investing in startups. There are two ways to make money in startups: create something valuable—or invest in the people that are creating valuable things. Over the past twenty-five years, Jason Calacanis has made a fortune investing in creators, spotting and helping build and fund a number of successful technology startups—investments that have earned him tens of millions of dollars. Now, in this enlightening guide that is sure to become the bible for twenty-first century investors, Calacanis takes potential angels step-by-step through his proven method of creating massive wealth: startups. As Calacanis makes clear, you can get rich—even if you came from humble beginnings (his dad was a bartender, his mom a nurse), didn’t go to the right schools, and weren’t a top student. The trick is learning how angel investors think. Calacanis takes you inside the minds of these successful moneymen, helping you understand how they prioritize and make the decisions that have resulted in phenomenal profits. He guides you step by step through the process, revealing how leading investors evaluate new ventures, calculating the risks and rewards, and explains how the best startups leverage relationships with angel investors for the best results. Whether you’re an aspiring investor or a budding entrepreneur, Angel will inspire and educate you on all the ins of outs. Buckle up for a wild ride into the world of angel investing! This audiobook edition of Angel includes exclusive bonus one-on-one interviews with Jason Calacanis and professional angel investors. Featured are Founders Fund Partner Cyan Banister, multiple start up investor Gil Penchina, Founding Partner at XG Ventures Andrea Zurek, and serial entrepreneur and start up mentor Ed Roman. Jason Calacanis Tue, 18 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296624 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angel: How to Invest in Technology Startups-Timeless Advice from an Angel Investor Who Turned $100,000 into $100,000,000 Author: Jason Calacanis Narrator: Jason Calacanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of Silicon Valley’s most successful angel investors shares his rules for investing in startups. There are two ways to make money in startups: create something valuable—or invest in the people that are creating valuable things. Over the past twenty-five years, Jason Calacanis has made a fortune investing in creators, spotting and helping build and fund a number of successful technology startups—investments that have earned him tens of millions of dollars. Now, in this enlightening guide that is sure to become the bible for twenty-first century investors, Calacanis takes potential angels step-by-step through his proven method of creating massive wealth: startups. As Calacanis makes clear, you can get rich—even if you came from humble beginnings (his dad was a bartender, his mom a nurse), didn’t go to the right schools, and weren’t a top student. The trick is learning how angel investors think. Calacanis takes you inside the minds of these successful moneymen, helping you understand how they prioritize and make the decisions that have resulted in phenomenal profits. He guides you step by step through the process, revealing how leading investors evaluate new ventures, calculating the risks and rewards, and explains how the best startups leverage relationships with angel investors for the best results. Whether you’re an aspiring investor or a budding entrepreneur, Angel will inspire and educate you on all the ins of outs. Buckle up for a wild ride into the world of angel investing! This audiobook edition of Angel includes exclusive bonus one-on-one interviews with Jason Calacanis and professional angel investors. Featured are Founders Fund Partner Cyan Banister, multiple start up investor Gil Penchina, Founding Partner at XG Ventures Andrea Zurek, and serial entrepreneur and start up mentor Ed Roman. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angel: How to Invest in Technology Startups-Timeless Advice from an Angel Investor Who Turned $100,000 into $100,000,000 Author: Jason Calacanis Narrator: Jason Calacanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of Silicon Valley’s most successful angel investors shares his rules for investing in startups. There are two ways to make money in startups: create something valuable—or invest in the people that are creating valuable things. Over the past twenty-five years, Jason Calacanis has made a fortune investing in creators, spotting and helping build and fund a number of successful technology startups—investments that have earned him tens of millions of dollars. Now, in this enlightening guide that is sure to become the bible for twenty-first century investors, Calacanis takes potential angels step-by-step through his proven method of creating massive wealth: startups. As Calacanis makes clear, you can get rich—even if you came from humble beginnings (his dad was a bartender, his mom a nurse), didn’t go to the right schools, and weren’t a top student. The trick is learning how angel investors think. Calacanis takes you inside the minds of these successful moneymen, helping you understand how they prioritize and make the decisions that have resulted in phenomenal profits. He guides you step by step through the process, revealing how leading investors evaluate new ventures, calculating the risks and rewards, and explains how the best startups leverage relationships with angel investors for the best results. Whether you’re an aspiring investor or a budding entrepreneur, Angel will inspire and educate you on all the ins of outs. Buckle up for a wild ride into the world of angel investing! This audiobook edition of Angel includes exclusive bonus one-on-one interviews with Jason Calacanis and professional angel investors. Featured are Founders Fund Partner Cyan Banister, multiple start up investor Gil Penchina, Founding Partner at XG Ventures Andrea Zurek, and serial entrepreneur and start up mentor Ed Roman. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296527 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Obsessed: A Whole Company Approach to Delivering Exceptional Customer Experiences Author: Eric Berridge Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: GET AHEAD OF THE CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE CURVE Companies who define success through business outcomes and put customers at the center of their business realize sustainable, continuous growth. Customer experience is a key driver of technical innovation and business success—Customer Obsessed teaches companies how to leverage it across all levels of their organizations to sustain competitive advantage in the digital era. Customer Obsessed looks at customer experience with an eye toward business transformation, providing high-level insight into each business element that affects that experience. It offers more than outward-facing prescriptive actions, providing a whole company approach to redefine what it means to be customer-focused and achieve higher levels of success. See how some of today's biggest brands translate data into customer moments, design systems to recognize opportunities to interact, and keep everyone on the same page to deliver personalized experiences. The framework inside gives you all you need to create a customer-obsessed culture where you can: Prioritize people over technology to connect with employees, partners, and customers on a more powerful level Access every critical metric in your business from your phone, from anywhere in the world, through a simple dashboard Reach into the cloud and see customer sentiment, know how customers found your brand, and predict what will keep them engaged Lead with transparency to earn respect and support from your team and clarify executive decision making Create exceptional customer experiences with insights from a CEO who's been on the forefront of the cloud revolution and business transformation for 15 years. Through practical advice and real-world examples, Customer Obsessed provides a comprehensive road map to help you build a better, more innovative business. Eric Berridge Sat, 01 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296527 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Obsessed: A Whole Company Approach to Delivering Exceptional Customer Experiences Author: Eric Berridge Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: GET AHEAD OF THE CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE CURVE Companies who define success through business outcomes and put customers at the center of their business realize sustainable, continuous growth. Customer experience is a key driver of technical innovation and business success—Customer Obsessed teaches companies how to leverage it across all levels of their organizations to sustain competitive advantage in the digital era. Customer Obsessed looks at customer experience with an eye toward business transformation, providing high-level insight into each business element that affects that experience. It offers more than outward-facing prescriptive actions, providing a whole company approach to redefine what it means to be customer-focused and achieve higher levels of success. See how some of today's biggest brands translate data into customer moments, design systems to recognize opportunities to interact, and keep everyone on the same page to deliver personalized experiences. The framework inside gives you all you need to create a customer-obsessed culture where you can: Prioritize people over technology to connect with employees, partners, and customers on a more powerful level Access every critical metric in your business from your phone, from anywhere in the world, through a simple dashboard Reach into the cloud and see customer sentiment, know how customers found your brand, and predict what will keep them engaged Lead with transparency to earn respect and support from your team and clarify executive decision making Create exceptional customer experiences with insights from a CEO who's been on the forefront of the cloud revolution and business transformation for 15 years. Through practical advice and real-world examples, Customer Obsessed provides a comprehensive road map to help you build a better, more innovative business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Obsessed: A Whole Company Approach to Delivering Exceptional Customer Experiences Author: Eric Berridge Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: GET AHEAD OF THE CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE CURVE Companies who define success through business outcomes and put customers at the center of their business realize sustainable, continuous growth. Customer experience is a key driver of technical innovation and business success—Customer Obsessed teaches companies how to leverage it across all levels of their organizations to sustain competitive advantage in the digital era. Customer Obsessed looks at customer experience with an eye toward business transformation, providing high-level insight into each business element that affects that experience. It offers more than outward-facing prescriptive actions, providing a whole company approach to redefine what it means to be customer-focused and achieve higher levels of success. See how some of today's biggest brands translate data into customer moments, design systems to recognize opportunities to interact, and keep everyone on the same page to deliver personalized experiences. The framework inside gives you all you need to create a customer-obsessed culture where you can: Prioritize people over technology to connect with employees, partners, and customers on a more powerful level Access every critical metric in your business from your phone, from anywhere in the world, through a simple dashboard Reach into the cloud and see customer sentiment, know how customers found your brand, and predict what will keep them engaged Lead with transparency to earn respect and support from your team and clarify executive decision making Create exceptional customer experiences with insights from a CEO who's been on the forefront of the cloud revolution and business transformation for 15 years. Through practical advice and real-world examples, Customer Obsessed provides a comprehensive road map to help you build a better, more innovative business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Ask You Answer: A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing, and Today’s Digital Consumer Author: Marcus Sheridan Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: They Ask You Answer is a straightforward guide to fixing your current marketing strategy. Regardless of your budget, you are almost certainly overspending on television, radio, and print ads, yet neglecting the number-one resource you have at your disposal: the Internet. Content marketing is no longer about keyword-stuffing and link-building; in fact, using those tactics today gets your page shuffled to the bottom of the heap. Quality content is the key to success, and you already have the ingredients in-house. This book shows you how to structure an effective content strategy using the same proven principles that have revolutionized marketing for all types of businesses, across industries. Author Marcus Sheridan's pool company struggled after the housing collapse; today, they're one of the largest pool installers in the U.S., turning away millions of dollars in business they simply cannot accommodate every year. How did he manage it? He answered questions. This audiobook shows you how Marcus's strategy can work for your business, and how to use your keyboard to bring customers through the door. Marcus Sheridan Sat, 01 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296523 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Ask You Answer: A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing, and Today’s Digital Consumer Author: Marcus Sheridan Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: They Ask You Answer is a straightforward guide to fixing your current marketing strategy. Regardless of your budget, you are almost certainly overspending on television, radio, and print ads, yet neglecting the number-one resource you have at your disposal: the Internet. Content marketing is no longer about keyword-stuffing and link-building; in fact, using those tactics today gets your page shuffled to the bottom of the heap. Quality content is the key to success, and you already have the ingredients in-house. This book shows you how to structure an effective content strategy using the same proven principles that have revolutionized marketing for all types of businesses, across industries. Author Marcus Sheridan's pool company struggled after the housing collapse; today, they're one of the largest pool installers in the U.S., turning away millions of dollars in business they simply cannot accommodate every year. How did he manage it? He answered questions. This audiobook shows you how Marcus's strategy can work for your business, and how to use your keyboard to bring customers through the door. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Ask You Answer: A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing, and Today’s Digital Consumer Author: Marcus Sheridan Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: They Ask You Answer is a straightforward guide to fixing your current marketing strategy. Regardless of your budget, you are almost certainly overspending on television, radio, and print ads, yet neglecting the number-one resource you have at your disposal: the Internet. Content marketing is no longer about keyword-stuffing and link-building; in fact, using those tactics today gets your page shuffled to the bottom of the heap. Quality content is the key to success, and you already have the ingredients in-house. This book shows you how to structure an effective content strategy using the same proven principles that have revolutionized marketing for all types of businesses, across industries. Author Marcus Sheridan's pool company struggled after the housing collapse; today, they're one of the largest pool installers in the U.S., turning away millions of dollars in business they simply cannot accommodate every year. How did he manage it? He answered questions. This audiobook shows you how Marcus's strategy can work for your business, and how to use your keyboard to bring customers through the door. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ways to New: 15 Paths to Disruptive Innovation Author: Jean-Marie Dru Narrator: Stephen McLaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Break free and lead the market with the roadmap to Disruption The Ways to New gives you a blueprint for innovation, helping you dig your organization out of the quicksand and get on the fast track to growth. Author Jean-Marie Dru is the originator the Disruption methodology, which he shares here; he is also an international authority on breaking the mold and leading the market, and this audiobook is his guide to making it happen. Too many companies are too slow with innovation. They lag behind, creating at a snail's pace, and thus miss out on any kind of organic growth. They approach new ideas too conservatively, and focus innovation on products only—when there is a whole world out there waiting to be disrupted. This audiobook shows you how to steer your organization toward continued innovation, creation, growth, and success, with 15 proven paths to disruption. Each is illustrated with case studies from companies like L'oreal, Procter & Gamble, and Salesforce.com, to show you the glaring differences between disruption and stagnation. We like to think that we live in a world where innovation happens at a staggering pace. The reality is that we don't, but that leaves an opening that your organization can fill if you're willing to break from the herd. This book shows you how start turning in a new direction, toward sustained, forward-thinking growth. Foster organic growth within your organization Become more proactive about innovation Understand the famous 'Disruption' methodology Learn the specific, proven paths to disruption Everyone loves to cite Apple, Google, and Amazon as proof of high-speed innovation. But companies like this represent only 20% of companies worldwide—the other 80% are still floundering and failing to move forward. The Ways to New gives you a roadmap to innovation, and the tools to make it work. Jean-Marie Dru Sat, 01 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296520 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ways to New: 15 Paths to Disruptive Innovation Author: Jean-Marie Dru Narrator: Stephen McLaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Break free and lead the market with the roadmap to Disruption The Ways to New gives you a blueprint for innovation, helping you dig your organization out of the quicksand and get on the fast track to growth. Author Jean-Marie Dru is the originator the Disruption methodology, which he shares here; he is also an international authority on breaking the mold and leading the market, and this audiobook is his guide to making it happen. Too many companies are too slow with innovation. They lag behind, creating at a snail's pace, and thus miss out on any kind of organic growth. They approach new ideas too conservatively, and focus innovation on products only—when there is a whole world out there waiting to be disrupted. This audiobook shows you how to steer your organization toward continued innovation, creation, growth, and success, with 15 proven paths to disruption. Each is illustrated with case studies from companies like L'oreal, Procter & Gamble, and Salesforce.com, to show you the glaring differences between disruption and stagnation. We like to think that we live in a world where innovation happens at a staggering pace. The reality is that we don't, but that leaves an opening that your organization can fill if you're willing to break from the herd. This book shows you how start turning in a new direction, toward sustained, forward-thinking growth. Foster organic growth within your organization Become more proactive about innovation Understand the famous 'Disruption' methodology Learn the specific, proven paths to disruption Everyone loves to cite Apple, Google, and Amazon as proof of high-speed innovation. But companies like this represent only 20% of companies worldwide—the other 80% are still floundering and failing to move forward. The Ways to New gives you a roadmap to innovation, and the tools to make it work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ways to New: 15 Paths to Disruptive Innovation Author: Jean-Marie Dru Narrator: Stephen McLaughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Break free and lead the market with the roadmap to Disruption The Ways to New gives you a blueprint for innovation, helping you dig your organization out of the quicksand and get on the fast track to growth. Author Jean-Marie Dru is the originator the Disruption methodology, which he shares here; he is also an international authority on breaking the mold and leading the market, and this audiobook is his guide to making it happen. Too many companies are too slow with innovation. They lag behind, creating at a snail's pace, and thus miss out on any kind of organic growth. They approach new ideas too conservatively, and focus innovation on products only—when there is a whole world out there waiting to be disrupted. This audiobook shows you how to steer your organization toward continued innovation, creation, growth, and success, with 15 proven paths to disruption. Each is illustrated with case studies from companies like L'oreal, Procter & Gamble, and Salesforce.com, to show you the glaring differences between disruption and stagnation. We like to think that we live in a world where innovation happens at a staggering pace. The reality is that we don't, but that leaves an opening that your organization can fill if you're willing to break from the herd. This book shows you how start turning in a new direction, toward sustained, forward-thinking growth. Foster organic growth within your organization Become more proactive about innovation Understand the famous 'Disruption' methodology Learn the specific, proven paths to disruption Everyone loves to cite Apple, Google, and Amazon as proof of high-speed innovation. But companies like this represent only 20% of companies worldwide—the other 80% are still floundering and failing to move forward. The Ways to New gives you a roadmap to innovation, and the tools to make it work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296237 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Booked It! Author: Meryl Snow Narrator: Sarah Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 11, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The biggest challenge facing salespeople today is closing the deal. So often after a meeting with a client you think you nailed it just to learn the following week that you lost it. What happened? YOU WERE OUT SOLD! What you'll learn when you read this book: You- the brand 6 critical sales skills Qualifying Vital Stages of the sale Modern strategies Close that sale And more... The special events industry is multifaceted. This means that the marketplace that the event industry provides is big enough to support your endeavor as a special event professional. There are many directions in which you can expand and the industry provides a lucrative market ready to sustain you. From wedding planners to caterers to venue coordinators, floral designers and entertainers, the tasks are myriad. Before the internet, the event professionals were the experts, coming up with the answers and ideas. Today, roles have been reversed with the clients doing researches. Let’s take the modern wedding as an example; today’s couple has a wide array of information sources from bridal magazines, the internet, wedding books, wedding TV shows. They simply have many things to look to, with bridal magazines constantly churning out issues like ‘Secrets for big day savings’, ‘Questions to ask before you book’. There is seemingly an information overload and the clients come asking questions because what they’re reading is telling them to ask the questions. She is armed and ready. Are you? The difficulty of ‘selling’ in the special events market is compounded by the fact that today’s clients have a wide array of options available to them as regards what they can buy. Hence, there is a need to understand the client, set yourself apart from the competition, and show your client how you’re different in order to close sales. It is only necessary to stand out from other event professionals like you. Just how do you do this? Sell yourself. The phrase “sell yourself” is most times misinterpreted as showcasing your positive features and throwing yourself in the face of people whom you intend to make an impression on, however selling yourself is more about pulling clients to your company. Perhaps your bookings have started to drop off lately, and you find yourself struggling to hit sales targets that you used to breeze right past. You may be fabulous at bonding with the client but still find yourself losing opportunities. It is not just enough to bond with the client. Have you ever met with a client and you instantly connected? You just have the confidence that you will book the event. A week later, the client is not responding to your calls and emails. What happened? You were outsold! No matter how hard you work, how well you qualify and regardless of how well you think your meeting with the client went, if you are weak at closing sales, you will suffer in your career in the events industry. Closing sales involves a calculated process of understanding the client’s needs, showing the client that you have what it takes to fill that need and ultimately, creating a relationship with the client so that he decides to trust you with the job of filling that need he has. How do you go about this, you ask? How do you reignite your passion in sales and go from no clients to fully-booked? What sales techniques are to be employed to propel your events company to higher heights? These and many more questions are answered in this book. It is a guide to get you started as a highly effective, amazingly memorable event professional; think of it as a behind-the-scenes road map for kick-starting sales and getting fresh perspective, ideas and motivation for your special events company. www.merylsnow.com Meryl Snow Sun, 11 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296237 thebookvoice.com 2:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Booked It! Author: Meryl Snow Narrator: Sarah Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 11, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The biggest challenge facing salespeople today is closing the deal. So often after a meeting with a client you think you nailed it just to learn the following week that you lost it. What happened? YOU WERE OUT SOLD! What you'll learn when you read this book: You- the brand 6 critical sales skills Qualifying Vital Stages of the sale Modern strategies Close that sale And more... The special events industry is multifaceted. This means that the marketplace that the event industry provides is big enough to support your endeavor as a special event professional. There are many directions in which you can expand and the industry provides a lucrative market ready to sustain you. From wedding planners to caterers to venue coordinators, floral designers and entertainers, the tasks are myriad. Before the internet, the event professionals were the experts, coming up with the answers and ideas. Today, roles have been reversed with the clients doing researches. Let’s take the modern wedding as an example; today’s couple has a wide array of information sources from bridal magazines, the internet, wedding books, wedding TV shows. They simply have many things to look to, with bridal magazines constantly churning out issues like ‘Secrets for big day savings’, ‘Questions to ask before you book’. There is seemingly an information overload and the clients come asking questions because what they’re reading is telling them to ask the questions. She is armed and ready. Are you? The difficulty of ‘selling’ in the special events market is compounded by the fact that today’s clients have a wide array of options available to them as regards what they can buy. Hence, there is a need to understand the client, set yourself apart from the competition, and show your client how you’re different in order to close sales. It is only necessary to stand out from other event professionals like you. Just how do you do this? Sell yourself. The phrase “sell yourself” is most times misinterpreted as showcasing your positive features and throwing yourself in the face of people whom you intend to make an impression on, however selling yourself is more about pulling clients to your company. Perhaps your bookings have started to drop off lately, and you find yourself struggling to hit sales targets that you used to breeze right past. You may be fabulous at bonding with the client but still find yourself losing opportunities. It is not just enough to bond with the client. Have you ever met with a client and you instantly connected? You just have the confidence that you will book the event. A week later, the client is not responding to your calls and emails. What happened? You were outsold! No matter how hard you work, how well you qualify and regardless of how well you think your meeting with the client went, if you are weak at closing sales, you will suffer in your career in the events industry. Closing sales involves a calculated process of understanding the client’s needs, showing the client that you have what it takes to fill that need and ultimately, creating a relationship with the client so that he decides to trust you with the job of filling that need he has. How do you go about this, you ask? How do you reignite your passion in sales and go from no clients to fully-booked? What sales techniques are to be employed to propel your events company to higher heights? These and many more questions are answered in this book. It is a guide to get you started as a highly effective, amazingly memorable event professional; think of it as a behind-the-scenes road map for kick-starting sales and getting fresh perspective, ideas and motivation for your special events company. www.merylsnow.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/296237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Booked It! Author: Meryl Snow Narrator: Sarah Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 11, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The biggest challenge facing salespeople today is closing the deal. So often after a meeting with a client you think you nailed it just to learn the following week that you lost it. What happened? YOU WERE OUT SOLD! What you'll learn when you read this book: You- the brand 6 critical sales skills Qualifying Vital Stages of the sale Modern strategies Close that sale And more... The special events industry is multifaceted. This means that the marketplace that the event industry provides is big enough to support your endeavor as a special event professional. There are many directions in which you can expand and the industry provides a lucrative market ready to sustain you. From wedding planners to caterers to venue coordinators, floral designers and entertainers, the tasks are myriad. Before the internet, the event professionals were the experts, coming up with the answers and ideas. Today, roles have been reversed with the clients doing researches. Let’s take the modern wedding as an example; today’s couple has a wide array of information sources from bridal magazines, the internet, wedding books, wedding TV shows. They simply have many things to look to, with bridal magazines constantly churning out issues like ‘Secrets for big day savings’, ‘Questions to ask before you book’. There is seemingly an information overload and the clients come asking questions because what they’re reading is telling them to ask the questions. She is armed and ready. Are you? The difficulty of ‘selling’ in the special events market is compounded by the fact that today’s clients have a wide array of options available to them as regards what they can buy. Hence, there is a need to understand the client, set yourself apart from the competition, and show your client how you’re different in order to close sales. It is only necessary to stand out from other event professionals like you. Just how do you do this? Sell yourself. The phrase “sell yourself” is most times misinterpreted as showcasing your positive features and throwing yourself in the face of people whom you intend to make an impression on, however selling yourself is more about pulling clients to your company. Perhaps your bookings have started to drop off lately, and you find yourself struggling to hit sales targets that you used to breeze right past. You may be fabulous at bonding with the client but still find yourself losing opportunities. It is not just enough to bond with the client. Have you ever met with a client and you instantly connected? You just have the confidence that you will book the event. A week later, the client is not responding to your calls and emails. What happened? You were outsold! No matter how hard you work, how well you qualify and regardless of how well you think your meeting with the client went, if you are weak at closing sales, you will suffer in your career in the events industry. Closing sales involves a calculated process of understanding the client’s needs, showing the client that you have what it takes to fill that need and ultimately, creating a relationship with the client so that he decides to trust you with the job of filling that need he has. How do you go about this, you ask? How do you reignite your passion in sales and go from no clients to fully-booked? What sales techniques are to be employed to propel your events company to higher heights? These and many more questions are answered in this book. It is a guide to get you started as a highly effective, amazingly memorable event professional; think of it as a behind-the-scenes road map for kick-starting sales and getting fresh perspective, ideas and motivation for your special events company. www.merylsnow.com https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve with Accountability: Ignite Engagement, Ownership, Perseverance, Alignment, and Change Author: Mike Evans Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's complex, highly competitive, global environment, those who will survive and thrive in this new world of work are individuals, teams, and organizations who can maintain high levels of accountability and remain focused on must-achieve desired results. Achieve with Accountability is your personal handbook for awakening your (or your team or organization's)inner confidence, drive, perseverance, determination, resolve, and can-do mindset. It will hone your skills and capacity to achieve what matters most. Discover what impels top-performing individuals, teams, and organizations to excel, thrive, and achieve their most desired results. Let leadership expert Mike Evans show you how to awaken and release from in you, your team, and your organization the discretionary performance that resides within, but is often left untapped. Transform accountability into an engaging, upbeat, positive, forward looking experience that will secure you, your team, and your organization a position in the new world of work. • Cultivate resiliency, agility, and steely resolve • Boost collaboration, teamwork, and camaraderie • Crumble silos and abolish territorialism • Establish unshakable trust and credibility • Obliterate excuse-making and the blame-game • Invigorate ownership, engagement, and alignment • Unleash creativity and a focus on solutions Mike Evans Sat, 01 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295798 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve with Accountability: Ignite Engagement, Ownership, Perseverance, Alignment, and Change Author: Mike Evans Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's complex, highly competitive, global environment, those who will survive and thrive in this new world of work are individuals, teams, and organizations who can maintain high levels of accountability and remain focused on must-achieve desired results. Achieve with Accountability is your personal handbook for awakening your (or your team or organization's)inner confidence, drive, perseverance, determination, resolve, and can-do mindset. It will hone your skills and capacity to achieve what matters most. Discover what impels top-performing individuals, teams, and organizations to excel, thrive, and achieve their most desired results. Let leadership expert Mike Evans show you how to awaken and release from in you, your team, and your organization the discretionary performance that resides within, but is often left untapped. Transform accountability into an engaging, upbeat, positive, forward looking experience that will secure you, your team, and your organization a position in the new world of work. • Cultivate resiliency, agility, and steely resolve • Boost collaboration, teamwork, and camaraderie • Crumble silos and abolish territorialism • Establish unshakable trust and credibility • Obliterate excuse-making and the blame-game • Invigorate ownership, engagement, and alignment • Unleash creativity and a focus on solutions Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve with Accountability: Ignite Engagement, Ownership, Perseverance, Alignment, and Change Author: Mike Evans Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In today's complex, highly competitive, global environment, those who will survive and thrive in this new world of work are individuals, teams, and organizations who can maintain high levels of accountability and remain focused on must-achieve desired results. Achieve with Accountability is your personal handbook for awakening your (or your team or organization's)inner confidence, drive, perseverance, determination, resolve, and can-do mindset. It will hone your skills and capacity to achieve what matters most. Discover what impels top-performing individuals, teams, and organizations to excel, thrive, and achieve their most desired results. Let leadership expert Mike Evans show you how to awaken and release from in you, your team, and your organization the discretionary performance that resides within, but is often left untapped. Transform accountability into an engaging, upbeat, positive, forward looking experience that will secure you, your team, and your organization a position in the new world of work. • Cultivate resiliency, agility, and steely resolve • Boost collaboration, teamwork, and camaraderie • Crumble silos and abolish territorialism • Establish unshakable trust and credibility • Obliterate excuse-making and the blame-game • Invigorate ownership, engagement, and alignment • Unleash creativity and a focus on solutions https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295733 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Sense: The Common Sense Approach to Effectively Blending Social Business Strategy, Marketing Technology, and Customer Experience Author: Travis Wright, Chris J. Snook Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Compete in the digital world with pragmatic strategies for success Digital Sense provides a complete playbook for organizations seeking a more engaged customer experience strategy. By reorganizing sales and marketing to compete in today's digital-first, omni-channel environment, you gain newfound talent and knowledge from the resources already at hand. This audiobook provides two pragmatic frameworks for implementing and customizing a new marketing operating system at any size organization, with step-by-step roadmaps for optimizing your customer experience to gain a competitive advantage. The Experience Marketing Framework and the Social Business Strategy Framework break down proven methods for exceeding the expectations customers form throughout the entirety of the buying journey. Customizable for any industry, sector, or scale, these frameworks can help your organization leap to the front of the line. The evolution of marketing and sales demands a revolution in business strategy, but realizing the irrelevance of traditional methods doesn't necessarily mean knowing what comes next. This book shows you how to compete in today's market, with real-world frameworks for implementation. Optimize competitive advantage and customer experience Map strategy back to business objectives Engage customers with a pragmatic, proven marketing system Reorganize sales and marketing to fill talent and knowledge gaps Today's customer is savvy, with more options than ever before. It's critical to meet them where they are, and engagement is the cornerstone of any cohesive, effective strategy. The technological revolution has opened many doors for marketing and sales, but the key is knowing what lies behind each one—what works for your competitor may not be right for you. Digital Sense cuts through the crosstalk and confusion to give you a solid strategy for success. Travis Wright, Chris J. Snook Sat, 01 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295733 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Sense: The Common Sense Approach to Effectively Blending Social Business Strategy, Marketing Technology, and Customer Experience Author: Travis Wright, Chris J. Snook Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Compete in the digital world with pragmatic strategies for success Digital Sense provides a complete playbook for organizations seeking a more engaged customer experience strategy. By reorganizing sales and marketing to compete in today's digital-first, omni-channel environment, you gain newfound talent and knowledge from the resources already at hand. This audiobook provides two pragmatic frameworks for implementing and customizing a new marketing operating system at any size organization, with step-by-step roadmaps for optimizing your customer experience to gain a competitive advantage. The Experience Marketing Framework and the Social Business Strategy Framework break down proven methods for exceeding the expectations customers form throughout the entirety of the buying journey. Customizable for any industry, sector, or scale, these frameworks can help your organization leap to the front of the line. The evolution of marketing and sales demands a revolution in business strategy, but realizing the irrelevance of traditional methods doesn't necessarily mean knowing what comes next. This book shows you how to compete in today's market, with real-world frameworks for implementation. Optimize competitive advantage and customer experience Map strategy back to business objectives Engage customers with a pragmatic, proven marketing system Reorganize sales and marketing to fill talent and knowledge gaps Today's customer is savvy, with more options than ever before. It's critical to meet them where they are, and engagement is the cornerstone of any cohesive, effective strategy. The technological revolution has opened many doors for marketing and sales, but the key is knowing what lies behind each one—what works for your competitor may not be right for you. Digital Sense cuts through the crosstalk and confusion to give you a solid strategy for success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295733]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Sense: The Common Sense Approach to Effectively Blending Social Business Strategy, Marketing Technology, and Customer Experience Author: Travis Wright, Chris J. Snook Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Compete in the digital world with pragmatic strategies for success Digital Sense provides a complete playbook for organizations seeking a more engaged customer experience strategy. By reorganizing sales and marketing to compete in today's digital-first, omni-channel environment, you gain newfound talent and knowledge from the resources already at hand. This audiobook provides two pragmatic frameworks for implementing and customizing a new marketing operating system at any size organization, with step-by-step roadmaps for optimizing your customer experience to gain a competitive advantage. The Experience Marketing Framework and the Social Business Strategy Framework break down proven methods for exceeding the expectations customers form throughout the entirety of the buying journey. Customizable for any industry, sector, or scale, these frameworks can help your organization leap to the front of the line. The evolution of marketing and sales demands a revolution in business strategy, but realizing the irrelevance of traditional methods doesn't necessarily mean knowing what comes next. This book shows you how to compete in today's market, with real-world frameworks for implementation. Optimize competitive advantage and customer experience Map strategy back to business objectives Engage customers with a pragmatic, proven marketing system Reorganize sales and marketing to fill talent and knowledge gaps Today's customer is savvy, with more options than ever before. It's critical to meet them where they are, and engagement is the cornerstone of any cohesive, effective strategy. The technological revolution has opened many doors for marketing and sales, but the key is knowing what lies behind each one—what works for your competitor may not be right for you. Digital Sense cuts through the crosstalk and confusion to give you a solid strategy for success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295594 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chickenshit Club: Why the Justice Department Fails to Prosecute ExecutivesWhite Collar Criminals Author: Jesse Eisinger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2018 Excellence in Financial Journalism Award From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Jesse Eisinger, “a fast moving, fly-on-the-wall, disheartening look at the deterioration of the Justice Department and the Securities and Exchange Commission…It is a book of superheroes” (San Francisco Review of Books). Why were no bankers put in prison after the financial crisis of 2008? Why do CEOs seem to commit wrongdoing with impunity? The problem goes beyond banks deemed “Too Big to Fail” to almost every large corporation in America—to pharmaceutical companies and auto manufacturers and beyond. The Chickenshit Club—an inside reference to prosecutors too scared of failure and too daunted by legal impediments to do their jobs—explains why in “an absorbing financial history, a monumental work of journalism…a first-rate study of the federal bureaucracy” (Bloomberg Businessweek). Jesse Eisinger begins the story in the 1970s, when the government pioneered the notion that top corporate executives, not just seedy crooks, could commit heinous crimes and go to prison. He brings us to trading desks on Wall Street, to corporate boardrooms and the offices of prosecutors and FBI agents. These revealing looks provide context for the evolution of the Justice Department’s approach to pursuing corporate criminals through the early 2000s and into the Justice Department of today, including the prosecutorial fiascos, corporate lobbying, trial losses, and culture shifts that have stripped the government of the will and ability to prosecute top corporate executives. “Brave and elegant…a fearless reporter…Eisinger’s important and profound book takes no prisoners” (The Washington Post). Exposing one of the most important scandals of our time, The Chickenshit Club provides a clear, detailed explanation as to how our Justice Department has come to avoid, bungle, and mismanage the fight to bring these alleged criminals to justice. “This book is a wakeup call…a chilling read, and a needed one” (NPR.org). Jesse Eisinger Tue, 11 Jul 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295594 thebookvoice.com 13:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chickenshit Club: Why the Justice Department Fails to Prosecute ExecutivesWhite Collar Criminals Author: Jesse Eisinger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2018 Excellence in Financial Journalism Award From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Jesse Eisinger, “a fast moving, fly-on-the-wall, disheartening look at the deterioration of the Justice Department and the Securities and Exchange Commission…It is a book of superheroes” (San Francisco Review of Books). Why were no bankers put in prison after the financial crisis of 2008? Why do CEOs seem to commit wrongdoing with impunity? The problem goes beyond banks deemed “Too Big to Fail” to almost every large corporation in America—to pharmaceutical companies and auto manufacturers and beyond. The Chickenshit Club—an inside reference to prosecutors too scared of failure and too daunted by legal impediments to do their jobs—explains why in “an absorbing financial history, a monumental work of journalism…a first-rate study of the federal bureaucracy” (Bloomberg Businessweek). Jesse Eisinger begins the story in the 1970s, when the government pioneered the notion that top corporate executives, not just seedy crooks, could commit heinous crimes and go to prison. He brings us to trading desks on Wall Street, to corporate boardrooms and the offices of prosecutors and FBI agents. These revealing looks provide context for the evolution of the Justice Department’s approach to pursuing corporate criminals through the early 2000s and into the Justice Department of today, including the prosecutorial fiascos, corporate lobbying, trial losses, and culture shifts that have stripped the government of the will and ability to prosecute top corporate executives. “Brave and elegant…a fearless reporter…Eisinger’s important and profound book takes no prisoners” (The Washington Post). Exposing one of the most important scandals of our time, The Chickenshit Club provides a clear, detailed explanation as to how our Justice Department has come to avoid, bungle, and mismanage the fight to bring these alleged criminals to justice. “This book is a wakeup call…a chilling read, and a needed one” (NPR.org). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chickenshit Club: Why the Justice Department Fails to Prosecute ExecutivesWhite Collar Criminals Author: Jesse Eisinger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2018 Excellence in Financial Journalism Award From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Jesse Eisinger, “a fast moving, fly-on-the-wall, disheartening look at the deterioration of the Justice Department and the Securities and Exchange Commission…It is a book of superheroes” (San Francisco Review of Books). Why were no bankers put in prison after the financial crisis of 2008? Why do CEOs seem to commit wrongdoing with impunity? The problem goes beyond banks deemed “Too Big to Fail” to almost every large corporation in America—to pharmaceutical companies and auto manufacturers and beyond. The Chickenshit Club—an inside reference to prosecutors too scared of failure and too daunted by legal impediments to do their jobs—explains why in “an absorbing financial history, a monumental work of journalism…a first-rate study of the federal bureaucracy” (Bloomberg Businessweek). Jesse Eisinger begins the story in the 1970s, when the government pioneered the notion that top corporate executives, not just seedy crooks, could commit heinous crimes and go to prison. He brings us to trading desks on Wall Street, to corporate boardrooms and the offices of prosecutors and FBI agents. These revealing looks provide context for the evolution of the Justice Department’s approach to pursuing corporate criminals through the early 2000s and into the Justice Department of today, including the prosecutorial fiascos, corporate lobbying, trial losses, and culture shifts that have stripped the government of the will and ability to prosecute top corporate executives. “Brave and elegant…a fearless reporter…Eisinger’s important and profound book takes no prisoners” (The Washington Post). Exposing one of the most important scandals of our time, The Chickenshit Club provides a clear, detailed explanation as to how our Justice Department has come to avoid, bungle, and mismanage the fight to bring these alleged criminals to justice. “This book is a wakeup call…a chilling read, and a needed one” (NPR.org). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business unlimited: Memories of the Coming Kingdom Author: J. Gunnar Olson Narrator: Jörg A. Pasquay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is the story of an ordinary man's life turning into an extraordinary journey, impacting nations, presidents and kings. It tells of a dream becoming reality, influencing the lives of people throughout the world. As he experienced the limits of success and personal ambition, he discovered an incredible liberty that is available to everyone. J. Gunnar Olson Mon, 15 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295076 thebookvoice.com 7:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business unlimited: Memories of the Coming Kingdom Author: J. Gunnar Olson Narrator: Jörg A. Pasquay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is the story of an ordinary man's life turning into an extraordinary journey, impacting nations, presidents and kings. It tells of a dream becoming reality, influencing the lives of people throughout the world. As he experienced the limits of success and personal ambition, he discovered an incredible liberty that is available to everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business unlimited: Memories of the Coming Kingdom Author: J. Gunnar Olson Narrator: Jörg A. Pasquay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is the story of an ordinary man's life turning into an extraordinary journey, impacting nations, presidents and kings. It tells of a dream becoming reality, influencing the lives of people throughout the world. As he experienced the limits of success and personal ambition, he discovered an incredible liberty that is available to everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294574 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Execution Excellence: Making Strategy Work Using the Balanced Scorecard Author: Sanjiv Anand Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Execution Excellence is the practitioner's guide to real-world implementation. Designed by a Balanced Scorecard (BSC) thought leader with 30 years of experience and over 300 global implementations under his belt across a range of industry sectors, this guide gives you a hands-on framework for putting the BSC methodology into action. Clear, and concise, this audiobook skips the theoretical exposition to get right to the point—how can companies use BSC to effectively deploy strategy and drive individual and enterprise performance? You'll find the answers here. The discussion outlines the ways in which firms commonly fail in implementing BSC. These failures can be traced back to common design and implementation flaws: making the process too complicated and focusing on the BSC process rather than the outcome. The discussion will also cover design optimization across a range of key industry sectors. You'll gain expert insight into avoiding these missteps and the practical tools and perspective you need to implement BSC correctly the first time. While the Balanced Scorecard framework is widely accepted and praised, about half of firms that implement it fail to realize the full benefits. The fault lies not with the framework, but with the design, and more importantly—execution. This book gives you the information and tools you need to adopt BSC successfully. Design a BSC that truly and simply reflects your strategy Customize the BSC to reflect your industry's uniqueness Define clear measurements and ownership that suit your strategy Develop a framework for efficient data collection and reporting Implement effective reviews to keep your business on track Use your Balanced Scorecard data to close performance gaps Developed in the early 1990s, the Balanced Scorecard framework has been recognized as one of the most seminal business ideas in the last 75 years. Thousands of companies around the world use BSC to create and maintain a performance-oriented enterprise, yet just as many try and fail. Execution Excellence shows you what you need to know and do to become a BSC success story. Sanjiv Anand Thu, 01 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294574 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Execution Excellence: Making Strategy Work Using the Balanced Scorecard Author: Sanjiv Anand Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Execution Excellence is the practitioner's guide to real-world implementation. Designed by a Balanced Scorecard (BSC) thought leader with 30 years of experience and over 300 global implementations under his belt across a range of industry sectors, this guide gives you a hands-on framework for putting the BSC methodology into action. Clear, and concise, this audiobook skips the theoretical exposition to get right to the point—how can companies use BSC to effectively deploy strategy and drive individual and enterprise performance? You'll find the answers here. The discussion outlines the ways in which firms commonly fail in implementing BSC. These failures can be traced back to common design and implementation flaws: making the process too complicated and focusing on the BSC process rather than the outcome. The discussion will also cover design optimization across a range of key industry sectors. You'll gain expert insight into avoiding these missteps and the practical tools and perspective you need to implement BSC correctly the first time. While the Balanced Scorecard framework is widely accepted and praised, about half of firms that implement it fail to realize the full benefits. The fault lies not with the framework, but with the design, and more importantly—execution. This book gives you the information and tools you need to adopt BSC successfully. Design a BSC that truly and simply reflects your strategy Customize the BSC to reflect your industry's uniqueness Define clear measurements and ownership that suit your strategy Develop a framework for efficient data collection and reporting Implement effective reviews to keep your business on track Use your Balanced Scorecard data to close performance gaps Developed in the early 1990s, the Balanced Scorecard framework has been recognized as one of the most seminal business ideas in the last 75 years. Thousands of companies around the world use BSC to create and maintain a performance-oriented enterprise, yet just as many try and fail. Execution Excellence shows you what you need to know and do to become a BSC success story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Execution Excellence: Making Strategy Work Using the Balanced Scorecard Author: Sanjiv Anand Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Execution Excellence is the practitioner's guide to real-world implementation. Designed by a Balanced Scorecard (BSC) thought leader with 30 years of experience and over 300 global implementations under his belt across a range of industry sectors, this guide gives you a hands-on framework for putting the BSC methodology into action. Clear, and concise, this audiobook skips the theoretical exposition to get right to the point—how can companies use BSC to effectively deploy strategy and drive individual and enterprise performance? You'll find the answers here. The discussion outlines the ways in which firms commonly fail in implementing BSC. These failures can be traced back to common design and implementation flaws: making the process too complicated and focusing on the BSC process rather than the outcome. The discussion will also cover design optimization across a range of key industry sectors. You'll gain expert insight into avoiding these missteps and the practical tools and perspective you need to implement BSC correctly the first time. While the Balanced Scorecard framework is widely accepted and praised, about half of firms that implement it fail to realize the full benefits. The fault lies not with the framework, but with the design, and more importantly—execution. This book gives you the information and tools you need to adopt BSC successfully. Design a BSC that truly and simply reflects your strategy Customize the BSC to reflect your industry's uniqueness Define clear measurements and ownership that suit your strategy Develop a framework for efficient data collection and reporting Implement effective reviews to keep your business on track Use your Balanced Scorecard data to close performance gaps Developed in the early 1990s, the Balanced Scorecard framework has been recognized as one of the most seminal business ideas in the last 75 years. Thousands of companies around the world use BSC to create and maintain a performance-oriented enterprise, yet just as many try and fail. Execution Excellence shows you what you need to know and do to become a BSC success story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294572 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change: Overcoming the Ideology of Comfort and the Tyranny of Custom Author: James O'Toole Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Leading Change, James O'Toole argues that outdated Machiavellian dictates of situational leadership are ultimately ineffective--and demonstrates instead that successful leadership is rooted in high moral purpose and consistent respect for followers. James O'Toole Thu, 01 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294572 thebookvoice.com 10:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change: Overcoming the Ideology of Comfort and the Tyranny of Custom Author: James O'Toole Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Leading Change, James O'Toole argues that outdated Machiavellian dictates of situational leadership are ultimately ineffective--and demonstrates instead that successful leadership is rooted in high moral purpose and consistent respect for followers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change: Overcoming the Ideology of Comfort and the Tyranny of Custom Author: James O'Toole Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Leading Change, James O'Toole argues that outdated Machiavellian dictates of situational leadership are ultimately ineffective--and demonstrates instead that successful leadership is rooted in high moral purpose and consistent respect for followers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294418 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supply Chain Revolution: Innovative Sourcing and Logistics for a Fiercely Competitive World Author: Suman Sarkar Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When CEOs think about the supply chain, it's usually to cut costs. But the smartest leaders see supply chain and sourcing for what they can be: hidden tools for outperforming the competition. Steve Jobs, upon returning to Apple in 1997, focused on transforming the supply chain. He hired Tim Cook--and the company sped up the development of new products, getting them into consumers' hands faster. The rest is history. Across a range of industries, once-leading companies are in trouble: Walmart, IBM, Pfizer, HP, and The Gap to name a few. But others thrive. While competitors were shutting stores, Zara's highly responsive supply chain made it the most valued company in the retail space and its founder, the richest man in Europe. The success of TJX, Amazon, Starbucks, and Airbus, is fueled by supply chain and sourcing. Showcasing real solutions, The Supply Chain Revolution will: Improve customer satisfaction and increase revenue - Make alliances more successful - Simplify and debottleneck the supply chain - Boost retail success by managing store investment - Drive excellence Technology is disrupting business models. Strategies must change. The Supply Chain Revolution flips conventional thinking and offers a powerful way for companies to compete in challenging times. Suman Sarkar Thu, 22 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294418 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supply Chain Revolution: Innovative Sourcing and Logistics for a Fiercely Competitive World Author: Suman Sarkar Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When CEOs think about the supply chain, it's usually to cut costs. But the smartest leaders see supply chain and sourcing for what they can be: hidden tools for outperforming the competition. Steve Jobs, upon returning to Apple in 1997, focused on transforming the supply chain. He hired Tim Cook--and the company sped up the development of new products, getting them into consumers' hands faster. The rest is history. Across a range of industries, once-leading companies are in trouble: Walmart, IBM, Pfizer, HP, and The Gap to name a few. But others thrive. While competitors were shutting stores, Zara's highly responsive supply chain made it the most valued company in the retail space and its founder, the richest man in Europe. The success of TJX, Amazon, Starbucks, and Airbus, is fueled by supply chain and sourcing. Showcasing real solutions, The Supply Chain Revolution will: Improve customer satisfaction and increase revenue - Make alliances more successful - Simplify and debottleneck the supply chain - Boost retail success by managing store investment - Drive excellence Technology is disrupting business models. Strategies must change. The Supply Chain Revolution flips conventional thinking and offers a powerful way for companies to compete in challenging times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Supply Chain Revolution: Innovative Sourcing and Logistics for a Fiercely Competitive World Author: Suman Sarkar Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 22, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When CEOs think about the supply chain, it's usually to cut costs. But the smartest leaders see supply chain and sourcing for what they can be: hidden tools for outperforming the competition. Steve Jobs, upon returning to Apple in 1997, focused on transforming the supply chain. He hired Tim Cook--and the company sped up the development of new products, getting them into consumers' hands faster. The rest is history. Across a range of industries, once-leading companies are in trouble: Walmart, IBM, Pfizer, HP, and The Gap to name a few. But others thrive. While competitors were shutting stores, Zara's highly responsive supply chain made it the most valued company in the retail space and its founder, the richest man in Europe. The success of TJX, Amazon, Starbucks, and Airbus, is fueled by supply chain and sourcing. Showcasing real solutions, The Supply Chain Revolution will: Improve customer satisfaction and increase revenue - Make alliances more successful - Simplify and debottleneck the supply chain - Boost retail success by managing store investment - Drive excellence Technology is disrupting business models. Strategies must change. The Supply Chain Revolution flips conventional thinking and offers a powerful way for companies to compete in challenging times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293981 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Ride: Inside Uber's Quest for World Domination Author: Adam Lashinsky Narrator: Adam Lashinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 25, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Wild Ride, written and read by Adam Lashinsky. A no-holds-barred look at Uber, the multi-billion dollar disruptor that has revolutionised the transportation industry around the world Uber is one of the most fascinating and controversial businesses in the world, both beloved for its elegant ride-hailing concept and heady growth, and condemned for CEO Travis Kalanick's ruthless pursuit of success at all cost. In Wild Ride, Adam Lashinsky, veteran Fortune writer and author of Inside Apple, traces the story of Uber's meteoric rise: from its murky origins to its plans for expansion into radically different industries. The company has already poached entire departments from top research universities in a push to build the first self-driving car and possibly replace the very drivers it's worked so hard to recruit. With access to current and former employees, as well as CEO Travis Kalanick, this book will be the first to unlock Uber's vault. It's a story that start-up founders, business executives, tech-savvy readers, and drivers and riders will find riveting. Adam Lashinsky Thu, 25 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293981 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Ride: Inside Uber's Quest for World Domination Author: Adam Lashinsky Narrator: Adam Lashinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 25, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Wild Ride, written and read by Adam Lashinsky. A no-holds-barred look at Uber, the multi-billion dollar disruptor that has revolutionised the transportation industry around the world Uber is one of the most fascinating and controversial businesses in the world, both beloved for its elegant ride-hailing concept and heady growth, and condemned for CEO Travis Kalanick's ruthless pursuit of success at all cost. In Wild Ride, Adam Lashinsky, veteran Fortune writer and author of Inside Apple, traces the story of Uber's meteoric rise: from its murky origins to its plans for expansion into radically different industries. The company has already poached entire departments from top research universities in a push to build the first self-driving car and possibly replace the very drivers it's worked so hard to recruit. With access to current and former employees, as well as CEO Travis Kalanick, this book will be the first to unlock Uber's vault. It's a story that start-up founders, business executives, tech-savvy readers, and drivers and riders will find riveting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Ride: Inside Uber's Quest for World Domination Author: Adam Lashinsky Narrator: Adam Lashinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 25, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Wild Ride, written and read by Adam Lashinsky. A no-holds-barred look at Uber, the multi-billion dollar disruptor that has revolutionised the transportation industry around the world Uber is one of the most fascinating and controversial businesses in the world, both beloved for its elegant ride-hailing concept and heady growth, and condemned for CEO Travis Kalanick's ruthless pursuit of success at all cost. In Wild Ride, Adam Lashinsky, veteran Fortune writer and author of Inside Apple, traces the story of Uber's meteoric rise: from its murky origins to its plans for expansion into radically different industries. The company has already poached entire departments from top research universities in a push to build the first self-driving car and possibly replace the very drivers it's worked so hard to recruit. With access to current and former employees, as well as CEO Travis Kalanick, this book will be the first to unlock Uber's vault. It's a story that start-up founders, business executives, tech-savvy readers, and drivers and riders will find riveting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Mix: Everything I Know About Leadership I Learned as a Bartender Author: Helen Rothberg, Phd Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of the popular business classics Leadership Is an Art and What They Don’t Teach You at Harvard Business School, Dr. Helen Rothberg, a sought-after consultant to CEOs and entrepreneurs, reveals memorable insights about leadership developed while she worked as a bartender and restaurant manager. Good managers and good leaders are not always the same. Dr. Helen Rothberg trains leaders, from Fortune 500 executives to startup entrepreneurs, with her particular brand of ADVICE—Action, Determination, Vision, Integrity, Communication, Empathy. Based on the management and life lessons she learned from working as a bartender while getting graduate business and behavioral science degrees, each aspect of ADVICE helps leaders hone their vision—of themselves and their business. You will explore who you are and who you need to become, analyze what has worked in the past and what might work better in the future, and realize ways to continually adapt—with courage and grace—to the unpredictable, uncertain business environment. Through the book’s colorful stories of barroom brawls and boardroom bravado, competition and cooperation, conflict and other challenges, you’ll conceive of new ways to develop working relationships with colleagues and customers; keep things running smoothly; and manage infuriating, delightful, and sometimes dangerous clients as well as temperamental and talented employees, and owners or bosses with brilliant ideas who may not communicate well. Leading an organization is knowing when to stir or shake things up, blend or serve neat, and Dr. Rothberg finishes each chapter with the recipe for a creative cocktail that embodies a lesson, to mix perfectly, contemplate, and savor. Helen Rothberg, Phd Tue, 20 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293934 thebookvoice.com 4:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Mix: Everything I Know About Leadership I Learned as a Bartender Author: Helen Rothberg, Phd Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of the popular business classics Leadership Is an Art and What They Don’t Teach You at Harvard Business School, Dr. Helen Rothberg, a sought-after consultant to CEOs and entrepreneurs, reveals memorable insights about leadership developed while she worked as a bartender and restaurant manager. Good managers and good leaders are not always the same. Dr. Helen Rothberg trains leaders, from Fortune 500 executives to startup entrepreneurs, with her particular brand of ADVICE—Action, Determination, Vision, Integrity, Communication, Empathy. Based on the management and life lessons she learned from working as a bartender while getting graduate business and behavioral science degrees, each aspect of ADVICE helps leaders hone their vision—of themselves and their business. You will explore who you are and who you need to become, analyze what has worked in the past and what might work better in the future, and realize ways to continually adapt—with courage and grace—to the unpredictable, uncertain business environment. Through the book’s colorful stories of barroom brawls and boardroom bravado, competition and cooperation, conflict and other challenges, you’ll conceive of new ways to develop working relationships with colleagues and customers; keep things running smoothly; and manage infuriating, delightful, and sometimes dangerous clients as well as temperamental and talented employees, and owners or bosses with brilliant ideas who may not communicate well. Leading an organization is knowing when to stir or shake things up, blend or serve neat, and Dr. Rothberg finishes each chapter with the recipe for a creative cocktail that embodies a lesson, to mix perfectly, contemplate, and savor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Mix: Everything I Know About Leadership I Learned as a Bartender Author: Helen Rothberg, Phd Narrator: Candace Thaxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of the popular business classics Leadership Is an Art and What They Don’t Teach You at Harvard Business School, Dr. Helen Rothberg, a sought-after consultant to CEOs and entrepreneurs, reveals memorable insights about leadership developed while she worked as a bartender and restaurant manager. Good managers and good leaders are not always the same. Dr. Helen Rothberg trains leaders, from Fortune 500 executives to startup entrepreneurs, with her particular brand of ADVICE—Action, Determination, Vision, Integrity, Communication, Empathy. Based on the management and life lessons she learned from working as a bartender while getting graduate business and behavioral science degrees, each aspect of ADVICE helps leaders hone their vision—of themselves and their business. You will explore who you are and who you need to become, analyze what has worked in the past and what might work better in the future, and realize ways to continually adapt—with courage and grace—to the unpredictable, uncertain business environment. Through the book’s colorful stories of barroom brawls and boardroom bravado, competition and cooperation, conflict and other challenges, you’ll conceive of new ways to develop working relationships with colleagues and customers; keep things running smoothly; and manage infuriating, delightful, and sometimes dangerous clients as well as temperamental and talented employees, and owners or bosses with brilliant ideas who may not communicate well. Leading an organization is knowing when to stir or shake things up, blend or serve neat, and Dr. Rothberg finishes each chapter with the recipe for a creative cocktail that embodies a lesson, to mix perfectly, contemplate, and savor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One Device: The Secret History of the iPhone Author: Brian Merchant Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The secret history of the invention that changed everything-and became the most profitable product in the world. 'The One Device is a tour de force, with a fast-paced edge and heaps of analytical insight.'-Ashlee Vance, New York Times bestselling author of Elon Musk 'A stunning book. You will never look at your iPhone the same way again.' -Dan Lyons, New York Times bestselling author of Disrupted Odds are that as you read this, an iPhone is within reach. But before Steve Jobs introduced us to 'the one device,' as he called it, a cell phone was merely what you used to make calls on the go. How did the iPhone transform our world and turn Apple into the most valuable company ever? Veteran technology journalist Brian Merchant reveals the inside story you won't hear from Cupertino-based on his exclusive interviews with the engineers, inventors, and developers who guided every stage of the iPhone's creation. This deep dive takes you from inside One Infinite Loop to 19th century France to WWII America, from the driest place on earth to a Kenyan pit of toxic e-waste, and even deep inside Shenzhen's notorious 'suicide factories.' It's a firsthand look at how the cutting-edge tech that makes the world work-touch screens, motion trackers, and even AI-made their way into our pockets. The One Device is a roadmap for design and engineering genius, an anthropology of the modern age, and an unprecedented view into one of the most secretive companies in history. This is the untold account, ten years in the making, of the device that changed everything. Brian Merchant Tue, 20 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293902 thebookvoice.com 14:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One Device: The Secret History of the iPhone Author: Brian Merchant Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The secret history of the invention that changed everything-and became the most profitable product in the world. 'The One Device is a tour de force, with a fast-paced edge and heaps of analytical insight.'-Ashlee Vance, New York Times bestselling author of Elon Musk 'A stunning book. You will never look at your iPhone the same way again.' -Dan Lyons, New York Times bestselling author of Disrupted Odds are that as you read this, an iPhone is within reach. But before Steve Jobs introduced us to 'the one device,' as he called it, a cell phone was merely what you used to make calls on the go. How did the iPhone transform our world and turn Apple into the most valuable company ever? Veteran technology journalist Brian Merchant reveals the inside story you won't hear from Cupertino-based on his exclusive interviews with the engineers, inventors, and developers who guided every stage of the iPhone's creation. This deep dive takes you from inside One Infinite Loop to 19th century France to WWII America, from the driest place on earth to a Kenyan pit of toxic e-waste, and even deep inside Shenzhen's notorious 'suicide factories.' It's a firsthand look at how the cutting-edge tech that makes the world work-touch screens, motion trackers, and even AI-made their way into our pockets. The One Device is a roadmap for design and engineering genius, an anthropology of the modern age, and an unprecedented view into one of the most secretive companies in history. This is the untold account, ten years in the making, of the device that changed everything. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One Device: The Secret History of the iPhone Author: Brian Merchant Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The secret history of the invention that changed everything-and became the most profitable product in the world. 'The One Device is a tour de force, with a fast-paced edge and heaps of analytical insight.'-Ashlee Vance, New York Times bestselling author of Elon Musk 'A stunning book. You will never look at your iPhone the same way again.' -Dan Lyons, New York Times bestselling author of Disrupted Odds are that as you read this, an iPhone is within reach. But before Steve Jobs introduced us to 'the one device,' as he called it, a cell phone was merely what you used to make calls on the go. How did the iPhone transform our world and turn Apple into the most valuable company ever? Veteran technology journalist Brian Merchant reveals the inside story you won't hear from Cupertino-based on his exclusive interviews with the engineers, inventors, and developers who guided every stage of the iPhone's creation. This deep dive takes you from inside One Infinite Loop to 19th century France to WWII America, from the driest place on earth to a Kenyan pit of toxic e-waste, and even deep inside Shenzhen's notorious 'suicide factories.' It's a firsthand look at how the cutting-edge tech that makes the world work-touch screens, motion trackers, and even AI-made their way into our pockets. The One Device is a roadmap for design and engineering genius, an anthropology of the modern age, and an unprecedented view into one of the most secretive companies in history. This is the untold account, ten years in the making, of the device that changed everything. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mathematical Corporation: Where Machine Intelligence and Human Ingenuity Achieve the Impossible Author: Josh Sullivan, Angela Zutavern Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The most powerful weapon in business today is the alliance between the mathematical smarts of machines and the imaginative human intellect of great leaders. Together they make the mathematical corporation, the business model of the future. We are at a once-in-a-decade breaking point similar to the quality revolution of the 1980s and the dawn of the internet age in the 1990s: leaders must transform how they run their organizations, or competitors will bring them crashing to earth -- often overnight. Mathematical corporations -- the organizations that will master the future -- will outcompete high-flying rivals by merging the best of human ingenuity with machine intelligence. While smart machines are weapon number one for organizations, leaders are still the drivers of breakthroughs. Only they can ask crucial questions to capitalize on business opportunities newly discovered in oceans of data. This dynamic combination will make possible the fulfillment of missions that once seemed out of reach, even impossible to attain. Josh Sullivan and Angela Zutavern's extraordinary examples include the entrepreneur who upended preventive health care, the oceanographer who transformed fisheries management, and the pharmaceutical company that used algorithm-driven optimization to boost vaccine yields. Together they offer a profoundly optimistic vision for a dazzling new phase in business, and a playbook for how smart companies can manage the essential combination of human and machine. Josh Sullivan, Angela Zutavern Tue, 06 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293646 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mathematical Corporation: Where Machine Intelligence and Human Ingenuity Achieve the Impossible Author: Josh Sullivan, Angela Zutavern Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The most powerful weapon in business today is the alliance between the mathematical smarts of machines and the imaginative human intellect of great leaders. Together they make the mathematical corporation, the business model of the future. We are at a once-in-a-decade breaking point similar to the quality revolution of the 1980s and the dawn of the internet age in the 1990s: leaders must transform how they run their organizations, or competitors will bring them crashing to earth -- often overnight. Mathematical corporations -- the organizations that will master the future -- will outcompete high-flying rivals by merging the best of human ingenuity with machine intelligence. While smart machines are weapon number one for organizations, leaders are still the drivers of breakthroughs. Only they can ask crucial questions to capitalize on business opportunities newly discovered in oceans of data. This dynamic combination will make possible the fulfillment of missions that once seemed out of reach, even impossible to attain. Josh Sullivan and Angela Zutavern's extraordinary examples include the entrepreneur who upended preventive health care, the oceanographer who transformed fisheries management, and the pharmaceutical company that used algorithm-driven optimization to boost vaccine yields. Together they offer a profoundly optimistic vision for a dazzling new phase in business, and a playbook for how smart companies can manage the essential combination of human and machine. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mathematical Corporation: Where Machine Intelligence and Human Ingenuity Achieve the Impossible Author: Josh Sullivan, Angela Zutavern Narrator: Fleet Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The most powerful weapon in business today is the alliance between the mathematical smarts of machines and the imaginative human intellect of great leaders. Together they make the mathematical corporation, the business model of the future. We are at a once-in-a-decade breaking point similar to the quality revolution of the 1980s and the dawn of the internet age in the 1990s: leaders must transform how they run their organizations, or competitors will bring them crashing to earth -- often overnight. Mathematical corporations -- the organizations that will master the future -- will outcompete high-flying rivals by merging the best of human ingenuity with machine intelligence. While smart machines are weapon number one for organizations, leaders are still the drivers of breakthroughs. Only they can ask crucial questions to capitalize on business opportunities newly discovered in oceans of data. This dynamic combination will make possible the fulfillment of missions that once seemed out of reach, even impossible to attain. Josh Sullivan and Angela Zutavern's extraordinary examples include the entrepreneur who upended preventive health care, the oceanographer who transformed fisheries management, and the pharmaceutical company that used algorithm-driven optimization to boost vaccine yields. Together they offer a profoundly optimistic vision for a dazzling new phase in business, and a playbook for how smart companies can manage the essential combination of human and machine. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293545 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunch: Turn Your Everyday Insights into the Next Big Thing Author: Bernadette Jiwa Narrator: Bernadette Jiwa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Hunch, written and read by Bernadette Jiwa. Learn to trust your intuition and uncover insights that could lead to the next big thing What do the Dyson vacuum cleaner, GoPro camera, Starbucks, Instagram, Facebook, and Lululemon yoga pants have in common? Every one of them was the result not of data-driven analytics or corporate brainstorming sessions, but a hunch - the intuitive understanding of a deep, unmet need, informed by insight and foresight. Anxiety over 'being more innovative' leads entrepreneurs to create solutions in search of problems. But what if you could use your intuition to identify an existing problem that's begging for a solution? In Hunch, bestselling author and business advisor Bernadette Jiwa shows how anyone can uncover the kind of insights that become breakthrough ideas. Combining hands-on exercises with inspiring stories of the killer hunches that brought us ideas like the first reusable coffee cup and the beloved Spanx brand, Hunch is a guide to cultivating your intuitive powers, a roadmap to getting from insights to ideas that fly. Every breakthrough idea starts not with knowing for sure, but by understanding why it's safe to try. Intuition alone doesn't tell you exactly where 'x' marks the spot, but it can give powerful clues as to where you might begin to dig. This is the book you need if you're ready to begin finding them. Bernadette Jiwa Thu, 01 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293545 thebookvoice.com 3:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunch: Turn Your Everyday Insights into the Next Big Thing Author: Bernadette Jiwa Narrator: Bernadette Jiwa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Hunch, written and read by Bernadette Jiwa. Learn to trust your intuition and uncover insights that could lead to the next big thing What do the Dyson vacuum cleaner, GoPro camera, Starbucks, Instagram, Facebook, and Lululemon yoga pants have in common? Every one of them was the result not of data-driven analytics or corporate brainstorming sessions, but a hunch - the intuitive understanding of a deep, unmet need, informed by insight and foresight. Anxiety over 'being more innovative' leads entrepreneurs to create solutions in search of problems. But what if you could use your intuition to identify an existing problem that's begging for a solution? In Hunch, bestselling author and business advisor Bernadette Jiwa shows how anyone can uncover the kind of insights that become breakthrough ideas. Combining hands-on exercises with inspiring stories of the killer hunches that brought us ideas like the first reusable coffee cup and the beloved Spanx brand, Hunch is a guide to cultivating your intuitive powers, a roadmap to getting from insights to ideas that fly. Every breakthrough idea starts not with knowing for sure, but by understanding why it's safe to try. Intuition alone doesn't tell you exactly where 'x' marks the spot, but it can give powerful clues as to where you might begin to dig. This is the book you need if you're ready to begin finding them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunch: Turn Your Everyday Insights into the Next Big Thing Author: Bernadette Jiwa Narrator: Bernadette Jiwa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Hunch, written and read by Bernadette Jiwa. Learn to trust your intuition and uncover insights that could lead to the next big thing What do the Dyson vacuum cleaner, GoPro camera, Starbucks, Instagram, Facebook, and Lululemon yoga pants have in common? Every one of them was the result not of data-driven analytics or corporate brainstorming sessions, but a hunch - the intuitive understanding of a deep, unmet need, informed by insight and foresight. Anxiety over 'being more innovative' leads entrepreneurs to create solutions in search of problems. But what if you could use your intuition to identify an existing problem that's begging for a solution? In Hunch, bestselling author and business advisor Bernadette Jiwa shows how anyone can uncover the kind of insights that become breakthrough ideas. Combining hands-on exercises with inspiring stories of the killer hunches that brought us ideas like the first reusable coffee cup and the beloved Spanx brand, Hunch is a guide to cultivating your intuitive powers, a roadmap to getting from insights to ideas that fly. Every breakthrough idea starts not with knowing for sure, but by understanding why it's safe to try. Intuition alone doesn't tell you exactly where 'x' marks the spot, but it can give powerful clues as to where you might begin to dig. This is the book you need if you're ready to begin finding them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293357 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stadium Status: Taking Your Business to the Big Time Author: John K. Brubaker Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business as usual is ancient history. Large corporations, small businesses, entrepreneurs, and even CEOs and politicians must make the move from simply selling a product or service to delivering a mind-blowing customer experience. They have to learn to play at the level athletes and entertainers call stadium status. Stadium status is that elusive place every coach, athlete, entertainer, and performer strives to reach. It’s moving from being an opening act to the headliner, from performing on a small stage to the greatest stage in the largest venue possible: a sold out stadium. Everything starts from humble beginnings; talent and work ethic might get you in the game, but stadium status takes strategy – and that starts with a vision. John Brubaker shares his personal experiences as a successful radio personality, coach, and executive consultant, and reveals the strategies employed by country musicians, teams, and brands to build their fan base and separate themselves from the competition. He explains exactly how readers can implement these same tactics to achieve better results in their own endeavors. Stadium Status’ real-world examples demonstrate that gaining a fresh perspective and applying ideas from outside your industry are what will truly elevate your performance. John K. Brubaker Mon, 01 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293357 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stadium Status: Taking Your Business to the Big Time Author: John K. Brubaker Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business as usual is ancient history. Large corporations, small businesses, entrepreneurs, and even CEOs and politicians must make the move from simply selling a product or service to delivering a mind-blowing customer experience. They have to learn to play at the level athletes and entertainers call stadium status. Stadium status is that elusive place every coach, athlete, entertainer, and performer strives to reach. It’s moving from being an opening act to the headliner, from performing on a small stage to the greatest stage in the largest venue possible: a sold out stadium. Everything starts from humble beginnings; talent and work ethic might get you in the game, but stadium status takes strategy – and that starts with a vision. John Brubaker shares his personal experiences as a successful radio personality, coach, and executive consultant, and reveals the strategies employed by country musicians, teams, and brands to build their fan base and separate themselves from the competition. He explains exactly how readers can implement these same tactics to achieve better results in their own endeavors. Stadium Status’ real-world examples demonstrate that gaining a fresh perspective and applying ideas from outside your industry are what will truly elevate your performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293357]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stadium Status: Taking Your Business to the Big Time Author: John K. Brubaker Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business as usual is ancient history. Large corporations, small businesses, entrepreneurs, and even CEOs and politicians must make the move from simply selling a product or service to delivering a mind-blowing customer experience. They have to learn to play at the level athletes and entertainers call stadium status. Stadium status is that elusive place every coach, athlete, entertainer, and performer strives to reach. It’s moving from being an opening act to the headliner, from performing on a small stage to the greatest stage in the largest venue possible: a sold out stadium. Everything starts from humble beginnings; talent and work ethic might get you in the game, but stadium status takes strategy – and that starts with a vision. John Brubaker shares his personal experiences as a successful radio personality, coach, and executive consultant, and reveals the strategies employed by country musicians, teams, and brands to build their fan base and separate themselves from the competition. He explains exactly how readers can implement these same tactics to achieve better results in their own endeavors. Stadium Status’ real-world examples demonstrate that gaining a fresh perspective and applying ideas from outside your industry are what will truly elevate your performance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accelerating Performance: How Organizations Can Mobilize, Execute, and Transform with Agility Author: Colin Price, Sharon Toye Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Transform your organization into a dynamic catalyst for success Accelerating Performance is not just another “warm and fuzzy” change management book—it's a practical, comprehensive, data-driven action plan for picking up the pace and achieving more. Co-written by one of the authors of Beyond Performance, this audiobook draws on a combination of empirical research and decades of experience advising global companies to show you how to reduce time to value by building and changing momentum more quickly than your competitors. The META framework (short for Mobilize, Execute, and Transform with Agility) offers advice for leading change at four levels: strategy, the organization, teams, and individuals. In addition to step-by-step guidance toward assessment, planning, and implementation, the book offers: A diagnostic tool for leaders, teams, and organizations to assess their starting place, and highlight the specific areas needed to improve the ability to accelerate performance. A detailed look at the factors proven to create drag—and drive—at each of the four levels: strategy, organizations, teams, and individuals. An exploration of the 39 differentiating actions that organizations can combine as dictated by their strategy and context into a winning recipe. A closer look at the practices of 23 “superaccelerators,” a global (and perhaps unexpected) mix of companies that have demonstrated a consistent ability to accelerate performance. A single taste of success is all it takes to spark change, but the hard work of following through requires constant vigilance—and a plan. Learn how to capture that drive, bottle it, and use it to sustain motivation, inspiration, and achievement. Deliver at the highest level, and then turn around and do even better next time. Accelerating Performance gives leaders a step-by-step framework for taking action and transforming their organizations, teams, and even themselves—starting today. Colin Price, Sharon Toye Sat, 01 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293317 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accelerating Performance: How Organizations Can Mobilize, Execute, and Transform with Agility Author: Colin Price, Sharon Toye Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Transform your organization into a dynamic catalyst for success Accelerating Performance is not just another “warm and fuzzy” change management book—it's a practical, comprehensive, data-driven action plan for picking up the pace and achieving more. Co-written by one of the authors of Beyond Performance, this audiobook draws on a combination of empirical research and decades of experience advising global companies to show you how to reduce time to value by building and changing momentum more quickly than your competitors. The META framework (short for Mobilize, Execute, and Transform with Agility) offers advice for leading change at four levels: strategy, the organization, teams, and individuals. In addition to step-by-step guidance toward assessment, planning, and implementation, the book offers: A diagnostic tool for leaders, teams, and organizations to assess their starting place, and highlight the specific areas needed to improve the ability to accelerate performance. A detailed look at the factors proven to create drag—and drive—at each of the four levels: strategy, organizations, teams, and individuals. An exploration of the 39 differentiating actions that organizations can combine as dictated by their strategy and context into a winning recipe. A closer look at the practices of 23 “superaccelerators,” a global (and perhaps unexpected) mix of companies that have demonstrated a consistent ability to accelerate performance. A single taste of success is all it takes to spark change, but the hard work of following through requires constant vigilance—and a plan. Learn how to capture that drive, bottle it, and use it to sustain motivation, inspiration, and achievement. Deliver at the highest level, and then turn around and do even better next time. Accelerating Performance gives leaders a step-by-step framework for taking action and transforming their organizations, teams, and even themselves—starting today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accelerating Performance: How Organizations Can Mobilize, Execute, and Transform with Agility Author: Colin Price, Sharon Toye Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Transform your organization into a dynamic catalyst for success Accelerating Performance is not just another “warm and fuzzy” change management book—it's a practical, comprehensive, data-driven action plan for picking up the pace and achieving more. Co-written by one of the authors of Beyond Performance, this audiobook draws on a combination of empirical research and decades of experience advising global companies to show you how to reduce time to value by building and changing momentum more quickly than your competitors. The META framework (short for Mobilize, Execute, and Transform with Agility) offers advice for leading change at four levels: strategy, the organization, teams, and individuals. In addition to step-by-step guidance toward assessment, planning, and implementation, the book offers: A diagnostic tool for leaders, teams, and organizations to assess their starting place, and highlight the specific areas needed to improve the ability to accelerate performance. A detailed look at the factors proven to create drag—and drive—at each of the four levels: strategy, organizations, teams, and individuals. An exploration of the 39 differentiating actions that organizations can combine as dictated by their strategy and context into a winning recipe. A closer look at the practices of 23 “superaccelerators,” a global (and perhaps unexpected) mix of companies that have demonstrated a consistent ability to accelerate performance. A single taste of success is all it takes to spark change, but the hard work of following through requires constant vigilance—and a plan. Learn how to capture that drive, bottle it, and use it to sustain motivation, inspiration, and achievement. Deliver at the highest level, and then turn around and do even better next time. Accelerating Performance gives leaders a step-by-step framework for taking action and transforming their organizations, teams, and even themselves—starting today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293217 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subscription Marketing Author: Anne Janzer Narrator: Anne Janzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Subscriptions are shifting revenues and reshaping markets, and changing our expectations for how we buy things. Have you changed your marketing practices to thrive in this new reality? Subscription Marketing offers creative marketing strategies for sustaining the customer relationships that build long-term success. This book is a practical guide for marketers, start-up executives, customer success management professionals, and executives of establishing businesses adopting or transitioning to a subscription-based model. Completely revised and expanded to reflect the growing Subscription Economy This completely revised, expanded second edition includes: Updated research and case studies reflecting the rapid growth of subscription-based businesses Real-world examples of effective value nurturing strategies The risks and challenges of subscription marketing If your business has a recurring revenue component, you'll want to pay attention to how well you're nurturing subscribers after the sale. This book gives everything you need to align marketing with changing expectations of your customers. Anne Janzer Thu, 11 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293217 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subscription Marketing Author: Anne Janzer Narrator: Anne Janzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Subscriptions are shifting revenues and reshaping markets, and changing our expectations for how we buy things. Have you changed your marketing practices to thrive in this new reality? Subscription Marketing offers creative marketing strategies for sustaining the customer relationships that build long-term success. This book is a practical guide for marketers, start-up executives, customer success management professionals, and executives of establishing businesses adopting or transitioning to a subscription-based model. Completely revised and expanded to reflect the growing Subscription Economy This completely revised, expanded second edition includes: Updated research and case studies reflecting the rapid growth of subscription-based businesses Real-world examples of effective value nurturing strategies The risks and challenges of subscription marketing If your business has a recurring revenue component, you'll want to pay attention to how well you're nurturing subscribers after the sale. This book gives everything you need to align marketing with changing expectations of your customers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subscription Marketing Author: Anne Janzer Narrator: Anne Janzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Subscriptions are shifting revenues and reshaping markets, and changing our expectations for how we buy things. Have you changed your marketing practices to thrive in this new reality? Subscription Marketing offers creative marketing strategies for sustaining the customer relationships that build long-term success. This book is a practical guide for marketers, start-up executives, customer success management professionals, and executives of establishing businesses adopting or transitioning to a subscription-based model. Completely revised and expanded to reflect the growing Subscription Economy This completely revised, expanded second edition includes: Updated research and case studies reflecting the rapid growth of subscription-based businesses Real-world examples of effective value nurturing strategies The risks and challenges of subscription marketing If your business has a recurring revenue component, you'll want to pay attention to how well you're nurturing subscribers after the sale. This book gives everything you need to align marketing with changing expectations of your customers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Why We Want You to Be Rich: Two Men, One Message Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Natalia Petrova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki are both concerned. Their concern is that the rich are getting richer, but America is getting poorer. The entitlement mentality is epidemic, creating people who expect their country, employer, or family to take care of them. And like the polar ice caps, the middle class is disappearing. America is becoming a two-class society, and soon you will be either rich or poor. Trump and Kiyosaki want you to be rich. Both are successful businessmen and natural teachers who share a passion for education. They have joined forces to address these challenges, because they believe you cannot solve money problems with money - you can only solve money problems with financial education. Trump and Kiyosaki want to teach you to be rich. Why We Want You to Be Rich was written for you. Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Fri, 05 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293014 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Why We Want You to Be Rich: Two Men, One Message Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Natalia Petrova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki are both concerned. Their concern is that the rich are getting richer, but America is getting poorer. The entitlement mentality is epidemic, creating people who expect their country, employer, or family to take care of them. And like the polar ice caps, the middle class is disappearing. America is becoming a two-class society, and soon you will be either rich or poor. Trump and Kiyosaki want you to be rich. Both are successful businessmen and natural teachers who share a passion for education. They have joined forces to address these challenges, because they believe you cannot solve money problems with money - you can only solve money problems with financial education. Trump and Kiyosaki want to teach you to be rich. Why We Want You to Be Rich was written for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Why We Want You to Be Rich: Two Men, One Message Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Natalia Petrova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki are both concerned. Their concern is that the rich are getting richer, but America is getting poorer. The entitlement mentality is epidemic, creating people who expect their country, employer, or family to take care of them. And like the polar ice caps, the middle class is disappearing. America is becoming a two-class society, and soon you will be either rich or poor. Trump and Kiyosaki want you to be rich. Both are successful businessmen and natural teachers who share a passion for education. They have joined forces to address these challenges, because they believe you cannot solve money problems with money - you can only solve money problems with financial education. Trump and Kiyosaki want to teach you to be rich. Why We Want You to Be Rich was written for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293013 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Iacocca: An Autobiography Author: Lee Iacocca Narrator: Anton Voronov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: He’s an American legend, a straight-shooting businessman who brought Chrysler back from the brink and in the process became a media celebrity, newsmaker, and a man many had urged to run for president. The son of Italian immigrants, Lee Iacocca rose spectacularly through the ranks of Ford Motor Company to become its president, only to be toppled eight years later in a power play that should have shattered him. But Lee Iacocca didn’t get mad, he got even. He led a battle for Chrysler’s survival that made his name a symbol of integrity, know-how, and guts for millions of Americans. In his classic hard-hitting style, he tells us how he changed the automobile industry in the 1960s by creating the phenomenal Mustang. He goes behind the scenes for a look at Henry Ford’s reign of intimidation and manipulation. He recounts the miraculous rebirth of Chrysler from near bankruptcy to repayment of its $1.2 billion government loan so early that Washington didn’t know how to cash the check. Lee Iacocca Fri, 05 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293013 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Iacocca: An Autobiography Author: Lee Iacocca Narrator: Anton Voronov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: He’s an American legend, a straight-shooting businessman who brought Chrysler back from the brink and in the process became a media celebrity, newsmaker, and a man many had urged to run for president. The son of Italian immigrants, Lee Iacocca rose spectacularly through the ranks of Ford Motor Company to become its president, only to be toppled eight years later in a power play that should have shattered him. But Lee Iacocca didn’t get mad, he got even. He led a battle for Chrysler’s survival that made his name a symbol of integrity, know-how, and guts for millions of Americans. In his classic hard-hitting style, he tells us how he changed the automobile industry in the 1960s by creating the phenomenal Mustang. He goes behind the scenes for a look at Henry Ford’s reign of intimidation and manipulation. He recounts the miraculous rebirth of Chrysler from near bankruptcy to repayment of its $1.2 billion government loan so early that Washington didn’t know how to cash the check. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Iacocca: An Autobiography Author: Lee Iacocca Narrator: Anton Voronov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: He’s an American legend, a straight-shooting businessman who brought Chrysler back from the brink and in the process became a media celebrity, newsmaker, and a man many had urged to run for president. The son of Italian immigrants, Lee Iacocca rose spectacularly through the ranks of Ford Motor Company to become its president, only to be toppled eight years later in a power play that should have shattered him. But Lee Iacocca didn’t get mad, he got even. He led a battle for Chrysler’s survival that made his name a symbol of integrity, know-how, and guts for millions of Americans. In his classic hard-hitting style, he tells us how he changed the automobile industry in the 1960s by creating the phenomenal Mustang. He goes behind the scenes for a look at Henry Ford’s reign of intimidation and manipulation. He recounts the miraculous rebirth of Chrysler from near bankruptcy to repayment of its $1.2 billion government loan so early that Washington didn’t know how to cash the check. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Midas Touch: Why Some Entrepreneurs Get Rich-And Why Most Don't [Russian Edition] Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskyy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 10, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Midas Touch, Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki ask the question: What’s an entrepreneur’s most important job? The answer: creating high-quality, stable jobs. And in today’s marketplace, “jobs” are in high demand — and so are the skills and the innovation and vision of entrepreneurs. In a world of high unemployment and an economy that needs new jobs to recover, who isn’t hungry for a solution, something that will speed economic recovery? Many look to the government, but it’s becoming more and more obvious that governments can’t create real jobs. Trump and Kiyosaki believe that only one group can bring our world back to prosperity: Entrepreneurs. And, especially, entrepreneurs with the Midas Touch. This audiobook is for people who are thinking of starting a business or who already have one and want to grow it. Midas Touch teaches how to leverage five key components that can impact success in business: Strength of character F.O.C.U.S. Brand Relationships Little things… that really count Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Wed, 10 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292988 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Midas Touch: Why Some Entrepreneurs Get Rich-And Why Most Don't [Russian Edition] Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskyy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 10, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Midas Touch, Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki ask the question: What’s an entrepreneur’s most important job? The answer: creating high-quality, stable jobs. And in today’s marketplace, “jobs” are in high demand — and so are the skills and the innovation and vision of entrepreneurs. In a world of high unemployment and an economy that needs new jobs to recover, who isn’t hungry for a solution, something that will speed economic recovery? Many look to the government, but it’s becoming more and more obvious that governments can’t create real jobs. Trump and Kiyosaki believe that only one group can bring our world back to prosperity: Entrepreneurs. And, especially, entrepreneurs with the Midas Touch. This audiobook is for people who are thinking of starting a business or who already have one and want to grow it. Midas Touch teaches how to leverage five key components that can impact success in business: Strength of character F.O.C.U.S. Brand Relationships Little things… that really count Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Midas Touch: Why Some Entrepreneurs Get Rich-And Why Most Don't [Russian Edition] Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki, Donald J. Trump Narrator: Aleksiy Muzhytskyy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 10, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In Midas Touch, Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki ask the question: What’s an entrepreneur’s most important job? The answer: creating high-quality, stable jobs. And in today’s marketplace, “jobs” are in high demand — and so are the skills and the innovation and vision of entrepreneurs. In a world of high unemployment and an economy that needs new jobs to recover, who isn’t hungry for a solution, something that will speed economic recovery? Many look to the government, but it’s becoming more and more obvious that governments can’t create real jobs. Trump and Kiyosaki believe that only one group can bring our world back to prosperity: Entrepreneurs. And, especially, entrepreneurs with the Midas Touch. This audiobook is for people who are thinking of starting a business or who already have one and want to grow it. Midas Touch teaches how to leverage five key components that can impact success in business: Strength of character F.O.C.U.S. Brand Relationships Little things… that really count https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job: 10 Real-Life Lessons Every Entrepreneur Should Know About Building a Million-Dollar Business Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When Before You Quit Your Job was written and published, it was a guidebook for aspiring entrepreneurs. Today—with the job market in shambles, overseas outsourcing and high unemployment—it can be a path to the salvation so many are looking for: A way take control of their life and use their skills and talents to create their future. Before You Quit Your Job asks: Do you have a million-dollar idea? Are you afraid of failing? Are you tired of making other people rich? Are you sick of taking order from your boss? Are you tired of working hard and not getting ahead? Are you ready to take a leap of faith and change your life? Learn about the B-I Triangle and the 8 Integrities of a Business—before you quit your job! Robert T. Kiyosaki Fri, 05 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292979 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job: 10 Real-Life Lessons Every Entrepreneur Should Know About Building a Million-Dollar Business Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When Before You Quit Your Job was written and published, it was a guidebook for aspiring entrepreneurs. Today—with the job market in shambles, overseas outsourcing and high unemployment—it can be a path to the salvation so many are looking for: A way take control of their life and use their skills and talents to create their future. Before You Quit Your Job asks: Do you have a million-dollar idea? Are you afraid of failing? Are you tired of making other people rich? Are you sick of taking order from your boss? Are you tired of working hard and not getting ahead? Are you ready to take a leap of faith and change your life? Learn about the B-I Triangle and the 8 Integrities of a Business—before you quit your job! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Rich Dad's Before You Quit Your Job: 10 Real-Life Lessons Every Entrepreneur Should Know About Building a Million-Dollar Business Author: Robert T. Kiyosaki Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When Before You Quit Your Job was written and published, it was a guidebook for aspiring entrepreneurs. Today—with the job market in shambles, overseas outsourcing and high unemployment—it can be a path to the salvation so many are looking for: A way take control of their life and use their skills and talents to create their future. Before You Quit Your Job asks: Do you have a million-dollar idea? Are you afraid of failing? Are you tired of making other people rich? Are you sick of taking order from your boss? Are you tired of working hard and not getting ahead? Are you ready to take a leap of faith and change your life? Learn about the B-I Triangle and the 8 Integrities of a Business—before you quit your job! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292975 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Succeed in Business By Breaking All the Rules: A Plan for Entrepreneurs Author: Dan Kennedy Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 3, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In How to Succeed in Business by Breaking All the Rules, self-made millionaire Dan Kennedy debunks the many myths about how to make it big. According to Kennedy, there is only one rule you need to know, and that is rules are made to be broken. Conventional wisdom about the oath to the good life doesn't show you how to get there. But Kennedy does. In this plain-talking, practical, and enlightening book, he shares the invaluable contrarian strategies tha absolutely guarantee prosperity. Dan Kennedy Wed, 03 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292975 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Succeed in Business By Breaking All the Rules: A Plan for Entrepreneurs Author: Dan Kennedy Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 3, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In How to Succeed in Business by Breaking All the Rules, self-made millionaire Dan Kennedy debunks the many myths about how to make it big. According to Kennedy, there is only one rule you need to know, and that is rules are made to be broken. Conventional wisdom about the oath to the good life doesn't show you how to get there. But Kennedy does. In this plain-talking, practical, and enlightening book, he shares the invaluable contrarian strategies tha absolutely guarantee prosperity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Succeed in Business By Breaking All the Rules: A Plan for Entrepreneurs Author: Dan Kennedy Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 3, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In How to Succeed in Business by Breaking All the Rules, self-made millionaire Dan Kennedy debunks the many myths about how to make it big. According to Kennedy, there is only one rule you need to know, and that is rules are made to be broken. Conventional wisdom about the oath to the good life doesn't show you how to get there. But Kennedy does. In this plain-talking, practical, and enlightening book, he shares the invaluable contrarian strategies tha absolutely guarantee prosperity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292785 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Artists Don't Starve: Timeless Strategies for Thriving in the New Creative Age Author: Jeff Goins Narrator: Stu Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Jeff Goins dismantles the myth that being creative is a hindrance to success by revealing how an artistic temperament is a competitive advantage in the marketplace.? The myth of the starving artist has dominated our culture, seeping into the minds of creative people and stifling their pursuits. The truth is that the world's most successful artists did not starve. In fact, they capitalized on the power of their creative strength. In Real Artists Don't Starve, bestselling author and creativity expert Jeff Goins debunks the myth of the starving artist by unveiling the ideas that created it and replacing them with 14 rules for artists to thrive, including: - Steal from your influences (don't wait for inspiration) - Collaborate with others (working alone is a surefire way to starve) - Take strategic risks (instead of reckless ones) - Make money in order to make more art (it's not selling out) - Apprentice under a master (a 'lone genius' can never reach full potential) From graphic designers and writers to artists and business professionals, creatives already know that no one is born an artist. Goins' revolutionary rules celebrate the process of becoming an artist, a person who utilizes the imagination in fundamental ways. He reminds creatives that business and art are not mutually exclusive pursuits. Real Artists Don't Starve explores the tension every creative person and organization faces in an effort to blend the inspired life with a practical path to success. Being creative isn't a disadvantage for success, it is a powerful tool to be harnessed. Jeff Goins Tue, 06 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292785 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Artists Don't Starve: Timeless Strategies for Thriving in the New Creative Age Author: Jeff Goins Narrator: Stu Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Jeff Goins dismantles the myth that being creative is a hindrance to success by revealing how an artistic temperament is a competitive advantage in the marketplace.? The myth of the starving artist has dominated our culture, seeping into the minds of creative people and stifling their pursuits. The truth is that the world's most successful artists did not starve. In fact, they capitalized on the power of their creative strength. In Real Artists Don't Starve, bestselling author and creativity expert Jeff Goins debunks the myth of the starving artist by unveiling the ideas that created it and replacing them with 14 rules for artists to thrive, including: - Steal from your influences (don't wait for inspiration) - Collaborate with others (working alone is a surefire way to starve) - Take strategic risks (instead of reckless ones) - Make money in order to make more art (it's not selling out) - Apprentice under a master (a 'lone genius' can never reach full potential) From graphic designers and writers to artists and business professionals, creatives already know that no one is born an artist. Goins' revolutionary rules celebrate the process of becoming an artist, a person who utilizes the imagination in fundamental ways. He reminds creatives that business and art are not mutually exclusive pursuits. Real Artists Don't Starve explores the tension every creative person and organization faces in an effort to blend the inspired life with a practical path to success. Being creative isn't a disadvantage for success, it is a powerful tool to be harnessed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Artists Don't Starve: Timeless Strategies for Thriving in the New Creative Age Author: Jeff Goins Narrator: Stu Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Jeff Goins dismantles the myth that being creative is a hindrance to success by revealing how an artistic temperament is a competitive advantage in the marketplace.? The myth of the starving artist has dominated our culture, seeping into the minds of creative people and stifling their pursuits. The truth is that the world's most successful artists did not starve. In fact, they capitalized on the power of their creative strength. In Real Artists Don't Starve, bestselling author and creativity expert Jeff Goins debunks the myth of the starving artist by unveiling the ideas that created it and replacing them with 14 rules for artists to thrive, including: - Steal from your influences (don't wait for inspiration) - Collaborate with others (working alone is a surefire way to starve) - Take strategic risks (instead of reckless ones) - Make money in order to make more art (it's not selling out) - Apprentice under a master (a 'lone genius' can never reach full potential) From graphic designers and writers to artists and business professionals, creatives already know that no one is born an artist. Goins' revolutionary rules celebrate the process of becoming an artist, a person who utilizes the imagination in fundamental ways. He reminds creatives that business and art are not mutually exclusive pursuits. Real Artists Don't Starve explores the tension every creative person and organization faces in an effort to blend the inspired life with a practical path to success. Being creative isn't a disadvantage for success, it is a powerful tool to be harnessed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292735 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Launch Your Dream: A 30-Day Plan for Turning Your Passion into Your Profession Author: Dale Partridge Narrator: Dale Partridge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and serial entrepreneur Dale Partridge provides a concrete, easily executed plan for readers looking to start a business that will result in greater freedom, a stronger family, and healthier finances. Dale Partridge, bestselling author and founder of StartupCamp.com and many other highly successful businesses, has helped thousands of people launch new startup businesses—and find unimaginable freedom in the process—through his highly acclaimed Startup Camp program. In Launch Your Dream, Partridge distills the essence of that course into a hyper-practical, 30-day journey for readers looking to follow their passions and realize their dreams. In clear, easily grasped steps, he teaches readers how to hone their ideas, build an audience, construct an online presence, launch a business, master social media, craft a beautiful brand, and create experiences that keep customers from ever considering competitors. Sharing time-saving “smartcuts” to make readers more efficient, Partridge also helps them identify and resolve business-killing blind spots. For anyone looking simply to make money on the side or seeking to become a millionaire, for the CEO or the stay-at-home mom, for the would-be entrepreneur or the freelancer, Launch Your Dream provides the steps necessary to begin living your dream in just 30 days. Dale Partridge Tue, 30 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292735 thebookvoice.com 3:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Launch Your Dream: A 30-Day Plan for Turning Your Passion into Your Profession Author: Dale Partridge Narrator: Dale Partridge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and serial entrepreneur Dale Partridge provides a concrete, easily executed plan for readers looking to start a business that will result in greater freedom, a stronger family, and healthier finances. Dale Partridge, bestselling author and founder of StartupCamp.com and many other highly successful businesses, has helped thousands of people launch new startup businesses—and find unimaginable freedom in the process—through his highly acclaimed Startup Camp program. In Launch Your Dream, Partridge distills the essence of that course into a hyper-practical, 30-day journey for readers looking to follow their passions and realize their dreams. In clear, easily grasped steps, he teaches readers how to hone their ideas, build an audience, construct an online presence, launch a business, master social media, craft a beautiful brand, and create experiences that keep customers from ever considering competitors. Sharing time-saving “smartcuts” to make readers more efficient, Partridge also helps them identify and resolve business-killing blind spots. For anyone looking simply to make money on the side or seeking to become a millionaire, for the CEO or the stay-at-home mom, for the would-be entrepreneur or the freelancer, Launch Your Dream provides the steps necessary to begin living your dream in just 30 days. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292735]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Launch Your Dream: A 30-Day Plan for Turning Your Passion into Your Profession Author: Dale Partridge Narrator: Dale Partridge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and serial entrepreneur Dale Partridge provides a concrete, easily executed plan for readers looking to start a business that will result in greater freedom, a stronger family, and healthier finances. Dale Partridge, bestselling author and founder of StartupCamp.com and many other highly successful businesses, has helped thousands of people launch new startup businesses—and find unimaginable freedom in the process—through his highly acclaimed Startup Camp program. In Launch Your Dream, Partridge distills the essence of that course into a hyper-practical, 30-day journey for readers looking to follow their passions and realize their dreams. In clear, easily grasped steps, he teaches readers how to hone their ideas, build an audience, construct an online presence, launch a business, master social media, craft a beautiful brand, and create experiences that keep customers from ever considering competitors. Sharing time-saving “smartcuts” to make readers more efficient, Partridge also helps them identify and resolve business-killing blind spots. For anyone looking simply to make money on the side or seeking to become a millionaire, for the CEO or the stay-at-home mom, for the would-be entrepreneur or the freelancer, Launch Your Dream provides the steps necessary to begin living your dream in just 30 days. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating Author: Charles Spence Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The science behind a good meal: all the sounds, sights, and tastes that make us like what we're eating—and want to eat more. Why do we consume 35 percent more food when eating with one other person, and 75 percent more when dining with three? How do we explain the fact that people who like strong coffee drink more of it under bright lighting? And why does green ketchup just not work? The answer is gastrophysics, the new area of sensory science pioneered by Oxford professor Charles Spence. Now he's stepping out of his lab to lift the lid on the entire eating experience—how the taste, the aroma, and our overall enjoyment of food are influenced by all of our senses, as well as by our mood and expectations. The pleasures of food lie mostly in the mind, not in the mouth. Get that straight and you can start to understand what really makes food enjoyable, stimulating, and, most important, memorable. Spence reveals in amusing detail the importance of all the “off the plate” elements of a meal: the weight of cutlery, the color of the plate, the background music, and much more. Whether we’re dining alone or at a dinner party, on a plane or in front of the TV, he reveals how to understand what we’re tasting and influence what others experience. This is accessible science at its best, fascinating to anyone in possession of an appetite. Crammed with discoveries about our everyday sensory lives, Gastrophysics is a book guaranteed to make you look at your plate in a whole new way. Charles Spence Tue, 20 Jun 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292672 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating Author: Charles Spence Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The science behind a good meal: all the sounds, sights, and tastes that make us like what we're eating—and want to eat more. Why do we consume 35 percent more food when eating with one other person, and 75 percent more when dining with three? How do we explain the fact that people who like strong coffee drink more of it under bright lighting? And why does green ketchup just not work? The answer is gastrophysics, the new area of sensory science pioneered by Oxford professor Charles Spence. Now he's stepping out of his lab to lift the lid on the entire eating experience—how the taste, the aroma, and our overall enjoyment of food are influenced by all of our senses, as well as by our mood and expectations. The pleasures of food lie mostly in the mind, not in the mouth. Get that straight and you can start to understand what really makes food enjoyable, stimulating, and, most important, memorable. Spence reveals in amusing detail the importance of all the “off the plate” elements of a meal: the weight of cutlery, the color of the plate, the background music, and much more. Whether we’re dining alone or at a dinner party, on a plane or in front of the TV, he reveals how to understand what we’re tasting and influence what others experience. This is accessible science at its best, fascinating to anyone in possession of an appetite. Crammed with discoveries about our everyday sensory lives, Gastrophysics is a book guaranteed to make you look at your plate in a whole new way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gastrophysics: The New Science of Eating Author: Charles Spence Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 20, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The science behind a good meal: all the sounds, sights, and tastes that make us like what we're eating—and want to eat more. Why do we consume 35 percent more food when eating with one other person, and 75 percent more when dining with three? How do we explain the fact that people who like strong coffee drink more of it under bright lighting? And why does green ketchup just not work? The answer is gastrophysics, the new area of sensory science pioneered by Oxford professor Charles Spence. Now he's stepping out of his lab to lift the lid on the entire eating experience—how the taste, the aroma, and our overall enjoyment of food are influenced by all of our senses, as well as by our mood and expectations. The pleasures of food lie mostly in the mind, not in the mouth. Get that straight and you can start to understand what really makes food enjoyable, stimulating, and, most important, memorable. Spence reveals in amusing detail the importance of all the “off the plate” elements of a meal: the weight of cutlery, the color of the plate, the background music, and much more. Whether we’re dining alone or at a dinner party, on a plane or in front of the TV, he reveals how to understand what we’re tasting and influence what others experience. This is accessible science at its best, fascinating to anyone in possession of an appetite. Crammed with discoveries about our everyday sensory lives, Gastrophysics is a book guaranteed to make you look at your plate in a whole new way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292573 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking Growth: How Today's Fastest-Growing Companies Drive Breakout Success Author: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Narrator: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Hacking Growth, written and read by Morgan Brown and Sean Ellis. 'a compelling methodology... to increase market share quickly' -- Eric Ries, bestselling author of THE LEAN STARTUP 'a must-read for anyone in business' -- James Currier, managing partner, NFX Guild 'will teach you how to think like a marketer of tomorrow' -- Josh Elman, partner, Greylock Partners Growth is now the first thing that investors, shareholders and market analysts look for in assessing and valuing companies. HACKING GROWTH is a highly accessible, practical, method for growth that involves cross-functional teams and continuous testing and iteration. Hacking Growth does for marketshare growth what THE LEAN STARTUP does for product development and BUSINESS MODEL GENERATION does for strategy. HACKING GROWTH focuses on customers - how to attain them, retain them, engage them, and monetize them - rather than product. Written by the method's pioneers, this book is a comprehensive toolkit or 'bible' that any company in any industry can use to implement their own Growth Hacking strategy, from how to set up and run growth teams, to how to identify and test growth levers, and how to evaluate and act on the results. It is designed for any company or leader looking to break out of the ruts of traditional marketing and become more collaborative, less wasteful, and achieve more consistent, replicable, and data-driven results. Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Thu, 27 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292573 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking Growth: How Today's Fastest-Growing Companies Drive Breakout Success Author: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Narrator: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Hacking Growth, written and read by Morgan Brown and Sean Ellis. 'a compelling methodology... to increase market share quickly' -- Eric Ries, bestselling author of THE LEAN STARTUP 'a must-read for anyone in business' -- James Currier, managing partner, NFX Guild 'will teach you how to think like a marketer of tomorrow' -- Josh Elman, partner, Greylock Partners Growth is now the first thing that investors, shareholders and market analysts look for in assessing and valuing companies. HACKING GROWTH is a highly accessible, practical, method for growth that involves cross-functional teams and continuous testing and iteration. Hacking Growth does for marketshare growth what THE LEAN STARTUP does for product development and BUSINESS MODEL GENERATION does for strategy. HACKING GROWTH focuses on customers - how to attain them, retain them, engage them, and monetize them - rather than product. Written by the method's pioneers, this book is a comprehensive toolkit or 'bible' that any company in any industry can use to implement their own Growth Hacking strategy, from how to set up and run growth teams, to how to identify and test growth levers, and how to evaluate and act on the results. It is designed for any company or leader looking to break out of the ruts of traditional marketing and become more collaborative, less wasteful, and achieve more consistent, replicable, and data-driven results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking Growth: How Today's Fastest-Growing Companies Drive Breakout Success Author: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Narrator: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 27, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Hacking Growth, written and read by Morgan Brown and Sean Ellis. 'a compelling methodology... to increase market share quickly' -- Eric Ries, bestselling author of THE LEAN STARTUP 'a must-read for anyone in business' -- James Currier, managing partner, NFX Guild 'will teach you how to think like a marketer of tomorrow' -- Josh Elman, partner, Greylock Partners Growth is now the first thing that investors, shareholders and market analysts look for in assessing and valuing companies. HACKING GROWTH is a highly accessible, practical, method for growth that involves cross-functional teams and continuous testing and iteration. Hacking Growth does for marketshare growth what THE LEAN STARTUP does for product development and BUSINESS MODEL GENERATION does for strategy. HACKING GROWTH focuses on customers - how to attain them, retain them, engage them, and monetize them - rather than product. Written by the method's pioneers, this book is a comprehensive toolkit or 'bible' that any company in any industry can use to implement their own Growth Hacking strategy, from how to set up and run growth teams, to how to identify and test growth levers, and how to evaluate and act on the results. It is designed for any company or leader looking to break out of the ruts of traditional marketing and become more collaborative, less wasteful, and achieve more consistent, replicable, and data-driven results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292560 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geek Girl Rising: Inside the Sisterhood Shaking Up Tech Author: Samantha Walravens, Heather Cabot Narrator: Heather Cabot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I don’t know much about tech, but I do know that these pioneer women are pretty dope. Geek Girl Rising gives a much needed voice to the fearless women paving an important path in the tech world, while forming a lasting sisterhood along the way.” - Kelly Ripa This program is read by the author, Heather Cabot. Meet the women who haven’t asked for permission from Silicon Valley to chase their dreams. They are going for it -- building the next generation of tech start-ups, investing in each other’s ventures, crushing male hacker stereotypes and rallying the next generation of women in tech. Geek Girl Rising isn’t about the famous tech trailblazers you already know, like Sheryl Sandberg and Marissa Mayer. Instead, veteran journalists Heather Cabot and Samantha Walravens introduce listeners to the fearless female entrepreneurs and technologists fighting at the grassroots level for an ownership stake in the revolution that’s changing the way we live, work and connect to each other. Listeners will meet Debbie Sterling, inventor of GoldieBlox, the first engineering toy for girls, which topples the notion that only boys can build. They’ll get a peek inside YouTube sensation Michelle Phan’s ipsy studios, where she is grooming the next generation of digital video stars while leading her own mega e-commerce beauty business. They will sit down with Tracy Chou, former lead software developer at Pinterest, whose public urging in 2013 helped push Silicon Valley tech giants to reveal the tiny number of women in their ranks, propelling the “women in tech” conversation to front pages. They will tour the headquarters of The Muse, the hottest career site for millennials and meet its intrepid CEO, Kathryn Minshew, who stared down sexism while raising millions of dollars to fund the company she co-founded. And they will journey around the country to meet a new crop of female investors, including Theresia Gouw and Kathryn Finney, who are infusing women-led tech start-ups with much needed capital. These women are the rebels proving that a female point of view matters in the age of technology and can rock big returns. At a time when women hold 26% of computing jobs in the U.S. and make up a tiny fraction of the entrepreneurs launching new tech companies, these stories shine a light on new role models who prove that in the fast-moving innovation economy, there is a place for anyone who has a big idea and the passion to build it. Samantha Walravens, Heather Cabot Tue, 23 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292560 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geek Girl Rising: Inside the Sisterhood Shaking Up Tech Author: Samantha Walravens, Heather Cabot Narrator: Heather Cabot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I don’t know much about tech, but I do know that these pioneer women are pretty dope. Geek Girl Rising gives a much needed voice to the fearless women paving an important path in the tech world, while forming a lasting sisterhood along the way.” - Kelly Ripa This program is read by the author, Heather Cabot. Meet the women who haven’t asked for permission from Silicon Valley to chase their dreams. They are going for it -- building the next generation of tech start-ups, investing in each other’s ventures, crushing male hacker stereotypes and rallying the next generation of women in tech. Geek Girl Rising isn’t about the famous tech trailblazers you already know, like Sheryl Sandberg and Marissa Mayer. Instead, veteran journalists Heather Cabot and Samantha Walravens introduce listeners to the fearless female entrepreneurs and technologists fighting at the grassroots level for an ownership stake in the revolution that’s changing the way we live, work and connect to each other. Listeners will meet Debbie Sterling, inventor of GoldieBlox, the first engineering toy for girls, which topples the notion that only boys can build. They’ll get a peek inside YouTube sensation Michelle Phan’s ipsy studios, where she is grooming the next generation of digital video stars while leading her own mega e-commerce beauty business. They will sit down with Tracy Chou, former lead software developer at Pinterest, whose public urging in 2013 helped push Silicon Valley tech giants to reveal the tiny number of women in their ranks, propelling the “women in tech” conversation to front pages. They will tour the headquarters of The Muse, the hottest career site for millennials and meet its intrepid CEO, Kathryn Minshew, who stared down sexism while raising millions of dollars to fund the company she co-founded. And they will journey around the country to meet a new crop of female investors, including Theresia Gouw and Kathryn Finney, who are infusing women-led tech start-ups with much needed capital. These women are the rebels proving that a female point of view matters in the age of technology and can rock big returns. At a time when women hold 26% of computing jobs in the U.S. and make up a tiny fraction of the entrepreneurs launching new tech companies, these stories shine a light on new role models who prove that in the fast-moving innovation economy, there is a place for anyone who has a big idea and the passion to build it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Geek Girl Rising: Inside the Sisterhood Shaking Up Tech Author: Samantha Walravens, Heather Cabot Narrator: Heather Cabot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'I don’t know much about tech, but I do know that these pioneer women are pretty dope. Geek Girl Rising gives a much needed voice to the fearless women paving an important path in the tech world, while forming a lasting sisterhood along the way.” - Kelly Ripa This program is read by the author, Heather Cabot. Meet the women who haven’t asked for permission from Silicon Valley to chase their dreams. They are going for it -- building the next generation of tech start-ups, investing in each other’s ventures, crushing male hacker stereotypes and rallying the next generation of women in tech. Geek Girl Rising isn’t about the famous tech trailblazers you already know, like Sheryl Sandberg and Marissa Mayer. Instead, veteran journalists Heather Cabot and Samantha Walravens introduce listeners to the fearless female entrepreneurs and technologists fighting at the grassroots level for an ownership stake in the revolution that’s changing the way we live, work and connect to each other. Listeners will meet Debbie Sterling, inventor of GoldieBlox, the first engineering toy for girls, which topples the notion that only boys can build. They’ll get a peek inside YouTube sensation Michelle Phan’s ipsy studios, where she is grooming the next generation of digital video stars while leading her own mega e-commerce beauty business. They will sit down with Tracy Chou, former lead software developer at Pinterest, whose public urging in 2013 helped push Silicon Valley tech giants to reveal the tiny number of women in their ranks, propelling the “women in tech” conversation to front pages. They will tour the headquarters of The Muse, the hottest career site for millennials and meet its intrepid CEO, Kathryn Minshew, who stared down sexism while raising millions of dollars to fund the company she co-founded. And they will journey around the country to meet a new crop of female investors, including Theresia Gouw and Kathryn Finney, who are infusing women-led tech start-ups with much needed capital. These women are the rebels proving that a female point of view matters in the age of technology and can rock big returns. At a time when women hold 26% of computing jobs in the U.S. and make up a tiny fraction of the entrepreneurs launching new tech companies, these stories shine a light on new role models who prove that in the fast-moving innovation economy, there is a place for anyone who has a big idea and the passion to build it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scale: The Universal Laws of Growth, Innovation, Sustainability, and the Pace of Life, in Organisms, Cities, Economies, and Companies Author: Geoffrey West Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is science writing as wonder and as inspiration.' —The Wall Street Journal Wall Street Journal From one of the most influential scientists of our time, a dazzling exploration of the hidden laws that govern the life cycle of everything from plants and animals to the cities we live in. Visionary physicist Geoffrey West is a pioneer in the field of complexity science, the science of emergent systems and networks. The term “complexity” can be misleading, however, because what makes West’s discoveries so beautiful is that he has found an underlying simplicity that unites the seemingly complex and diverse phenomena of living systems, including our bodies, our cities and our businesses. Fascinated by aging and mortality, West applied the rigor of a physicist to the biological question of why we live as long as we do and no longer. The result was astonishing, and changed science: West found that despite the riotous diversity in mammals, they are all, to a large degree, scaled versions of each other. If you know the size of a mammal, you can use scaling laws to learn everything from how much food it eats per day, what its heart-rate is, how long it will take to mature, its lifespan, and so on. Furthermore, the efficiency of the mammal’s circulatory systems scales up precisely based on weight: if you compare a mouse, a human and an elephant on a logarithmic graph, you find with every doubling of average weight, a species gets 25% more efficient—and lives 25% longer. Fundamentally, he has proven, the issue has to do with the fractal geometry of the networks that supply energy and remove waste from the organism’s body. West’s work has been game-changing for biologists, but then he made the even bolder move of exploring his work’s applicability. Cities, too, are constellations of networks and laws of scalability relate with eerie precision to them. Recently, West has applied his revolutionary work to the business world. This investigation has led to powerful insights into why some companies thrive while others fail. The implications of these discoveries are far-reaching, and are just beginning to be explored. Scale is a thrilling scientific adventure story about the elemental natural laws that bind us together in simple but profound ways. Through the brilliant mind of Geoffrey West, we can envision how cities, companies and biological life alike are dancing to the same simple, powerful tune. Geoffrey West Tue, 16 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291917 thebookvoice.com 19:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scale: The Universal Laws of Growth, Innovation, Sustainability, and the Pace of Life, in Organisms, Cities, Economies, and Companies Author: Geoffrey West Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is science writing as wonder and as inspiration.' —The Wall Street Journal Wall Street Journal From one of the most influential scientists of our time, a dazzling exploration of the hidden laws that govern the life cycle of everything from plants and animals to the cities we live in. Visionary physicist Geoffrey West is a pioneer in the field of complexity science, the science of emergent systems and networks. The term “complexity” can be misleading, however, because what makes West’s discoveries so beautiful is that he has found an underlying simplicity that unites the seemingly complex and diverse phenomena of living systems, including our bodies, our cities and our businesses. Fascinated by aging and mortality, West applied the rigor of a physicist to the biological question of why we live as long as we do and no longer. The result was astonishing, and changed science: West found that despite the riotous diversity in mammals, they are all, to a large degree, scaled versions of each other. If you know the size of a mammal, you can use scaling laws to learn everything from how much food it eats per day, what its heart-rate is, how long it will take to mature, its lifespan, and so on. Furthermore, the efficiency of the mammal’s circulatory systems scales up precisely based on weight: if you compare a mouse, a human and an elephant on a logarithmic graph, you find with every doubling of average weight, a species gets 25% more efficient—and lives 25% longer. Fundamentally, he has proven, the issue has to do with the fractal geometry of the networks that supply energy and remove waste from the organism’s body. West’s work has been game-changing for biologists, but then he made the even bolder move of exploring his work’s applicability. Cities, too, are constellations of networks and laws of scalability relate with eerie precision to them. Recently, West has applied his revolutionary work to the business world. This investigation has led to powerful insights into why some companies thrive while others fail. The implications of these discoveries are far-reaching, and are just beginning to be explored. Scale is a thrilling scientific adventure story about the elemental natural laws that bind us together in simple but profound ways. Through the brilliant mind of Geoffrey West, we can envision how cities, companies and biological life alike are dancing to the same simple, powerful tune. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scale: The Universal Laws of Growth, Innovation, Sustainability, and the Pace of Life, in Organisms, Cities, Economies, and Companies Author: Geoffrey West Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is science writing as wonder and as inspiration.' —The Wall Street Journal Wall Street Journal From one of the most influential scientists of our time, a dazzling exploration of the hidden laws that govern the life cycle of everything from plants and animals to the cities we live in. Visionary physicist Geoffrey West is a pioneer in the field of complexity science, the science of emergent systems and networks. The term “complexity” can be misleading, however, because what makes West’s discoveries so beautiful is that he has found an underlying simplicity that unites the seemingly complex and diverse phenomena of living systems, including our bodies, our cities and our businesses. Fascinated by aging and mortality, West applied the rigor of a physicist to the biological question of why we live as long as we do and no longer. The result was astonishing, and changed science: West found that despite the riotous diversity in mammals, they are all, to a large degree, scaled versions of each other. If you know the size of a mammal, you can use scaling laws to learn everything from how much food it eats per day, what its heart-rate is, how long it will take to mature, its lifespan, and so on. Furthermore, the efficiency of the mammal’s circulatory systems scales up precisely based on weight: if you compare a mouse, a human and an elephant on a logarithmic graph, you find with every doubling of average weight, a species gets 25% more efficient—and lives 25% longer. Fundamentally, he has proven, the issue has to do with the fractal geometry of the networks that supply energy and remove waste from the organism’s body. West’s work has been game-changing for biologists, but then he made the even bolder move of exploring his work’s applicability. Cities, too, are constellations of networks and laws of scalability relate with eerie precision to them. Recently, West has applied his revolutionary work to the business world. This investigation has led to powerful insights into why some companies thrive while others fail. The implications of these discoveries are far-reaching, and are just beginning to be explored. Scale is a thrilling scientific adventure story about the elemental natural laws that bind us together in simple but profound ways. Through the brilliant mind of Geoffrey West, we can envision how cities, companies and biological life alike are dancing to the same simple, powerful tune. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fit for Growth: A Guide to Strategic Cost Cutting, Restructuring, and Renewal Author: Deniz Caglar, John Plansky, Vinay Couto Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A practical approach to business transformation Fit for Growth* is a unique approach to business transformation that explicitly connects growth strategy with cost management and organization restructuring. Drawing on 70-plus years of strategy consulting experience and in-depth research, the experts at PwC’s Strategy& lay out a winning framework that helps CEOs and senior executives transform their organizations for sustainable, profitable growth. This approach gives structure to strategy while promoting lasting change. Examples from Strategy&’s hundreds of clients illustrate successful transformation on the ground, and illuminate how senior and middle managers are able to take ownership and even thrive during difficult periods of transition. Throughout the Fit for Growth process, the focus is on maintaining consistent high-value performance while enabling fundamental change. Strategy& has helped major clients around the globe achieve significant and sustained results with its research-backed approach to restructuring and cost reduction. This book provides practical guidance for leveraging that expertise to make the choices that allow companies to: Achieve growth while reducing costs Manage transformation and transition productively Create lasting competitive advantage Deliver reliable, high-value performance Sustainable success is founded on efficiency and high performance. Companies are always looking to do more with less, but their efforts often work against them in the long run. Total business transformation requires total buy-in, and it entails a series of decisions that must not be made lightly. The Fit for Growth approach provides a clear strategy and practical framework for growth-oriented change, with expert guidance on getting it right. Deniz Caglar, John Plansky, Vinay Couto Sat, 01 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291898 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fit for Growth: A Guide to Strategic Cost Cutting, Restructuring, and Renewal Author: Deniz Caglar, John Plansky, Vinay Couto Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A practical approach to business transformation Fit for Growth* is a unique approach to business transformation that explicitly connects growth strategy with cost management and organization restructuring. Drawing on 70-plus years of strategy consulting experience and in-depth research, the experts at PwC’s Strategy& lay out a winning framework that helps CEOs and senior executives transform their organizations for sustainable, profitable growth. This approach gives structure to strategy while promoting lasting change. Examples from Strategy&’s hundreds of clients illustrate successful transformation on the ground, and illuminate how senior and middle managers are able to take ownership and even thrive during difficult periods of transition. Throughout the Fit for Growth process, the focus is on maintaining consistent high-value performance while enabling fundamental change. Strategy& has helped major clients around the globe achieve significant and sustained results with its research-backed approach to restructuring and cost reduction. This book provides practical guidance for leveraging that expertise to make the choices that allow companies to: Achieve growth while reducing costs Manage transformation and transition productively Create lasting competitive advantage Deliver reliable, high-value performance Sustainable success is founded on efficiency and high performance. Companies are always looking to do more with less, but their efforts often work against them in the long run. Total business transformation requires total buy-in, and it entails a series of decisions that must not be made lightly. The Fit for Growth approach provides a clear strategy and practical framework for growth-oriented change, with expert guidance on getting it right. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fit for Growth: A Guide to Strategic Cost Cutting, Restructuring, and Renewal Author: Deniz Caglar, John Plansky, Vinay Couto Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A practical approach to business transformation Fit for Growth* is a unique approach to business transformation that explicitly connects growth strategy with cost management and organization restructuring. Drawing on 70-plus years of strategy consulting experience and in-depth research, the experts at PwC’s Strategy& lay out a winning framework that helps CEOs and senior executives transform their organizations for sustainable, profitable growth. This approach gives structure to strategy while promoting lasting change. Examples from Strategy&’s hundreds of clients illustrate successful transformation on the ground, and illuminate how senior and middle managers are able to take ownership and even thrive during difficult periods of transition. Throughout the Fit for Growth process, the focus is on maintaining consistent high-value performance while enabling fundamental change. Strategy& has helped major clients around the globe achieve significant and sustained results with its research-backed approach to restructuring and cost reduction. This book provides practical guidance for leveraging that expertise to make the choices that allow companies to: Achieve growth while reducing costs Manage transformation and transition productively Create lasting competitive advantage Deliver reliable, high-value performance Sustainable success is founded on efficiency and high performance. Companies are always looking to do more with less, but their efforts often work against them in the long run. Total business transformation requires total buy-in, and it entails a series of decisions that must not be made lightly. The Fit for Growth approach provides a clear strategy and practical framework for growth-oriented change, with expert guidance on getting it right. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Transformational Consumer: Fuel a Lifelong Love Affair with Your Customers by Helping Them Get Healthier, Wealthier, and Wiser Author: Tara-Nicholle Nelson Narrator: Tara-Nicholle Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Millions of consumers are actively seeking to unlock their potential and looking for businesses that can help. Tara-Nicholle Nelson shows companies how to create a two-way love affair with these 'transformational consumers.' The members of a massive and growing customer group are highly engaged with one subject: changing their own behavior to be healthier, wealthier, and wiser. Unlike the average consumer, these people are eager and excited to connect with businesses-if they'll help them make these very difficult changes. Nelson calls these people 'transformational consumers.' This book helps leaders understand these consumers, learn the business of behavior change, and rethink their products, services, marketing, and companies to meet the demands of this hypergrowth, trillion-dollar-plus transformational consumer market. Through revealing examples and case studies, Nelson details seven shifts that businesses must make to engage transformational consumers: change what you sell, change your business model, change how you define 'your customer,' change your marketing, change your metrics, change how you define 'the competition,' and change your culture. The companies that successfully reorient to reach and engage transformational consumers will escape the problem of disengagement and will continue to thrive, no matter how many new social media channels, distracting apps, or competitors they face. Tara-Nicholle Nelson Wed, 01 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291847 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Transformational Consumer: Fuel a Lifelong Love Affair with Your Customers by Helping Them Get Healthier, Wealthier, and Wiser Author: Tara-Nicholle Nelson Narrator: Tara-Nicholle Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Millions of consumers are actively seeking to unlock their potential and looking for businesses that can help. Tara-Nicholle Nelson shows companies how to create a two-way love affair with these 'transformational consumers.' The members of a massive and growing customer group are highly engaged with one subject: changing their own behavior to be healthier, wealthier, and wiser. Unlike the average consumer, these people are eager and excited to connect with businesses-if they'll help them make these very difficult changes. Nelson calls these people 'transformational consumers.' This book helps leaders understand these consumers, learn the business of behavior change, and rethink their products, services, marketing, and companies to meet the demands of this hypergrowth, trillion-dollar-plus transformational consumer market. Through revealing examples and case studies, Nelson details seven shifts that businesses must make to engage transformational consumers: change what you sell, change your business model, change how you define 'your customer,' change your marketing, change your metrics, change how you define 'the competition,' and change your culture. The companies that successfully reorient to reach and engage transformational consumers will escape the problem of disengagement and will continue to thrive, no matter how many new social media channels, distracting apps, or competitors they face. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Transformational Consumer: Fuel a Lifelong Love Affair with Your Customers by Helping Them Get Healthier, Wealthier, and Wiser Author: Tara-Nicholle Nelson Narrator: Tara-Nicholle Nelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Millions of consumers are actively seeking to unlock their potential and looking for businesses that can help. Tara-Nicholle Nelson shows companies how to create a two-way love affair with these 'transformational consumers.' The members of a massive and growing customer group are highly engaged with one subject: changing their own behavior to be healthier, wealthier, and wiser. Unlike the average consumer, these people are eager and excited to connect with businesses-if they'll help them make these very difficult changes. Nelson calls these people 'transformational consumers.' This book helps leaders understand these consumers, learn the business of behavior change, and rethink their products, services, marketing, and companies to meet the demands of this hypergrowth, trillion-dollar-plus transformational consumer market. Through revealing examples and case studies, Nelson details seven shifts that businesses must make to engage transformational consumers: change what you sell, change your business model, change how you define 'your customer,' change your marketing, change your metrics, change how you define 'the competition,' and change your culture. The companies that successfully reorient to reach and engage transformational consumers will escape the problem of disengagement and will continue to thrive, no matter how many new social media channels, distracting apps, or competitors they face. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Ride: Inside Uber's Quest for World Domination Author: Adam Lashinsky Narrator: Adam Lashinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In your pocket is something amazing: a quick and easy way to summon a total stranger who will take you anywhere you’d like. In your hands is something equally amazing: the untold story of Uber’s meteoric rise, and the massive ambitions of its larger-than-life founder and CEO. Before Travis Kalanick became famous as the public face of Uber, he was a scrappy, rough-edged, loose-lipped entrepreneur. And even after taking Uber from the germ of an idea to a $69 billion global transportation behemoth, he still describes his company as a start-up. Like other Silicon Valley icons such as Steve Jobs and Elon Musk, he’s always focused on the next disruptive innovation and the next world to conquer. Both Uber and Kalanick have acquired a reputation for being combative, relentless, and iron-fisted against competitors. They’ve inspired both admiration and loathing as they’ve flouted government regulators, thrown the taxi industry into a tailspin, and stirred controversy over possible exploitation of drivers. They’ve even reshaped the deeply ingrained consumer behavior of not accepting a ride from a stranger—against the childhood warnings from everyone’s parents. Wild Ride is the first truly inside look at Uber’s global empire. Veteran journalist Adam Lashinsky, the bestselling author of Inside Apple, traces the origins of Kalanick’s massive ambitions in his humble roots, and he explores Uber’s murky beginnings and the wild ride of its rapid growth and expansion into different industries. Lashinsky draws on exclusive, in-depth interviews with Kalanick and many other sources who share new details about Uber’s internal and external power struggles. He also examines its doomed venture into China and the furtive fight between Kalanick and his competitors at Google, Tesla, Lyft, and GM over self-driving cars. Lashinsky even got behind the wheel as an Uber driver himself to learn what it’s really like. Uber has made headlines thanks to its eye-popping valuations and swift expansion around the world. But this book is the first account of how Uber really became the giant it is today, and how it plans to conquer the future. Adam Lashinsky Tue, 23 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291751 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Ride: Inside Uber's Quest for World Domination Author: Adam Lashinsky Narrator: Adam Lashinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In your pocket is something amazing: a quick and easy way to summon a total stranger who will take you anywhere you’d like. In your hands is something equally amazing: the untold story of Uber’s meteoric rise, and the massive ambitions of its larger-than-life founder and CEO. Before Travis Kalanick became famous as the public face of Uber, he was a scrappy, rough-edged, loose-lipped entrepreneur. And even after taking Uber from the germ of an idea to a $69 billion global transportation behemoth, he still describes his company as a start-up. Like other Silicon Valley icons such as Steve Jobs and Elon Musk, he’s always focused on the next disruptive innovation and the next world to conquer. Both Uber and Kalanick have acquired a reputation for being combative, relentless, and iron-fisted against competitors. They’ve inspired both admiration and loathing as they’ve flouted government regulators, thrown the taxi industry into a tailspin, and stirred controversy over possible exploitation of drivers. They’ve even reshaped the deeply ingrained consumer behavior of not accepting a ride from a stranger—against the childhood warnings from everyone’s parents. Wild Ride is the first truly inside look at Uber’s global empire. Veteran journalist Adam Lashinsky, the bestselling author of Inside Apple, traces the origins of Kalanick’s massive ambitions in his humble roots, and he explores Uber’s murky beginnings and the wild ride of its rapid growth and expansion into different industries. Lashinsky draws on exclusive, in-depth interviews with Kalanick and many other sources who share new details about Uber’s internal and external power struggles. He also examines its doomed venture into China and the furtive fight between Kalanick and his competitors at Google, Tesla, Lyft, and GM over self-driving cars. Lashinsky even got behind the wheel as an Uber driver himself to learn what it’s really like. Uber has made headlines thanks to its eye-popping valuations and swift expansion around the world. But this book is the first account of how Uber really became the giant it is today, and how it plans to conquer the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Ride: Inside Uber's Quest for World Domination Author: Adam Lashinsky Narrator: Adam Lashinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 23, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In your pocket is something amazing: a quick and easy way to summon a total stranger who will take you anywhere you’d like. In your hands is something equally amazing: the untold story of Uber’s meteoric rise, and the massive ambitions of its larger-than-life founder and CEO. Before Travis Kalanick became famous as the public face of Uber, he was a scrappy, rough-edged, loose-lipped entrepreneur. And even after taking Uber from the germ of an idea to a $69 billion global transportation behemoth, he still describes his company as a start-up. Like other Silicon Valley icons such as Steve Jobs and Elon Musk, he’s always focused on the next disruptive innovation and the next world to conquer. Both Uber and Kalanick have acquired a reputation for being combative, relentless, and iron-fisted against competitors. They’ve inspired both admiration and loathing as they’ve flouted government regulators, thrown the taxi industry into a tailspin, and stirred controversy over possible exploitation of drivers. They’ve even reshaped the deeply ingrained consumer behavior of not accepting a ride from a stranger—against the childhood warnings from everyone’s parents. Wild Ride is the first truly inside look at Uber’s global empire. Veteran journalist Adam Lashinsky, the bestselling author of Inside Apple, traces the origins of Kalanick’s massive ambitions in his humble roots, and he explores Uber’s murky beginnings and the wild ride of its rapid growth and expansion into different industries. Lashinsky draws on exclusive, in-depth interviews with Kalanick and many other sources who share new details about Uber’s internal and external power struggles. He also examines its doomed venture into China and the furtive fight between Kalanick and his competitors at Google, Tesla, Lyft, and GM over self-driving cars. Lashinsky even got behind the wheel as an Uber driver himself to learn what it’s really like. Uber has made headlines thanks to its eye-popping valuations and swift expansion around the world. But this book is the first account of how Uber really became the giant it is today, and how it plans to conquer the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291545 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership 2030: The Six Megatrends You Need to Understand to Lead Your Company into the Future Author: Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The tumultuous changes of the past decade, including China’s economic rise and the financial meltdown, were just the beginning. The next cataclysmic wave is surging relentlessly ahead, demanding leaders who can steer their companies through complexity and change. Drawn from original research conducted jointly with foresight company Z-Punkt and further analyzed by Hay Group, Leadership 2030 uncovers six megatrends that will dramatically impact organizations’ markets, cultures, systems, and processes: 1. Globalization 2.0: Asia dominates the global economy. 2. Climate change: Sustainability becomes imperative. 3. Individualism: Freedom of choice erodes loyalty. 4. Digitization: Boundaries blur between private and working lives. 5. Demographic changes: Aging populations intensify the talent war. 6. Converging technologies: The sharpest tech shift in history is around the corner. Research findings and case studies provide compelling evidence of each megatrend and highlight the skills, capabilities, and attitudes leaders must cultivate, such as adaptability, collaboration, cultural sensitivity, strategic thinking, meaning creation, and more. In the rush to produce quarterly profits in chaotic conditions, the longer view is often obscured. This forward-thinking audiobook helps businesses everywhere prepare for the seismic changes on the horizon. Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell Mon, 01 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291545 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership 2030: The Six Megatrends You Need to Understand to Lead Your Company into the Future Author: Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The tumultuous changes of the past decade, including China’s economic rise and the financial meltdown, were just the beginning. The next cataclysmic wave is surging relentlessly ahead, demanding leaders who can steer their companies through complexity and change. Drawn from original research conducted jointly with foresight company Z-Punkt and further analyzed by Hay Group, Leadership 2030 uncovers six megatrends that will dramatically impact organizations’ markets, cultures, systems, and processes: 1. Globalization 2.0: Asia dominates the global economy. 2. Climate change: Sustainability becomes imperative. 3. Individualism: Freedom of choice erodes loyalty. 4. Digitization: Boundaries blur between private and working lives. 5. Demographic changes: Aging populations intensify the talent war. 6. Converging technologies: The sharpest tech shift in history is around the corner. Research findings and case studies provide compelling evidence of each megatrend and highlight the skills, capabilities, and attitudes leaders must cultivate, such as adaptability, collaboration, cultural sensitivity, strategic thinking, meaning creation, and more. In the rush to produce quarterly profits in chaotic conditions, the longer view is often obscured. This forward-thinking audiobook helps businesses everywhere prepare for the seismic changes on the horizon. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership 2030: The Six Megatrends You Need to Understand to Lead Your Company into the Future Author: Georg Vielmetter, Yvonne Sell Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 44 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The tumultuous changes of the past decade, including China’s economic rise and the financial meltdown, were just the beginning. The next cataclysmic wave is surging relentlessly ahead, demanding leaders who can steer their companies through complexity and change. Drawn from original research conducted jointly with foresight company Z-Punkt and further analyzed by Hay Group, Leadership 2030 uncovers six megatrends that will dramatically impact organizations’ markets, cultures, systems, and processes: 1. Globalization 2.0: Asia dominates the global economy. 2. Climate change: Sustainability becomes imperative. 3. Individualism: Freedom of choice erodes loyalty. 4. Digitization: Boundaries blur between private and working lives. 5. Demographic changes: Aging populations intensify the talent war. 6. Converging technologies: The sharpest tech shift in history is around the corner. Research findings and case studies provide compelling evidence of each megatrend and highlight the skills, capabilities, and attitudes leaders must cultivate, such as adaptability, collaboration, cultural sensitivity, strategic thinking, meaning creation, and more. In the rush to produce quarterly profits in chaotic conditions, the longer view is often obscured. This forward-thinking audiobook helps businesses everywhere prepare for the seismic changes on the horizon. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291539 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guide to Investing in Gold and Silver: Protect Your Financial Future Author: Michael Maloney Narrator: Michael Maloney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is an updated version of the book that accurately predicted the global stock market crash of 2008, the bursting of the real estate bubble, and Ben Bernanke's unprecedented overreaction via quantitative easing programs. First published in 2008, the book quickly became a best seller not just for its timely insight into precious metals investment but for its amazingly accurate prediction of a "roller-coaster crash" - the manipulated whipsaw between inflation, deflation, and back again. In this latest update to his book, author Michael Maloney adds his thoughts on what has played out so far, what we may be facing soon, and how gold and silver can help you transform the coming economic storm into a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.   Gold and silver have served as the ultimate safe haven from financial chaos throughout history, and today is no exception. All the underlying fundamentals that caused the financial meltdown of 2008 have not been solved but have been magnified by the actions of the world's central banks. The bailouts, currency creation, market manipulation, derivatives expansion, and growth of the "too big to fail" banks only guarantee that the next crisis will make the crash of 2008 look like a speed bump on the way to the main event. Never in history has the global economy stood at such a precipice, and never in history has it been more vital to understand how, why, and where to invest in gold and silver. Michael Maloney Tue, 30 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291539 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guide to Investing in Gold and Silver: Protect Your Financial Future Author: Michael Maloney Narrator: Michael Maloney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is an updated version of the book that accurately predicted the global stock market crash of 2008, the bursting of the real estate bubble, and Ben Bernanke's unprecedented overreaction via quantitative easing programs. First published in 2008, the book quickly became a best seller not just for its timely insight into precious metals investment but for its amazingly accurate prediction of a "roller-coaster crash" - the manipulated whipsaw between inflation, deflation, and back again. In this latest update to his book, author Michael Maloney adds his thoughts on what has played out so far, what we may be facing soon, and how gold and silver can help you transform the coming economic storm into a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.   Gold and silver have served as the ultimate safe haven from financial chaos throughout history, and today is no exception. All the underlying fundamentals that caused the financial meltdown of 2008 have not been solved but have been magnified by the actions of the world's central banks. The bailouts, currency creation, market manipulation, derivatives expansion, and growth of the "too big to fail" banks only guarantee that the next crisis will make the crash of 2008 look like a speed bump on the way to the main event. Never in history has the global economy stood at such a precipice, and never in history has it been more vital to understand how, why, and where to invest in gold and silver. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guide to Investing in Gold and Silver: Protect Your Financial Future Author: Michael Maloney Narrator: Michael Maloney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This is an updated version of the book that accurately predicted the global stock market crash of 2008, the bursting of the real estate bubble, and Ben Bernanke's unprecedented overreaction via quantitative easing programs. First published in 2008, the book quickly became a best seller not just for its timely insight into precious metals investment but for its amazingly accurate prediction of a "roller-coaster crash" - the manipulated whipsaw between inflation, deflation, and back again. In this latest update to his book, author Michael Maloney adds his thoughts on what has played out so far, what we may be facing soon, and how gold and silver can help you transform the coming economic storm into a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.   Gold and silver have served as the ultimate safe haven from financial chaos throughout history, and today is no exception. All the underlying fundamentals that caused the financial meltdown of 2008 have not been solved but have been magnified by the actions of the world's central banks. The bailouts, currency creation, market manipulation, derivatives expansion, and growth of the "too big to fail" banks only guarantee that the next crisis will make the crash of 2008 look like a speed bump on the way to the main event. Never in history has the global economy stood at such a precipice, and never in history has it been more vital to understand how, why, and where to invest in gold and silver. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291449 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalists, Arise!: End Economic Inequality, Grow the Middle Class, Heal the Nation Author: Peter Georgescu Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Peter Georgescu explains how his American Dream journey-from refugee to the CEO of Young & Rubicam-is no longer possible, and the underlying culprit is shareholder primacy. The income gap is growing larger and larger, and Georgescu argues that only a return to a true form of capitalism will begin to decrease that gap. Peter Georgescu is scared, as are some of his more farsighted fellow millionaires and billionaires-not 'of Al Qaeda or the vicious Islamic State or some other evolving radical group . . . We are afraid of where income inequality will lead.' So begins both his 2015 op-ed piece in the New York Times, which generated over 1,000 comments, and this book. Georgescu believes the capitalism that allowed a penniless refugee like him to rise to the top no longer exists. He vividly depicts the damage income inequality is doing and examines the trends and developments that have led to our current crisis. He argues to his fellow capitalists that they are the ones best positioned to fix this problem because they can directly address it. They need to look beyond a single-minded focus on maximizing the short-term profits their shareholders demand and serve the interests of all their stakeholders-employees, customers, society, and the environment. This book offers solutions, which are deep, rich, and compelling. Peter Georgescu Mon, 01 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291449 thebookvoice.com 4:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalists, Arise!: End Economic Inequality, Grow the Middle Class, Heal the Nation Author: Peter Georgescu Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Peter Georgescu explains how his American Dream journey-from refugee to the CEO of Young & Rubicam-is no longer possible, and the underlying culprit is shareholder primacy. The income gap is growing larger and larger, and Georgescu argues that only a return to a true form of capitalism will begin to decrease that gap. Peter Georgescu is scared, as are some of his more farsighted fellow millionaires and billionaires-not 'of Al Qaeda or the vicious Islamic State or some other evolving radical group . . . We are afraid of where income inequality will lead.' So begins both his 2015 op-ed piece in the New York Times, which generated over 1,000 comments, and this book. Georgescu believes the capitalism that allowed a penniless refugee like him to rise to the top no longer exists. He vividly depicts the damage income inequality is doing and examines the trends and developments that have led to our current crisis. He argues to his fellow capitalists that they are the ones best positioned to fix this problem because they can directly address it. They need to look beyond a single-minded focus on maximizing the short-term profits their shareholders demand and serve the interests of all their stakeholders-employees, customers, society, and the environment. This book offers solutions, which are deep, rich, and compelling. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalists, Arise!: End Economic Inequality, Grow the Middle Class, Heal the Nation Author: Peter Georgescu Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Peter Georgescu explains how his American Dream journey-from refugee to the CEO of Young & Rubicam-is no longer possible, and the underlying culprit is shareholder primacy. The income gap is growing larger and larger, and Georgescu argues that only a return to a true form of capitalism will begin to decrease that gap. Peter Georgescu is scared, as are some of his more farsighted fellow millionaires and billionaires-not 'of Al Qaeda or the vicious Islamic State or some other evolving radical group . . . We are afraid of where income inequality will lead.' So begins both his 2015 op-ed piece in the New York Times, which generated over 1,000 comments, and this book. Georgescu believes the capitalism that allowed a penniless refugee like him to rise to the top no longer exists. He vividly depicts the damage income inequality is doing and examines the trends and developments that have led to our current crisis. He argues to his fellow capitalists that they are the ones best positioned to fix this problem because they can directly address it. They need to look beyond a single-minded focus on maximizing the short-term profits their shareholders demand and serve the interests of all their stakeholders-employees, customers, society, and the environment. This book offers solutions, which are deep, rich, and compelling. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Corporate Facts Life: Rethink Your Business to Transform Today's Challenges into Tomorrow's Profits Author: Diana Rivenburgh Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Still myopically chasing quarterly profits, producing the same product the same way, issuing directives to increasingly disengaged employees? Too many organizations cling to outdated practices—to their detriment and almost certain demise. In today’s unpredictable, interconnected world you cannot rely on the old rules of business to get stellar results. The New Corporate Facts of Life charts a clear path through the obstacles facing all companies—disruptive innovation, economic instability, environmental degradation, increasing stakeholder power, and other global forces—explaining exactly how to transform each challenge into competitive advantage. Based on interviews with over 50 top executives and thought leaders, including Coca-Cola Enterprises CEO John Brock, Georgia Tech President G.P. “Bud” Peterson, and author Peter Senge, the book recounts how leading-edge companies have begun re-shaping strategy, culture, vision, engagement, and leadership to succeed in this brave new world. Change is the only constant in business. Packed with inspiring stories and compelling examples, The New Corporate Facts of Life offers a bird’s-eye view of the shifting landscape and reveals how any organization, large or small, can begin creating a profitable, sustainable future. Diana Rivenburgh Sat, 01 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291219 thebookvoice.com 9:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Corporate Facts Life: Rethink Your Business to Transform Today's Challenges into Tomorrow's Profits Author: Diana Rivenburgh Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Still myopically chasing quarterly profits, producing the same product the same way, issuing directives to increasingly disengaged employees? Too many organizations cling to outdated practices—to their detriment and almost certain demise. In today’s unpredictable, interconnected world you cannot rely on the old rules of business to get stellar results. The New Corporate Facts of Life charts a clear path through the obstacles facing all companies—disruptive innovation, economic instability, environmental degradation, increasing stakeholder power, and other global forces—explaining exactly how to transform each challenge into competitive advantage. Based on interviews with over 50 top executives and thought leaders, including Coca-Cola Enterprises CEO John Brock, Georgia Tech President G.P. “Bud” Peterson, and author Peter Senge, the book recounts how leading-edge companies have begun re-shaping strategy, culture, vision, engagement, and leadership to succeed in this brave new world. Change is the only constant in business. Packed with inspiring stories and compelling examples, The New Corporate Facts of Life offers a bird’s-eye view of the shifting landscape and reveals how any organization, large or small, can begin creating a profitable, sustainable future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Corporate Facts Life: Rethink Your Business to Transform Today's Challenges into Tomorrow's Profits Author: Diana Rivenburgh Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Still myopically chasing quarterly profits, producing the same product the same way, issuing directives to increasingly disengaged employees? Too many organizations cling to outdated practices—to their detriment and almost certain demise. In today’s unpredictable, interconnected world you cannot rely on the old rules of business to get stellar results. The New Corporate Facts of Life charts a clear path through the obstacles facing all companies—disruptive innovation, economic instability, environmental degradation, increasing stakeholder power, and other global forces—explaining exactly how to transform each challenge into competitive advantage. Based on interviews with over 50 top executives and thought leaders, including Coca-Cola Enterprises CEO John Brock, Georgia Tech President G.P. “Bud” Peterson, and author Peter Senge, the book recounts how leading-edge companies have begun re-shaping strategy, culture, vision, engagement, and leadership to succeed in this brave new world. Change is the only constant in business. Packed with inspiring stories and compelling examples, The New Corporate Facts of Life offers a bird’s-eye view of the shifting landscape and reveals how any organization, large or small, can begin creating a profitable, sustainable future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291033 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291033]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shut Up, Stop Whining, and Get a Life: A Kick-Butt Approach to a Better Life Author: Larry Winget Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 8, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shut Up, Stop Whining, and Get a Life is a Wall Street Journal number one best-seller that isn't afraid to tell you it's time to change. From motivational speaker Larry Winget, also known as The Pitbull of Personal Development and The World's Only Irritational Speaker, comes a not-so-typical self help book. Winget's hilarious and in-your-face observations about the sometimes ugly truth of life will make you kick yourself in the butt and encourage you to change your life for the better. Larry Winget Mon, 08 Jan 2007 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291033 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291033]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shut Up, Stop Whining, and Get a Life: A Kick-Butt Approach to a Better Life Author: Larry Winget Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 8, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shut Up, Stop Whining, and Get a Life is a Wall Street Journal number one best-seller that isn't afraid to tell you it's time to change. From motivational speaker Larry Winget, also known as The Pitbull of Personal Development and The World's Only Irritational Speaker, comes a not-so-typical self help book. Winget's hilarious and in-your-face observations about the sometimes ugly truth of life will make you kick yourself in the butt and encourage you to change your life for the better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291033]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shut Up, Stop Whining, and Get a Life: A Kick-Butt Approach to a Better Life Author: Larry Winget Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 8, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shut Up, Stop Whining, and Get a Life is a Wall Street Journal number one best-seller that isn't afraid to tell you it's time to change. From motivational speaker Larry Winget, also known as The Pitbull of Personal Development and The World's Only Irritational Speaker, comes a not-so-typical self help book. Winget's hilarious and in-your-face observations about the sometimes ugly truth of life will make you kick yourself in the butt and encourage you to change your life for the better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290989 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CEO Pay Machine: How it Trashes America and How to Stop it Author: Steven Clifford Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former top CEO examines the scandalous and corrupt reasons behind obscene pay packages for corporate executives—and explains how this hurts all of us--and how we can stop it.  Today, the pay gap between chief executive officers of major U.S. firms and their workers is higher than ever before—depending on the method of calculation, CEOs get paid between 300 and 700 times more than the average worker. Such outsized pay is a relatively recent phenomenon, but despite all the outrage, few detractors truly understand the numerous factors that have contributed to the dizzying upward spiral in CEO compensation.  Steven Clifford, a former CEO who has also served on many corporate boards, has a name for these procedures and practices— 'The CEO Pay Machine.' The CEO Pay Machine is Clifford's thorough and shocking explanation of the 'machine'--how it works, how its parts interact, and how every step pushes CEO pay to higher levels. As Clifford sees it, the payment structure for CEOs begins with shared delusions that reinforce one other: Once this groupthink is accepted as corporate dogma, it becomes infinitely harder to see any decision as potentially irrational or dysfunctional. Yet, as Clifford notes, the Pay Machine has caused immeasurable harm to companies, shareholders, economic growth, and democracy itself. He uses real-life examples of the top four CEOs named the highest paid in 2011 through 2014. Clifford examines how board directors and compensation committees have directly contributed to the rising salaries and bonuses of the country's richest executives; what's more, Clifford argues, each of those companies could have paid their CEOs 90 percent less and performed just as well. Witty and infuriating, The CEO Pay Machine is a thorough and incisive critique of an economic issue that affects all American workers. Steven Clifford Tue, 09 May 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290989 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CEO Pay Machine: How it Trashes America and How to Stop it Author: Steven Clifford Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former top CEO examines the scandalous and corrupt reasons behind obscene pay packages for corporate executives—and explains how this hurts all of us--and how we can stop it.  Today, the pay gap between chief executive officers of major U.S. firms and their workers is higher than ever before—depending on the method of calculation, CEOs get paid between 300 and 700 times more than the average worker. Such outsized pay is a relatively recent phenomenon, but despite all the outrage, few detractors truly understand the numerous factors that have contributed to the dizzying upward spiral in CEO compensation.  Steven Clifford, a former CEO who has also served on many corporate boards, has a name for these procedures and practices— 'The CEO Pay Machine.' The CEO Pay Machine is Clifford's thorough and shocking explanation of the 'machine'--how it works, how its parts interact, and how every step pushes CEO pay to higher levels. As Clifford sees it, the payment structure for CEOs begins with shared delusions that reinforce one other: Once this groupthink is accepted as corporate dogma, it becomes infinitely harder to see any decision as potentially irrational or dysfunctional. Yet, as Clifford notes, the Pay Machine has caused immeasurable harm to companies, shareholders, economic growth, and democracy itself. He uses real-life examples of the top four CEOs named the highest paid in 2011 through 2014. Clifford examines how board directors and compensation committees have directly contributed to the rising salaries and bonuses of the country's richest executives; what's more, Clifford argues, each of those companies could have paid their CEOs 90 percent less and performed just as well. Witty and infuriating, The CEO Pay Machine is a thorough and incisive critique of an economic issue that affects all American workers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The CEO Pay Machine: How it Trashes America and How to Stop it Author: Steven Clifford Narrator: Oliver Wyman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former top CEO examines the scandalous and corrupt reasons behind obscene pay packages for corporate executives—and explains how this hurts all of us--and how we can stop it.  Today, the pay gap between chief executive officers of major U.S. firms and their workers is higher than ever before—depending on the method of calculation, CEOs get paid between 300 and 700 times more than the average worker. Such outsized pay is a relatively recent phenomenon, but despite all the outrage, few detractors truly understand the numerous factors that have contributed to the dizzying upward spiral in CEO compensation.  Steven Clifford, a former CEO who has also served on many corporate boards, has a name for these procedures and practices— 'The CEO Pay Machine.' The CEO Pay Machine is Clifford's thorough and shocking explanation of the 'machine'--how it works, how its parts interact, and how every step pushes CEO pay to higher levels. As Clifford sees it, the payment structure for CEOs begins with shared delusions that reinforce one other: Once this groupthink is accepted as corporate dogma, it becomes infinitely harder to see any decision as potentially irrational or dysfunctional. Yet, as Clifford notes, the Pay Machine has caused immeasurable harm to companies, shareholders, economic growth, and democracy itself. He uses real-life examples of the top four CEOs named the highest paid in 2011 through 2014. Clifford examines how board directors and compensation committees have directly contributed to the rising salaries and bonuses of the country's richest executives; what's more, Clifford argues, each of those companies could have paid their CEOs 90 percent less and performed just as well. Witty and infuriating, The CEO Pay Machine is a thorough and incisive critique of an economic issue that affects all American workers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290816 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Positive Destruction: How to Turn a Business Idea into a Revolution Author: Seth Merrin Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's no longer good enough to build a company to last; today it's about building a company to ignite change. The Power of Positive Destruction reveals how to start a new business, disrupt an industry, and adapt to changing environments by leveraging technology and a new mindset. Serial entrepreneur Seth Merrin has built businesses by seeing issues with the status quo and introducing positive changes that have disrupted—and revolutionized—industries. In this audiobook, he breaks down his process step-by-step to show you what you need to know to successfully start a company and transform an industry. Merrin's incredible story, coupled with real, actionable advice, will resonate with anyone who wants to be a catalyst of change. With this audiobook, listeners will learn to see the inefficiencies, ineptitudes, and everyday problems that others dismiss as the cost of doing business and create 'unfair competitive advantages' to stack the deck—and win. You'll see how problems in current business models are really opportunities of which to take advantage and learn what you need to know and do to seize those opportunities —no matter where you work. Seth Merrin saw Wall Street as it was, then built a company to turn it into what it could be—safer and more efficient for investors. This book shows you how he did it, and how you can too, with the power of positive destruction. Discover how to turn status quo into disruption Understand how to stack the deck in your favor to achieve the best possible chances of success Learn how to build and run a company and design a culture for constant change Acquire new skills to create strategy, sell your disruptive product or service, and negotiate effectively Technology and innovation can disrupt or transform any industry. It's happening faster and more broadly now than ever, creating myriad opportunities for everyone. But winning in this new world is not easy. The incumbents will fight mightily against it and even those who would benefit from change may first express fear. This audiobook reveals the techniques from identifying the opportunities to designing and executing the strategy you'll need to succeed. With The Power of Positive Destruction you can to tap into your inner change agent and transform your company, your industry, and the world. Seth Merrin Sat, 01 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290816 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Positive Destruction: How to Turn a Business Idea into a Revolution Author: Seth Merrin Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's no longer good enough to build a company to last; today it's about building a company to ignite change. The Power of Positive Destruction reveals how to start a new business, disrupt an industry, and adapt to changing environments by leveraging technology and a new mindset. Serial entrepreneur Seth Merrin has built businesses by seeing issues with the status quo and introducing positive changes that have disrupted—and revolutionized—industries. In this audiobook, he breaks down his process step-by-step to show you what you need to know to successfully start a company and transform an industry. Merrin's incredible story, coupled with real, actionable advice, will resonate with anyone who wants to be a catalyst of change. With this audiobook, listeners will learn to see the inefficiencies, ineptitudes, and everyday problems that others dismiss as the cost of doing business and create 'unfair competitive advantages' to stack the deck—and win. You'll see how problems in current business models are really opportunities of which to take advantage and learn what you need to know and do to seize those opportunities —no matter where you work. Seth Merrin saw Wall Street as it was, then built a company to turn it into what it could be—safer and more efficient for investors. This book shows you how he did it, and how you can too, with the power of positive destruction. Discover how to turn status quo into disruption Understand how to stack the deck in your favor to achieve the best possible chances of success Learn how to build and run a company and design a culture for constant change Acquire new skills to create strategy, sell your disruptive product or service, and negotiate effectively Technology and innovation can disrupt or transform any industry. It's happening faster and more broadly now than ever, creating myriad opportunities for everyone. But winning in this new world is not easy. The incumbents will fight mightily against it and even those who would benefit from change may first express fear. This audiobook reveals the techniques from identifying the opportunities to designing and executing the strategy you'll need to succeed. With The Power of Positive Destruction you can to tap into your inner change agent and transform your company, your industry, and the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Positive Destruction: How to Turn a Business Idea into a Revolution Author: Seth Merrin Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: It's no longer good enough to build a company to last; today it's about building a company to ignite change. The Power of Positive Destruction reveals how to start a new business, disrupt an industry, and adapt to changing environments by leveraging technology and a new mindset. Serial entrepreneur Seth Merrin has built businesses by seeing issues with the status quo and introducing positive changes that have disrupted—and revolutionized—industries. In this audiobook, he breaks down his process step-by-step to show you what you need to know to successfully start a company and transform an industry. Merrin's incredible story, coupled with real, actionable advice, will resonate with anyone who wants to be a catalyst of change. With this audiobook, listeners will learn to see the inefficiencies, ineptitudes, and everyday problems that others dismiss as the cost of doing business and create 'unfair competitive advantages' to stack the deck—and win. You'll see how problems in current business models are really opportunities of which to take advantage and learn what you need to know and do to seize those opportunities —no matter where you work. Seth Merrin saw Wall Street as it was, then built a company to turn it into what it could be—safer and more efficient for investors. This book shows you how he did it, and how you can too, with the power of positive destruction. Discover how to turn status quo into disruption Understand how to stack the deck in your favor to achieve the best possible chances of success Learn how to build and run a company and design a culture for constant change Acquire new skills to create strategy, sell your disruptive product or service, and negotiate effectively Technology and innovation can disrupt or transform any industry. It's happening faster and more broadly now than ever, creating myriad opportunities for everyone. But winning in this new world is not easy. The incumbents will fight mightily against it and even those who would benefit from change may first express fear. This audiobook reveals the techniques from identifying the opportunities to designing and executing the strategy you'll need to succeed. With The Power of Positive Destruction you can to tap into your inner change agent and transform your company, your industry, and the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Fast Writing Author: Daniel Hall Narrator: Daniel Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: March 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The goal of this book is simple: Help you write faster and at a higher quality. Let's face it, if you're in business for yourself -- an author, speaker or trainer, coach, consultant or entrepreneur or if you realize the great need for large quantities of fantastic content fast -- then you need to know how to speed write. It goes without saying that if you're a writer or publisher and you can already crank out content at a brisk clip, even a small increase in production can give you a slight edge. Add a percentage point more production with one tactic here and another percentage point with another strategy there, and you do that consistently over time you can significantly increase your overall writing production. Fact is, this book contains all of the strategies I've learned, developed or innovated to do exactly that: write at lightning fast speed. By the way, the techniques I cover can be applied - almost universally - to any type of content you need. You can use these methods to quickly write books, blog posts, emails, letters, scripts, articles, essays, white papers, reports, sales copy, social media posts, fiction or non-fiction. If you need to get more quality words on a page faster... you found your resource! Daniel Hall Wed, 15 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290098 thebookvoice.com 1:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Fast Writing Author: Daniel Hall Narrator: Daniel Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: March 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The goal of this book is simple: Help you write faster and at a higher quality. Let's face it, if you're in business for yourself -- an author, speaker or trainer, coach, consultant or entrepreneur or if you realize the great need for large quantities of fantastic content fast -- then you need to know how to speed write. It goes without saying that if you're a writer or publisher and you can already crank out content at a brisk clip, even a small increase in production can give you a slight edge. Add a percentage point more production with one tactic here and another percentage point with another strategy there, and you do that consistently over time you can significantly increase your overall writing production. Fact is, this book contains all of the strategies I've learned, developed or innovated to do exactly that: write at lightning fast speed. By the way, the techniques I cover can be applied - almost universally - to any type of content you need. You can use these methods to quickly write books, blog posts, emails, letters, scripts, articles, essays, white papers, reports, sales copy, social media posts, fiction or non-fiction. If you need to get more quality words on a page faster... you found your resource! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Fast Writing Author: Daniel Hall Narrator: Daniel Hall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: March 15, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The goal of this book is simple: Help you write faster and at a higher quality. Let's face it, if you're in business for yourself -- an author, speaker or trainer, coach, consultant or entrepreneur or if you realize the great need for large quantities of fantastic content fast -- then you need to know how to speed write. It goes without saying that if you're a writer or publisher and you can already crank out content at a brisk clip, even a small increase in production can give you a slight edge. Add a percentage point more production with one tactic here and another percentage point with another strategy there, and you do that consistently over time you can significantly increase your overall writing production. Fact is, this book contains all of the strategies I've learned, developed or innovated to do exactly that: write at lightning fast speed. By the way, the techniques I cover can be applied - almost universally - to any type of content you need. You can use these methods to quickly write books, blog posts, emails, letters, scripts, articles, essays, white papers, reports, sales copy, social media posts, fiction or non-fiction. If you need to get more quality words on a page faster... you found your resource! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289858 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rules of Work: The Modern Playbook for Navigating Your Career Author: Kathryn Minshew, Alexandra Cavoulacos Narrator: Alexandra Cavoulacos, Kathryn Minshew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The world of work has changed. People in previous generations tended to pick one professional path and stick to it. Switching companies every few years wasn’t the norm, and changing careers was even rarer. Today’s career trajectories aren’t so scripted and linear. Technology has given rise to new positions that never before existed, which means we are choosing from a much broader set of career options—and have even more opportunities to find work that lights us up. However, we don’t discover and apply for jobs the same way anymore, and employers don’t find applicants the way they used to. Isn’t it about time we had a playbook for navigating it all? Kathryn Minshew and Alexandra Cavoulacos, founders of the popular career website TheMuse.com, offer the definitive guide to the modern workplace. Through quick exercises and structured tips, you will learn:   · The New Rules for finding the right path: Sift through, and narrow today’s ever-growing menu of job and career options, using the simple step-by-step Muse Method. · The New Rules for landing the perfect job: Build your personal brand, and communicate exactly how you can contribute and why your experience is valuable in a way that is sure to get the attention of your dream employer. Then ace every step of the interview process, from getting a foot in the door to negotiating your offer. · The New Rules for growing and advancing in your career: Mastering first impressions, the art of communication, networking, managing up and other “soft” skills – and make it obvious that whatever level you’re at, you’re ready to get ahead.    Whether you are starting out in your career, looking to advance, navigating a mid-career shift, or anywhere in between, this is the book you need to thrive in the New World of Work.  Includes a bonus PDF with questionnaires, worksheets, interview cheat sheets, and more Kathryn Minshew, Alexandra Cavoulacos Tue, 18 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289858 thebookvoice.com 9:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rules of Work: The Modern Playbook for Navigating Your Career Author: Kathryn Minshew, Alexandra Cavoulacos Narrator: Alexandra Cavoulacos, Kathryn Minshew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The world of work has changed. People in previous generations tended to pick one professional path and stick to it. Switching companies every few years wasn’t the norm, and changing careers was even rarer. Today’s career trajectories aren’t so scripted and linear. Technology has given rise to new positions that never before existed, which means we are choosing from a much broader set of career options—and have even more opportunities to find work that lights us up. However, we don’t discover and apply for jobs the same way anymore, and employers don’t find applicants the way they used to. Isn’t it about time we had a playbook for navigating it all? Kathryn Minshew and Alexandra Cavoulacos, founders of the popular career website TheMuse.com, offer the definitive guide to the modern workplace. Through quick exercises and structured tips, you will learn:   · The New Rules for finding the right path: Sift through, and narrow today’s ever-growing menu of job and career options, using the simple step-by-step Muse Method. · The New Rules for landing the perfect job: Build your personal brand, and communicate exactly how you can contribute and why your experience is valuable in a way that is sure to get the attention of your dream employer. Then ace every step of the interview process, from getting a foot in the door to negotiating your offer. · The New Rules for growing and advancing in your career: Mastering first impressions, the art of communication, networking, managing up and other “soft” skills – and make it obvious that whatever level you’re at, you’re ready to get ahead.    Whether you are starting out in your career, looking to advance, navigating a mid-career shift, or anywhere in between, this is the book you need to thrive in the New World of Work.  Includes a bonus PDF with questionnaires, worksheets, interview cheat sheets, and more Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rules of Work: The Modern Playbook for Navigating Your Career Author: Kathryn Minshew, Alexandra Cavoulacos Narrator: Alexandra Cavoulacos, Kathryn Minshew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The world of work has changed. People in previous generations tended to pick one professional path and stick to it. Switching companies every few years wasn’t the norm, and changing careers was even rarer. Today’s career trajectories aren’t so scripted and linear. Technology has given rise to new positions that never before existed, which means we are choosing from a much broader set of career options—and have even more opportunities to find work that lights us up. However, we don’t discover and apply for jobs the same way anymore, and employers don’t find applicants the way they used to. Isn’t it about time we had a playbook for navigating it all? Kathryn Minshew and Alexandra Cavoulacos, founders of the popular career website TheMuse.com, offer the definitive guide to the modern workplace. Through quick exercises and structured tips, you will learn:   · The New Rules for finding the right path: Sift through, and narrow today’s ever-growing menu of job and career options, using the simple step-by-step Muse Method. · The New Rules for landing the perfect job: Build your personal brand, and communicate exactly how you can contribute and why your experience is valuable in a way that is sure to get the attention of your dream employer. Then ace every step of the interview process, from getting a foot in the door to negotiating your offer. · The New Rules for growing and advancing in your career: Mastering first impressions, the art of communication, networking, managing up and other “soft” skills – and make it obvious that whatever level you’re at, you’re ready to get ahead.    Whether you are starting out in your career, looking to advance, navigating a mid-career shift, or anywhere in between, this is the book you need to thrive in the New World of Work.  Includes a bonus PDF with questionnaires, worksheets, interview cheat sheets, and more https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iacocca: An Autobiography Author: William Novak, Lee Iacocca Narrator: Lee Iacocca Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Vintage Iacocca . . . He is fast-talking, blunt, boastful, and unabashedly patriotic. Lee Iacocca is also a genuine folk hero. . . . His career is breathtaking.”—Business Week He’s an American legend, a straight-shooting businessman who brought Chrysler back from the brink and in the process became a media celebrity, newsmaker, and a man many had urged to run for president. The son of Italian immigrants, Lee Iacocca rose spectacularly through the ranks of Ford Motor Company to become its president, only to be toppled eight years later in a power play that should have shattered him. But Lee Iacocca didn’t get mad, he got even. He led a battle for Chrysler’s survival that made his name a symbol of integrity, know-how, and guts for millions of Americans. In his classic hard-hitting style, he tells us how he changed the automobile industry in the 1960s by creating the phenomenal Mustang. He goes behind the scenes for a look at Henry Ford’s reign of intimidation and manipulation. He recounts the miraculous rebirth of Chrysler from near bankruptcy to repayment of its $1.2 billion government loan so early that Washington didn’t know how to cash the check. William Novak, Lee Iacocca Tue, 17 Apr 2007 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289627 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iacocca: An Autobiography Author: William Novak, Lee Iacocca Narrator: Lee Iacocca Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Vintage Iacocca . . . He is fast-talking, blunt, boastful, and unabashedly patriotic. Lee Iacocca is also a genuine folk hero. . . . His career is breathtaking.”—Business Week He’s an American legend, a straight-shooting businessman who brought Chrysler back from the brink and in the process became a media celebrity, newsmaker, and a man many had urged to run for president. The son of Italian immigrants, Lee Iacocca rose spectacularly through the ranks of Ford Motor Company to become its president, only to be toppled eight years later in a power play that should have shattered him. But Lee Iacocca didn’t get mad, he got even. He led a battle for Chrysler’s survival that made his name a symbol of integrity, know-how, and guts for millions of Americans. In his classic hard-hitting style, he tells us how he changed the automobile industry in the 1960s by creating the phenomenal Mustang. He goes behind the scenes for a look at Henry Ford’s reign of intimidation and manipulation. He recounts the miraculous rebirth of Chrysler from near bankruptcy to repayment of its $1.2 billion government loan so early that Washington didn’t know how to cash the check. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iacocca: An Autobiography Author: William Novak, Lee Iacocca Narrator: Lee Iacocca Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Vintage Iacocca . . . He is fast-talking, blunt, boastful, and unabashedly patriotic. Lee Iacocca is also a genuine folk hero. . . . His career is breathtaking.”—Business Week He’s an American legend, a straight-shooting businessman who brought Chrysler back from the brink and in the process became a media celebrity, newsmaker, and a man many had urged to run for president. The son of Italian immigrants, Lee Iacocca rose spectacularly through the ranks of Ford Motor Company to become its president, only to be toppled eight years later in a power play that should have shattered him. But Lee Iacocca didn’t get mad, he got even. He led a battle for Chrysler’s survival that made his name a symbol of integrity, know-how, and guts for millions of Americans. In his classic hard-hitting style, he tells us how he changed the automobile industry in the 1960s by creating the phenomenal Mustang. He goes behind the scenes for a look at Henry Ford’s reign of intimidation and manipulation. He recounts the miraculous rebirth of Chrysler from near bankruptcy to repayment of its $1.2 billion government loan so early that Washington didn’t know how to cash the check. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnetic: The Art of Attracting Business Author: Joe Calloway Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Magnetic: The Art of Attracting Business is a look at how consistently successful businesses are able to attract a steady and ever-increasing flow of customers. This innovative text examines a range of simple, powerful strategies that businesses of any size or type can use to attract new customers. The key is to do those things that harness the power of the single most important factor in buying decisions: positive word of mouth and referrals from happy existing customers. Magnetic businesses are intentional, strategic, and focused on creating positive experiences that become the stories their customers tell about them. Whether on the internet or face to face, it's what satisfied customers say about you that is the most powerful driver of growth for your business. Becoming Magnetic and attracting business, truly is an art, rather than a science, because every business is different, and uses a unique combination of strategy, people, and purpose to achieve success and growth. There is no one-size-fits-all formula, but with creativity and focus, any business can create a powerful revenue growth engine that continuously works to build and sustain success. Learn how to match successful growth strategies with your people, purpose, and culture to create your own unique 'magnetism' to attract business. Discover the simple, powerful keys to growth used by a range of market leading businesses, from a snowboard manufacturing startup company and a website design professional to a minor league baseball team and an family owned upscale grocery store. All of them utilize ideas that you can put to work immediately in your business to become Magnetic. Create a magnetic mindset in your people that leads not only to happier customers who refer others to you, but to more satisfied employees who help attract and recruit great new employees to keep your momentum going. Simplify and clarify how you think about your business to have your entire team become more focused, efficient, and effective in doing those few vitally important things that matters most in driving growth and sustaining success. Joe Calloway Wed, 01 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289522 thebookvoice.com 4:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnetic: The Art of Attracting Business Author: Joe Calloway Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Magnetic: The Art of Attracting Business is a look at how consistently successful businesses are able to attract a steady and ever-increasing flow of customers. This innovative text examines a range of simple, powerful strategies that businesses of any size or type can use to attract new customers. The key is to do those things that harness the power of the single most important factor in buying decisions: positive word of mouth and referrals from happy existing customers. Magnetic businesses are intentional, strategic, and focused on creating positive experiences that become the stories their customers tell about them. Whether on the internet or face to face, it's what satisfied customers say about you that is the most powerful driver of growth for your business. Becoming Magnetic and attracting business, truly is an art, rather than a science, because every business is different, and uses a unique combination of strategy, people, and purpose to achieve success and growth. There is no one-size-fits-all formula, but with creativity and focus, any business can create a powerful revenue growth engine that continuously works to build and sustain success. Learn how to match successful growth strategies with your people, purpose, and culture to create your own unique 'magnetism' to attract business. Discover the simple, powerful keys to growth used by a range of market leading businesses, from a snowboard manufacturing startup company and a website design professional to a minor league baseball team and an family owned upscale grocery store. All of them utilize ideas that you can put to work immediately in your business to become Magnetic. Create a magnetic mindset in your people that leads not only to happier customers who refer others to you, but to more satisfied employees who help attract and recruit great new employees to keep your momentum going. Simplify and clarify how you think about your business to have your entire team become more focused, efficient, and effective in doing those few vitally important things that matters most in driving growth and sustaining success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magnetic: The Art of Attracting Business Author: Joe Calloway Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Magnetic: The Art of Attracting Business is a look at how consistently successful businesses are able to attract a steady and ever-increasing flow of customers. This innovative text examines a range of simple, powerful strategies that businesses of any size or type can use to attract new customers. The key is to do those things that harness the power of the single most important factor in buying decisions: positive word of mouth and referrals from happy existing customers. Magnetic businesses are intentional, strategic, and focused on creating positive experiences that become the stories their customers tell about them. Whether on the internet or face to face, it's what satisfied customers say about you that is the most powerful driver of growth for your business. Becoming Magnetic and attracting business, truly is an art, rather than a science, because every business is different, and uses a unique combination of strategy, people, and purpose to achieve success and growth. There is no one-size-fits-all formula, but with creativity and focus, any business can create a powerful revenue growth engine that continuously works to build and sustain success. Learn how to match successful growth strategies with your people, purpose, and culture to create your own unique 'magnetism' to attract business. Discover the simple, powerful keys to growth used by a range of market leading businesses, from a snowboard manufacturing startup company and a website design professional to a minor league baseball team and an family owned upscale grocery store. All of them utilize ideas that you can put to work immediately in your business to become Magnetic. Create a magnetic mindset in your people that leads not only to happier customers who refer others to you, but to more satisfied employees who help attract and recruit great new employees to keep your momentum going. Simplify and clarify how you think about your business to have your entire team become more focused, efficient, and effective in doing those few vitally important things that matters most in driving growth and sustaining success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Giants: Companies That Choose to Be Great Instead of Big, 10th-Anniversary Edition Author: Bo Burlingham Narrator: Bo Burlingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How maverick companies have passed up the growth treadmill — and focused on greatness instead. It’s an axiom of business that great companies grow their revenues and profits year after year. Yet quietly, under the radar, a small number of companies have rejected the pressure of endless growth to focus on more satisfying business goals. Goals like being great at what they do, creating a great place to work, providing great customer service, making great contributions to their communities, and finding great ways to lead their lives. In Small Giants, veteran journalist Bo Burlingham takes us deep inside fourteen remarkable companies that have chosen to march to their own drummer. They include Anchor Brewing, the original microbrewer; CitiStorage Inc., the premier independent records-storage business; Clif Bar & Co., maker of organic energy bars and other nutrition foods; Righteous Babe Records, the record company founded by singer-songwriter Ani DiFranco; Union Square Hospitality Group, the company of restaurateur Danny Meyer; and Zingerman’s Community of Businesses, including the world-famous Zingerman’s Deli of Ann Arbor. Burlingham shows how the leaders of these small giants recognized the full range of choices they had about the type of company they could create. And he shows how we can all benefit by questioning the usual definitions of business success. In his new afterward, Burlingham reflects on the similarities and learning lessons from the small giants he covers in the audiobook. Bo Burlingham Sat, 11 Nov 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289518 thebookvoice.com 10:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Giants: Companies That Choose to Be Great Instead of Big, 10th-Anniversary Edition Author: Bo Burlingham Narrator: Bo Burlingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How maverick companies have passed up the growth treadmill — and focused on greatness instead. It’s an axiom of business that great companies grow their revenues and profits year after year. Yet quietly, under the radar, a small number of companies have rejected the pressure of endless growth to focus on more satisfying business goals. Goals like being great at what they do, creating a great place to work, providing great customer service, making great contributions to their communities, and finding great ways to lead their lives. In Small Giants, veteran journalist Bo Burlingham takes us deep inside fourteen remarkable companies that have chosen to march to their own drummer. They include Anchor Brewing, the original microbrewer; CitiStorage Inc., the premier independent records-storage business; Clif Bar & Co., maker of organic energy bars and other nutrition foods; Righteous Babe Records, the record company founded by singer-songwriter Ani DiFranco; Union Square Hospitality Group, the company of restaurateur Danny Meyer; and Zingerman’s Community of Businesses, including the world-famous Zingerman’s Deli of Ann Arbor. Burlingham shows how the leaders of these small giants recognized the full range of choices they had about the type of company they could create. And he shows how we can all benefit by questioning the usual definitions of business success. In his new afterward, Burlingham reflects on the similarities and learning lessons from the small giants he covers in the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Giants: Companies That Choose to Be Great Instead of Big, 10th-Anniversary Edition Author: Bo Burlingham Narrator: Bo Burlingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How maverick companies have passed up the growth treadmill — and focused on greatness instead. It’s an axiom of business that great companies grow their revenues and profits year after year. Yet quietly, under the radar, a small number of companies have rejected the pressure of endless growth to focus on more satisfying business goals. Goals like being great at what they do, creating a great place to work, providing great customer service, making great contributions to their communities, and finding great ways to lead their lives. In Small Giants, veteran journalist Bo Burlingham takes us deep inside fourteen remarkable companies that have chosen to march to their own drummer. They include Anchor Brewing, the original microbrewer; CitiStorage Inc., the premier independent records-storage business; Clif Bar & Co., maker of organic energy bars and other nutrition foods; Righteous Babe Records, the record company founded by singer-songwriter Ani DiFranco; Union Square Hospitality Group, the company of restaurateur Danny Meyer; and Zingerman’s Community of Businesses, including the world-famous Zingerman’s Deli of Ann Arbor. Burlingham shows how the leaders of these small giants recognized the full range of choices they had about the type of company they could create. And he shows how we can all benefit by questioning the usual definitions of business success. In his new afterward, Burlingham reflects on the similarities and learning lessons from the small giants he covers in the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289451 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equity Crowdfunding: The Complete Guide For Startups And Growing Companies Author: Nathan Rose Narrator: Nathan Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For many startups and growing companies, gaining marketing exposure and raising external funding from investors are #1 and #2 on their priority list. But, until recently, they were always separate activities - first you would raise the money, and then you would spend it on marketing. The advent of equity crowdfunding means these two critical tasks can be done at the same time. Unlike venture capital, the company founders get to set their own offer terms, retain their company culture, and bring on dozens, or even hundreds of shareholders rather than just a tiny handful . And unlike the crowdfunding offered by sites like Kickstarter and Indiegogo, equity crowdfunding allows a company to offer shares in itself, instead of a pre-ordered product. This means equity crowdfunding can be used by far more types of businesses, and typically attracts a lot more money. This Book Will Show You How! Equity crowdfunding offers amazing potential for startups and growing companies, but it is also a very steep learning curve. Many companies begin with no real idea of how to choose a platform, how to craft their pitch, or what they should be doing to drive people to their offer page and invest. In this step-by-step guide, you will learn: • The forces which have brought equity crowdfunding to where it is today • How to tell whether equity crowdfunding will be a good fit for your company • The biggest mistakes that can kill an offer before it has even begun • How to build critical momentum - one company raised £1 million in 96 seconds! • How to construct a marketing plan to get people literally counting down to your launch • How to salvage an offer which is 'stuck', and re-ignite the momentum • What past campaigns wished they had known before they had started • The incredible impact equity crowdfunding can have on your business and profile This is THE complete guide, with no prior knowledge assumed, and will teach you equity crowdfunding from the ground up. Nathan Rose Tue, 28 Feb 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289451 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equity Crowdfunding: The Complete Guide For Startups And Growing Companies Author: Nathan Rose Narrator: Nathan Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For many startups and growing companies, gaining marketing exposure and raising external funding from investors are #1 and #2 on their priority list. But, until recently, they were always separate activities - first you would raise the money, and then you would spend it on marketing. The advent of equity crowdfunding means these two critical tasks can be done at the same time. Unlike venture capital, the company founders get to set their own offer terms, retain their company culture, and bring on dozens, or even hundreds of shareholders rather than just a tiny handful . And unlike the crowdfunding offered by sites like Kickstarter and Indiegogo, equity crowdfunding allows a company to offer shares in itself, instead of a pre-ordered product. This means equity crowdfunding can be used by far more types of businesses, and typically attracts a lot more money. This Book Will Show You How! Equity crowdfunding offers amazing potential for startups and growing companies, but it is also a very steep learning curve. Many companies begin with no real idea of how to choose a platform, how to craft their pitch, or what they should be doing to drive people to their offer page and invest. In this step-by-step guide, you will learn: • The forces which have brought equity crowdfunding to where it is today • How to tell whether equity crowdfunding will be a good fit for your company • The biggest mistakes that can kill an offer before it has even begun • How to build critical momentum - one company raised £1 million in 96 seconds! • How to construct a marketing plan to get people literally counting down to your launch • How to salvage an offer which is 'stuck', and re-ignite the momentum • What past campaigns wished they had known before they had started • The incredible impact equity crowdfunding can have on your business and profile This is THE complete guide, with no prior knowledge assumed, and will teach you equity crowdfunding from the ground up. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289451]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Equity Crowdfunding: The Complete Guide For Startups And Growing Companies Author: Nathan Rose Narrator: Nathan Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For many startups and growing companies, gaining marketing exposure and raising external funding from investors are #1 and #2 on their priority list. But, until recently, they were always separate activities - first you would raise the money, and then you would spend it on marketing. The advent of equity crowdfunding means these two critical tasks can be done at the same time. Unlike venture capital, the company founders get to set their own offer terms, retain their company culture, and bring on dozens, or even hundreds of shareholders rather than just a tiny handful . And unlike the crowdfunding offered by sites like Kickstarter and Indiegogo, equity crowdfunding allows a company to offer shares in itself, instead of a pre-ordered product. This means equity crowdfunding can be used by far more types of businesses, and typically attracts a lot more money. This Book Will Show You How! Equity crowdfunding offers amazing potential for startups and growing companies, but it is also a very steep learning curve. Many companies begin with no real idea of how to choose a platform, how to craft their pitch, or what they should be doing to drive people to their offer page and invest. In this step-by-step guide, you will learn: • The forces which have brought equity crowdfunding to where it is today • How to tell whether equity crowdfunding will be a good fit for your company • The biggest mistakes that can kill an offer before it has even begun • How to build critical momentum - one company raised £1 million in 96 seconds! • How to construct a marketing plan to get people literally counting down to your launch • How to salvage an offer which is 'stuck', and re-ignite the momentum • What past campaigns wished they had known before they had started • The incredible impact equity crowdfunding can have on your business and profile This is THE complete guide, with no prior knowledge assumed, and will teach you equity crowdfunding from the ground up. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289360 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking Growth: How Today's Fastest-Growing Companies Drive Breakout Success Author: Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown Narrator: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive playbook by the pioneers of Growth Hacking, one of the hottest business methodologies in Silicon Valley and beyond. It seems hard to believe today, but there was a time when Airbnb was the best-kept secret of travel hackers and couch surfers, Pinterest was a niche web site frequented only by bakers and crafters, LinkedIn was an exclusive network for C-suite executives and top-level recruiters, Facebook was MySpace’s sorry step-brother, and Uber was a scrappy upstart that didn’t stand a chance against the Goliath that was  New York City Yellow Cabs.  So how did these companies grow from these humble beginnings into the powerhouses they are today? Contrary to popular belief, they didn’t explode to massive worldwide popularity simply by building  a great product then crossing their fingers and hoping it would catch on. There was a studied, carefully implemented methodology behind these companies’ extraordinary rise. That methodology is called Growth Hacking, and it’s practitioners include not just today’s hottest start-ups, but also companies like IBM, Walmart, and Microsoft as well as the millions of entrepreneurs, marketers, managers and executives who make up the community of Growth Hackers. Think of the Growth Hacking methodology as doing for market-share growth what Lean Start-Up did for product development, and Scrum did for productivity. It involves cross-functional teams and rapid-tempo testing and iteration that focuses customers: attaining them, retaining them, engaging them, and motivating them to come back and buy more.   An accessible and practical toolkit that teams and companies in all industries can use to increase their customer base and market share, this book walks readers through the process of creating and executing their own custom-made growth hacking strategy. It is a must read for any marketer, entrepreneur, innovator or manger looking to replace wasteful big bets and 'spaghetti-on-the-wall' approaches with more consistent, replicable, cost-effective, and data-driven results. Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown Tue, 25 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289360 thebookvoice.com 10:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking Growth: How Today's Fastest-Growing Companies Drive Breakout Success Author: Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown Narrator: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive playbook by the pioneers of Growth Hacking, one of the hottest business methodologies in Silicon Valley and beyond. It seems hard to believe today, but there was a time when Airbnb was the best-kept secret of travel hackers and couch surfers, Pinterest was a niche web site frequented only by bakers and crafters, LinkedIn was an exclusive network for C-suite executives and top-level recruiters, Facebook was MySpace’s sorry step-brother, and Uber was a scrappy upstart that didn’t stand a chance against the Goliath that was  New York City Yellow Cabs.  So how did these companies grow from these humble beginnings into the powerhouses they are today? Contrary to popular belief, they didn’t explode to massive worldwide popularity simply by building  a great product then crossing their fingers and hoping it would catch on. There was a studied, carefully implemented methodology behind these companies’ extraordinary rise. That methodology is called Growth Hacking, and it’s practitioners include not just today’s hottest start-ups, but also companies like IBM, Walmart, and Microsoft as well as the millions of entrepreneurs, marketers, managers and executives who make up the community of Growth Hackers. Think of the Growth Hacking methodology as doing for market-share growth what Lean Start-Up did for product development, and Scrum did for productivity. It involves cross-functional teams and rapid-tempo testing and iteration that focuses customers: attaining them, retaining them, engaging them, and motivating them to come back and buy more.   An accessible and practical toolkit that teams and companies in all industries can use to increase their customer base and market share, this book walks readers through the process of creating and executing their own custom-made growth hacking strategy. It is a must read for any marketer, entrepreneur, innovator or manger looking to replace wasteful big bets and 'spaghetti-on-the-wall' approaches with more consistent, replicable, cost-effective, and data-driven results. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289360]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hacking Growth: How Today's Fastest-Growing Companies Drive Breakout Success Author: Sean Ellis, Morgan Brown Narrator: Morgan Brown, Sean Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The definitive playbook by the pioneers of Growth Hacking, one of the hottest business methodologies in Silicon Valley and beyond. It seems hard to believe today, but there was a time when Airbnb was the best-kept secret of travel hackers and couch surfers, Pinterest was a niche web site frequented only by bakers and crafters, LinkedIn was an exclusive network for C-suite executives and top-level recruiters, Facebook was MySpace’s sorry step-brother, and Uber was a scrappy upstart that didn’t stand a chance against the Goliath that was  New York City Yellow Cabs.  So how did these companies grow from these humble beginnings into the powerhouses they are today? Contrary to popular belief, they didn’t explode to massive worldwide popularity simply by building  a great product then crossing their fingers and hoping it would catch on. There was a studied, carefully implemented methodology behind these companies’ extraordinary rise. That methodology is called Growth Hacking, and it’s practitioners include not just today’s hottest start-ups, but also companies like IBM, Walmart, and Microsoft as well as the millions of entrepreneurs, marketers, managers and executives who make up the community of Growth Hackers. Think of the Growth Hacking methodology as doing for market-share growth what Lean Start-Up did for product development, and Scrum did for productivity. It involves cross-functional teams and rapid-tempo testing and iteration that focuses customers: attaining them, retaining them, engaging them, and motivating them to come back and buy more.   An accessible and practical toolkit that teams and companies in all industries can use to increase their customer base and market share, this book walks readers through the process of creating and executing their own custom-made growth hacking strategy. It is a must read for any marketer, entrepreneur, innovator or manger looking to replace wasteful big bets and 'spaghetti-on-the-wall' approaches with more consistent, replicable, cost-effective, and data-driven results. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Driver in the Driverless Car: How Our Technology Choices Will Create the Future Author: Alex Salkever, Vivek Wadhwa Narrator: Julie Eickhoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book teaches readers to evaluate the potential impact of any new technology by asking three simple questions. According to Vivek Wadhwa, it is up to everyone to choose how technology moves forward. Will our future be Star Wars or Mad Max? If we simply let change happen, we may give our vote to the dark side, which will steal our privacy and control everything by default. Technology is advancing faster than ever-but for better or for worse? On the one hand, astonishing technology developments such as personalized genomics, self-driving cars, drones, and artificial intelligence could make our lives healthier, safer, and easier. On the other hand, these very same technologies could raise the specter of a frightening and alienating future-eugenics, a jobless economy, a complete loss of privacy, and an ever-worsening spiral of economic inequality. How can we make appropriate decisions about whether and how to adopt new technologies? Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever propose that we ask three questions: Does the technology have the potential to benefit everyone equally? What are the risks and the rewards? Does the technology more strongly promote autonomy or independence? They subject a host of new and potential technologies to these questions, but ultimately it is up to the reader to make the final decision. Alex Salkever, Vivek Wadhwa Mon, 03 Apr 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289100 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Driver in the Driverless Car: How Our Technology Choices Will Create the Future Author: Alex Salkever, Vivek Wadhwa Narrator: Julie Eickhoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book teaches readers to evaluate the potential impact of any new technology by asking three simple questions. According to Vivek Wadhwa, it is up to everyone to choose how technology moves forward. Will our future be Star Wars or Mad Max? If we simply let change happen, we may give our vote to the dark side, which will steal our privacy and control everything by default. Technology is advancing faster than ever-but for better or for worse? On the one hand, astonishing technology developments such as personalized genomics, self-driving cars, drones, and artificial intelligence could make our lives healthier, safer, and easier. On the other hand, these very same technologies could raise the specter of a frightening and alienating future-eugenics, a jobless economy, a complete loss of privacy, and an ever-worsening spiral of economic inequality. How can we make appropriate decisions about whether and how to adopt new technologies? Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever propose that we ask three questions: Does the technology have the potential to benefit everyone equally? What are the risks and the rewards? Does the technology more strongly promote autonomy or independence? They subject a host of new and potential technologies to these questions, but ultimately it is up to the reader to make the final decision. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Driver in the Driverless Car: How Our Technology Choices Will Create the Future Author: Alex Salkever, Vivek Wadhwa Narrator: Julie Eickhoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book teaches readers to evaluate the potential impact of any new technology by asking three simple questions. According to Vivek Wadhwa, it is up to everyone to choose how technology moves forward. Will our future be Star Wars or Mad Max? If we simply let change happen, we may give our vote to the dark side, which will steal our privacy and control everything by default. Technology is advancing faster than ever-but for better or for worse? On the one hand, astonishing technology developments such as personalized genomics, self-driving cars, drones, and artificial intelligence could make our lives healthier, safer, and easier. On the other hand, these very same technologies could raise the specter of a frightening and alienating future-eugenics, a jobless economy, a complete loss of privacy, and an ever-worsening spiral of economic inequality. How can we make appropriate decisions about whether and how to adopt new technologies? Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever propose that we ask three questions: Does the technology have the potential to benefit everyone equally? What are the risks and the rewards? Does the technology more strongly promote autonomy or independence? They subject a host of new and potential technologies to these questions, but ultimately it is up to the reader to make the final decision. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289057 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Entrepreneur's Playbook: More than 100 Proven Strategies, Tips, and Techniques to Build a Radically Successful Business Author: Leonard C. Green Narrator: Leonard C. Green, Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 84 Ratings of Narrator: 2.88 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Big new ideas rarely make great businesses . . . Laboring on a business plan can be a waste of time . . . You are going to need dramatically more start-up money than you think you do. Counterintuitive concepts like these have helped the world’s best entrepreneurs succeed. Yet most of us only learn them the hard way. Len Green, an experienced investor, entrepreneur, and business professor, shares inside secrets and proven tactics for launching a business. Based on his popular Ultimate Entrepreneurship course, the audiobook explains how to: Locate sure-bet opportunities for improving products Get serious about positioning, distributing, and licensing Find funding Take calculated risks and minimize failure And much more. The Entrepreneur’s Playbook allows you to become a virtual student: dozens of exercises (which you can submit online for feedback) and hundreds of examples make the learning stick. Why stumble your way to possible failure when you can tap into the best ideas for making your venture work. Leonard C. Green Wed, 01 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289057 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Entrepreneur's Playbook: More than 100 Proven Strategies, Tips, and Techniques to Build a Radically Successful Business Author: Leonard C. Green Narrator: Leonard C. Green, Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 84 Ratings of Narrator: 2.88 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Big new ideas rarely make great businesses . . . Laboring on a business plan can be a waste of time . . . You are going to need dramatically more start-up money than you think you do. Counterintuitive concepts like these have helped the world’s best entrepreneurs succeed. Yet most of us only learn them the hard way. Len Green, an experienced investor, entrepreneur, and business professor, shares inside secrets and proven tactics for launching a business. Based on his popular Ultimate Entrepreneurship course, the audiobook explains how to: Locate sure-bet opportunities for improving products Get serious about positioning, distributing, and licensing Find funding Take calculated risks and minimize failure And much more. The Entrepreneur’s Playbook allows you to become a virtual student: dozens of exercises (which you can submit online for feedback) and hundreds of examples make the learning stick. Why stumble your way to possible failure when you can tap into the best ideas for making your venture work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289057]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Entrepreneur's Playbook: More than 100 Proven Strategies, Tips, and Techniques to Build a Radically Successful Business Author: Leonard C. Green Narrator: Leonard C. Green, Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 84 Ratings of Narrator: 2.88 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Big new ideas rarely make great businesses . . . Laboring on a business plan can be a waste of time . . . You are going to need dramatically more start-up money than you think you do. Counterintuitive concepts like these have helped the world’s best entrepreneurs succeed. Yet most of us only learn them the hard way. Len Green, an experienced investor, entrepreneur, and business professor, shares inside secrets and proven tactics for launching a business. Based on his popular Ultimate Entrepreneurship course, the audiobook explains how to: Locate sure-bet opportunities for improving products Get serious about positioning, distributing, and licensing Find funding Take calculated risks and minimize failure And much more. The Entrepreneur’s Playbook allows you to become a virtual student: dozens of exercises (which you can submit online for feedback) and hundreds of examples make the learning stick. Why stumble your way to possible failure when you can tap into the best ideas for making your venture work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289056 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leadership Contract: The Fine Print to Becoming an Accountable Leader Author: Vince Molinaro Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive blueprint for the enlightened leader The Leadership Contract is the modern leader's handbook for organizational renewal. Leaders are no longer 'rulers,' nor are they accidental—in today's business climate, leadership is both a trait and a specific set of skills. It's about trust, commitment, communication, and drive. This book shows you how to become the leader your organization needs. You'll go beyond adopting the habits and practices of an effective leader and actually put it in writing to establish a leadership contract that ensures the success of your company. This revised and updated edition includes new coverage of accountability, personal and organizational levels of the leadership contract, new Gut Check summary questions after each chapter, and additional opening and closing remarks to provide key insight into what the leadership role entails. Recent studies show that only 7 percent of employees have trust and confidence in their senior leaders. How can organizations succeed without the support of their employees? This audiobook aims to build better leaders and establish a true leadership culture that inspires the entire organization. Learn why a leadership contract is needed and what it entails Discover the real impact of your decisions and work ethic Motivate and inspire by making the right connections Facilitate a vibrant, positive culture that innovates and thrives Exceptional leadership is the heart of a successful organization. Employees need to be able to trust in the skills, strategy, judgment, and motivation of those steering the ship. The Leadership Contract provides a blueprint for today's leaders, and guides you toward becoming the leader your employees deserve. Vince Molinaro Wed, 01 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289056 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leadership Contract: The Fine Print to Becoming an Accountable Leader Author: Vince Molinaro Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive blueprint for the enlightened leader The Leadership Contract is the modern leader's handbook for organizational renewal. Leaders are no longer 'rulers,' nor are they accidental—in today's business climate, leadership is both a trait and a specific set of skills. It's about trust, commitment, communication, and drive. This book shows you how to become the leader your organization needs. You'll go beyond adopting the habits and practices of an effective leader and actually put it in writing to establish a leadership contract that ensures the success of your company. This revised and updated edition includes new coverage of accountability, personal and organizational levels of the leadership contract, new Gut Check summary questions after each chapter, and additional opening and closing remarks to provide key insight into what the leadership role entails. Recent studies show that only 7 percent of employees have trust and confidence in their senior leaders. How can organizations succeed without the support of their employees? This audiobook aims to build better leaders and establish a true leadership culture that inspires the entire organization. Learn why a leadership contract is needed and what it entails Discover the real impact of your decisions and work ethic Motivate and inspire by making the right connections Facilitate a vibrant, positive culture that innovates and thrives Exceptional leadership is the heart of a successful organization. Employees need to be able to trust in the skills, strategy, judgment, and motivation of those steering the ship. The Leadership Contract provides a blueprint for today's leaders, and guides you toward becoming the leader your employees deserve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leadership Contract: The Fine Print to Becoming an Accountable Leader Author: Vince Molinaro Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive blueprint for the enlightened leader The Leadership Contract is the modern leader's handbook for organizational renewal. Leaders are no longer 'rulers,' nor are they accidental—in today's business climate, leadership is both a trait and a specific set of skills. It's about trust, commitment, communication, and drive. This book shows you how to become the leader your organization needs. You'll go beyond adopting the habits and practices of an effective leader and actually put it in writing to establish a leadership contract that ensures the success of your company. This revised and updated edition includes new coverage of accountability, personal and organizational levels of the leadership contract, new Gut Check summary questions after each chapter, and additional opening and closing remarks to provide key insight into what the leadership role entails. Recent studies show that only 7 percent of employees have trust and confidence in their senior leaders. How can organizations succeed without the support of their employees? This audiobook aims to build better leaders and establish a true leadership culture that inspires the entire organization. Learn why a leadership contract is needed and what it entails Discover the real impact of your decisions and work ethic Motivate and inspire by making the right connections Facilitate a vibrant, positive culture that innovates and thrives Exceptional leadership is the heart of a successful organization. Employees need to be able to trust in the skills, strategy, judgment, and motivation of those steering the ship. The Leadership Contract provides a blueprint for today's leaders, and guides you toward becoming the leader your employees deserve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289051 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Opportunity: How to Build Growth and Ventures Through Strategic Innovation and Visual Thinking Author: Matt Morasky, Parker Lee, Marc Sniukas Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovate your way toward growth using practical, research-backed frameworks The Art of Opportunity offers a path toward new growth, providing the perspective and methods you need to make innovation happen. Written by a team of experts with both academic and industry experience—and a client roster composed of some of the world’s leading companies—this book provides you with the necessary tools to help you capture growth instead of chasing it. The visual frameworks and research-based methodology presented in The Art of Opportunity merge business design thinking and strategic innovation to help you change your growth paradigm. You’ll learn creative and practical methods for exploring growth opportunities and employ a new approach for identifying what “opportunity” looks like in the first place. Put aside the old school way of focusing on new products and new markets, to instead applying value creation to find your new opportunity, craft your offering, design your strategy and build new growth ventures. The changing business ecosystem is increasingly pushing traditional thinking out to pasture. New consumers and the new marketplace are demanding a profound adjustment to the way companies plan and execute growth strategies. This book gives you the tools to create your roadmap toward the new state of growth, and gain invaluable insight into a new way of thinking. The Art of Opportunity will help you to: Start looking at business growth from a new perspective Create value for the customers, company and ecosystem Innovate strategically and design new business models Develop a new active business design thinking approach to innovation Your company’s goal is to grow, and to turn non-customers into customers. The old ways are becoming less tenable and less cost-effective. The Art of Opportunity outlines the new growth paradigm and gives you a solid framework for putting new ideas into practice. Matt Morasky, Parker Lee, Marc Sniukas Wed, 01 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289051 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Opportunity: How to Build Growth and Ventures Through Strategic Innovation and Visual Thinking Author: Matt Morasky, Parker Lee, Marc Sniukas Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovate your way toward growth using practical, research-backed frameworks The Art of Opportunity offers a path toward new growth, providing the perspective and methods you need to make innovation happen. Written by a team of experts with both academic and industry experience—and a client roster composed of some of the world’s leading companies—this book provides you with the necessary tools to help you capture growth instead of chasing it. The visual frameworks and research-based methodology presented in The Art of Opportunity merge business design thinking and strategic innovation to help you change your growth paradigm. You’ll learn creative and practical methods for exploring growth opportunities and employ a new approach for identifying what “opportunity” looks like in the first place. Put aside the old school way of focusing on new products and new markets, to instead applying value creation to find your new opportunity, craft your offering, design your strategy and build new growth ventures. The changing business ecosystem is increasingly pushing traditional thinking out to pasture. New consumers and the new marketplace are demanding a profound adjustment to the way companies plan and execute growth strategies. This book gives you the tools to create your roadmap toward the new state of growth, and gain invaluable insight into a new way of thinking. The Art of Opportunity will help you to: Start looking at business growth from a new perspective Create value for the customers, company and ecosystem Innovate strategically and design new business models Develop a new active business design thinking approach to innovation Your company’s goal is to grow, and to turn non-customers into customers. The old ways are becoming less tenable and less cost-effective. The Art of Opportunity outlines the new growth paradigm and gives you a solid framework for putting new ideas into practice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Opportunity: How to Build Growth and Ventures Through Strategic Innovation and Visual Thinking Author: Matt Morasky, Parker Lee, Marc Sniukas Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Innovate your way toward growth using practical, research-backed frameworks The Art of Opportunity offers a path toward new growth, providing the perspective and methods you need to make innovation happen. Written by a team of experts with both academic and industry experience—and a client roster composed of some of the world’s leading companies—this book provides you with the necessary tools to help you capture growth instead of chasing it. The visual frameworks and research-based methodology presented in The Art of Opportunity merge business design thinking and strategic innovation to help you change your growth paradigm. You’ll learn creative and practical methods for exploring growth opportunities and employ a new approach for identifying what “opportunity” looks like in the first place. Put aside the old school way of focusing on new products and new markets, to instead applying value creation to find your new opportunity, craft your offering, design your strategy and build new growth ventures. The changing business ecosystem is increasingly pushing traditional thinking out to pasture. New consumers and the new marketplace are demanding a profound adjustment to the way companies plan and execute growth strategies. This book gives you the tools to create your roadmap toward the new state of growth, and gain invaluable insight into a new way of thinking. The Art of Opportunity will help you to: Start looking at business growth from a new perspective Create value for the customers, company and ecosystem Innovate strategically and design new business models Develop a new active business design thinking approach to innovation Your company’s goal is to grow, and to turn non-customers into customers. The old ways are becoming less tenable and less cost-effective. The Art of Opportunity outlines the new growth paradigm and gives you a solid framework for putting new ideas into practice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285108 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boss Bitch: A Simple 12-Step Plan to Take Charge of Your Career Author: Nicole Lapin Narrator: Nicole Lapin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Nicole Lapin is back with a sassy and actionable guide empowering women to be the boss of their own lives and careers.   You don’t need dozens or hundreds of employees to be a boss, says financial expert and serial entrepreneur Nicole Lapin. Hell, you don’t even need one. You just need to be confident, savvy, and ready to get out there and make your success happen. You need to find your inner Boss Bitch — your most confident, savvy, ambitious self—and own it.   A Boss Bitch is the she-ro of her own story. She is someone who takes charge of herself and her future and embraces being a “boss” in all senses of the word: whether as the boss of her own life, a boss at work, or the literal boss of her own company (or all three). Whichever she chooses, being a Boss Bitch isn’t something to apologize for—it’s something to be proud of!   We all have what it takes to be a boss bitch, says Lapin. The problem is: we don’t learn how to do it in school. Even if we study business, we’re not getting enough real-deal business education. Until now. Here, Lapin draws on raw and often hilariously real stories from her own career and experiences starting businesses—the good, the bad, and the ugly—to show what it means to be a 'boss' in twelve easy steps. In her refreshingly honest and relatable style, she first shows how to embrace the boss-of-you mentality by seizing the power that comes from believing in yourself and expanding your personal skillset. Then she offers candid no-nonsense advice on how to kill it as the boss at work whether you have a high-up role or not. And finally, for those who want to take the plunge as an entrepreneur, she lays out the nuts and bolts of how to be the boss of your own business—from raising money and getting it off the ground to hiring a kickass staff and dealing office drama to turning a profit.   Being a rock star in your career is something that should be worn as a badge of honor.  Here Lapin shows how to crush it in our careers like like a Boss Bitch! Nicole Lapin Tue, 21 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285108 thebookvoice.com 13:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boss Bitch: A Simple 12-Step Plan to Take Charge of Your Career Author: Nicole Lapin Narrator: Nicole Lapin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Nicole Lapin is back with a sassy and actionable guide empowering women to be the boss of their own lives and careers.   You don’t need dozens or hundreds of employees to be a boss, says financial expert and serial entrepreneur Nicole Lapin. Hell, you don’t even need one. You just need to be confident, savvy, and ready to get out there and make your success happen. You need to find your inner Boss Bitch — your most confident, savvy, ambitious self—and own it.   A Boss Bitch is the she-ro of her own story. She is someone who takes charge of herself and her future and embraces being a “boss” in all senses of the word: whether as the boss of her own life, a boss at work, or the literal boss of her own company (or all three). Whichever she chooses, being a Boss Bitch isn’t something to apologize for—it’s something to be proud of!   We all have what it takes to be a boss bitch, says Lapin. The problem is: we don’t learn how to do it in school. Even if we study business, we’re not getting enough real-deal business education. Until now. Here, Lapin draws on raw and often hilariously real stories from her own career and experiences starting businesses—the good, the bad, and the ugly—to show what it means to be a 'boss' in twelve easy steps. In her refreshingly honest and relatable style, she first shows how to embrace the boss-of-you mentality by seizing the power that comes from believing in yourself and expanding your personal skillset. Then she offers candid no-nonsense advice on how to kill it as the boss at work whether you have a high-up role or not. And finally, for those who want to take the plunge as an entrepreneur, she lays out the nuts and bolts of how to be the boss of your own business—from raising money and getting it off the ground to hiring a kickass staff and dealing office drama to turning a profit.   Being a rock star in your career is something that should be worn as a badge of honor.  Here Lapin shows how to crush it in our careers like like a Boss Bitch! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boss Bitch: A Simple 12-Step Plan to Take Charge of Your Career Author: Nicole Lapin Narrator: Nicole Lapin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Nicole Lapin is back with a sassy and actionable guide empowering women to be the boss of their own lives and careers.   You don’t need dozens or hundreds of employees to be a boss, says financial expert and serial entrepreneur Nicole Lapin. Hell, you don’t even need one. You just need to be confident, savvy, and ready to get out there and make your success happen. You need to find your inner Boss Bitch — your most confident, savvy, ambitious self—and own it.   A Boss Bitch is the she-ro of her own story. She is someone who takes charge of herself and her future and embraces being a “boss” in all senses of the word: whether as the boss of her own life, a boss at work, or the literal boss of her own company (or all three). Whichever she chooses, being a Boss Bitch isn’t something to apologize for—it’s something to be proud of!   We all have what it takes to be a boss bitch, says Lapin. The problem is: we don’t learn how to do it in school. Even if we study business, we’re not getting enough real-deal business education. Until now. Here, Lapin draws on raw and often hilariously real stories from her own career and experiences starting businesses—the good, the bad, and the ugly—to show what it means to be a 'boss' in twelve easy steps. In her refreshingly honest and relatable style, she first shows how to embrace the boss-of-you mentality by seizing the power that comes from believing in yourself and expanding your personal skillset. Then she offers candid no-nonsense advice on how to kill it as the boss at work whether you have a high-up role or not. And finally, for those who want to take the plunge as an entrepreneur, she lays out the nuts and bolts of how to be the boss of your own business—from raising money and getting it off the ground to hiring a kickass staff and dealing office drama to turning a profit.   Being a rock star in your career is something that should be worn as a badge of honor.  Here Lapin shows how to crush it in our careers like like a Boss Bitch! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People's Tycoon: Henry Ford and the American Century Author: Steven Watts Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How a Michigan farm boy became the richest man in America is a classic, almost mythic tale, but never before has Henry Ford’s outsized genius been brought to life so vividly as it is in this engaging and superbly researched biography. The real Henry Ford was a tangle of contradictions. He set off the consumer revolution by producing a car affordable to the masses, all the while lamenting the moral toll exacted by consumerism. He believed in giving his workers a living wage, though he was entirely opposed to union labor. He had a warm and loving relationship with his wife, but sired a son with another woman. A rabid anti-Semite, he nonetheless embraced African American workers in the era of Jim Crow. Uncovering the man behind the myth, situating his achievements and their attendant controversies firmly within the context of early twentieth-century America, Watts has given us a comprehensive, illuminating, and fascinating biography of one of America’s first mass-culture celebrities. Steven Watts Tue, 22 Jan 2008 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284974 thebookvoice.com 29:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People's Tycoon: Henry Ford and the American Century Author: Steven Watts Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How a Michigan farm boy became the richest man in America is a classic, almost mythic tale, but never before has Henry Ford’s outsized genius been brought to life so vividly as it is in this engaging and superbly researched biography. The real Henry Ford was a tangle of contradictions. He set off the consumer revolution by producing a car affordable to the masses, all the while lamenting the moral toll exacted by consumerism. He believed in giving his workers a living wage, though he was entirely opposed to union labor. He had a warm and loving relationship with his wife, but sired a son with another woman. A rabid anti-Semite, he nonetheless embraced African American workers in the era of Jim Crow. Uncovering the man behind the myth, situating his achievements and their attendant controversies firmly within the context of early twentieth-century America, Watts has given us a comprehensive, illuminating, and fascinating biography of one of America’s first mass-culture celebrities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People's Tycoon: Henry Ford and the American Century Author: Steven Watts Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 22, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How a Michigan farm boy became the richest man in America is a classic, almost mythic tale, but never before has Henry Ford’s outsized genius been brought to life so vividly as it is in this engaging and superbly researched biography. The real Henry Ford was a tangle of contradictions. He set off the consumer revolution by producing a car affordable to the masses, all the while lamenting the moral toll exacted by consumerism. He believed in giving his workers a living wage, though he was entirely opposed to union labor. He had a warm and loving relationship with his wife, but sired a son with another woman. A rabid anti-Semite, he nonetheless embraced African American workers in the era of Jim Crow. Uncovering the man behind the myth, situating his achievements and their attendant controversies firmly within the context of early twentieth-century America, Watts has given us a comprehensive, illuminating, and fascinating biography of one of America’s first mass-culture celebrities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global Silicon Valley Handbook Author: Michael Moe, The Global Silicon Valley Team Narrator: Mark Schectman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A fun and practical guide to thrive not only in Silicon Valley, but in the emerging Global Silicon Valley. Silicon Valley has become synonymous with big ideas, start-ups, and inventing the future. But today, the magic of Silicon Valley has gone viral and global. From Austin to Boston, from Shanghai to Dubai, a Global Silicon Valley is emerging. In The Global Silicon Valley Handbook, bestselling author, venture capitalist, and global thought leader, Michael Moe, maps out an insider's guide to Silicon Valley and the hottest emerging markets from around the world. The book highlights need-to-knows, including who the top VCs and angel investors are, phrases to avoid in a pitch, and even where to close a deal over dinner or beers. The Global Silicon Valley Handbook inspires the entrepreneur in us all. Michael Moe, The Global Silicon Valley Team Tue, 07 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284826 thebookvoice.com 3:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global Silicon Valley Handbook Author: Michael Moe, The Global Silicon Valley Team Narrator: Mark Schectman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A fun and practical guide to thrive not only in Silicon Valley, but in the emerging Global Silicon Valley. Silicon Valley has become synonymous with big ideas, start-ups, and inventing the future. But today, the magic of Silicon Valley has gone viral and global. From Austin to Boston, from Shanghai to Dubai, a Global Silicon Valley is emerging. In The Global Silicon Valley Handbook, bestselling author, venture capitalist, and global thought leader, Michael Moe, maps out an insider's guide to Silicon Valley and the hottest emerging markets from around the world. The book highlights need-to-knows, including who the top VCs and angel investors are, phrases to avoid in a pitch, and even where to close a deal over dinner or beers. The Global Silicon Valley Handbook inspires the entrepreneur in us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Global Silicon Valley Handbook Author: Michael Moe, The Global Silicon Valley Team Narrator: Mark Schectman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A fun and practical guide to thrive not only in Silicon Valley, but in the emerging Global Silicon Valley. Silicon Valley has become synonymous with big ideas, start-ups, and inventing the future. But today, the magic of Silicon Valley has gone viral and global. From Austin to Boston, from Shanghai to Dubai, a Global Silicon Valley is emerging. In The Global Silicon Valley Handbook, bestselling author, venture capitalist, and global thought leader, Michael Moe, maps out an insider's guide to Silicon Valley and the hottest emerging markets from around the world. The book highlights need-to-knows, including who the top VCs and angel investors are, phrases to avoid in a pitch, and even where to close a deal over dinner or beers. The Global Silicon Valley Handbook inspires the entrepreneur in us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289614 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Tycoons: The Secret History of Lazard Freres & Co. Author: William Cohan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A grand and revelatory portrait of Wall Street’s most storied investment bank Wall Street investment banks move trillions of dollars a year, make billions in fees, pay their executives in the tens of millions of dollars. But even among the most powerful firms, Lazard Frères & Co. stood apart. Discretion, secrecy, and subtle strategy were its weapons of choice. For more than a century, the mystique and reputation of the 'Great Men' who worked there allowed the firm to garner unimaginable profits, social cachet, and outsized influence in the halls of power. But in the mid-1980s, their titanic egos started getting in the way, and the Great Men of Lazard jeopardized all they had built. William D. Cohan, himself a former high-level Wall Street banker, takes the reader into the mysterious and secretive world of Lazard and presents a compelling portrait of Wall Street through the tumultuous history of this exalted and fascinating company.  Cohan deconstructs the explosive feuds between Felix Rohatyn and Steve Rattner, superstar investment bankers and pillars of New York society, and between the man who controlled Lazard, the inscrutable French billionaire Michel David-Weill, and his chosen successor, Bruce Wasserstein. Cohan follows Felix, the consummate adviser, as he reshapes corporate America in the 1970s and 1980s, saves New York City from bankruptcy, and positions himself in New York society and in Washington. Felix’s dreams are dashed after the arrival of Steve, a formidable and ambitious former newspaper reporter. By the mid-1990s, as Lazard neared its 150th anniversary, Steve and Felix were feuding openly.   The internal strife caused by their arguments could not be solved by the imperious Michel, whose manipulative tendencies served only to exacerbate the trouble within the firm. Increasingly desperate, Michel took the unprecedented step of relinquishing operational control of Lazard to one of the few Great Men still around, Bruce Wasserstein, then fresh from selling his own M&A boutique, for $1.4 billion.  Bruce’s take: more than $600 million. But it turned out Great Man Bruce had snookered Great Man Michel when the Frenchman was at his most vulnerable.  The LastTycoons is a tale of vaulting ambitions, whispered advice, worldly mistresses, fabulous art collections, and enormous wealth—a story of high drama in the world of high finance. William Cohan Tue, 17 Apr 2007 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289614 thebookvoice.com 32:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Tycoons: The Secret History of Lazard Freres & Co. Author: William Cohan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A grand and revelatory portrait of Wall Street’s most storied investment bank Wall Street investment banks move trillions of dollars a year, make billions in fees, pay their executives in the tens of millions of dollars. But even among the most powerful firms, Lazard Frères & Co. stood apart. Discretion, secrecy, and subtle strategy were its weapons of choice. For more than a century, the mystique and reputation of the 'Great Men' who worked there allowed the firm to garner unimaginable profits, social cachet, and outsized influence in the halls of power. But in the mid-1980s, their titanic egos started getting in the way, and the Great Men of Lazard jeopardized all they had built. William D. Cohan, himself a former high-level Wall Street banker, takes the reader into the mysterious and secretive world of Lazard and presents a compelling portrait of Wall Street through the tumultuous history of this exalted and fascinating company.  Cohan deconstructs the explosive feuds between Felix Rohatyn and Steve Rattner, superstar investment bankers and pillars of New York society, and between the man who controlled Lazard, the inscrutable French billionaire Michel David-Weill, and his chosen successor, Bruce Wasserstein. Cohan follows Felix, the consummate adviser, as he reshapes corporate America in the 1970s and 1980s, saves New York City from bankruptcy, and positions himself in New York society and in Washington. Felix’s dreams are dashed after the arrival of Steve, a formidable and ambitious former newspaper reporter. By the mid-1990s, as Lazard neared its 150th anniversary, Steve and Felix were feuding openly.   The internal strife caused by their arguments could not be solved by the imperious Michel, whose manipulative tendencies served only to exacerbate the trouble within the firm. Increasingly desperate, Michel took the unprecedented step of relinquishing operational control of Lazard to one of the few Great Men still around, Bruce Wasserstein, then fresh from selling his own M&A boutique, for $1.4 billion.  Bruce’s take: more than $600 million. But it turned out Great Man Bruce had snookered Great Man Michel when the Frenchman was at his most vulnerable.  The LastTycoons is a tale of vaulting ambitions, whispered advice, worldly mistresses, fabulous art collections, and enormous wealth—a story of high drama in the world of high finance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Tycoons: The Secret History of Lazard Freres & Co. Author: William Cohan Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 17, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A grand and revelatory portrait of Wall Street’s most storied investment bank Wall Street investment banks move trillions of dollars a year, make billions in fees, pay their executives in the tens of millions of dollars. But even among the most powerful firms, Lazard Frères & Co. stood apart. Discretion, secrecy, and subtle strategy were its weapons of choice. For more than a century, the mystique and reputation of the 'Great Men' who worked there allowed the firm to garner unimaginable profits, social cachet, and outsized influence in the halls of power. But in the mid-1980s, their titanic egos started getting in the way, and the Great Men of Lazard jeopardized all they had built. William D. Cohan, himself a former high-level Wall Street banker, takes the reader into the mysterious and secretive world of Lazard and presents a compelling portrait of Wall Street through the tumultuous history of this exalted and fascinating company.  Cohan deconstructs the explosive feuds between Felix Rohatyn and Steve Rattner, superstar investment bankers and pillars of New York society, and between the man who controlled Lazard, the inscrutable French billionaire Michel David-Weill, and his chosen successor, Bruce Wasserstein. Cohan follows Felix, the consummate adviser, as he reshapes corporate America in the 1970s and 1980s, saves New York City from bankruptcy, and positions himself in New York society and in Washington. Felix’s dreams are dashed after the arrival of Steve, a formidable and ambitious former newspaper reporter. By the mid-1990s, as Lazard neared its 150th anniversary, Steve and Felix were feuding openly.   The internal strife caused by their arguments could not be solved by the imperious Michel, whose manipulative tendencies served only to exacerbate the trouble within the firm. Increasingly desperate, Michel took the unprecedented step of relinquishing operational control of Lazard to one of the few Great Men still around, Bruce Wasserstein, then fresh from selling his own M&A boutique, for $1.4 billion.  Bruce’s take: more than $600 million. But it turned out Great Man Bruce had snookered Great Man Michel when the Frenchman was at his most vulnerable.  The LastTycoons is a tale of vaulting ambitions, whispered advice, worldly mistresses, fabulous art collections, and enormous wealth—a story of high drama in the world of high finance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286378 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceeding Customer Expectations: What Enterprise, America's #1 car rental company, can teach you about creating lifetime customers Author: Kirk Kazanjian Narrator: Gary Telles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What’s the secret to wowing your customers while maintaining a loyal and dedicated workforce? No one knows better than Enterprise, the nationnation’s #1 car rental company, Enterprise Rent-A-Car. Drawing upon the secrets time-tested strategies that have propelledhelped Enterprise grow from a single location in St. Louis car dealership into a $9 billion global powerhouse, EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS reveals how to: Actively seek out unsatisfied customers and quickly turn them into loyal fans commit to improving their experience Hire smart people and at the bottom, and train them from the ground up ImplementDevelop methods to reduce costs and add value for your customers in every interaction. Grow your business by rewarding employees with financial incentives, developing strong partnerships, and focusing on the long term; willing customer loyalty is like running a marathon, not a 100-yard dash Thrive during tough economic times by bringing new advantages to the market Cultivate a fun and friendly workplace where teamwork rules In EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS, noted business author Kirk Kazanjian reveals how your company can consistently outperform and outsmart the competition by following a simple philosophy espoused by Enterprise founder Jack Taylor: “Take care of your customers and employees first, and the profits will follow.” Winning customer loyalty is like running a marathon—not a 100-yard dash. By mastering this principle, Enterprise has earned not only record profits, but also received numerous awards for customer service and gainedearned an enviable reputation as one of the world’s best companies to work for, won countless customer service awards, and enjoyed a nearly unbroken streak of record profits . EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS imparts timeless lessons on satisfying both customers and employees that you can put to use right away, no matter what your business or industry. Kirk Kazanjian Tue, 16 Jan 2007 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286378 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceeding Customer Expectations: What Enterprise, America's #1 car rental company, can teach you about creating lifetime customers Author: Kirk Kazanjian Narrator: Gary Telles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What’s the secret to wowing your customers while maintaining a loyal and dedicated workforce? No one knows better than Enterprise, the nationnation’s #1 car rental company, Enterprise Rent-A-Car. Drawing upon the secrets time-tested strategies that have propelledhelped Enterprise grow from a single location in St. Louis car dealership into a $9 billion global powerhouse, EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS reveals how to: Actively seek out unsatisfied customers and quickly turn them into loyal fans commit to improving their experience Hire smart people and at the bottom, and train them from the ground up ImplementDevelop methods to reduce costs and add value for your customers in every interaction. Grow your business by rewarding employees with financial incentives, developing strong partnerships, and focusing on the long term; willing customer loyalty is like running a marathon, not a 100-yard dash Thrive during tough economic times by bringing new advantages to the market Cultivate a fun and friendly workplace where teamwork rules In EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS, noted business author Kirk Kazanjian reveals how your company can consistently outperform and outsmart the competition by following a simple philosophy espoused by Enterprise founder Jack Taylor: “Take care of your customers and employees first, and the profits will follow.” Winning customer loyalty is like running a marathon—not a 100-yard dash. By mastering this principle, Enterprise has earned not only record profits, but also received numerous awards for customer service and gainedearned an enviable reputation as one of the world’s best companies to work for, won countless customer service awards, and enjoyed a nearly unbroken streak of record profits . EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS imparts timeless lessons on satisfying both customers and employees that you can put to use right away, no matter what your business or industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exceeding Customer Expectations: What Enterprise, America's #1 car rental company, can teach you about creating lifetime customers Author: Kirk Kazanjian Narrator: Gary Telles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 16, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What’s the secret to wowing your customers while maintaining a loyal and dedicated workforce? No one knows better than Enterprise, the nationnation’s #1 car rental company, Enterprise Rent-A-Car. Drawing upon the secrets time-tested strategies that have propelledhelped Enterprise grow from a single location in St. Louis car dealership into a $9 billion global powerhouse, EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS reveals how to: Actively seek out unsatisfied customers and quickly turn them into loyal fans commit to improving their experience Hire smart people and at the bottom, and train them from the ground up ImplementDevelop methods to reduce costs and add value for your customers in every interaction. Grow your business by rewarding employees with financial incentives, developing strong partnerships, and focusing on the long term; willing customer loyalty is like running a marathon, not a 100-yard dash Thrive during tough economic times by bringing new advantages to the market Cultivate a fun and friendly workplace where teamwork rules In EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS, noted business author Kirk Kazanjian reveals how your company can consistently outperform and outsmart the competition by following a simple philosophy espoused by Enterprise founder Jack Taylor: “Take care of your customers and employees first, and the profits will follow.” Winning customer loyalty is like running a marathon—not a 100-yard dash. By mastering this principle, Enterprise has earned not only record profits, but also received numerous awards for customer service and gainedearned an enviable reputation as one of the world’s best companies to work for, won countless customer service awards, and enjoyed a nearly unbroken streak of record profits . EXCEEDING CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS imparts timeless lessons on satisfying both customers and employees that you can put to use right away, no matter what your business or industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284764 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dueling with Kings: High Stakes, Killer Sharks, and the Get-Rich Promise of Daily Fantasy Sports Author: Daniel Barbarisi Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of Bringing Down the House and The Wolf of Wall Street, “an engrossing and often hilarious behind-the-scenes look at the characters, compulsions, and chaos inside the fantasy sports gold rush. It’s the perfect meld of a sports and business book, engagingly written like a fun, page-turning novel” (The Wall Street Journal). Daniel Barbarisi quit his job as a New York Yankees beat writer and began a quest to join the top one percent of Daily Fantasy Sports (“DFS”) players, the so-called “sharks,” in hopes to discover the secrets behind this phenomenon—and potentially make some money along the way. DFS is fantasy sports on steroids. It’s the domain of bitter rivals FanDuel and DraftKings, online juggernauts who turned a legal loophole into a billion-dollar industry by allowing sports fans to bet piles of cash constructing fantasy teams. Yet as Barbarisi quickly realizes, what should have been a fun companion to casual sports viewing was instead a ferocious environment infested with sharks, a top tier of pros wielding complex algorithms, drafting hundreds of lineups, and wagering six figures daily as they bludgeon unsuspecting amateur “fish.” Barbarisi embeds himself inside the world of DFS, befriending and joining its rogue’s gallery as he tries to beat them at their own game. In a work equal parts adventure and rigorously reported investigation, Barbarisi wades into this chaotic industry at the very moment its existence is threatened by lawmakers sick of its Wild West atmosphere and pushy advertising. All their money made FanDuel and DraftKings seem invincible; but, as Barbarisi reports, they made plenty of dubious—perhaps even scandalous—moves as they vied for market supremacy. In Dueling with Kings, Barbarisi uncovers the tumultuous inside story of DFS, all while capturing its peculiar cast of characters, from wide-eyed newly minted millionaires, to sun-starved math geeks, to bros living an endless frat party of keggers and Playboy Bunnies. Can he outwit them all and make it to the top? Daniel Barbarisi Tue, 07 Mar 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284764 thebookvoice.com 13:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dueling with Kings: High Stakes, Killer Sharks, and the Get-Rich Promise of Daily Fantasy Sports Author: Daniel Barbarisi Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of Bringing Down the House and The Wolf of Wall Street, “an engrossing and often hilarious behind-the-scenes look at the characters, compulsions, and chaos inside the fantasy sports gold rush. It’s the perfect meld of a sports and business book, engagingly written like a fun, page-turning novel” (The Wall Street Journal). Daniel Barbarisi quit his job as a New York Yankees beat writer and began a quest to join the top one percent of Daily Fantasy Sports (“DFS”) players, the so-called “sharks,” in hopes to discover the secrets behind this phenomenon—and potentially make some money along the way. DFS is fantasy sports on steroids. It’s the domain of bitter rivals FanDuel and DraftKings, online juggernauts who turned a legal loophole into a billion-dollar industry by allowing sports fans to bet piles of cash constructing fantasy teams. Yet as Barbarisi quickly realizes, what should have been a fun companion to casual sports viewing was instead a ferocious environment infested with sharks, a top tier of pros wielding complex algorithms, drafting hundreds of lineups, and wagering six figures daily as they bludgeon unsuspecting amateur “fish.” Barbarisi embeds himself inside the world of DFS, befriending and joining its rogue’s gallery as he tries to beat them at their own game. In a work equal parts adventure and rigorously reported investigation, Barbarisi wades into this chaotic industry at the very moment its existence is threatened by lawmakers sick of its Wild West atmosphere and pushy advertising. All their money made FanDuel and DraftKings seem invincible; but, as Barbarisi reports, they made plenty of dubious—perhaps even scandalous—moves as they vied for market supremacy. In Dueling with Kings, Barbarisi uncovers the tumultuous inside story of DFS, all while capturing its peculiar cast of characters, from wide-eyed newly minted millionaires, to sun-starved math geeks, to bros living an endless frat party of keggers and Playboy Bunnies. Can he outwit them all and make it to the top? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dueling with Kings: High Stakes, Killer Sharks, and the Get-Rich Promise of Daily Fantasy Sports Author: Daniel Barbarisi Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of Bringing Down the House and The Wolf of Wall Street, “an engrossing and often hilarious behind-the-scenes look at the characters, compulsions, and chaos inside the fantasy sports gold rush. It’s the perfect meld of a sports and business book, engagingly written like a fun, page-turning novel” (The Wall Street Journal). Daniel Barbarisi quit his job as a New York Yankees beat writer and began a quest to join the top one percent of Daily Fantasy Sports (“DFS”) players, the so-called “sharks,” in hopes to discover the secrets behind this phenomenon—and potentially make some money along the way. DFS is fantasy sports on steroids. It’s the domain of bitter rivals FanDuel and DraftKings, online juggernauts who turned a legal loophole into a billion-dollar industry by allowing sports fans to bet piles of cash constructing fantasy teams. Yet as Barbarisi quickly realizes, what should have been a fun companion to casual sports viewing was instead a ferocious environment infested with sharks, a top tier of pros wielding complex algorithms, drafting hundreds of lineups, and wagering six figures daily as they bludgeon unsuspecting amateur “fish.” Barbarisi embeds himself inside the world of DFS, befriending and joining its rogue’s gallery as he tries to beat them at their own game. In a work equal parts adventure and rigorously reported investigation, Barbarisi wades into this chaotic industry at the very moment its existence is threatened by lawmakers sick of its Wild West atmosphere and pushy advertising. All their money made FanDuel and DraftKings seem invincible; but, as Barbarisi reports, they made plenty of dubious—perhaps even scandalous—moves as they vied for market supremacy. In Dueling with Kings, Barbarisi uncovers the tumultuous inside story of DFS, all while capturing its peculiar cast of characters, from wide-eyed newly minted millionaires, to sun-starved math geeks, to bros living an endless frat party of keggers and Playboy Bunnies. Can he outwit them all and make it to the top? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Martha Rules: 10 Essentials for Achieving Success as You Start, Build, or Manage a Business Author: Martha Stewart Narrator: Martha Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 11, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Martha Stewart is an undeniable force in the business world. One of the world's greatest entrepreneurs, she turned her personal passion into Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, a billion dollar business. This fall she's breaking new ground with two television shows from NBC -- her reality show The Apprentice: Martha Stewart and her daytime syndicated show Martha -- as well as a radio program on Sirius satellite radio which will provide daily round-the-clock how-to content. What's her secret for success? Now, for the first time, Martha Stewart shares her business knowledge and advice in this handbook for success. Tapping into her years of experience in building a thriving business, Martha will help listeners identify their own entrepreneurial voice and channel their skills and passions into a successful business venture. Her advice and insight is applicable to anyone who is about to start or expand a venture of any size, whether it is a business or philanthropic endeavor, but also to individuals who want to apply the entrepreneurial spirit to a job or corporation to increase innovation and maintain a competitive edge. Featuring Martha's top principles for success, as well as stories and anecdotes from her own experiences, MARTHA'S RULES is sure to appeal to business readers, fans, and anyone who admires her for her style, taste, and great advice -- and who have great business ideas of their own! Martha Stewart Tue, 11 Oct 2005 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284646 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Martha Rules: 10 Essentials for Achieving Success as You Start, Build, or Manage a Business Author: Martha Stewart Narrator: Martha Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 11, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Martha Stewart is an undeniable force in the business world. One of the world's greatest entrepreneurs, she turned her personal passion into Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, a billion dollar business. This fall she's breaking new ground with two television shows from NBC -- her reality show The Apprentice: Martha Stewart and her daytime syndicated show Martha -- as well as a radio program on Sirius satellite radio which will provide daily round-the-clock how-to content. What's her secret for success? Now, for the first time, Martha Stewart shares her business knowledge and advice in this handbook for success. Tapping into her years of experience in building a thriving business, Martha will help listeners identify their own entrepreneurial voice and channel their skills and passions into a successful business venture. Her advice and insight is applicable to anyone who is about to start or expand a venture of any size, whether it is a business or philanthropic endeavor, but also to individuals who want to apply the entrepreneurial spirit to a job or corporation to increase innovation and maintain a competitive edge. Featuring Martha's top principles for success, as well as stories and anecdotes from her own experiences, MARTHA'S RULES is sure to appeal to business readers, fans, and anyone who admires her for her style, taste, and great advice -- and who have great business ideas of their own! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Martha Rules: 10 Essentials for Achieving Success as You Start, Build, or Manage a Business Author: Martha Stewart Narrator: Martha Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 11, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Martha Stewart is an undeniable force in the business world. One of the world's greatest entrepreneurs, she turned her personal passion into Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, a billion dollar business. This fall she's breaking new ground with two television shows from NBC -- her reality show The Apprentice: Martha Stewart and her daytime syndicated show Martha -- as well as a radio program on Sirius satellite radio which will provide daily round-the-clock how-to content. What's her secret for success? Now, for the first time, Martha Stewart shares her business knowledge and advice in this handbook for success. Tapping into her years of experience in building a thriving business, Martha will help listeners identify their own entrepreneurial voice and channel their skills and passions into a successful business venture. Her advice and insight is applicable to anyone who is about to start or expand a venture of any size, whether it is a business or philanthropic endeavor, but also to individuals who want to apply the entrepreneurial spirit to a job or corporation to increase innovation and maintain a competitive edge. Featuring Martha's top principles for success, as well as stories and anecdotes from her own experiences, MARTHA'S RULES is sure to appeal to business readers, fans, and anyone who admires her for her style, taste, and great advice -- and who have great business ideas of their own! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289630 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Google Story Author: Mark Malseed, David A. Vise Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 29, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Here is the story behind one of the most remarkable Internet successes of our time. Based on scrupulous research and extraordinary access to Google, the book takes you inside the creation and growth of a company whose name is a favorite brand and a standard verb recognized around the world. Its stock is worth more than General Motors’ and Ford’s combined, its staff eats for free in a dining room that used to be run by the Grateful Dead’s former chef, and its employees traverse the firm’s colorful Silicon Valley campus on scooters and inline skates. THE GOOGLE STORY is the definitive account of the populist media company powered by the world’s most advanced technology that in a few short years has revolutionized access to information about everything for everybody everywhere. In 1998, Moscow-born Sergey Brin and Midwest-born Larry Page dropped out of graduate school at Stanford University to, in their own words, “change the world” through a search engine that would organize every bit of information on the Web for free. While the company has done exactly that in more than one hundred languages, Google’s quest continues as it seeks to add millions of library books, television broadcasts, and more to its searchable database. Readers will learn about the amazing business acumen and computer wizardry that started the company on its astonishing course; the secret network of computers delivering lightning-fast search results; the unorthodox approach that has enabled it to challenge Microsoft’s dominance and shake up Wall Street. Even as it rides high, Google wrestles with difficult choices that will enable it to continue expanding while sustaining the guiding vision of its founders’ mantra: DO NO EVIL." Mark Malseed, David A. Vise Tue, 29 Nov 2005 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289630 thebookvoice.com 10:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Google Story Author: Mark Malseed, David A. Vise Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 29, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Here is the story behind one of the most remarkable Internet successes of our time. Based on scrupulous research and extraordinary access to Google, the book takes you inside the creation and growth of a company whose name is a favorite brand and a standard verb recognized around the world. Its stock is worth more than General Motors’ and Ford’s combined, its staff eats for free in a dining room that used to be run by the Grateful Dead’s former chef, and its employees traverse the firm’s colorful Silicon Valley campus on scooters and inline skates. THE GOOGLE STORY is the definitive account of the populist media company powered by the world’s most advanced technology that in a few short years has revolutionized access to information about everything for everybody everywhere. In 1998, Moscow-born Sergey Brin and Midwest-born Larry Page dropped out of graduate school at Stanford University to, in their own words, “change the world” through a search engine that would organize every bit of information on the Web for free. While the company has done exactly that in more than one hundred languages, Google’s quest continues as it seeks to add millions of library books, television broadcasts, and more to its searchable database. Readers will learn about the amazing business acumen and computer wizardry that started the company on its astonishing course; the secret network of computers delivering lightning-fast search results; the unorthodox approach that has enabled it to challenge Microsoft’s dominance and shake up Wall Street. Even as it rides high, Google wrestles with difficult choices that will enable it to continue expanding while sustaining the guiding vision of its founders’ mantra: DO NO EVIL." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Google Story Author: Mark Malseed, David A. Vise Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 29, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Here is the story behind one of the most remarkable Internet successes of our time. Based on scrupulous research and extraordinary access to Google, the book takes you inside the creation and growth of a company whose name is a favorite brand and a standard verb recognized around the world. Its stock is worth more than General Motors’ and Ford’s combined, its staff eats for free in a dining room that used to be run by the Grateful Dead’s former chef, and its employees traverse the firm’s colorful Silicon Valley campus on scooters and inline skates. THE GOOGLE STORY is the definitive account of the populist media company powered by the world’s most advanced technology that in a few short years has revolutionized access to information about everything for everybody everywhere. In 1998, Moscow-born Sergey Brin and Midwest-born Larry Page dropped out of graduate school at Stanford University to, in their own words, “change the world” through a search engine that would organize every bit of information on the Web for free. While the company has done exactly that in more than one hundred languages, Google’s quest continues as it seeks to add millions of library books, television broadcasts, and more to its searchable database. Readers will learn about the amazing business acumen and computer wizardry that started the company on its astonishing course; the secret network of computers delivering lightning-fast search results; the unorthodox approach that has enabled it to challenge Microsoft’s dominance and shake up Wall Street. Even as it rides high, Google wrestles with difficult choices that will enable it to continue expanding while sustaining the guiding vision of its founders’ mantra: DO NO EVIL." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344993 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Fish Fly: Lessons for Creating a Vital and Energized Workplace from the World Famous Pike Place Fish Market Author: John Yokoyama, Joseph Michelli Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The World Famous Pike Place Fish Market is renowned worldwide as a model company. In this revealing business advice book, its owner John Yokoyama explains in his own words just how he transformed his business and encouraged his employees to live a powerful, unified vision of the market.  When Fish Fly offers Yokoyama's cohesive strategy for achieving world-famous results for owners, managers, and front-line workers alike. Once you understand the generative principles behind the World Famous Pike Place Fish Market you, too, can develop a culture that leads to excellent employee morale and legendary customer service. 'You can energize your employees and delight your customers by modeling your business on the . . . ideas from [this fish market].'—Ken Blanchard John Yokoyama, Joseph Michelli Thu, 29 Apr 2004 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344993 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Fish Fly: Lessons for Creating a Vital and Energized Workplace from the World Famous Pike Place Fish Market Author: John Yokoyama, Joseph Michelli Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The World Famous Pike Place Fish Market is renowned worldwide as a model company. In this revealing business advice book, its owner John Yokoyama explains in his own words just how he transformed his business and encouraged his employees to live a powerful, unified vision of the market.  When Fish Fly offers Yokoyama's cohesive strategy for achieving world-famous results for owners, managers, and front-line workers alike. Once you understand the generative principles behind the World Famous Pike Place Fish Market you, too, can develop a culture that leads to excellent employee morale and legendary customer service. 'You can energize your employees and delight your customers by modeling your business on the . . . ideas from [this fish market].'—Ken Blanchard Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344993]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Fish Fly: Lessons for Creating a Vital and Energized Workplace from the World Famous Pike Place Fish Market Author: John Yokoyama, Joseph Michelli Narrator: Michael Prichard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 29, 2004 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The World Famous Pike Place Fish Market is renowned worldwide as a model company. In this revealing business advice book, its owner John Yokoyama explains in his own words just how he transformed his business and encouraged his employees to live a powerful, unified vision of the market.  When Fish Fly offers Yokoyama's cohesive strategy for achieving world-famous results for owners, managers, and front-line workers alike. Once you understand the generative principles behind the World Famous Pike Place Fish Market you, too, can develop a culture that leads to excellent employee morale and legendary customer service. 'You can energize your employees and delight your customers by modeling your business on the . . . ideas from [this fish market].'—Ken Blanchard https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Use Limited Liability Companies and Limited Partnerships: Getting the Most Out of Your Legal Structure Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Protect your assets from attack! LLCs and LP offer benefits-and pitfall. Learn how to do it right. How to Use Limited Liability Companies and Limited Partnerships clearly explains the key asset protection strategies available to entrepreneurs and real estate investors using the right entities. This fourth edition of Garrett Sutton's bestselling book has been completely updated to reflect important changes affecting Limited Liability Companies. Asset protection is a dynamic area of the law and this new edition sets forth the strongest and most useful tactics for protecting business, real estate, intellectual property and paper assets. As well, the importance of following the formalities to avoid a sudden loss of protection is lucidly set forth for the listener's great benefit. Listeners will learn how to: - Select the right entity for your specific use. - Follow the rules to keep your assets protected. - Easily manage and operate an LLC or an LP. - Strategically use entities to hold real estate and other assets. Garrett Sutton Tue, 24 Jan 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283646 thebookvoice.com 9:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Use Limited Liability Companies and Limited Partnerships: Getting the Most Out of Your Legal Structure Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Protect your assets from attack! LLCs and LP offer benefits-and pitfall. Learn how to do it right. How to Use Limited Liability Companies and Limited Partnerships clearly explains the key asset protection strategies available to entrepreneurs and real estate investors using the right entities. This fourth edition of Garrett Sutton's bestselling book has been completely updated to reflect important changes affecting Limited Liability Companies. Asset protection is a dynamic area of the law and this new edition sets forth the strongest and most useful tactics for protecting business, real estate, intellectual property and paper assets. As well, the importance of following the formalities to avoid a sudden loss of protection is lucidly set forth for the listener's great benefit. Listeners will learn how to: - Select the right entity for your specific use. - Follow the rules to keep your assets protected. - Easily manage and operate an LLC or an LP. - Strategically use entities to hold real estate and other assets. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Use Limited Liability Companies and Limited Partnerships: Getting the Most Out of Your Legal Structure Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Protect your assets from attack! LLCs and LP offer benefits-and pitfall. Learn how to do it right. How to Use Limited Liability Companies and Limited Partnerships clearly explains the key asset protection strategies available to entrepreneurs and real estate investors using the right entities. This fourth edition of Garrett Sutton's bestselling book has been completely updated to reflect important changes affecting Limited Liability Companies. Asset protection is a dynamic area of the law and this new edition sets forth the strongest and most useful tactics for protecting business, real estate, intellectual property and paper assets. As well, the importance of following the formalities to avoid a sudden loss of protection is lucidly set forth for the listener's great benefit. Listeners will learn how to: - Select the right entity for your specific use. - Follow the rules to keep your assets protected. - Easily manage and operate an LLC or an LP. - Strategically use entities to hold real estate and other assets. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bourgeois Virtues: Ethics for an Age of Commerce Author: Deirdre N. Mccloskey Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For a century and a half, the artists and intellectuals of Europe have scorned the bourgeoisie. And for a millennium and a half, the philosophers and theologians of Europe have scorned the marketplace. The bourgeois life, capitalism, Mencken’s “booboisie” and David Brooks’s “bobos”—all have been, and still are, framed as being responsible for everything from financial to moral poverty, world wars, and spiritual desuetude. Countering these centuries of assumptions and unexamined thinking is Deirdre McCloskey’s The Bourgeois Virtues, a magnum opus that offers a radical view: capitalism is good for us. McCloskey’s sweeping, charming, and even humorous survey of ethical thought and economic realities—from Plato to Barbara Ehrenreich—overturns every assumption we have about being bourgeois. Can you be virtuous and bourgeois? Do markets improve ethics? Has capitalism made us better as well as richer? Yes, yes, and yes, argues McCloskey, who takes on centuries of capitalism’s critics with her erudition and sheer scope of knowledge. Applying a new tradition of “virtue ethics” to our lives in modern economies, she affirms American capitalism without ignoring its faults and celebrates the bourgeois lives we actually live, without supposing that they must be lives without ethical foundations. High Noon, Kant, Bill Murray, the modern novel, van Gogh, and of course economics and the economy all come into play in an audiobook that can only be described as a monumental project and a life’s work. The Bourgeois Virtues is nothing less than a dazzling reinterpretation of Western intellectual history, and a dead-serious reply to the critics of capitalism. Deirdre N. Mccloskey Sun, 01 Jan 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283597 thebookvoice.com 23:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bourgeois Virtues: Ethics for an Age of Commerce Author: Deirdre N. Mccloskey Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For a century and a half, the artists and intellectuals of Europe have scorned the bourgeoisie. And for a millennium and a half, the philosophers and theologians of Europe have scorned the marketplace. The bourgeois life, capitalism, Mencken’s “booboisie” and David Brooks’s “bobos”—all have been, and still are, framed as being responsible for everything from financial to moral poverty, world wars, and spiritual desuetude. Countering these centuries of assumptions and unexamined thinking is Deirdre McCloskey’s The Bourgeois Virtues, a magnum opus that offers a radical view: capitalism is good for us. McCloskey’s sweeping, charming, and even humorous survey of ethical thought and economic realities—from Plato to Barbara Ehrenreich—overturns every assumption we have about being bourgeois. Can you be virtuous and bourgeois? Do markets improve ethics? Has capitalism made us better as well as richer? Yes, yes, and yes, argues McCloskey, who takes on centuries of capitalism’s critics with her erudition and sheer scope of knowledge. Applying a new tradition of “virtue ethics” to our lives in modern economies, she affirms American capitalism without ignoring its faults and celebrates the bourgeois lives we actually live, without supposing that they must be lives without ethical foundations. High Noon, Kant, Bill Murray, the modern novel, van Gogh, and of course economics and the economy all come into play in an audiobook that can only be described as a monumental project and a life’s work. The Bourgeois Virtues is nothing less than a dazzling reinterpretation of Western intellectual history, and a dead-serious reply to the critics of capitalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bourgeois Virtues: Ethics for an Age of Commerce Author: Deirdre N. Mccloskey Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For a century and a half, the artists and intellectuals of Europe have scorned the bourgeoisie. And for a millennium and a half, the philosophers and theologians of Europe have scorned the marketplace. The bourgeois life, capitalism, Mencken’s “booboisie” and David Brooks’s “bobos”—all have been, and still are, framed as being responsible for everything from financial to moral poverty, world wars, and spiritual desuetude. Countering these centuries of assumptions and unexamined thinking is Deirdre McCloskey’s The Bourgeois Virtues, a magnum opus that offers a radical view: capitalism is good for us. McCloskey’s sweeping, charming, and even humorous survey of ethical thought and economic realities—from Plato to Barbara Ehrenreich—overturns every assumption we have about being bourgeois. Can you be virtuous and bourgeois? Do markets improve ethics? Has capitalism made us better as well as richer? Yes, yes, and yes, argues McCloskey, who takes on centuries of capitalism’s critics with her erudition and sheer scope of knowledge. Applying a new tradition of “virtue ethics” to our lives in modern economies, she affirms American capitalism without ignoring its faults and celebrates the bourgeois lives we actually live, without supposing that they must be lives without ethical foundations. High Noon, Kant, Bill Murray, the modern novel, van Gogh, and of course economics and the economy all come into play in an audiobook that can only be described as a monumental project and a life’s work. The Bourgeois Virtues is nothing less than a dazzling reinterpretation of Western intellectual history, and a dead-serious reply to the critics of capitalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283596 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Your Life: Hustle and Hack Your Way to Happiness Author: Anna Akbari Narrator: Anna Akbari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As an entrepreneur, Anna Akbari learned that one of the best things about startups is their ability to “pivot” quickly-basically a euphemism for failing and starting over. And she quickly found that personal success is no different. It’s not just about developing and following the right process but also having a good idea. And that demands rigor and daily maintenance-far beyond a few positive affirmations. Like any Silicon Valley startup, the business of life is not as glamorous as its Instagram account would make it seem. What do you do when planning is not an option? When control is out of your reach? You isolate the small stuff, experiment constantly, and use the results to lay a more sustainable foundation for the future. You validate your idealized vision by testing it out in bite-sized increments. You see what sticks, integrate, and move forward. And inevitably, you experience a series of failures along the way, but those failures are key to your next success. Living a start up life is about maximizing flexibility and measuring on-going results, not avoiding failure or reaching one particular end goal. It's about embracing defeat, analyzing it, and failing up. In Startup Your Life, Akbari shows that after all, it's often the stumbles that pave the way for real happiness. Anna Akbari Sun, 01 Jan 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283596 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Your Life: Hustle and Hack Your Way to Happiness Author: Anna Akbari Narrator: Anna Akbari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As an entrepreneur, Anna Akbari learned that one of the best things about startups is their ability to “pivot” quickly-basically a euphemism for failing and starting over. And she quickly found that personal success is no different. It’s not just about developing and following the right process but also having a good idea. And that demands rigor and daily maintenance-far beyond a few positive affirmations. Like any Silicon Valley startup, the business of life is not as glamorous as its Instagram account would make it seem. What do you do when planning is not an option? When control is out of your reach? You isolate the small stuff, experiment constantly, and use the results to lay a more sustainable foundation for the future. You validate your idealized vision by testing it out in bite-sized increments. You see what sticks, integrate, and move forward. And inevitably, you experience a series of failures along the way, but those failures are key to your next success. Living a start up life is about maximizing flexibility and measuring on-going results, not avoiding failure or reaching one particular end goal. It's about embracing defeat, analyzing it, and failing up. In Startup Your Life, Akbari shows that after all, it's often the stumbles that pave the way for real happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Startup Your Life: Hustle and Hack Your Way to Happiness Author: Anna Akbari Narrator: Anna Akbari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: As an entrepreneur, Anna Akbari learned that one of the best things about startups is their ability to “pivot” quickly-basically a euphemism for failing and starting over. And she quickly found that personal success is no different. It’s not just about developing and following the right process but also having a good idea. And that demands rigor and daily maintenance-far beyond a few positive affirmations. Like any Silicon Valley startup, the business of life is not as glamorous as its Instagram account would make it seem. What do you do when planning is not an option? When control is out of your reach? You isolate the small stuff, experiment constantly, and use the results to lay a more sustainable foundation for the future. You validate your idealized vision by testing it out in bite-sized increments. You see what sticks, integrate, and move forward. And inevitably, you experience a series of failures along the way, but those failures are key to your next success. Living a start up life is about maximizing flexibility and measuring on-going results, not avoiding failure or reaching one particular end goal. It's about embracing defeat, analyzing it, and failing up. In Startup Your Life, Akbari shows that after all, it's often the stumbles that pave the way for real happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pacing for Growth: Why Intelligent Restraint Drives Long-term Success Author: Alison Eyring Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 6, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Relentless speed and unconstrained activity are not necessary for growth-you need only look to companies like Enron, Pets.com, and Groupon to see that 'fast' does not always mean 'good.' Leading growth consultant Alison Eyring provides a different view on growth, preaching restraint, not rushing in. 'It's a marathon, not a sprint.' We hear this truism all the time, but in business there's constant pressure to go all out and never let up. Leaders are driven to set stretch targets, relentlessly reduce costs, launch new initiatives, expand into new markets, hire more people, develop more capabilities, and execute flawlessly. It all sounds great-until the company overextends itself and collapses like a badly trained racehorse in the home stretch. So what is the right pace for steady, sustainable growth? How do you know when to push yourself and when to back off? Growth consultant Alison Eyring (who also happens to be a distance runner) says the answer is what she calls Intelligent Restraint. Eyring shows precisely how you can evaluate your company's current capacity for growth so you can restrain yourself from exceeding it, no matter how tempting the supposed opportunities seem. Then she offers a set of practices for gradually building that capacity so you can grow steadily but sensibly in a way that strengthens your company instead of stretching it to the breaking point. Alison Eyring Mon, 06 Feb 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283555 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pacing for Growth: Why Intelligent Restraint Drives Long-term Success Author: Alison Eyring Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 6, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Relentless speed and unconstrained activity are not necessary for growth-you need only look to companies like Enron, Pets.com, and Groupon to see that 'fast' does not always mean 'good.' Leading growth consultant Alison Eyring provides a different view on growth, preaching restraint, not rushing in. 'It's a marathon, not a sprint.' We hear this truism all the time, but in business there's constant pressure to go all out and never let up. Leaders are driven to set stretch targets, relentlessly reduce costs, launch new initiatives, expand into new markets, hire more people, develop more capabilities, and execute flawlessly. It all sounds great-until the company overextends itself and collapses like a badly trained racehorse in the home stretch. So what is the right pace for steady, sustainable growth? How do you know when to push yourself and when to back off? Growth consultant Alison Eyring (who also happens to be a distance runner) says the answer is what she calls Intelligent Restraint. Eyring shows precisely how you can evaluate your company's current capacity for growth so you can restrain yourself from exceeding it, no matter how tempting the supposed opportunities seem. Then she offers a set of practices for gradually building that capacity so you can grow steadily but sensibly in a way that strengthens your company instead of stretching it to the breaking point. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pacing for Growth: Why Intelligent Restraint Drives Long-term Success Author: Alison Eyring Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 6, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Relentless speed and unconstrained activity are not necessary for growth-you need only look to companies like Enron, Pets.com, and Groupon to see that 'fast' does not always mean 'good.' Leading growth consultant Alison Eyring provides a different view on growth, preaching restraint, not rushing in. 'It's a marathon, not a sprint.' We hear this truism all the time, but in business there's constant pressure to go all out and never let up. Leaders are driven to set stretch targets, relentlessly reduce costs, launch new initiatives, expand into new markets, hire more people, develop more capabilities, and execute flawlessly. It all sounds great-until the company overextends itself and collapses like a badly trained racehorse in the home stretch. So what is the right pace for steady, sustainable growth? How do you know when to push yourself and when to back off? Growth consultant Alison Eyring (who also happens to be a distance runner) says the answer is what she calls Intelligent Restraint. Eyring shows precisely how you can evaluate your company's current capacity for growth so you can restrain yourself from exceeding it, no matter how tempting the supposed opportunities seem. Then she offers a set of practices for gradually building that capacity so you can grow steadily but sensibly in a way that strengthens your company instead of stretching it to the breaking point. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283188 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ruler's Guide: China's Greatest Emperor and His Timeless Secrets of Success Author: Chinghua Tang Narrator: Raymond J. Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the classic tradition of Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, here for the first time in English is the timeless wisdom of China’s greatest emperor Tang Taizong (598–649 AD), which is still being studied more than 1,300 years later as an invaluable guide to leading and managing. Tang Taizong is arguably the greatest Emperor in Chinese history. In Asia, many historians rank him with such rulers as Augustus, Genghis Khan, and Napoleon. When he founded the Tang dynasty, Taizong was only twenty-eight years old, and his chief accomplishments were on the battlefield, where he personally slew 1,000 of the enemy. Ultimately, he would defeat the descendants of Attila the Hun, open up the Silk Road trading route, create a golden age of prosperity and cosmopolitan culture, preside over a society in which women enjoyed higher status, and allow Christianity and Islam into China for the first time as well as introduce Buddhism into Tibet. His dynasty would last 300 years. Here, author Chinghua Tang presents conversations between Taizong and his gifted advisers that reveal core aspects of leadership, among them: how to appraise oneself and assess others, how to enhance organizational effectiveness, how to compete with rivals, how to grow power and influence without losing the respect of others, how to learn from the rise and fall of predecessors, and how to craft one’s legacy. An indispensable guide that is as relevant for a middle-manager, military commander, or athletic coach as for a school principal, political leader, or over-stressed parent, The Ruler’s Guide doesn’t just reveal the insights that have kept Taizong’s legacy alive, it spells out how that wisdom is a match for today’s fast-paced, ever changing world. Chinghua Tang Tue, 07 Feb 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283188 thebookvoice.com 3:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ruler's Guide: China's Greatest Emperor and His Timeless Secrets of Success Author: Chinghua Tang Narrator: Raymond J. Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the classic tradition of Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, here for the first time in English is the timeless wisdom of China’s greatest emperor Tang Taizong (598–649 AD), which is still being studied more than 1,300 years later as an invaluable guide to leading and managing. Tang Taizong is arguably the greatest Emperor in Chinese history. In Asia, many historians rank him with such rulers as Augustus, Genghis Khan, and Napoleon. When he founded the Tang dynasty, Taizong was only twenty-eight years old, and his chief accomplishments were on the battlefield, where he personally slew 1,000 of the enemy. Ultimately, he would defeat the descendants of Attila the Hun, open up the Silk Road trading route, create a golden age of prosperity and cosmopolitan culture, preside over a society in which women enjoyed higher status, and allow Christianity and Islam into China for the first time as well as introduce Buddhism into Tibet. His dynasty would last 300 years. Here, author Chinghua Tang presents conversations between Taizong and his gifted advisers that reveal core aspects of leadership, among them: how to appraise oneself and assess others, how to enhance organizational effectiveness, how to compete with rivals, how to grow power and influence without losing the respect of others, how to learn from the rise and fall of predecessors, and how to craft one’s legacy. An indispensable guide that is as relevant for a middle-manager, military commander, or athletic coach as for a school principal, political leader, or over-stressed parent, The Ruler’s Guide doesn’t just reveal the insights that have kept Taizong’s legacy alive, it spells out how that wisdom is a match for today’s fast-paced, ever changing world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ruler's Guide: China's Greatest Emperor and His Timeless Secrets of Success Author: Chinghua Tang Narrator: Raymond J. Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the classic tradition of Sun Tzu’s The Art of War, here for the first time in English is the timeless wisdom of China’s greatest emperor Tang Taizong (598–649 AD), which is still being studied more than 1,300 years later as an invaluable guide to leading and managing. Tang Taizong is arguably the greatest Emperor in Chinese history. In Asia, many historians rank him with such rulers as Augustus, Genghis Khan, and Napoleon. When he founded the Tang dynasty, Taizong was only twenty-eight years old, and his chief accomplishments were on the battlefield, where he personally slew 1,000 of the enemy. Ultimately, he would defeat the descendants of Attila the Hun, open up the Silk Road trading route, create a golden age of prosperity and cosmopolitan culture, preside over a society in which women enjoyed higher status, and allow Christianity and Islam into China for the first time as well as introduce Buddhism into Tibet. His dynasty would last 300 years. Here, author Chinghua Tang presents conversations between Taizong and his gifted advisers that reveal core aspects of leadership, among them: how to appraise oneself and assess others, how to enhance organizational effectiveness, how to compete with rivals, how to grow power and influence without losing the respect of others, how to learn from the rise and fall of predecessors, and how to craft one’s legacy. An indispensable guide that is as relevant for a middle-manager, military commander, or athletic coach as for a school principal, political leader, or over-stressed parent, The Ruler’s Guide doesn’t just reveal the insights that have kept Taizong’s legacy alive, it spells out how that wisdom is a match for today’s fast-paced, ever changing world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283109 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcrowded: Designing Meaningful Products in a World Awash with Ideas Author: Roberto Verganti Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The standard text on innovation advises would-be innovators to conduct creative brainstorming sessions and seek input from outsiders -- users or communities. This kind of innovating can be effective at improving products but not at capturing bigger opportunities in the marketplace. In this book Roberto Verganti offers a new approach -- one that does not set out to solve existing problems but to find breakthrough meaningful experiences. There is no brainstorming -- which produces too many ideas, unfiltered -- but a vision, subject to criticism. It does not come from outsiders but from one person's unique interpretation. The alternate path to innovation mapped by Verganti aims to discover not how things work but why we need things. It gives customers something more meaningful -- something they can love. Verganti describes the work of companies, including Nest Labs, Apple, Yankee Candle, and Philips Healthcare, that have created successful businesses by doing just this. Nest Labs, for example, didn't create a more advanced programmable thermostat, because people don't love to program their home appliances. Nest's thermostat learns the habits of the household and bases its temperature settings accordingly. Verganti discusses principles and practices, methods and implementation. The process begins with a vision and proceeds through developmental criticism, first from a sparring partner and then from a circle of radical thinkers, then from external experts and interpreters, and only then from users. Innovation driven by meaning is the way to create value in our current world, where ideas are abundant but novel visions are rare. If something is meaningful for both the people who create it and the people who consume it, business value follows. Roberto Verganti Wed, 01 Feb 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283109 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcrowded: Designing Meaningful Products in a World Awash with Ideas Author: Roberto Verganti Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The standard text on innovation advises would-be innovators to conduct creative brainstorming sessions and seek input from outsiders -- users or communities. This kind of innovating can be effective at improving products but not at capturing bigger opportunities in the marketplace. In this book Roberto Verganti offers a new approach -- one that does not set out to solve existing problems but to find breakthrough meaningful experiences. There is no brainstorming -- which produces too many ideas, unfiltered -- but a vision, subject to criticism. It does not come from outsiders but from one person's unique interpretation. The alternate path to innovation mapped by Verganti aims to discover not how things work but why we need things. It gives customers something more meaningful -- something they can love. Verganti describes the work of companies, including Nest Labs, Apple, Yankee Candle, and Philips Healthcare, that have created successful businesses by doing just this. Nest Labs, for example, didn't create a more advanced programmable thermostat, because people don't love to program their home appliances. Nest's thermostat learns the habits of the household and bases its temperature settings accordingly. Verganti discusses principles and practices, methods and implementation. The process begins with a vision and proceeds through developmental criticism, first from a sparring partner and then from a circle of radical thinkers, then from external experts and interpreters, and only then from users. Innovation driven by meaning is the way to create value in our current world, where ideas are abundant but novel visions are rare. If something is meaningful for both the people who create it and the people who consume it, business value follows. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283109]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcrowded: Designing Meaningful Products in a World Awash with Ideas Author: Roberto Verganti Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The standard text on innovation advises would-be innovators to conduct creative brainstorming sessions and seek input from outsiders -- users or communities. This kind of innovating can be effective at improving products but not at capturing bigger opportunities in the marketplace. In this book Roberto Verganti offers a new approach -- one that does not set out to solve existing problems but to find breakthrough meaningful experiences. There is no brainstorming -- which produces too many ideas, unfiltered -- but a vision, subject to criticism. It does not come from outsiders but from one person's unique interpretation. The alternate path to innovation mapped by Verganti aims to discover not how things work but why we need things. It gives customers something more meaningful -- something they can love. Verganti describes the work of companies, including Nest Labs, Apple, Yankee Candle, and Philips Healthcare, that have created successful businesses by doing just this. Nest Labs, for example, didn't create a more advanced programmable thermostat, because people don't love to program their home appliances. Nest's thermostat learns the habits of the household and bases its temperature settings accordingly. Verganti discusses principles and practices, methods and implementation. The process begins with a vision and proceeds through developmental criticism, first from a sparring partner and then from a circle of radical thinkers, then from external experts and interpreters, and only then from users. Innovation driven by meaning is the way to create value in our current world, where ideas are abundant but novel visions are rare. If something is meaningful for both the people who create it and the people who consume it, business value follows. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Valley of the Gods: A Silicon Valley Story Author: Alexandra Wolfe Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Reporter Alexandra Wolfe’s biting but admiring story of Silicon Valley, and the men and women whose hubris and ambition are changing the world. Each year, young people from around the world go to Silicon Valley to hatch an idea, start a company, strike it rich, and become powerful and famous. In “a jauntily paced anthropological look at Northern California’s techtopia” (Bloomberg Businessweek), reporter and columnist for The Wall Street Journal Alexandra Wolfe follows three of these upstarts who have “stopped out” of college and real life in the hopes of becoming the next Mark Zuckerberg or Elon Musk. Meet the billionaires who go to training clubs for thirty-minute “body slams” designed to fit in with the start-up schedule; attend parties where people devour peanut butter-and-jelly sushi rolls; and date and seduce in a romantic culture in which thick glasses, baggy jeans, and a t-shirt is the costume of any sex symbol (and where a jacket and tie symbolize mediocrity). Through Wolfe’s eyes, we discover how they date and marry, how they dress and live, how they plot and dream, and how they have created a business world and an economic order that has made us all devotees of them. In her blistering and hysterical examination of this new ruling class, Wolfe “offers a revealing peek inside the privilege, power, and profligacy of Silicon Valley” (Town & Country). Valley of the Gods “captures the absurdity of this brave new world, pierces the hype, but also conveys the dreams and the passions that can shape a world’s economy” (USA TODAY). Alexandra Wolfe Tue, 10 Jan 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281930 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Valley of the Gods: A Silicon Valley Story Author: Alexandra Wolfe Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Reporter Alexandra Wolfe’s biting but admiring story of Silicon Valley, and the men and women whose hubris and ambition are changing the world. Each year, young people from around the world go to Silicon Valley to hatch an idea, start a company, strike it rich, and become powerful and famous. In “a jauntily paced anthropological look at Northern California’s techtopia” (Bloomberg Businessweek), reporter and columnist for The Wall Street Journal Alexandra Wolfe follows three of these upstarts who have “stopped out” of college and real life in the hopes of becoming the next Mark Zuckerberg or Elon Musk. Meet the billionaires who go to training clubs for thirty-minute “body slams” designed to fit in with the start-up schedule; attend parties where people devour peanut butter-and-jelly sushi rolls; and date and seduce in a romantic culture in which thick glasses, baggy jeans, and a t-shirt is the costume of any sex symbol (and where a jacket and tie symbolize mediocrity). Through Wolfe’s eyes, we discover how they date and marry, how they dress and live, how they plot and dream, and how they have created a business world and an economic order that has made us all devotees of them. In her blistering and hysterical examination of this new ruling class, Wolfe “offers a revealing peek inside the privilege, power, and profligacy of Silicon Valley” (Town & Country). Valley of the Gods “captures the absurdity of this brave new world, pierces the hype, but also conveys the dreams and the passions that can shape a world’s economy” (USA TODAY). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Valley of the Gods: A Silicon Valley Story Author: Alexandra Wolfe Narrator: Arden Hammersmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Reporter Alexandra Wolfe’s biting but admiring story of Silicon Valley, and the men and women whose hubris and ambition are changing the world. Each year, young people from around the world go to Silicon Valley to hatch an idea, start a company, strike it rich, and become powerful and famous. In “a jauntily paced anthropological look at Northern California’s techtopia” (Bloomberg Businessweek), reporter and columnist for The Wall Street Journal Alexandra Wolfe follows three of these upstarts who have “stopped out” of college and real life in the hopes of becoming the next Mark Zuckerberg or Elon Musk. Meet the billionaires who go to training clubs for thirty-minute “body slams” designed to fit in with the start-up schedule; attend parties where people devour peanut butter-and-jelly sushi rolls; and date and seduce in a romantic culture in which thick glasses, baggy jeans, and a t-shirt is the costume of any sex symbol (and where a jacket and tie symbolize mediocrity). Through Wolfe’s eyes, we discover how they date and marry, how they dress and live, how they plot and dream, and how they have created a business world and an economic order that has made us all devotees of them. In her blistering and hysterical examination of this new ruling class, Wolfe “offers a revealing peek inside the privilege, power, and profligacy of Silicon Valley” (Town & Country). Valley of the Gods “captures the absurdity of this brave new world, pierces the hype, but also conveys the dreams and the passions that can shape a world’s economy” (USA TODAY). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stretch: Unlock the Power of Less-and Achieve More Than You Ever Imagined Author: Scott Sonenshein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Rice University social scientist teaches you to rethink what you need to succeed, and do more with what you already have, in this counterintuitive, evidence-based guide to changing the way you work and live. Stretch identifies key ways for people and organizations to work beyond their resources to achieve higher performance. Based on in-depth research in psychology and management, Scott Sonenshein shows how to accomplish goals, find professional and personal success, and live a richer life. Two different mindsets drive achievement, creativity, and innovation: ''stretching'' and ''chasing.''Stretchers embrace what they have, finding unconventional ways to use resources already at hand. A competitor is someone who improves your own work; a floundering brand becomes a trendy; and forgotten workers become star employees. Chasers get trapped in convention. They mindlessly accept other people’s definitions of resources and often feel they are missing what they need to succeed. Sonenshein teaches a four-part framework that activates the stretching potential we all have but may not fully recognize: - Diversify experiences. - Act immediately without overplanning. - Expect the positive. - Build unique combinations. Sonenshein reveals that while we rarely have all we think we need, we usually have more than we imagine. Whether leading organizations, launching careers, or raising families, Stretch teaches us how to achieve more by acting resourcefully at work and beyond. Scott Sonenshein Tue, 07 Feb 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stretch: Unlock the Power of Less-and Achieve More Than You Ever Imagined Author: Scott Sonenshein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Rice University social scientist teaches you to rethink what you need to succeed, and do more with what you already have, in this counterintuitive, evidence-based guide to changing the way you work and live. Stretch identifies key ways for people and organizations to work beyond their resources to achieve higher performance. Based on in-depth research in psychology and management, Scott Sonenshein shows how to accomplish goals, find professional and personal success, and live a richer life. Two different mindsets drive achievement, creativity, and innovation: ''stretching'' and ''chasing.''Stretchers embrace what they have, finding unconventional ways to use resources already at hand. A competitor is someone who improves your own work; a floundering brand becomes a trendy; and forgotten workers become star employees. Chasers get trapped in convention. They mindlessly accept other people’s definitions of resources and often feel they are missing what they need to succeed. Sonenshein teaches a four-part framework that activates the stretching potential we all have but may not fully recognize: - Diversify experiences. - Act immediately without overplanning. - Expect the positive. - Build unique combinations. Sonenshein reveals that while we rarely have all we think we need, we usually have more than we imagine. Whether leading organizations, launching careers, or raising families, Stretch teaches us how to achieve more by acting resourcefully at work and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stretch: Unlock the Power of Less-and Achieve More Than You Ever Imagined Author: Scott Sonenshein Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Rice University social scientist teaches you to rethink what you need to succeed, and do more with what you already have, in this counterintuitive, evidence-based guide to changing the way you work and live. Stretch identifies key ways for people and organizations to work beyond their resources to achieve higher performance. Based on in-depth research in psychology and management, Scott Sonenshein shows how to accomplish goals, find professional and personal success, and live a richer life. Two different mindsets drive achievement, creativity, and innovation: ''stretching'' and ''chasing.''Stretchers embrace what they have, finding unconventional ways to use resources already at hand. A competitor is someone who improves your own work; a floundering brand becomes a trendy; and forgotten workers become star employees. Chasers get trapped in convention. They mindlessly accept other people’s definitions of resources and often feel they are missing what they need to succeed. Sonenshein teaches a four-part framework that activates the stretching potential we all have but may not fully recognize: - Diversify experiences. - Act immediately without overplanning. - Expect the positive. - Build unique combinations. Sonenshein reveals that while we rarely have all we think we need, we usually have more than we imagine. Whether leading organizations, launching careers, or raising families, Stretch teaches us how to achieve more by acting resourcefully at work and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Makers: The Science of Popularity in an Age of Distraction Author: Derek Thompson Narrator: Derek Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling - full of 'aha' moments about why some ideas soar and others never get off the ground. This book picks up where The Tipping Point left off.' —Adam Grant Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has 'good taste,' and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular.   In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: * What Taylor Swift, the printing press, and the laugh track have in common * The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses * How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump * The 5th grader who accidentally launched 'Rock Around the Clock,' the biggest hit in rock and roll history * How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters * How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals * The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon * Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best * Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations * Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today * Why another year --1932--created the business model of film * How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth * How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere Derek Thompson Tue, 07 Feb 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Makers: The Science of Popularity in an Age of Distraction Author: Derek Thompson Narrator: Derek Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling - full of 'aha' moments about why some ideas soar and others never get off the ground. This book picks up where The Tipping Point left off.' —Adam Grant Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has 'good taste,' and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular.   In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: * What Taylor Swift, the printing press, and the laugh track have in common * The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses * How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump * The 5th grader who accidentally launched 'Rock Around the Clock,' the biggest hit in rock and roll history * How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters * How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals * The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon * Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best * Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations * Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today * Why another year --1932--created the business model of film * How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth * How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hit Makers: The Science of Popularity in an Age of Distraction Author: Derek Thompson Narrator: Derek Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 7, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Enthralling - full of 'aha' moments about why some ideas soar and others never get off the ground. This book picks up where The Tipping Point left off.' —Adam Grant Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has 'good taste,' and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular.   In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: * What Taylor Swift, the printing press, and the laugh track have in common * The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses * How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump * The 5th grader who accidentally launched 'Rock Around the Clock,' the biggest hit in rock and roll history * How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters * How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals * The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon * Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best * Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations * Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today * Why another year --1932--created the business model of film * How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth * How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Fight: GMOs and the Future of the American Diet Author: McKay Jenkins Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are GMOs really that bad?  A prominent environmental journalist takes a fresh look at what they actually mean for our food system and for us. In the past two decades, GMOs have come to dominate the American diet. Advocates hail them as the future of food, an enhanced method of crop breeding that can help feed an ever-increasing global population and adapt to a rapidly changing environment. Critics, meanwhile, call for their banishment, insisting GMOs were designed by overeager scientists and greedy corporations to bolster an industrial food system that forces us to rely on cheap, unhealthy, processed food so they can turn an easy profit. In response, health-conscious brands such as Trader Joe’s and Whole Foods have started boasting that they are “GMO-free,” and companies like Monsanto have become villains in the eyes of average consumers. Where can we turn for the truth? Are GMOs an astounding scientific breakthrough destined to end world hunger? Or are they simply a way for giant companies to control a problematic food system? Environmental writer McKay Jenkins traveled across the country to answer these questions and discovered that the GMO controversy is more complicated than meets the eye. He interviewed dozens of people on all sides of the debate—scientists hoping to engineer new crops that could provide nutrients to people in the developing world, Hawaiian papaya farmers who credit GMOs with saving their livelihoods, and local farmers in Maryland who are redefining what it means to be “sustainable.” The result is a comprehensive, nuanced examination of the state of our food system and a much-needed guide for consumers to help them make more informed choices about what to eat for their next meal. McKay Jenkins Tue, 24 Jan 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Fight: GMOs and the Future of the American Diet Author: McKay Jenkins Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are GMOs really that bad?  A prominent environmental journalist takes a fresh look at what they actually mean for our food system and for us. In the past two decades, GMOs have come to dominate the American diet. Advocates hail them as the future of food, an enhanced method of crop breeding that can help feed an ever-increasing global population and adapt to a rapidly changing environment. Critics, meanwhile, call for their banishment, insisting GMOs were designed by overeager scientists and greedy corporations to bolster an industrial food system that forces us to rely on cheap, unhealthy, processed food so they can turn an easy profit. In response, health-conscious brands such as Trader Joe’s and Whole Foods have started boasting that they are “GMO-free,” and companies like Monsanto have become villains in the eyes of average consumers. Where can we turn for the truth? Are GMOs an astounding scientific breakthrough destined to end world hunger? Or are they simply a way for giant companies to control a problematic food system? Environmental writer McKay Jenkins traveled across the country to answer these questions and discovered that the GMO controversy is more complicated than meets the eye. He interviewed dozens of people on all sides of the debate—scientists hoping to engineer new crops that could provide nutrients to people in the developing world, Hawaiian papaya farmers who credit GMOs with saving their livelihoods, and local farmers in Maryland who are redefining what it means to be “sustainable.” The result is a comprehensive, nuanced examination of the state of our food system and a much-needed guide for consumers to help them make more informed choices about what to eat for their next meal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Fight: GMOs and the Future of the American Diet Author: McKay Jenkins Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are GMOs really that bad?  A prominent environmental journalist takes a fresh look at what they actually mean for our food system and for us. In the past two decades, GMOs have come to dominate the American diet. Advocates hail them as the future of food, an enhanced method of crop breeding that can help feed an ever-increasing global population and adapt to a rapidly changing environment. Critics, meanwhile, call for their banishment, insisting GMOs were designed by overeager scientists and greedy corporations to bolster an industrial food system that forces us to rely on cheap, unhealthy, processed food so they can turn an easy profit. In response, health-conscious brands such as Trader Joe’s and Whole Foods have started boasting that they are “GMO-free,” and companies like Monsanto have become villains in the eyes of average consumers. Where can we turn for the truth? Are GMOs an astounding scientific breakthrough destined to end world hunger? Or are they simply a way for giant companies to control a problematic food system? Environmental writer McKay Jenkins traveled across the country to answer these questions and discovered that the GMO controversy is more complicated than meets the eye. He interviewed dozens of people on all sides of the debate—scientists hoping to engineer new crops that could provide nutrients to people in the developing world, Hawaiian papaya farmers who credit GMOs with saving their livelihoods, and local farmers in Maryland who are redefining what it means to be “sustainable.” The result is a comprehensive, nuanced examination of the state of our food system and a much-needed guide for consumers to help them make more informed choices about what to eat for their next meal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Industrial Revolution Author: Klaus Schwab Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: World-renowned economist Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum, explains that we have an opportunity to shape the fourth industrial revolu­tion, which will fundamentally alter how we live and work. Schwab argues that this revolution is different in scale, scope and complexity from any that have come before. Characterized by a range of new technologies that are fusing the physical, digital and biological worlds, the developments are affecting all disciplines, economies, industries and governments, and even challenging ideas about what it means to be human. Artificial intelligence is already all around us, from supercomputers, drones and virtual assistants to 3D printing, DNA sequencing, smart thermostats, wear­able sensors and microchips smaller than a grain of sand. But this is just the beginning: nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than a strand of hair and the first transplant of a 3D printed liver are already in development. Imagine “smart factories” in which global systems of manu­facturing are coordinated virtually, or implantable mobile phones made of biosynthetic materials. The fourth industrial revolution, says Schwab, is more significant, and its ramifications more profound, than in any prior period of human history.   He outlines the key technologies driving this revolution and discusses the major impacts expected on government, business, civil society and individu­als. Schwab also offers bold ideas on how to harness these changes and shape a better future—one in which technology empowers people rather than replaces them; progress serves society rather than disrupts it; and in which innovators respect moral and ethical boundaries rather than cross them. We all have the opportunity to contribute to developing new frame­works that advance progress. Klaus Schwab Tue, 03 Jan 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281263 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Industrial Revolution Author: Klaus Schwab Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: World-renowned economist Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum, explains that we have an opportunity to shape the fourth industrial revolu­tion, which will fundamentally alter how we live and work. Schwab argues that this revolution is different in scale, scope and complexity from any that have come before. Characterized by a range of new technologies that are fusing the physical, digital and biological worlds, the developments are affecting all disciplines, economies, industries and governments, and even challenging ideas about what it means to be human. Artificial intelligence is already all around us, from supercomputers, drones and virtual assistants to 3D printing, DNA sequencing, smart thermostats, wear­able sensors and microchips smaller than a grain of sand. But this is just the beginning: nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than a strand of hair and the first transplant of a 3D printed liver are already in development. Imagine “smart factories” in which global systems of manu­facturing are coordinated virtually, or implantable mobile phones made of biosynthetic materials. The fourth industrial revolution, says Schwab, is more significant, and its ramifications more profound, than in any prior period of human history.   He outlines the key technologies driving this revolution and discusses the major impacts expected on government, business, civil society and individu­als. Schwab also offers bold ideas on how to harness these changes and shape a better future—one in which technology empowers people rather than replaces them; progress serves society rather than disrupts it; and in which innovators respect moral and ethical boundaries rather than cross them. We all have the opportunity to contribute to developing new frame­works that advance progress. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Industrial Revolution Author: Klaus Schwab Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: World-renowned economist Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum, explains that we have an opportunity to shape the fourth industrial revolu­tion, which will fundamentally alter how we live and work. Schwab argues that this revolution is different in scale, scope and complexity from any that have come before. Characterized by a range of new technologies that are fusing the physical, digital and biological worlds, the developments are affecting all disciplines, economies, industries and governments, and even challenging ideas about what it means to be human. Artificial intelligence is already all around us, from supercomputers, drones and virtual assistants to 3D printing, DNA sequencing, smart thermostats, wear­able sensors and microchips smaller than a grain of sand. But this is just the beginning: nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than a strand of hair and the first transplant of a 3D printed liver are already in development. Imagine “smart factories” in which global systems of manu­facturing are coordinated virtually, or implantable mobile phones made of biosynthetic materials. The fourth industrial revolution, says Schwab, is more significant, and its ramifications more profound, than in any prior period of human history.   He outlines the key technologies driving this revolution and discusses the major impacts expected on government, business, civil society and individu­als. Schwab also offers bold ideas on how to harness these changes and shape a better future—one in which technology empowers people rather than replaces them; progress serves society rather than disrupts it; and in which innovators respect moral and ethical boundaries rather than cross them. We all have the opportunity to contribute to developing new frame­works that advance progress. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upstarts: How Uber, Airbnb and the Killer Companies of the New Silicon Valley Are Changing the World Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Dean Temple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Upstarts by Brad Stone, read by Dean Temple. New York Times bestselling author of The Everything Store Brad Stone takes us deep inside the new Silicon Valley. Ten years ago, the idea of getting into a stranger’s car, or walking into a stranger’s home, would have seemed bizarre and dangerous, but today it’s as common as ordering a book online. Uber and Airbnb are household names: redefining neighbourhoods, challenging the way governments regulate business and changing the way we travel. In the spirit of iconic Silicon Valley renegades like Steve Jobs and Bill Gates, a new generation of entrepreneurs is sparking yet another cultural upheaval through technology. They are among the Upstarts, idiosyncratic founders with limitless drive and an abundance of self-confidence. Young, hungry and brilliant, they are rewriting the traditional rules of business, changing our day-to-day lives and often sidestepping serious ethical and legal obstacles in the process. The Upstarts is the definitive account of a dawning age of tenacity, creativity, conflict and wealth. In Brad Stone’s highly anticipated and riveting account of the most radical companies of the new Silicon Valley, we find out how it all started, and how the world is wildly different than it was ten years ago. Brad Stone Thu, 02 Feb 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283014 thebookvoice.com 10:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upstarts: How Uber, Airbnb and the Killer Companies of the New Silicon Valley Are Changing the World Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Dean Temple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Upstarts by Brad Stone, read by Dean Temple. New York Times bestselling author of The Everything Store Brad Stone takes us deep inside the new Silicon Valley. Ten years ago, the idea of getting into a stranger’s car, or walking into a stranger’s home, would have seemed bizarre and dangerous, but today it’s as common as ordering a book online. Uber and Airbnb are household names: redefining neighbourhoods, challenging the way governments regulate business and changing the way we travel. In the spirit of iconic Silicon Valley renegades like Steve Jobs and Bill Gates, a new generation of entrepreneurs is sparking yet another cultural upheaval through technology. They are among the Upstarts, idiosyncratic founders with limitless drive and an abundance of self-confidence. Young, hungry and brilliant, they are rewriting the traditional rules of business, changing our day-to-day lives and often sidestepping serious ethical and legal obstacles in the process. The Upstarts is the definitive account of a dawning age of tenacity, creativity, conflict and wealth. In Brad Stone’s highly anticipated and riveting account of the most radical companies of the new Silicon Valley, we find out how it all started, and how the world is wildly different than it was ten years ago. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Upstarts: How Uber, Airbnb and the Killer Companies of the New Silicon Valley Are Changing the World Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Dean Temple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of The Upstarts by Brad Stone, read by Dean Temple. New York Times bestselling author of The Everything Store Brad Stone takes us deep inside the new Silicon Valley. Ten years ago, the idea of getting into a stranger’s car, or walking into a stranger’s home, would have seemed bizarre and dangerous, but today it’s as common as ordering a book online. Uber and Airbnb are household names: redefining neighbourhoods, challenging the way governments regulate business and changing the way we travel. In the spirit of iconic Silicon Valley renegades like Steve Jobs and Bill Gates, a new generation of entrepreneurs is sparking yet another cultural upheaval through technology. They are among the Upstarts, idiosyncratic founders with limitless drive and an abundance of self-confidence. Young, hungry and brilliant, they are rewriting the traditional rules of business, changing our day-to-day lives and often sidestepping serious ethical and legal obstacles in the process. The Upstarts is the definitive account of a dawning age of tenacity, creativity, conflict and wealth. In Brad Stone’s highly anticipated and riveting account of the most radical companies of the new Silicon Valley, we find out how it all started, and how the world is wildly different than it was ten years ago. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Real Estate Title: A Selection from Rich Dad Advisors: Loopholes of Real Estate Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What is the most over looked aspect of real estate investing? Learn how to title your property the right way. A selection from the bestselling Rich Dad Advisors: Loopholes of Real Estate Garrett Sutton Tue, 10 Jan 2017 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281247 thebookvoice.com 0:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Real Estate Title: A Selection from Rich Dad Advisors: Loopholes of Real Estate Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What is the most over looked aspect of real estate investing? Learn how to title your property the right way. A selection from the bestselling Rich Dad Advisors: Loopholes of Real Estate Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Real Estate Title: A Selection from Rich Dad Advisors: Loopholes of Real Estate Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What is the most over looked aspect of real estate investing? Learn how to title your property the right way. A selection from the bestselling Rich Dad Advisors: Loopholes of Real Estate https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Creative Mind: How to Disrupt Your Thinking, Abandon Your Comfort Zone, and Develop Bold New Strategies Author: Scott Cochrane Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Too many companies limit their strategic thinking by focusing on what they already know how to do. Executives are expected to set concrete objectives and create detailed, step-by-step plans to reach them. This approach may satisfy short-term considerations like quarterly earnings reports, but it produces modest innovation and evolutionary development at best. As a result, the business can find itself in a performance plateau that it cannot seem to break out of. In Your Creative Mind, you will discover an entirely different approach to the creative process. You will learn: - How to catapult your company out of a performance plateau and into dynamic growth, expansion, and market leadership. - How to move beyond classic groupthink and unleash your true creative power. - How to become a trend leader and paradigm shifter by harnessing the secrets of the power of creation. - How to innovate your way into the most beneficial business relationships you can imagine. Using the practical techniques and steps described in Your Creative Mind will infuse your company with creative power and drive innovation. Break free of business as usual and create the dynamic growth you deserve! Scott Cochrane Mon, 05 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280868 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Creative Mind: How to Disrupt Your Thinking, Abandon Your Comfort Zone, and Develop Bold New Strategies Author: Scott Cochrane Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Too many companies limit their strategic thinking by focusing on what they already know how to do. Executives are expected to set concrete objectives and create detailed, step-by-step plans to reach them. This approach may satisfy short-term considerations like quarterly earnings reports, but it produces modest innovation and evolutionary development at best. As a result, the business can find itself in a performance plateau that it cannot seem to break out of. In Your Creative Mind, you will discover an entirely different approach to the creative process. You will learn: - How to catapult your company out of a performance plateau and into dynamic growth, expansion, and market leadership. - How to move beyond classic groupthink and unleash your true creative power. - How to become a trend leader and paradigm shifter by harnessing the secrets of the power of creation. - How to innovate your way into the most beneficial business relationships you can imagine. Using the practical techniques and steps described in Your Creative Mind will infuse your company with creative power and drive innovation. Break free of business as usual and create the dynamic growth you deserve! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Creative Mind: How to Disrupt Your Thinking, Abandon Your Comfort Zone, and Develop Bold New Strategies Author: Scott Cochrane Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Too many companies limit their strategic thinking by focusing on what they already know how to do. Executives are expected to set concrete objectives and create detailed, step-by-step plans to reach them. This approach may satisfy short-term considerations like quarterly earnings reports, but it produces modest innovation and evolutionary development at best. As a result, the business can find itself in a performance plateau that it cannot seem to break out of. In Your Creative Mind, you will discover an entirely different approach to the creative process. You will learn: - How to catapult your company out of a performance plateau and into dynamic growth, expansion, and market leadership. - How to move beyond classic groupthink and unleash your true creative power. - How to become a trend leader and paradigm shifter by harnessing the secrets of the power of creation. - How to innovate your way into the most beneficial business relationships you can imagine. Using the practical techniques and steps described in Your Creative Mind will infuse your company with creative power and drive innovation. Break free of business as usual and create the dynamic growth you deserve! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Income Generating Solutions: How to Create a River of Extra Cash Flow! Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you’re looking for a way to gain the knowledge to start a home-based business for yourself, or one that you could start and operate simply and efficiently, while you keep your regular job, this audiobook is for you. John Cummuta examines four businesses that are reputable, realistic undertakings for the average person. Now there are lots of ways to make money, but many of them can be unusual, require rare skills, or are—quite frankly—shady. Many of them are nothing more than “get rich quick” schemes. The four businesses that John teaches you about do not suffer from any of those handicaps. In addition, these businesses are contemporary opportunities, not just rehashes of well-worn topes, as two of these business are based on newer, exciting opportunities provided on the Internet. As you examine the each business: • The online auction business • Buying and renting out residential real estate • Creating and marketing information products, like books, audios, videos, newsletters, seminars, and the like • Online affiliate marketing business Each of these businesses offers unlimited growth potential, so any of them could grow from a part-time income stream to a full-time business for you. All you need is a willingness to learn and you can be up and running in no time. Includes Workbook PDF John Cummuta Thu, 01 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280786 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Income Generating Solutions: How to Create a River of Extra Cash Flow! Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you’re looking for a way to gain the knowledge to start a home-based business for yourself, or one that you could start and operate simply and efficiently, while you keep your regular job, this audiobook is for you. John Cummuta examines four businesses that are reputable, realistic undertakings for the average person. Now there are lots of ways to make money, but many of them can be unusual, require rare skills, or are—quite frankly—shady. Many of them are nothing more than “get rich quick” schemes. The four businesses that John teaches you about do not suffer from any of those handicaps. In addition, these businesses are contemporary opportunities, not just rehashes of well-worn topes, as two of these business are based on newer, exciting opportunities provided on the Internet. As you examine the each business: • The online auction business • Buying and renting out residential real estate • Creating and marketing information products, like books, audios, videos, newsletters, seminars, and the like • Online affiliate marketing business Each of these businesses offers unlimited growth potential, so any of them could grow from a part-time income stream to a full-time business for you. All you need is a willingness to learn and you can be up and running in no time. Includes Workbook PDF Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Income Generating Solutions: How to Create a River of Extra Cash Flow! Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: If you’re looking for a way to gain the knowledge to start a home-based business for yourself, or one that you could start and operate simply and efficiently, while you keep your regular job, this audiobook is for you. John Cummuta examines four businesses that are reputable, realistic undertakings for the average person. Now there are lots of ways to make money, but many of them can be unusual, require rare skills, or are—quite frankly—shady. Many of them are nothing more than “get rich quick” schemes. The four businesses that John teaches you about do not suffer from any of those handicaps. In addition, these businesses are contemporary opportunities, not just rehashes of well-worn topes, as two of these business are based on newer, exciting opportunities provided on the Internet. As you examine the each business: • The online auction business • Buying and renting out residential real estate • Creating and marketing information products, like books, audios, videos, newsletters, seminars, and the like • Online affiliate marketing business Each of these businesses offers unlimited growth potential, so any of them could grow from a part-time income stream to a full-time business for you. All you need is a willingness to learn and you can be up and running in no time. Includes Workbook PDF https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280444 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Innovation Author: Eric Von Hippel Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this book, Eric von Hippel, author of the influential Democratizing Innovation, integrates new theory and research findings into the framework of a 'free innovation paradigm.' Free innovation, as he defines it, involves innovations developed by consumers who are self-rewarded for their efforts, and who give their designs away 'for free.' It is an inherently simple grassroots innovation process, unencumbered by compensated transactions and intellectual property rights. Free innovation is already widespread in national economies and is steadily increasing in both scale and scope. Today, tens of millions of consumers are collectively spending tens of billions of dollars annually on innovation development. However, because free innovations are developed during consumers' unpaid, discretionary time and are given away rather than sold, their collective impact and value have until very recently been hidden from view. This has caused researchers, governments, and firms to focus too much on the Schumpeterian idea of innovation as a producer-dominated activity. Free innovation has both advantages and drawbacks. Because free innovators are self-rewarded by such factors as personal utility, learning, and fun, they often pioneer new areas before producers see commercial potential. At the same time, because they give away their innovations, free innovators generally have very little incentive to invest in diffusing what they create, which reduces the social value of their efforts. The best solution, von Hippel and his colleagues argue, is a division of labor between free innovators and producers, enabling each to do what they do best. The result will be both increased producer profits and increased social welfare—a gain for all. Eric Von Hippel Fri, 18 Nov 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280444 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Innovation Author: Eric Von Hippel Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this book, Eric von Hippel, author of the influential Democratizing Innovation, integrates new theory and research findings into the framework of a 'free innovation paradigm.' Free innovation, as he defines it, involves innovations developed by consumers who are self-rewarded for their efforts, and who give their designs away 'for free.' It is an inherently simple grassroots innovation process, unencumbered by compensated transactions and intellectual property rights. Free innovation is already widespread in national economies and is steadily increasing in both scale and scope. Today, tens of millions of consumers are collectively spending tens of billions of dollars annually on innovation development. However, because free innovations are developed during consumers' unpaid, discretionary time and are given away rather than sold, their collective impact and value have until very recently been hidden from view. This has caused researchers, governments, and firms to focus too much on the Schumpeterian idea of innovation as a producer-dominated activity. Free innovation has both advantages and drawbacks. Because free innovators are self-rewarded by such factors as personal utility, learning, and fun, they often pioneer new areas before producers see commercial potential. At the same time, because they give away their innovations, free innovators generally have very little incentive to invest in diffusing what they create, which reduces the social value of their efforts. The best solution, von Hippel and his colleagues argue, is a division of labor between free innovators and producers, enabling each to do what they do best. The result will be both increased producer profits and increased social welfare—a gain for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Innovation Author: Eric Von Hippel Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this book, Eric von Hippel, author of the influential Democratizing Innovation, integrates new theory and research findings into the framework of a 'free innovation paradigm.' Free innovation, as he defines it, involves innovations developed by consumers who are self-rewarded for their efforts, and who give their designs away 'for free.' It is an inherently simple grassroots innovation process, unencumbered by compensated transactions and intellectual property rights. Free innovation is already widespread in national economies and is steadily increasing in both scale and scope. Today, tens of millions of consumers are collectively spending tens of billions of dollars annually on innovation development. However, because free innovations are developed during consumers' unpaid, discretionary time and are given away rather than sold, their collective impact and value have until very recently been hidden from view. This has caused researchers, governments, and firms to focus too much on the Schumpeterian idea of innovation as a producer-dominated activity. Free innovation has both advantages and drawbacks. Because free innovators are self-rewarded by such factors as personal utility, learning, and fun, they often pioneer new areas before producers see commercial potential. At the same time, because they give away their innovations, free innovators generally have very little incentive to invest in diffusing what they create, which reduces the social value of their efforts. The best solution, von Hippel and his colleagues argue, is a division of labor between free innovators and producers, enabling each to do what they do best. The result will be both increased producer profits and increased social welfare—a gain for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280179 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F.U. Money: Make As Much Money As You Damn Well Want And Live Your LIfe As You Damn Well Please! Author: Dan Lok Narrator: Dan Lok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 4.24 of Total 33 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you TIRED of the RAT RACE? Do you wish you had MORE TIME and MORE MONEY? Would you like to NEVER WORK AGAIN? If you answered “YES!”, then you need to look no further than Dan “The Man” Lok’s new book - F.U. MONEY. If you have ever thought to yourself: How come I have to keep back to this DEAD-END JOB? How can I make enough money to afford to STOP WORKING and START HAVING FUN?? When will it be MY TURN to live the GOOD LIFE??? Imagine how your life would become if you knew what it really takes to make more money that you have ever dreamed possible. For instance, can you imagine that... All the money stress in your life suddenly vanishes? You get to fire your boss and tell him where to shove it? Take holidays whenever you want and for as long as you want? You are living in the house of your dreams, driving the car of your dreams and also have a boat and a cabin and even a plane if you want? You can afford to give your children the perfect, healthy, fun and fulfilling childhood that you always wanted to give them? In this no-nonsense, no-holds-barred guide, international entrepreneur, best-selling author, and self-made multi-millionaire Dan Lok shows you how to live the lifestyle you really want without having to work or rely on anyone else for money. Dan Lok Thu, 01 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280179 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F.U. Money: Make As Much Money As You Damn Well Want And Live Your LIfe As You Damn Well Please! Author: Dan Lok Narrator: Dan Lok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 4.24 of Total 33 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you TIRED of the RAT RACE? Do you wish you had MORE TIME and MORE MONEY? Would you like to NEVER WORK AGAIN? If you answered “YES!”, then you need to look no further than Dan “The Man” Lok’s new book - F.U. MONEY. If you have ever thought to yourself: How come I have to keep back to this DEAD-END JOB? How can I make enough money to afford to STOP WORKING and START HAVING FUN?? When will it be MY TURN to live the GOOD LIFE??? Imagine how your life would become if you knew what it really takes to make more money that you have ever dreamed possible. For instance, can you imagine that... All the money stress in your life suddenly vanishes? You get to fire your boss and tell him where to shove it? Take holidays whenever you want and for as long as you want? You are living in the house of your dreams, driving the car of your dreams and also have a boat and a cabin and even a plane if you want? You can afford to give your children the perfect, healthy, fun and fulfilling childhood that you always wanted to give them? In this no-nonsense, no-holds-barred guide, international entrepreneur, best-selling author, and self-made multi-millionaire Dan Lok shows you how to live the lifestyle you really want without having to work or rely on anyone else for money. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/280179]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: F.U. Money: Make As Much Money As You Damn Well Want And Live Your LIfe As You Damn Well Please! Author: Dan Lok Narrator: Dan Lok Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 4.24 of Total 33 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you TIRED of the RAT RACE? Do you wish you had MORE TIME and MORE MONEY? Would you like to NEVER WORK AGAIN? If you answered “YES!”, then you need to look no further than Dan “The Man” Lok’s new book - F.U. MONEY. If you have ever thought to yourself: How come I have to keep back to this DEAD-END JOB? How can I make enough money to afford to STOP WORKING and START HAVING FUN?? When will it be MY TURN to live the GOOD LIFE??? Imagine how your life would become if you knew what it really takes to make more money that you have ever dreamed possible. For instance, can you imagine that... All the money stress in your life suddenly vanishes? You get to fire your boss and tell him where to shove it? Take holidays whenever you want and for as long as you want? You are living in the house of your dreams, driving the car of your dreams and also have a boat and a cabin and even a plane if you want? You can afford to give your children the perfect, healthy, fun and fulfilling childhood that you always wanted to give them? In this no-nonsense, no-holds-barred guide, international entrepreneur, best-selling author, and self-made multi-millionaire Dan Lok shows you how to live the lifestyle you really want without having to work or rely on anyone else for money. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279764 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth Machine: How to Start, Build & Market a Debt Free Small Business Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Enjoy the Life You've Dreamed About! The number one reason most new businesses fail is that their owner or owners did not have enough business knowledge. They were very good at providing their product or service, but not very good at the elements of running the business itself. An established and highly successful entrepreneur, himself, John cuts through the motivational pep talks and teaches you proven business-building methods that have been used by the most successful entrepreneurs of all time. He provides you with specific steps you must take to build a profitable business that lasts. With the growing volatility of the business world, now is the time to break free from being just a passenger in someone else’s business to becoming captain of your own. By following step-by-step guidelines that John has carefully planned for you, you will find yourself among the growing number of winning entrepreneurs who experience both financial and personal triumph…and in record time! John Cummuta Thu, 01 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279764 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth Machine: How to Start, Build & Market a Debt Free Small Business Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Enjoy the Life You've Dreamed About! The number one reason most new businesses fail is that their owner or owners did not have enough business knowledge. They were very good at providing their product or service, but not very good at the elements of running the business itself. An established and highly successful entrepreneur, himself, John cuts through the motivational pep talks and teaches you proven business-building methods that have been used by the most successful entrepreneurs of all time. He provides you with specific steps you must take to build a profitable business that lasts. With the growing volatility of the business world, now is the time to break free from being just a passenger in someone else’s business to becoming captain of your own. By following step-by-step guidelines that John has carefully planned for you, you will find yourself among the growing number of winning entrepreneurs who experience both financial and personal triumph…and in record time! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wealth Machine: How to Start, Build & Market a Debt Free Small Business Author: John Cummuta Narrator: John Cummuta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Enjoy the Life You've Dreamed About! The number one reason most new businesses fail is that their owner or owners did not have enough business knowledge. They were very good at providing their product or service, but not very good at the elements of running the business itself. An established and highly successful entrepreneur, himself, John cuts through the motivational pep talks and teaches you proven business-building methods that have been used by the most successful entrepreneurs of all time. He provides you with specific steps you must take to build a profitable business that lasts. With the growing volatility of the business world, now is the time to break free from being just a passenger in someone else’s business to becoming captain of your own. By following step-by-step guidelines that John has carefully planned for you, you will find yourself among the growing number of winning entrepreneurs who experience both financial and personal triumph…and in record time! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279756 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Loyalty Loop: The Science Behind Creating Great Experiences and Lasting Impressions Author: Noah Fleming Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you grow a truly sustainable business in the hypercompetitive 21st century? By using the practical, psychology-based strategies in this book to dive into the mind of your customer and enhance your business’s customer experience by creating “buying loops” that keep your customers coming back for more. The Customer Loyalty Loop includes proven, science-backed secrets for building legions of loyal customers who will become evangelists for your business, buy from you repeatedly, and actually enjoy doing business with you. You will learn a wide variety of simple but powerfully effective strategies, such as: How to stop using gimmicks and trick promotions to encourage repeat business, and what to do instead that will keep your customers coming back for more. How to use the “Butler Secret” to achieve results superior to any marketing campaign or promotion you’ll ever dream up. Why providing the best customer service isn’t enough anymore, and what you must do instead if you want your business to keep growing in the 21st century. The “Bentley Strategy” that will immediately and dramatically increase customer loyalty to your business. And many more proven tactics and strategies. Noah Fleming Thu, 01 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279756 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Loyalty Loop: The Science Behind Creating Great Experiences and Lasting Impressions Author: Noah Fleming Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you grow a truly sustainable business in the hypercompetitive 21st century? By using the practical, psychology-based strategies in this book to dive into the mind of your customer and enhance your business’s customer experience by creating “buying loops” that keep your customers coming back for more. The Customer Loyalty Loop includes proven, science-backed secrets for building legions of loyal customers who will become evangelists for your business, buy from you repeatedly, and actually enjoy doing business with you. You will learn a wide variety of simple but powerfully effective strategies, such as: How to stop using gimmicks and trick promotions to encourage repeat business, and what to do instead that will keep your customers coming back for more. How to use the “Butler Secret” to achieve results superior to any marketing campaign or promotion you’ll ever dream up. Why providing the best customer service isn’t enough anymore, and what you must do instead if you want your business to keep growing in the 21st century. The “Bentley Strategy” that will immediately and dramatically increase customer loyalty to your business. And many more proven tactics and strategies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Loyalty Loop: The Science Behind Creating Great Experiences and Lasting Impressions Author: Noah Fleming Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you grow a truly sustainable business in the hypercompetitive 21st century? By using the practical, psychology-based strategies in this book to dive into the mind of your customer and enhance your business’s customer experience by creating “buying loops” that keep your customers coming back for more. The Customer Loyalty Loop includes proven, science-backed secrets for building legions of loyal customers who will become evangelists for your business, buy from you repeatedly, and actually enjoy doing business with you. You will learn a wide variety of simple but powerfully effective strategies, such as: How to stop using gimmicks and trick promotions to encourage repeat business, and what to do instead that will keep your customers coming back for more. How to use the “Butler Secret” to achieve results superior to any marketing campaign or promotion you’ll ever dream up. Why providing the best customer service isn’t enough anymore, and what you must do instead if you want your business to keep growing in the 21st century. The “Bentley Strategy” that will immediately and dramatically increase customer loyalty to your business. And many more proven tactics and strategies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279580 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Sugar Author: Gary Taubes Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Why We Get Fat, a groundbreaking, eye-opening exposé that makes the convincing case that sugar is the tobacco of the new millennium: backed by powerful lobbies, entrenched in our lives, and making us very sick. Among Americans, diabetes is more prevalent today than ever; obesity is at epidemic proportions; nearly 10% of children are thought to have nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. And sugar is at the root of these, and other, critical society-wide, health-related problems. With his signature command of both science and straight talk, Gary Taubes delves into Americans' history with sugar: its uses as a preservative, as an additive in cigarettes, the contemporary overuse of high-fructose corn syrup. He explains what research has shown about our addiction to sweets. He clarifies the arguments against sugar, corrects misconceptions about the relationship between sugar and weight loss; and provides the perspective necessary to make informed decisions about sugar as individuals and as a society. Gary Taubes Tue, 27 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279580 thebookvoice.com 11:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Sugar Author: Gary Taubes Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Why We Get Fat, a groundbreaking, eye-opening exposé that makes the convincing case that sugar is the tobacco of the new millennium: backed by powerful lobbies, entrenched in our lives, and making us very sick. Among Americans, diabetes is more prevalent today than ever; obesity is at epidemic proportions; nearly 10% of children are thought to have nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. And sugar is at the root of these, and other, critical society-wide, health-related problems. With his signature command of both science and straight talk, Gary Taubes delves into Americans' history with sugar: its uses as a preservative, as an additive in cigarettes, the contemporary overuse of high-fructose corn syrup. He explains what research has shown about our addiction to sweets. He clarifies the arguments against sugar, corrects misconceptions about the relationship between sugar and weight loss; and provides the perspective necessary to make informed decisions about sugar as individuals and as a society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279580]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against Sugar Author: Gary Taubes Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 27, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 58 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Why We Get Fat, a groundbreaking, eye-opening exposé that makes the convincing case that sugar is the tobacco of the new millennium: backed by powerful lobbies, entrenched in our lives, and making us very sick. Among Americans, diabetes is more prevalent today than ever; obesity is at epidemic proportions; nearly 10% of children are thought to have nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. And sugar is at the root of these, and other, critical society-wide, health-related problems. With his signature command of both science and straight talk, Gary Taubes delves into Americans' history with sugar: its uses as a preservative, as an additive in cigarettes, the contemporary overuse of high-fructose corn syrup. He explains what research has shown about our addiction to sweets. He clarifies the arguments against sugar, corrects misconceptions about the relationship between sugar and weight loss; and provides the perspective necessary to make informed decisions about sugar as individuals and as a society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279572 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gig Economy: The Complete Guide to Getting Better Work, Taking More Time Off, and Financing the Life You Want Author: Diane Mulcahy Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Uber to the presidential debates, the gig economy has been dominating the headlines…and for good reason. Today, more than a third of Americans are working in the gig economy—mixing together short-term jobs, contract work, and freelance assignments. For those who’ve figured out the formula, life has never been better! The Gig Economy is your guide to this uncertain but ultimately rewarding world. Succeeding in it starts with shifting gears to recognize that only you control your future. Next is leveraging your skills, knowledge, and network to create your own career trajectory—one immune to the whims of an employer. Packed with research, exercises, and anecdotes, this eye-opening book supplies strategies—ranging from the professional to the personal—to help you: Construct a life based on your priorities and vision of success • Cultivate connections without networking • Create your own security • Take more time off • Build flexibility into your financial life • Face your fears by reducing risk • Prepare for the future • And much more Layoffs… recessions…Corporate jobs are not only unstable— they’re increasingly scarce. It’s time to take charge of your own career and lead the life you actually want. Diane Mulcahy Thu, 01 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279572 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gig Economy: The Complete Guide to Getting Better Work, Taking More Time Off, and Financing the Life You Want Author: Diane Mulcahy Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Uber to the presidential debates, the gig economy has been dominating the headlines…and for good reason. Today, more than a third of Americans are working in the gig economy—mixing together short-term jobs, contract work, and freelance assignments. For those who’ve figured out the formula, life has never been better! The Gig Economy is your guide to this uncertain but ultimately rewarding world. Succeeding in it starts with shifting gears to recognize that only you control your future. Next is leveraging your skills, knowledge, and network to create your own career trajectory—one immune to the whims of an employer. Packed with research, exercises, and anecdotes, this eye-opening book supplies strategies—ranging from the professional to the personal—to help you: Construct a life based on your priorities and vision of success • Cultivate connections without networking • Create your own security • Take more time off • Build flexibility into your financial life • Face your fears by reducing risk • Prepare for the future • And much more Layoffs… recessions…Corporate jobs are not only unstable— they’re increasingly scarce. It’s time to take charge of your own career and lead the life you actually want. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gig Economy: The Complete Guide to Getting Better Work, Taking More Time Off, and Financing the Life You Want Author: Diane Mulcahy Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Uber to the presidential debates, the gig economy has been dominating the headlines…and for good reason. Today, more than a third of Americans are working in the gig economy—mixing together short-term jobs, contract work, and freelance assignments. For those who’ve figured out the formula, life has never been better! The Gig Economy is your guide to this uncertain but ultimately rewarding world. Succeeding in it starts with shifting gears to recognize that only you control your future. Next is leveraging your skills, knowledge, and network to create your own career trajectory—one immune to the whims of an employer. Packed with research, exercises, and anecdotes, this eye-opening book supplies strategies—ranging from the professional to the personal—to help you: Construct a life based on your priorities and vision of success • Cultivate connections without networking • Create your own security • Take more time off • Build flexibility into your financial life • Face your fears by reducing risk • Prepare for the future • And much more Layoffs… recessions…Corporate jobs are not only unstable— they’re increasingly scarce. It’s time to take charge of your own career and lead the life you actually want. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest If You Must, But Don't You Quit Author: Vic Johnson Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There are times in life when quitting makes sense. Maybe you need to abandon a bad investment, or ditch an old garden because you’re going to move to the city. Maybe you need to rest up a bit at the end of a tough day’s work so you aren’t too sore tomorrow. But when it comes to the deepest dreams of your heart’s desire —no, it doesn’t make sense. Don’t quit. There is only one true human superpower we possess. It’s not the power of flight. It certainly isn’t the power of invincibility — anyone who’s ever failed can tell you that! It’s determination. The ability to press on when you are tempted to quit. That is the one and only superpower you will ever have. And the good news is that it’s free. It’s just not easy. Especially when the world around you doesn’t seem like it wants to accommodate your determination. And because quitting sometimes does make sense (such as stopping a workout after an injury), how can you tell whether or not it’s really time to give up? This audiobook has the answer to that quesion. Vic Johnson Thu, 01 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279551 thebookvoice.com 4:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest If You Must, But Don't You Quit Author: Vic Johnson Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There are times in life when quitting makes sense. Maybe you need to abandon a bad investment, or ditch an old garden because you’re going to move to the city. Maybe you need to rest up a bit at the end of a tough day’s work so you aren’t too sore tomorrow. But when it comes to the deepest dreams of your heart’s desire —no, it doesn’t make sense. Don’t quit. There is only one true human superpower we possess. It’s not the power of flight. It certainly isn’t the power of invincibility — anyone who’s ever failed can tell you that! It’s determination. The ability to press on when you are tempted to quit. That is the one and only superpower you will ever have. And the good news is that it’s free. It’s just not easy. Especially when the world around you doesn’t seem like it wants to accommodate your determination. And because quitting sometimes does make sense (such as stopping a workout after an injury), how can you tell whether or not it’s really time to give up? This audiobook has the answer to that quesion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rest If You Must, But Don't You Quit Author: Vic Johnson Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: There are times in life when quitting makes sense. Maybe you need to abandon a bad investment, or ditch an old garden because you’re going to move to the city. Maybe you need to rest up a bit at the end of a tough day’s work so you aren’t too sore tomorrow. But when it comes to the deepest dreams of your heart’s desire —no, it doesn’t make sense. Don’t quit. There is only one true human superpower we possess. It’s not the power of flight. It certainly isn’t the power of invincibility — anyone who’s ever failed can tell you that! It’s determination. The ability to press on when you are tempted to quit. That is the one and only superpower you will ever have. And the good news is that it’s free. It’s just not easy. Especially when the world around you doesn’t seem like it wants to accommodate your determination. And because quitting sometimes does make sense (such as stopping a workout after an injury), how can you tell whether or not it’s really time to give up? This audiobook has the answer to that quesion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing It: An Entrepreneur's Guide to Keeping Your Head Without Losing Your Heart Author: Sheryl O'Loughlin Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former CEO of Clif Bar, Co-founder of Plum, and serial entrepreneur offers insights about launching and growing a business while maintaining a fulfilled life in this practical guide filled with hard-won advice culled from the author’s own sometimes dark, raw experiences. With a foreword by Steve Blank. Aspiring entrepreneurs are told that to launch a business, you must go all in, devoting every resource and moment to making it work. But following this advice comes at an enormous personal cost: divorce, addiction, even suicide. It means sacrificing the intangibles that make life worth living. Sheryl O’Loughlin knows there is a better way. In Killing It, she shares the wisdom she’s gained from her successful experiences launching a company from the ground up (Plum), running two fast-growing companies (Clif Bar and REBBL), and mentoring aspiring entrepreneurs (Stanford University). She tells it like it is: If you don’t invest in your wellbeing, your business will not succeed, nor will you. Sheryl knows firsthand the difficulty of balancing the needs of her growing family with her physical and mental health, while managing other work and life challenges. In this warm, honest, and wise handbook, she gives you the essentials for killing it in business—without killing the rest of your life. Filled with real-life examples and anecdotes, Killing It addresses common questions including: - How do you prepare your significant other for your business venture? - How do you time launching and growing your business with the ebb and flow of family life? - How do you find joy in the day-to-day? - How do you maintain meaningful, supportive friendships? - How do you walk away and start again? The ultimate life and business course, Killing It gives entrepreneurs the tools they need to start their enterprise and thrive—both in the office and at home. Sheryl O'Loughlin Tue, 06 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279273 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing It: An Entrepreneur's Guide to Keeping Your Head Without Losing Your Heart Author: Sheryl O'Loughlin Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former CEO of Clif Bar, Co-founder of Plum, and serial entrepreneur offers insights about launching and growing a business while maintaining a fulfilled life in this practical guide filled with hard-won advice culled from the author’s own sometimes dark, raw experiences. With a foreword by Steve Blank. Aspiring entrepreneurs are told that to launch a business, you must go all in, devoting every resource and moment to making it work. But following this advice comes at an enormous personal cost: divorce, addiction, even suicide. It means sacrificing the intangibles that make life worth living. Sheryl O’Loughlin knows there is a better way. In Killing It, she shares the wisdom she’s gained from her successful experiences launching a company from the ground up (Plum), running two fast-growing companies (Clif Bar and REBBL), and mentoring aspiring entrepreneurs (Stanford University). She tells it like it is: If you don’t invest in your wellbeing, your business will not succeed, nor will you. Sheryl knows firsthand the difficulty of balancing the needs of her growing family with her physical and mental health, while managing other work and life challenges. In this warm, honest, and wise handbook, she gives you the essentials for killing it in business—without killing the rest of your life. Filled with real-life examples and anecdotes, Killing It addresses common questions including: - How do you prepare your significant other for your business venture? - How do you time launching and growing your business with the ebb and flow of family life? - How do you find joy in the day-to-day? - How do you maintain meaningful, supportive friendships? - How do you walk away and start again? The ultimate life and business course, Killing It gives entrepreneurs the tools they need to start their enterprise and thrive—both in the office and at home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing It: An Entrepreneur's Guide to Keeping Your Head Without Losing Your Heart Author: Sheryl O'Loughlin Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former CEO of Clif Bar, Co-founder of Plum, and serial entrepreneur offers insights about launching and growing a business while maintaining a fulfilled life in this practical guide filled with hard-won advice culled from the author’s own sometimes dark, raw experiences. With a foreword by Steve Blank. Aspiring entrepreneurs are told that to launch a business, you must go all in, devoting every resource and moment to making it work. But following this advice comes at an enormous personal cost: divorce, addiction, even suicide. It means sacrificing the intangibles that make life worth living. Sheryl O’Loughlin knows there is a better way. In Killing It, she shares the wisdom she’s gained from her successful experiences launching a company from the ground up (Plum), running two fast-growing companies (Clif Bar and REBBL), and mentoring aspiring entrepreneurs (Stanford University). She tells it like it is: If you don’t invest in your wellbeing, your business will not succeed, nor will you. Sheryl knows firsthand the difficulty of balancing the needs of her growing family with her physical and mental health, while managing other work and life challenges. In this warm, honest, and wise handbook, she gives you the essentials for killing it in business—without killing the rest of your life. Filled with real-life examples and anecdotes, Killing It addresses common questions including: - How do you prepare your significant other for your business venture? - How do you time launching and growing your business with the ebb and flow of family life? - How do you find joy in the day-to-day? - How do you maintain meaningful, supportive friendships? - How do you walk away and start again? The ultimate life and business course, Killing It gives entrepreneurs the tools they need to start their enterprise and thrive—both in the office and at home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Organism: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life Author: Oliver Luckett Narrator: Oliver Luckett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read for business leaders and anyone who wants to understand all the implications of a social world.' -- Bob Iger, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Walt Disney Company From tech visionaries Oliver Luckett and Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-read theory of social media -- how it works, how it's changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit. In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of twenty-first century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine have helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that had persisted for decades. How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses -- and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers -- bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media's form, function, and possibilities. It's time we did. In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: social networks -- to an astonishing degree--mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world's social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media -- and to make online content that impacts the world -- you must start with the Social Organism. With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick's The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world -- a guide not just to social media, but to human life today and where it is headed next. Oliver Luckett Tue, 15 Nov 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Organism: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life Author: Oliver Luckett Narrator: Oliver Luckett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read for business leaders and anyone who wants to understand all the implications of a social world.' -- Bob Iger, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Walt Disney Company From tech visionaries Oliver Luckett and Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-read theory of social media -- how it works, how it's changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit. In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of twenty-first century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine have helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that had persisted for decades. How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses -- and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers -- bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media's form, function, and possibilities. It's time we did. In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: social networks -- to an astonishing degree--mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world's social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media -- and to make online content that impacts the world -- you must start with the Social Organism. With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick's The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world -- a guide not just to social media, but to human life today and where it is headed next. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Organism: A Radical Understanding of Social Media to Transform Your Business and Life Author: Oliver Luckett Narrator: Oliver Luckett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read for business leaders and anyone who wants to understand all the implications of a social world.' -- Bob Iger, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Walt Disney Company From tech visionaries Oliver Luckett and Michael J. Casey, a groundbreaking, must-read theory of social media -- how it works, how it's changing human life, and how we can master it for good and for profit. In barely a decade, social media has positioned itself at the center of twenty-first century life. The combined power of platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Snapchat, and Vine have helped topple dictators and turned anonymous teenagers into celebrities overnight. In the social media age, ideas spread and morph through shared hashtags, photos, and videos, and the most compelling and emotive ones can transform public opinion in mere days and weeks, even attitudes and priorities that had persisted for decades. How did this happen? The scope and pace of these changes have left traditional businesses -- and their old-guard marketing gatekeepers -- bewildered. We simply do not comprehend social media's form, function, and possibilities. It's time we did. In The Social Organism, Luckett and Casey offer a revolutionary theory: social networks -- to an astonishing degree--mimic the rules and functions of biological life. In sharing and replicating packets of information known as memes, the world's social media users are facilitating an evolutionary process just like the transfer of genetic information in living things. Memes are the basic building blocks of our culture, our social DNA. To master social media -- and to make online content that impacts the world -- you must start with the Social Organism. With the scope and ambition of The Second Machine Age and James Gleick's The Information, The Social Organism is an indispensable guide for business leaders, marketing professionals, and anyone serious about understanding our digital world -- a guide not just to social media, but to human life today and where it is headed next. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: System: The Shaping of Modern Knowledge (Infrastructures) Author: Clifford Siskin Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A system can describe what we see (the solar system), operate a computer (Windows 10), or be made on a page (the fourteen engineered lines of a sonnet). In this book, Clifford Siskin shows that system is best understood as a genre -- a form that works physically in the world to mediate our efforts to understand it. Indeed, many Enlightenment authors published works they called 'system' to compete with the essay and the treatise. Drawing on the history of system from Galileo's 'message from the stars' and Newton's 'system of the world' to today's 'computational universe,' Siskin illuminates the role that the genre of system has played in the shaping and reshaping of modern knowledge. Previous engagements with systems have involved making them, using them, or imagining better ones. Siskin offers an innovative perspective by investigating system itself. He considers the past and present, moving from the 'system of the world' to 'a world full of systems.' He traces the turn to system in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and describes this primary form of Enlightenment as a mediator of political, cultural, and social modernity -- pointing to the moment when people began to 'blame the system' for working both too well ('you can't beat the system') and not well enough (it always seems to 'break down'). Throughout, his touchstones are: what system is and how it has changed; how it has mediated knowledge; and how it has worked in the world. Clifford Siskin Tue, 01 Nov 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279152 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: System: The Shaping of Modern Knowledge (Infrastructures) Author: Clifford Siskin Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A system can describe what we see (the solar system), operate a computer (Windows 10), or be made on a page (the fourteen engineered lines of a sonnet). In this book, Clifford Siskin shows that system is best understood as a genre -- a form that works physically in the world to mediate our efforts to understand it. Indeed, many Enlightenment authors published works they called 'system' to compete with the essay and the treatise. Drawing on the history of system from Galileo's 'message from the stars' and Newton's 'system of the world' to today's 'computational universe,' Siskin illuminates the role that the genre of system has played in the shaping and reshaping of modern knowledge. Previous engagements with systems have involved making them, using them, or imagining better ones. Siskin offers an innovative perspective by investigating system itself. He considers the past and present, moving from the 'system of the world' to 'a world full of systems.' He traces the turn to system in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and describes this primary form of Enlightenment as a mediator of political, cultural, and social modernity -- pointing to the moment when people began to 'blame the system' for working both too well ('you can't beat the system') and not well enough (it always seems to 'break down'). Throughout, his touchstones are: what system is and how it has changed; how it has mediated knowledge; and how it has worked in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: System: The Shaping of Modern Knowledge (Infrastructures) Author: Clifford Siskin Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: November 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A system can describe what we see (the solar system), operate a computer (Windows 10), or be made on a page (the fourteen engineered lines of a sonnet). In this book, Clifford Siskin shows that system is best understood as a genre -- a form that works physically in the world to mediate our efforts to understand it. Indeed, many Enlightenment authors published works they called 'system' to compete with the essay and the treatise. Drawing on the history of system from Galileo's 'message from the stars' and Newton's 'system of the world' to today's 'computational universe,' Siskin illuminates the role that the genre of system has played in the shaping and reshaping of modern knowledge. Previous engagements with systems have involved making them, using them, or imagining better ones. Siskin offers an innovative perspective by investigating system itself. He considers the past and present, moving from the 'system of the world' to 'a world full of systems.' He traces the turn to system in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and describes this primary form of Enlightenment as a mediator of political, cultural, and social modernity -- pointing to the moment when people began to 'blame the system' for working both too well ('you can't beat the system') and not well enough (it always seems to 'break down'). Throughout, his touchstones are: what system is and how it has changed; how it has mediated knowledge; and how it has worked in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279050 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile - mastering the relationships that can make or break a career, and a firm Author: Peter Rouse Narrator: Peter Rouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the world of professional service relationships are the new field of advantage, one that offers longer-lasting success in business and quality in life. Professional life presents tremendous challenges, not just in the context of the skills and intelligence we are expected to apply but, more importantly, in the context of the relationships that arise in the course of our daily work. These relationships determine our sense of self-worth, our well-being, and the success of the business in which we operate. This book explores relationships from the perspective of a lawyer with more than 20 years' experience working in firms of varying sizes, from provincial to city to international, and of building his own firm, providing valuable and practical insights. Peter Rouse Thu, 13 Oct 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279050 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile - mastering the relationships that can make or break a career, and a firm Author: Peter Rouse Narrator: Peter Rouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the world of professional service relationships are the new field of advantage, one that offers longer-lasting success in business and quality in life. Professional life presents tremendous challenges, not just in the context of the skills and intelligence we are expected to apply but, more importantly, in the context of the relationships that arise in the course of our daily work. These relationships determine our sense of self-worth, our well-being, and the success of the business in which we operate. This book explores relationships from the perspective of a lawyer with more than 20 years' experience working in firms of varying sizes, from provincial to city to international, and of building his own firm, providing valuable and practical insights. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile - mastering the relationships that can make or break a career, and a firm Author: Peter Rouse Narrator: Peter Rouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the world of professional service relationships are the new field of advantage, one that offers longer-lasting success in business and quality in life. Professional life presents tremendous challenges, not just in the context of the skills and intelligence we are expected to apply but, more importantly, in the context of the relationships that arise in the course of our daily work. These relationships determine our sense of self-worth, our well-being, and the success of the business in which we operate. This book explores relationships from the perspective of a lawyer with more than 20 years' experience working in firms of varying sizes, from provincial to city to international, and of building his own firm, providing valuable and practical insights. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279026 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streaming, Sharing, Stealing: Big Data and the Future of Entertainment Author: Michael D. Smith, Rahul Telang Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Traditional network television programming has always followed the same script: executives approve a pilot, order a trial number of episodes, and broadcast them, expecting viewers to watch a given show on their television sets at the same time every week. But then came Netflix's House of Cards. Netflix gauged the show's potential from data it had gathered about subscribers' preferences, ordered two seasons without seeing a pilot, and uploaded the first thirteen episodes all at once for viewers to watch whenever they wanted on the devices of their choice.In this book, Michael Smith and Rahul Telang, experts on entertainment analytics, show how the success of House of Cards upended the film and TV industries--and how companies like Amazon and Apple are changing the rules in other entertainment industries, notably publishing and music. We're living through a period of unprecedented technological disruption in the entertainment industries. Just about everything is affected: pricing, production, distribution, piracy. Smith and Telang discuss niche products and the long tail, product differentiation, price discrimination, and incentives for users not to steal content. To survive and succeed, businesses have to adapt rapidly and creatively. Smith and Telang explain how.How can companies discover who their customers are, what they want, and how much they are willing to pay for it? Data. The entertainment industries, must learn to play a little 'moneyball.' The bottom line: follow the data. Michael D. Smith, Rahul Telang Tue, 06 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279026 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streaming, Sharing, Stealing: Big Data and the Future of Entertainment Author: Michael D. Smith, Rahul Telang Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Traditional network television programming has always followed the same script: executives approve a pilot, order a trial number of episodes, and broadcast them, expecting viewers to watch a given show on their television sets at the same time every week. But then came Netflix's House of Cards. Netflix gauged the show's potential from data it had gathered about subscribers' preferences, ordered two seasons without seeing a pilot, and uploaded the first thirteen episodes all at once for viewers to watch whenever they wanted on the devices of their choice.In this book, Michael Smith and Rahul Telang, experts on entertainment analytics, show how the success of House of Cards upended the film and TV industries--and how companies like Amazon and Apple are changing the rules in other entertainment industries, notably publishing and music. We're living through a period of unprecedented technological disruption in the entertainment industries. Just about everything is affected: pricing, production, distribution, piracy. Smith and Telang discuss niche products and the long tail, product differentiation, price discrimination, and incentives for users not to steal content. To survive and succeed, businesses have to adapt rapidly and creatively. Smith and Telang explain how.How can companies discover who their customers are, what they want, and how much they are willing to pay for it? Data. The entertainment industries, must learn to play a little 'moneyball.' The bottom line: follow the data. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Streaming, Sharing, Stealing: Big Data and the Future of Entertainment Author: Michael D. Smith, Rahul Telang Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Traditional network television programming has always followed the same script: executives approve a pilot, order a trial number of episodes, and broadcast them, expecting viewers to watch a given show on their television sets at the same time every week. But then came Netflix's House of Cards. Netflix gauged the show's potential from data it had gathered about subscribers' preferences, ordered two seasons without seeing a pilot, and uploaded the first thirteen episodes all at once for viewers to watch whenever they wanted on the devices of their choice.In this book, Michael Smith and Rahul Telang, experts on entertainment analytics, show how the success of House of Cards upended the film and TV industries--and how companies like Amazon and Apple are changing the rules in other entertainment industries, notably publishing and music. We're living through a period of unprecedented technological disruption in the entertainment industries. Just about everything is affected: pricing, production, distribution, piracy. Smith and Telang discuss niche products and the long tail, product differentiation, price discrimination, and incentives for users not to steal content. To survive and succeed, businesses have to adapt rapidly and creatively. Smith and Telang explain how.How can companies discover who their customers are, what they want, and how much they are willing to pay for it? Data. The entertainment industries, must learn to play a little 'moneyball.' The bottom line: follow the data. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275894 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shareholder Action Guide: Unleash Your Hidden Powers to Hold Corporations Accountable Author: Andrew Behar Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 14, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most individual shareholders do not realize that if they own as little as $2,000 worth of stock in a corporation they can challenge its destructive practices just like big institutional investors do. Andy Behar provides an accessible handbook that shows exactly how it's done. Corporations are the most powerful entities on the planet. Unfortunately, many have had a long record of unprecedented and unbridled environmental degradation, social transgressions, and governance secrecy. Since by law they are beholden to their shareholders, some philanthropic trusts, pension funds, and other institutional investors have used shareholder advocacy to press for changes in corporate policy. But individual investors have largely been silent, thinking themselves powerless. They're not! The Shareholder Action Guide is designed to inform, inspire, and instruct investors in how to exercise their power to effect meaningful change on critical issues including climate change, food toxicity, executive compensation, worker's rights, sustainability, and much more. Owners of as little as $2,000 worth of stock in a publicly traded corporation have the power to be heard. This book is a call to action designed to build a movement of active investors. Behar shows investors exactly how to stop abdicating their power and 'own what they own.' Andrew Behar Mon, 14 Nov 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275894 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shareholder Action Guide: Unleash Your Hidden Powers to Hold Corporations Accountable Author: Andrew Behar Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 14, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most individual shareholders do not realize that if they own as little as $2,000 worth of stock in a corporation they can challenge its destructive practices just like big institutional investors do. Andy Behar provides an accessible handbook that shows exactly how it's done. Corporations are the most powerful entities on the planet. Unfortunately, many have had a long record of unprecedented and unbridled environmental degradation, social transgressions, and governance secrecy. Since by law they are beholden to their shareholders, some philanthropic trusts, pension funds, and other institutional investors have used shareholder advocacy to press for changes in corporate policy. But individual investors have largely been silent, thinking themselves powerless. They're not! The Shareholder Action Guide is designed to inform, inspire, and instruct investors in how to exercise their power to effect meaningful change on critical issues including climate change, food toxicity, executive compensation, worker's rights, sustainability, and much more. Owners of as little as $2,000 worth of stock in a publicly traded corporation have the power to be heard. This book is a call to action designed to build a movement of active investors. Behar shows investors exactly how to stop abdicating their power and 'own what they own.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shareholder Action Guide: Unleash Your Hidden Powers to Hold Corporations Accountable Author: Andrew Behar Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 14, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most individual shareholders do not realize that if they own as little as $2,000 worth of stock in a corporation they can challenge its destructive practices just like big institutional investors do. Andy Behar provides an accessible handbook that shows exactly how it's done. Corporations are the most powerful entities on the planet. Unfortunately, many have had a long record of unprecedented and unbridled environmental degradation, social transgressions, and governance secrecy. Since by law they are beholden to their shareholders, some philanthropic trusts, pension funds, and other institutional investors have used shareholder advocacy to press for changes in corporate policy. But individual investors have largely been silent, thinking themselves powerless. They're not! The Shareholder Action Guide is designed to inform, inspire, and instruct investors in how to exercise their power to effect meaningful change on critical issues including climate change, food toxicity, executive compensation, worker's rights, sustainability, and much more. Owners of as little as $2,000 worth of stock in a publicly traded corporation have the power to be heard. This book is a call to action designed to build a movement of active investors. Behar shows investors exactly how to stop abdicating their power and 'own what they own.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275544 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machine Learning: The New AI Series: Part of The MIT Press Essential Knowledge Author: Ethem Alpaydi Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today, machine learning underlies a range of applications we use every day, from product recommendations to voice recognition -- as well as some we don't yet use everyday, including driverless cars. It is the basis of the new approach in computing where we do not write programs but collect data; the idea is to learn the algorithms for the tasks automatically from data. As computing devices grow more ubiquitous, a larger part of our lives and work is recorded digitally, and as 'Big Data' has gotten bigger, the theory of machine learning -- the foundation of efforts to process that data into knowledge -- has also advanced. In this audiobook, machine learning expert Ethem Alpaydin offers a concise overview of the subject for the general listener, describing its evolution, explaining important learning algorithms, and presenting example applications. Alpaydin offers an account of how digital technology advanced from number-crunching mainframes to mobile devices, putting today's machine learning boom in context. He describes the basics of machine learning and some applications; the use of machine learning algorithms for pattern recognition; artificial neural networks inspired by the human brain; algorithms that learn associations between instances, with such applications as customer segmentation and learning recommendations; and reinforcement learning, when an autonomous agent learns act so as to maximize reward and minimize penalty. Alpaydin then considers some future directions for machine learning and the new field of 'data science,' and discusses the ethical and legal implications for data privacy and security. Ethem Alpaydi Sat, 01 Oct 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275544 thebookvoice.com 4:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machine Learning: The New AI Series: Part of The MIT Press Essential Knowledge Author: Ethem Alpaydi Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today, machine learning underlies a range of applications we use every day, from product recommendations to voice recognition -- as well as some we don't yet use everyday, including driverless cars. It is the basis of the new approach in computing where we do not write programs but collect data; the idea is to learn the algorithms for the tasks automatically from data. As computing devices grow more ubiquitous, a larger part of our lives and work is recorded digitally, and as 'Big Data' has gotten bigger, the theory of machine learning -- the foundation of efforts to process that data into knowledge -- has also advanced. In this audiobook, machine learning expert Ethem Alpaydin offers a concise overview of the subject for the general listener, describing its evolution, explaining important learning algorithms, and presenting example applications. Alpaydin offers an account of how digital technology advanced from number-crunching mainframes to mobile devices, putting today's machine learning boom in context. He describes the basics of machine learning and some applications; the use of machine learning algorithms for pattern recognition; artificial neural networks inspired by the human brain; algorithms that learn associations between instances, with such applications as customer segmentation and learning recommendations; and reinforcement learning, when an autonomous agent learns act so as to maximize reward and minimize penalty. Alpaydin then considers some future directions for machine learning and the new field of 'data science,' and discusses the ethical and legal implications for data privacy and security. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Machine Learning: The New AI Series: Part of The MIT Press Essential Knowledge Author: Ethem Alpaydi Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Today, machine learning underlies a range of applications we use every day, from product recommendations to voice recognition -- as well as some we don't yet use everyday, including driverless cars. It is the basis of the new approach in computing where we do not write programs but collect data; the idea is to learn the algorithms for the tasks automatically from data. As computing devices grow more ubiquitous, a larger part of our lives and work is recorded digitally, and as 'Big Data' has gotten bigger, the theory of machine learning -- the foundation of efforts to process that data into knowledge -- has also advanced. In this audiobook, machine learning expert Ethem Alpaydin offers a concise overview of the subject for the general listener, describing its evolution, explaining important learning algorithms, and presenting example applications. Alpaydin offers an account of how digital technology advanced from number-crunching mainframes to mobile devices, putting today's machine learning boom in context. He describes the basics of machine learning and some applications; the use of machine learning algorithms for pattern recognition; artificial neural networks inspired by the human brain; algorithms that learn associations between instances, with such applications as customer segmentation and learning recommendations; and reinforcement learning, when an autonomous agent learns act so as to maximize reward and minimize penalty. Alpaydin then considers some future directions for machine learning and the new field of 'data science,' and discusses the ethical and legal implications for data privacy and security. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenger Customer: Selling to the Hidden Influencer Who Can Multiply Your Results Author: Brent Adamson, Matthew Dixon, Nick Toman, Pat Spenner Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the internationally-bestselling business classic The Challenger Sale 'A handbook of practices that will help you get into your customers' heads, deliver good value, and win the sale' Daniel H. Pink, author of To Sell is Human and Drive In The Challenger Sale, Matthew Dixon and Brent Adamson overturned decades of conventional wisdom with a bold new approach to sales. Now they reveal something even more surprising: the highest-performing sales teams don't focus on friendly, attentive customers. Instead, they target challenger customers. Challenger customers are sceptical, less interested in meeting and ultimately indifferent as to who wins the deal. But they also have the credibility, persuasive skill and will to challenge the status quo that will get a deal to the finish line far more often than customers who are easier to connect with. Based on new research from thousands of B2B marketers, sellers and buyers around the world, The Challenger Customer shows you how to find these 'mobilizers' and equip them with the tools to effectively challenge their own organizations on your behalf. This ground-breaking book is the blueprint you need to make the sale again and again. Brent Adamson, Matthew Dixon, Nick Toman, Pat Spenner Thu, 20 Oct 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275436 thebookvoice.com 8:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenger Customer: Selling to the Hidden Influencer Who Can Multiply Your Results Author: Brent Adamson, Matthew Dixon, Nick Toman, Pat Spenner Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the internationally-bestselling business classic The Challenger Sale 'A handbook of practices that will help you get into your customers' heads, deliver good value, and win the sale' Daniel H. Pink, author of To Sell is Human and Drive In The Challenger Sale, Matthew Dixon and Brent Adamson overturned decades of conventional wisdom with a bold new approach to sales. Now they reveal something even more surprising: the highest-performing sales teams don't focus on friendly, attentive customers. Instead, they target challenger customers. Challenger customers are sceptical, less interested in meeting and ultimately indifferent as to who wins the deal. But they also have the credibility, persuasive skill and will to challenge the status quo that will get a deal to the finish line far more often than customers who are easier to connect with. Based on new research from thousands of B2B marketers, sellers and buyers around the world, The Challenger Customer shows you how to find these 'mobilizers' and equip them with the tools to effectively challenge their own organizations on your behalf. This ground-breaking book is the blueprint you need to make the sale again and again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/275436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenger Customer: Selling to the Hidden Influencer Who Can Multiply Your Results Author: Brent Adamson, Matthew Dixon, Nick Toman, Pat Spenner Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the internationally-bestselling business classic The Challenger Sale 'A handbook of practices that will help you get into your customers' heads, deliver good value, and win the sale' Daniel H. Pink, author of To Sell is Human and Drive In The Challenger Sale, Matthew Dixon and Brent Adamson overturned decades of conventional wisdom with a bold new approach to sales. Now they reveal something even more surprising: the highest-performing sales teams don't focus on friendly, attentive customers. Instead, they target challenger customers. Challenger customers are sceptical, less interested in meeting and ultimately indifferent as to who wins the deal. But they also have the credibility, persuasive skill and will to challenge the status quo that will get a deal to the finish line far more often than customers who are easier to connect with. Based on new research from thousands of B2B marketers, sellers and buyers around the world, The Challenger Customer shows you how to find these 'mobilizers' and equip them with the tools to effectively challenge their own organizations on your behalf. This ground-breaking book is the blueprint you need to make the sale again and again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rock Bottom to Rock Star: Lessons from the Business School of Hard Knocks Author: Ryan Blair Narrator: Ryan Blair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Can you remember that one time you got recognized or someone thanked you for your contribution to their life? You were a rock star, even for just one second. This book isn't about a charmed path to success or some untouchable fairy tale that nobody can relate to-this is about going from rock bottom to rock star, something that everybody can relate to.   In his first book, Blair shared the brutally honest story of how he went from an at-risk youth, sleeping on a mattress on the floor of a shack, to a self-made multimillionaire by his early twenties. As his story became a national sensation, fans started asking him how they too could become entrepreneurs, take their careers to the next level, and achieve financial freedom. Rock Bottom to Rock Star answers those questions.   Blair has battled extreme obstacles: life as a former gang member, balancing a demanding career with single parenthood, building and selling multiple companies, and making and losing tens of millions of dollars (sometimes all in one day). He wants to help others avoid the mistakes he made in the school of hard knocks, so he has compiled his unique advice for going from rock bottom to rock star in whatever field you chose to pursue.   Much of his advice is counterintuitive, and definitely not what you would learn in business school. Here's one example: 'Don't believe your own hype. The moment you start celebrating, you've left the stage. It wasn't celebration that made you a rock star. It was hard work.' If you're serious about making the most of your life and you're ready to become the 'rock star next door' instead of just looking up to them, this may be the most rewarding book you'll ever read. Ryan Blair Tue, 04 Oct 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274363 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rock Bottom to Rock Star: Lessons from the Business School of Hard Knocks Author: Ryan Blair Narrator: Ryan Blair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Can you remember that one time you got recognized or someone thanked you for your contribution to their life? You were a rock star, even for just one second. This book isn't about a charmed path to success or some untouchable fairy tale that nobody can relate to-this is about going from rock bottom to rock star, something that everybody can relate to.   In his first book, Blair shared the brutally honest story of how he went from an at-risk youth, sleeping on a mattress on the floor of a shack, to a self-made multimillionaire by his early twenties. As his story became a national sensation, fans started asking him how they too could become entrepreneurs, take their careers to the next level, and achieve financial freedom. Rock Bottom to Rock Star answers those questions.   Blair has battled extreme obstacles: life as a former gang member, balancing a demanding career with single parenthood, building and selling multiple companies, and making and losing tens of millions of dollars (sometimes all in one day). He wants to help others avoid the mistakes he made in the school of hard knocks, so he has compiled his unique advice for going from rock bottom to rock star in whatever field you chose to pursue.   Much of his advice is counterintuitive, and definitely not what you would learn in business school. Here's one example: 'Don't believe your own hype. The moment you start celebrating, you've left the stage. It wasn't celebration that made you a rock star. It was hard work.' If you're serious about making the most of your life and you're ready to become the 'rock star next door' instead of just looking up to them, this may be the most rewarding book you'll ever read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rock Bottom to Rock Star: Lessons from the Business School of Hard Knocks Author: Ryan Blair Narrator: Ryan Blair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Can you remember that one time you got recognized or someone thanked you for your contribution to their life? You were a rock star, even for just one second. This book isn't about a charmed path to success or some untouchable fairy tale that nobody can relate to-this is about going from rock bottom to rock star, something that everybody can relate to.   In his first book, Blair shared the brutally honest story of how he went from an at-risk youth, sleeping on a mattress on the floor of a shack, to a self-made multimillionaire by his early twenties. As his story became a national sensation, fans started asking him how they too could become entrepreneurs, take their careers to the next level, and achieve financial freedom. Rock Bottom to Rock Star answers those questions.   Blair has battled extreme obstacles: life as a former gang member, balancing a demanding career with single parenthood, building and selling multiple companies, and making and losing tens of millions of dollars (sometimes all in one day). He wants to help others avoid the mistakes he made in the school of hard knocks, so he has compiled his unique advice for going from rock bottom to rock star in whatever field you chose to pursue.   Much of his advice is counterintuitive, and definitely not what you would learn in business school. Here's one example: 'Don't believe your own hype. The moment you start celebrating, you've left the stage. It wasn't celebration that made you a rock star. It was hard work.' If you're serious about making the most of your life and you're ready to become the 'rock star next door' instead of just looking up to them, this may be the most rewarding book you'll ever read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Formula: The Inside Story of How Coca-Cola Became the Best-Known Brand in the World Author: Frederick Allen Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Secret Formula follows the colorful characters who turned a relic from the patent medicine era into a company worth $80 billion. Award-winning reporter Frederick Allen's engaging account begins with Asa Candler, a nineteenth-century pharmacist in Atlanta who secured the rights to the original Coca-Cola formula and then struggled to get the cocaine out of the recipe. After many tweaks, he finally succeeded in turning a backroom belly-wash into a thriving enterprise. Written with unprecedented access to Coca-Cola's archives, as well as the inner circle and private papers of Woodruff, Allen's captivating business biography stands as the definitive account of what it took to build America's most iconic company and one of the world's greatest business success stories. Frederick Allen Tue, 29 Nov 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273781 thebookvoice.com 23:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Formula: The Inside Story of How Coca-Cola Became the Best-Known Brand in the World Author: Frederick Allen Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Secret Formula follows the colorful characters who turned a relic from the patent medicine era into a company worth $80 billion. Award-winning reporter Frederick Allen's engaging account begins with Asa Candler, a nineteenth-century pharmacist in Atlanta who secured the rights to the original Coca-Cola formula and then struggled to get the cocaine out of the recipe. After many tweaks, he finally succeeded in turning a backroom belly-wash into a thriving enterprise. Written with unprecedented access to Coca-Cola's archives, as well as the inner circle and private papers of Woodruff, Allen's captivating business biography stands as the definitive account of what it took to build America's most iconic company and one of the world's greatest business success stories. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Formula: The Inside Story of How Coca-Cola Became the Best-Known Brand in the World Author: Frederick Allen Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Secret Formula follows the colorful characters who turned a relic from the patent medicine era into a company worth $80 billion. Award-winning reporter Frederick Allen's engaging account begins with Asa Candler, a nineteenth-century pharmacist in Atlanta who secured the rights to the original Coca-Cola formula and then struggled to get the cocaine out of the recipe. After many tweaks, he finally succeeded in turning a backroom belly-wash into a thriving enterprise. Written with unprecedented access to Coca-Cola's archives, as well as the inner circle and private papers of Woodruff, Allen's captivating business biography stands as the definitive account of what it took to build America's most iconic company and one of the world's greatest business success stories. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competing Against Luck: The Story of Innovation and Customer Choice Author: David S. Duncan, Karen Dillon, Taddy Hall, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The foremost authority on innovation and growth presents a path-breaking book every company needs to transform innovation from a game of chance to one in which they develop products and services customers not only want to buy, but are willing to pay premium prices for. How do companies know how to grow? How can they create products that they are sure customers want to buy? Can innovation be more than a game of hit and miss? Harvard Business School professor Clayton Christensen has the answer. A generation ago, Christensen revolutionized business with his groundbreaking theory of disruptive innovation. Now, he goes further, offering powerful new insights. After years of research, Christensen has come to one critical conclusion: our long held maxim—that understanding the customer is the crux of innovation—is wrong. Customers don’t buy products or services; they ''hire'' them to do a job. Understanding customers does not drive innovation success, he argues. Understanding customer jobs does. The ''Jobs to Be Done'' approach can be seen in some of the world’s most respected companies and fast-growing startups, including Amazon, Intuit, Uber, Airbnb, and Chobani yogurt, to name just a few. But this book is not about celebrating these successes—it’s about predicting new ones. Christensen contends that by understanding what causes customers to ''hire'' a product or service, any business can improve its innovation track record, creating products that customers not only want to hire, but that they’ll pay premium prices to bring into their lives. Jobs theory offers new hope for growth to companies frustrated by their hit and miss efforts. This book carefully lays down Christensen’s provocative framework, providing a comprehensive explanation of the theory and why it is predictive, how to use it in the real world—and, most importantly, how not to squander the insights it provides. David S. Duncan, Karen Dillon, Taddy Hall, Clayton M. Christensen Tue, 04 Oct 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273737 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competing Against Luck: The Story of Innovation and Customer Choice Author: David S. Duncan, Karen Dillon, Taddy Hall, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The foremost authority on innovation and growth presents a path-breaking book every company needs to transform innovation from a game of chance to one in which they develop products and services customers not only want to buy, but are willing to pay premium prices for. How do companies know how to grow? How can they create products that they are sure customers want to buy? Can innovation be more than a game of hit and miss? Harvard Business School professor Clayton Christensen has the answer. A generation ago, Christensen revolutionized business with his groundbreaking theory of disruptive innovation. Now, he goes further, offering powerful new insights. After years of research, Christensen has come to one critical conclusion: our long held maxim—that understanding the customer is the crux of innovation—is wrong. Customers don’t buy products or services; they ''hire'' them to do a job. Understanding customers does not drive innovation success, he argues. Understanding customer jobs does. The ''Jobs to Be Done'' approach can be seen in some of the world’s most respected companies and fast-growing startups, including Amazon, Intuit, Uber, Airbnb, and Chobani yogurt, to name just a few. But this book is not about celebrating these successes—it’s about predicting new ones. Christensen contends that by understanding what causes customers to ''hire'' a product or service, any business can improve its innovation track record, creating products that customers not only want to hire, but that they’ll pay premium prices to bring into their lives. Jobs theory offers new hope for growth to companies frustrated by their hit and miss efforts. This book carefully lays down Christensen’s provocative framework, providing a comprehensive explanation of the theory and why it is predictive, how to use it in the real world—and, most importantly, how not to squander the insights it provides. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competing Against Luck: The Story of Innovation and Customer Choice Author: David S. Duncan, Karen Dillon, Taddy Hall, Clayton M. Christensen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The foremost authority on innovation and growth presents a path-breaking book every company needs to transform innovation from a game of chance to one in which they develop products and services customers not only want to buy, but are willing to pay premium prices for. How do companies know how to grow? How can they create products that they are sure customers want to buy? Can innovation be more than a game of hit and miss? Harvard Business School professor Clayton Christensen has the answer. A generation ago, Christensen revolutionized business with his groundbreaking theory of disruptive innovation. Now, he goes further, offering powerful new insights. After years of research, Christensen has come to one critical conclusion: our long held maxim—that understanding the customer is the crux of innovation—is wrong. Customers don’t buy products or services; they ''hire'' them to do a job. Understanding customers does not drive innovation success, he argues. Understanding customer jobs does. The ''Jobs to Be Done'' approach can be seen in some of the world’s most respected companies and fast-growing startups, including Amazon, Intuit, Uber, Airbnb, and Chobani yogurt, to name just a few. But this book is not about celebrating these successes—it’s about predicting new ones. Christensen contends that by understanding what causes customers to ''hire'' a product or service, any business can improve its innovation track record, creating products that customers not only want to hire, but that they’ll pay premium prices to bring into their lives. Jobs theory offers new hope for growth to companies frustrated by their hit and miss efforts. This book carefully lays down Christensen’s provocative framework, providing a comprehensive explanation of the theory and why it is predictive, how to use it in the real world—and, most importantly, how not to squander the insights it provides. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273572 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Success for the Rookie: How to Succeed at Sales Right from the Start Author: Steve Lentini Narrator: Steve Lentini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From an author, entrepreneur, and businessman with forty years’ experience in sales and management comes a book full of sales advice, inspirational tips, success stories, and a proven system to follow for sales success. This book is geared specifically to those new to the field of sales to help you become personally accountable for what you create in sales—and in life—right from the get-go. Steve Lentini Thu, 15 Sep 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273572 thebookvoice.com 3:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Success for the Rookie: How to Succeed at Sales Right from the Start Author: Steve Lentini Narrator: Steve Lentini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From an author, entrepreneur, and businessman with forty years’ experience in sales and management comes a book full of sales advice, inspirational tips, success stories, and a proven system to follow for sales success. This book is geared specifically to those new to the field of sales to help you become personally accountable for what you create in sales—and in life—right from the get-go. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Success for the Rookie: How to Succeed at Sales Right from the Start Author: Steve Lentini Narrator: Steve Lentini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From an author, entrepreneur, and businessman with forty years’ experience in sales and management comes a book full of sales advice, inspirational tips, success stories, and a proven system to follow for sales success. This book is geared specifically to those new to the field of sales to help you become personally accountable for what you create in sales—and in life—right from the get-go. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Customers Crave: How to Create Relevant and Memorable Experiences at Every Touchpoint Author: Nicholas J. Webb Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: December 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best companies in the world discover what their customers desire—and then deliver it in memorable and deeply human experiences. How well do you know your customers?What Customers Crave examines how the hyper-connected economy is radically changing consumer expectations, and reveals what companies need to do to stay on top. The solution rests on two simple questions: What do your customers love? What do they hate? Find the answers, and you’re well on your way to success.Jam-packed with tools and examples, What Customers Crave helps you reinvent how you engage with customers (both digitally and non-digitally) and:Gain invaluable insights into who they are and what they care about • Use listening posts and Contact Point Innovation to refine customer types • Engineer experiences for each micromarket that are not only exceptional, but insanely relevant • Connect across the five most important touchpoints • Co-create with your customers • And much moreWhen you learn to provide your customers with exactly what they want, they not only buy—they come back again and again…and bring their friends. Nicholas J. Webb Thu, 15 Dec 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273529 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Customers Crave: How to Create Relevant and Memorable Experiences at Every Touchpoint Author: Nicholas J. Webb Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: December 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best companies in the world discover what their customers desire—and then deliver it in memorable and deeply human experiences. How well do you know your customers?What Customers Crave examines how the hyper-connected economy is radically changing consumer expectations, and reveals what companies need to do to stay on top. The solution rests on two simple questions: What do your customers love? What do they hate? Find the answers, and you’re well on your way to success.Jam-packed with tools and examples, What Customers Crave helps you reinvent how you engage with customers (both digitally and non-digitally) and:Gain invaluable insights into who they are and what they care about • Use listening posts and Contact Point Innovation to refine customer types • Engineer experiences for each micromarket that are not only exceptional, but insanely relevant • Connect across the five most important touchpoints • Co-create with your customers • And much moreWhen you learn to provide your customers with exactly what they want, they not only buy—they come back again and again…and bring their friends. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Customers Crave: How to Create Relevant and Memorable Experiences at Every Touchpoint Author: Nicholas J. Webb Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: December 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The best companies in the world discover what their customers desire—and then deliver it in memorable and deeply human experiences. How well do you know your customers?What Customers Crave examines how the hyper-connected economy is radically changing consumer expectations, and reveals what companies need to do to stay on top. The solution rests on two simple questions: What do your customers love? What do they hate? Find the answers, and you’re well on your way to success.Jam-packed with tools and examples, What Customers Crave helps you reinvent how you engage with customers (both digitally and non-digitally) and:Gain invaluable insights into who they are and what they care about • Use listening posts and Contact Point Innovation to refine customer types • Engineer experiences for each micromarket that are not only exceptional, but insanely relevant • Connect across the five most important touchpoints • Co-create with your customers • And much moreWhen you learn to provide your customers with exactly what they want, they not only buy—they come back again and again…and bring their friends. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tetris Effect: The Game That Hypnotized the World Author: Dan Ackerman Narrator: Dan Ackerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tetris is perhaps the most instantly recognizable, popular video game ever made. But the fascinating story of its origins is lesser known. How did an obscure Soviet programmer, working on frail, antiquated computers, create a product that has earned nearly $1 billion in sales? How did an inspired, makeshift game turn into a worldwide sensation, which has been displayed at the Museum of Modern Art, inspired a Hollywood movie, and been played in outer space? In this surprising, trivia-filled audiobook, tech reporter Dan Ackerman describes how, as a teenager behind the Iron Curtain, Alexey Pajitnov was struck with inspiration, then meticulously worked for years to bring the game he had envisioned to life. Ackerman shows how Tetris worked its way first through Pajitnov's office and then out into the world, entrancing player after player with its hypnotic shapes. Then, tracing the stories of the British, American, and Japanese moguls who raced each other for the rights, Ackerman recounts the game's complex and improbable path to global success. The Tetris Effect is an homage to both creator and creation, and a perfect gift for anyone who's ever played the game-which is to say everyone. Dan Ackerman Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273204 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tetris Effect: The Game That Hypnotized the World Author: Dan Ackerman Narrator: Dan Ackerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tetris is perhaps the most instantly recognizable, popular video game ever made. But the fascinating story of its origins is lesser known. How did an obscure Soviet programmer, working on frail, antiquated computers, create a product that has earned nearly $1 billion in sales? How did an inspired, makeshift game turn into a worldwide sensation, which has been displayed at the Museum of Modern Art, inspired a Hollywood movie, and been played in outer space? In this surprising, trivia-filled audiobook, tech reporter Dan Ackerman describes how, as a teenager behind the Iron Curtain, Alexey Pajitnov was struck with inspiration, then meticulously worked for years to bring the game he had envisioned to life. Ackerman shows how Tetris worked its way first through Pajitnov's office and then out into the world, entrancing player after player with its hypnotic shapes. Then, tracing the stories of the British, American, and Japanese moguls who raced each other for the rights, Ackerman recounts the game's complex and improbable path to global success. The Tetris Effect is an homage to both creator and creation, and a perfect gift for anyone who's ever played the game-which is to say everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tetris Effect: The Game That Hypnotized the World Author: Dan Ackerman Narrator: Dan Ackerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tetris is perhaps the most instantly recognizable, popular video game ever made. But the fascinating story of its origins is lesser known. How did an obscure Soviet programmer, working on frail, antiquated computers, create a product that has earned nearly $1 billion in sales? How did an inspired, makeshift game turn into a worldwide sensation, which has been displayed at the Museum of Modern Art, inspired a Hollywood movie, and been played in outer space? In this surprising, trivia-filled audiobook, tech reporter Dan Ackerman describes how, as a teenager behind the Iron Curtain, Alexey Pajitnov was struck with inspiration, then meticulously worked for years to bring the game he had envisioned to life. Ackerman shows how Tetris worked its way first through Pajitnov's office and then out into the world, entrancing player after player with its hypnotic shapes. Then, tracing the stories of the British, American, and Japanese moguls who raced each other for the rights, Ackerman recounts the game's complex and improbable path to global success. The Tetris Effect is an homage to both creator and creation, and a perfect gift for anyone who's ever played the game-which is to say everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272975 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Your Happy: Work Hard, Play Nice, and Build Your Dream Life Author: Lisa Sugar Narrator: Lisa Sugar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lisa Sugar has an amazing job. She spends her days at POPSUGAR creating content about pop culture, must-have handbags and makeup, healthy recipes, and Instagram-worthy sweets. She manages an enormously successful, growing company with employees who love what they do. And her life is just as great at home. She and her husband have three daughters and she’s the number one soccer mom who loves reading bedtime stories every night.    How did she do it? By figuring out what her dream job was, taking risks, and believing in herself. And now she wants to motivate others to do the same. She wants to show them how to live colorful, interesting lives where every second counts.   She'll do so by sharing her personal and business story. Lisa knows that creating your dream job requires hard work, patience, and experience. She'll give advice, in big and small ways, about exactly how to do that, from starting a company to ditching a relationship that isn't working to becoming a fabulous boss. And with the great, accessible writing style that has made PopSugar such a hit, she'll make it fun! Lisa Sugar Tue, 20 Sep 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272975 thebookvoice.com 4:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Your Happy: Work Hard, Play Nice, and Build Your Dream Life Author: Lisa Sugar Narrator: Lisa Sugar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lisa Sugar has an amazing job. She spends her days at POPSUGAR creating content about pop culture, must-have handbags and makeup, healthy recipes, and Instagram-worthy sweets. She manages an enormously successful, growing company with employees who love what they do. And her life is just as great at home. She and her husband have three daughters and she’s the number one soccer mom who loves reading bedtime stories every night.    How did she do it? By figuring out what her dream job was, taking risks, and believing in herself. And now she wants to motivate others to do the same. She wants to show them how to live colorful, interesting lives where every second counts.   She'll do so by sharing her personal and business story. Lisa knows that creating your dream job requires hard work, patience, and experience. She'll give advice, in big and small ways, about exactly how to do that, from starting a company to ditching a relationship that isn't working to becoming a fabulous boss. And with the great, accessible writing style that has made PopSugar such a hit, she'll make it fun! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Your Happy: Work Hard, Play Nice, and Build Your Dream Life Author: Lisa Sugar Narrator: Lisa Sugar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lisa Sugar has an amazing job. She spends her days at POPSUGAR creating content about pop culture, must-have handbags and makeup, healthy recipes, and Instagram-worthy sweets. She manages an enormously successful, growing company with employees who love what they do. And her life is just as great at home. She and her husband have three daughters and she’s the number one soccer mom who loves reading bedtime stories every night.    How did she do it? By figuring out what her dream job was, taking risks, and believing in herself. And now she wants to motivate others to do the same. She wants to show them how to live colorful, interesting lives where every second counts.   She'll do so by sharing her personal and business story. Lisa knows that creating your dream job requires hard work, patience, and experience. She'll give advice, in big and small ways, about exactly how to do that, from starting a company to ditching a relationship that isn't working to becoming a fabulous boss. And with the great, accessible writing style that has made PopSugar such a hit, she'll make it fun! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272972 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Chef: Risking It All for a New American Dream Author: Karen Stabiner Narrator: Cady McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Inside what life is really like for the new generation of professional cooks—a captivating tale of the make-or-break first year at a young chef’s new restaurant.   For many young people, being a chef is as compelling a dream as being a rock star or professional athlete. Skill and creativity in the kitchen are more profitable than ever before, as cooks scramble to reach the top—but talent isn’t enough. Today’s chef needs the business savvy of a high-risk entrepreneur, determination, and big dose of luck.  The heart of Generation Chef is the story of Jonah Miller, who at age twenty-four attempts to fulfill a lifelong dream by opening the Basque restaurant Huertas in New York City, still the high-stakes center of the restaurant business for an ambitious young chef. Miller, a rising star who has been named to the 30-Under-30 list of both Forbes and Zagat, quits his job as a sous chef, creates a business plan, lines up investors, leases a space, hires a staff, and gets ready to put his reputation and his future on the line. Journalist and food writer Karen Stabiner takes us inside Huertas’s roller-coaster first year, but also provides insight into the challenging world a young chef faces today—the intense financial pressures, the overcrowded field of aspiring cooks, and the impact of reviews and social media, which can dictate who survives. A fast-paced narrative filled with suspense, Generation Chef is a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at drive and passion in one of today’s hottest professions. Karen Stabiner Tue, 13 Sep 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272972 thebookvoice.com 11:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Chef: Risking It All for a New American Dream Author: Karen Stabiner Narrator: Cady McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Inside what life is really like for the new generation of professional cooks—a captivating tale of the make-or-break first year at a young chef’s new restaurant.   For many young people, being a chef is as compelling a dream as being a rock star or professional athlete. Skill and creativity in the kitchen are more profitable than ever before, as cooks scramble to reach the top—but talent isn’t enough. Today’s chef needs the business savvy of a high-risk entrepreneur, determination, and big dose of luck.  The heart of Generation Chef is the story of Jonah Miller, who at age twenty-four attempts to fulfill a lifelong dream by opening the Basque restaurant Huertas in New York City, still the high-stakes center of the restaurant business for an ambitious young chef. Miller, a rising star who has been named to the 30-Under-30 list of both Forbes and Zagat, quits his job as a sous chef, creates a business plan, lines up investors, leases a space, hires a staff, and gets ready to put his reputation and his future on the line. Journalist and food writer Karen Stabiner takes us inside Huertas’s roller-coaster first year, but also provides insight into the challenging world a young chef faces today—the intense financial pressures, the overcrowded field of aspiring cooks, and the impact of reviews and social media, which can dictate who survives. A fast-paced narrative filled with suspense, Generation Chef is a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at drive and passion in one of today’s hottest professions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Chef: Risking It All for a New American Dream Author: Karen Stabiner Narrator: Cady McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Inside what life is really like for the new generation of professional cooks—a captivating tale of the make-or-break first year at a young chef’s new restaurant.   For many young people, being a chef is as compelling a dream as being a rock star or professional athlete. Skill and creativity in the kitchen are more profitable than ever before, as cooks scramble to reach the top—but talent isn’t enough. Today’s chef needs the business savvy of a high-risk entrepreneur, determination, and big dose of luck.  The heart of Generation Chef is the story of Jonah Miller, who at age twenty-four attempts to fulfill a lifelong dream by opening the Basque restaurant Huertas in New York City, still the high-stakes center of the restaurant business for an ambitious young chef. Miller, a rising star who has been named to the 30-Under-30 list of both Forbes and Zagat, quits his job as a sous chef, creates a business plan, lines up investors, leases a space, hires a staff, and gets ready to put his reputation and his future on the line. Journalist and food writer Karen Stabiner takes us inside Huertas’s roller-coaster first year, but also provides insight into the challenging world a young chef faces today—the intense financial pressures, the overcrowded field of aspiring cooks, and the impact of reviews and social media, which can dictate who survives. A fast-paced narrative filled with suspense, Generation Chef is a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at drive and passion in one of today’s hottest professions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272730 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead and Disrupt: How to Solve the Innovator's Dilemma Author: Michael L. Tushman, Charles A. O'Reilly III Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the past few years, a number of well-known firms have failed; think of Blockbuster, Kodak, or RadioShack. When we read about their demise, it often seems inevitable—a natural part of 'creative destruction.' But closer examination reveals a disturbing truth: Companies large and small are shuttering more quickly than ever. What does it take to buck this trend?The simple answer is: ambidexterity. Firms must remain competitive in their core markets, while also winning in new domains. Innovation guru Clayton M. Christensen has been pessimistic about whether established companies can prevail in the face of disruption, but Charles A. O'Reilly III and Michael L. Tushman know they can! The authors explain how shrewd organizations have used an ambidextrous approach to solve their own innovator's dilemma. They contrast these luminaries with companies which—often trapped by their own successes—have been unable to adapt and grow.Drawing on a vast research program and over a decade of helping companies to innovate, the authors present a set of practices to guide firms as they adopt ambidexterity. Top-down and bottom-up leaders are key to this process—a fact too often overlooked in the heated debate about innovation. But not in this case. Readers will come away with a new understanding of how to improve their existing businesses through efficiency, control, and incremental change, while also seizing new markets where flexibility, autonomy, and experimentation rule the day. Michael L. Tushman, Charles A. O'Reilly III Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272730 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead and Disrupt: How to Solve the Innovator's Dilemma Author: Michael L. Tushman, Charles A. O'Reilly III Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the past few years, a number of well-known firms have failed; think of Blockbuster, Kodak, or RadioShack. When we read about their demise, it often seems inevitable—a natural part of 'creative destruction.' But closer examination reveals a disturbing truth: Companies large and small are shuttering more quickly than ever. What does it take to buck this trend?The simple answer is: ambidexterity. Firms must remain competitive in their core markets, while also winning in new domains. Innovation guru Clayton M. Christensen has been pessimistic about whether established companies can prevail in the face of disruption, but Charles A. O'Reilly III and Michael L. Tushman know they can! The authors explain how shrewd organizations have used an ambidextrous approach to solve their own innovator's dilemma. They contrast these luminaries with companies which—often trapped by their own successes—have been unable to adapt and grow.Drawing on a vast research program and over a decade of helping companies to innovate, the authors present a set of practices to guide firms as they adopt ambidexterity. Top-down and bottom-up leaders are key to this process—a fact too often overlooked in the heated debate about innovation. But not in this case. Readers will come away with a new understanding of how to improve their existing businesses through efficiency, control, and incremental change, while also seizing new markets where flexibility, autonomy, and experimentation rule the day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead and Disrupt: How to Solve the Innovator's Dilemma Author: Michael L. Tushman, Charles A. O'Reilly III Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the past few years, a number of well-known firms have failed; think of Blockbuster, Kodak, or RadioShack. When we read about their demise, it often seems inevitable—a natural part of 'creative destruction.' But closer examination reveals a disturbing truth: Companies large and small are shuttering more quickly than ever. What does it take to buck this trend?The simple answer is: ambidexterity. Firms must remain competitive in their core markets, while also winning in new domains. Innovation guru Clayton M. Christensen has been pessimistic about whether established companies can prevail in the face of disruption, but Charles A. O'Reilly III and Michael L. Tushman know they can! The authors explain how shrewd organizations have used an ambidextrous approach to solve their own innovator's dilemma. They contrast these luminaries with companies which—often trapped by their own successes—have been unable to adapt and grow.Drawing on a vast research program and over a decade of helping companies to innovate, the authors present a set of practices to guide firms as they adopt ambidexterity. Top-down and bottom-up leaders are key to this process—a fact too often overlooked in the heated debate about innovation. But not in this case. Readers will come away with a new understanding of how to improve their existing businesses through efficiency, control, and incremental change, while also seizing new markets where flexibility, autonomy, and experimentation rule the day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quarter-Life Breakthrough: Invent Your Own Path, Find Meaningful Work, and Build a Life That Matters Author: Adam Smiley Poswolsky Narrator: Adam Smiley Poswolsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever known that you needed to make a change, but felt unable to do anything about it? Have you ever felt like you aren’t where you are supposed to be, and wondered how the people around you managed to find their purpose in life? After realizing that his well-paying, prestigious job was actually making him miserable, Adam “Smiley” Poswolsky started asking these big questions: How do you actually find meaning in the workplace? How do you find work that makes your heart sing, creates impact, and pays your rent? In The Quarter-Life Breakthrough, Smiley provides fresh, honest, counterintuitive, and inspiring career advice for anyone stuck in a quarter-life crisis (or third-life crisis), trying to figure out what to do with their lives. He shares the stories of many twenty- and thirty-somethings who are discovering how to work with purpose (and still pay the bills). With practical exercises and advice, this book is essential reading for career changers and anyone passionate about getting unstuck, pursuing work that matters, and changing the world. Adam Smiley Poswolsky Tue, 01 Nov 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272597 thebookvoice.com 6:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quarter-Life Breakthrough: Invent Your Own Path, Find Meaningful Work, and Build a Life That Matters Author: Adam Smiley Poswolsky Narrator: Adam Smiley Poswolsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever known that you needed to make a change, but felt unable to do anything about it? Have you ever felt like you aren’t where you are supposed to be, and wondered how the people around you managed to find their purpose in life? After realizing that his well-paying, prestigious job was actually making him miserable, Adam “Smiley” Poswolsky started asking these big questions: How do you actually find meaning in the workplace? How do you find work that makes your heart sing, creates impact, and pays your rent? In The Quarter-Life Breakthrough, Smiley provides fresh, honest, counterintuitive, and inspiring career advice for anyone stuck in a quarter-life crisis (or third-life crisis), trying to figure out what to do with their lives. He shares the stories of many twenty- and thirty-somethings who are discovering how to work with purpose (and still pay the bills). With practical exercises and advice, this book is essential reading for career changers and anyone passionate about getting unstuck, pursuing work that matters, and changing the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quarter-Life Breakthrough: Invent Your Own Path, Find Meaningful Work, and Build a Life That Matters Author: Adam Smiley Poswolsky Narrator: Adam Smiley Poswolsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: November 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever known that you needed to make a change, but felt unable to do anything about it? Have you ever felt like you aren’t where you are supposed to be, and wondered how the people around you managed to find their purpose in life? After realizing that his well-paying, prestigious job was actually making him miserable, Adam “Smiley” Poswolsky started asking these big questions: How do you actually find meaning in the workplace? How do you find work that makes your heart sing, creates impact, and pays your rent? In The Quarter-Life Breakthrough, Smiley provides fresh, honest, counterintuitive, and inspiring career advice for anyone stuck in a quarter-life crisis (or third-life crisis), trying to figure out what to do with their lives. He shares the stories of many twenty- and thirty-somethings who are discovering how to work with purpose (and still pay the bills). With practical exercises and advice, this book is essential reading for career changers and anyone passionate about getting unstuck, pursuing work that matters, and changing the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driverless: Intelligent Cars and the Road Ahead Author: Melba Kurman, Hod Lipson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the year 2014, Google fired a shot heard all the way to Detroit. Google’s newest driverless car had no steering wheel and no brakes. The message was clear: cars of the future will be born fully autonomous, with no human driver needed. In the coming decade, self-driving cars will hit the streets, rearranging established industries and reshaping cities, giving us new choices in where we live and how we work and play. In this book, Hod Lipson and Melba Kurman offer readers insight into the risks and benefits of driverless cars and a lucid and engaging explanation of the enabling technology. Recent advances in software and robotics are toppling long-standing technological barriers that for decades have confined self-driving cars to the realm of fantasy. A new kind of artificial intelligence software called deep learning gives cars rapid and accurate visual perception. Human drivers can relax and take their eyes off the road. When human drivers let intelligent software take the wheel, driverless cars will offer billions of people all over the world a safer, cleaner, and more convenient mode of transportation. Although the technology is nearly ready, car companies and policy makers may not be. The authors make a compelling case for why government, industry, and consumers need to work together to make the development of driverless cars our society’s next “Apollo moment.” Melba Kurman, Hod Lipson Fri, 07 Oct 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271060 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driverless: Intelligent Cars and the Road Ahead Author: Melba Kurman, Hod Lipson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the year 2014, Google fired a shot heard all the way to Detroit. Google’s newest driverless car had no steering wheel and no brakes. The message was clear: cars of the future will be born fully autonomous, with no human driver needed. In the coming decade, self-driving cars will hit the streets, rearranging established industries and reshaping cities, giving us new choices in where we live and how we work and play. In this book, Hod Lipson and Melba Kurman offer readers insight into the risks and benefits of driverless cars and a lucid and engaging explanation of the enabling technology. Recent advances in software and robotics are toppling long-standing technological barriers that for decades have confined self-driving cars to the realm of fantasy. A new kind of artificial intelligence software called deep learning gives cars rapid and accurate visual perception. Human drivers can relax and take their eyes off the road. When human drivers let intelligent software take the wheel, driverless cars will offer billions of people all over the world a safer, cleaner, and more convenient mode of transportation. Although the technology is nearly ready, car companies and policy makers may not be. The authors make a compelling case for why government, industry, and consumers need to work together to make the development of driverless cars our society’s next “Apollo moment.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driverless: Intelligent Cars and the Road Ahead Author: Melba Kurman, Hod Lipson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the year 2014, Google fired a shot heard all the way to Detroit. Google’s newest driverless car had no steering wheel and no brakes. The message was clear: cars of the future will be born fully autonomous, with no human driver needed. In the coming decade, self-driving cars will hit the streets, rearranging established industries and reshaping cities, giving us new choices in where we live and how we work and play. In this book, Hod Lipson and Melba Kurman offer readers insight into the risks and benefits of driverless cars and a lucid and engaging explanation of the enabling technology. Recent advances in software and robotics are toppling long-standing technological barriers that for decades have confined self-driving cars to the realm of fantasy. A new kind of artificial intelligence software called deep learning gives cars rapid and accurate visual perception. Human drivers can relax and take their eyes off the road. When human drivers let intelligent software take the wheel, driverless cars will offer billions of people all over the world a safer, cleaner, and more convenient mode of transportation. Although the technology is nearly ready, car companies and policy makers may not be. The authors make a compelling case for why government, industry, and consumers need to work together to make the development of driverless cars our society’s next “Apollo moment.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270940 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men, Machines, and Modern Times, 50th Anniversary Edition Author: Elting E. Morison Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This 50th Anniversay Edition of Men, Machines, and Modern Times, though ultimately concerned with a positive alternative to an Orwellian 1984, offers an entertaining series of historical accounts taken from the nineteenth century to highlight a main theme: the nature of technological change, the fission brought about in society by such change, and society's reaction to that change. Beginning with a remarkable illustration of resistance to innovation in the U.S. Navy following an officer's discovery of a more accurate way to fire a gun at sea, Elting Morison goes on to narrate the strange history of the new model steamship, the Wapanoag, in the 1860s. He then continues with the difficulties confronting the introduction of the pasteurization process for milk; he traces the development of the Bessemer process; and finally, he considers the computer. While the discussions are liberally sprinkled with amusing examples and anecdotes, all are related to the more profound and current problem of how to organize and manage system of ideas, energies, and machinery so that it will conform to the human dimension. Elting E. Morison Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270940 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men, Machines, and Modern Times, 50th Anniversary Edition Author: Elting E. Morison Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This 50th Anniversay Edition of Men, Machines, and Modern Times, though ultimately concerned with a positive alternative to an Orwellian 1984, offers an entertaining series of historical accounts taken from the nineteenth century to highlight a main theme: the nature of technological change, the fission brought about in society by such change, and society's reaction to that change. Beginning with a remarkable illustration of resistance to innovation in the U.S. Navy following an officer's discovery of a more accurate way to fire a gun at sea, Elting Morison goes on to narrate the strange history of the new model steamship, the Wapanoag, in the 1860s. He then continues with the difficulties confronting the introduction of the pasteurization process for milk; he traces the development of the Bessemer process; and finally, he considers the computer. While the discussions are liberally sprinkled with amusing examples and anecdotes, all are related to the more profound and current problem of how to organize and manage system of ideas, energies, and machinery so that it will conform to the human dimension. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men, Machines, and Modern Times, 50th Anniversary Edition Author: Elting E. Morison Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This 50th Anniversay Edition of Men, Machines, and Modern Times, though ultimately concerned with a positive alternative to an Orwellian 1984, offers an entertaining series of historical accounts taken from the nineteenth century to highlight a main theme: the nature of technological change, the fission brought about in society by such change, and society's reaction to that change. Beginning with a remarkable illustration of resistance to innovation in the U.S. Navy following an officer's discovery of a more accurate way to fire a gun at sea, Elting Morison goes on to narrate the strange history of the new model steamship, the Wapanoag, in the 1860s. He then continues with the difficulties confronting the introduction of the pasteurization process for milk; he traces the development of the Bessemer process; and finally, he considers the computer. While the discussions are liberally sprinkled with amusing examples and anecdotes, all are related to the more profound and current problem of how to organize and manage system of ideas, energies, and machinery so that it will conform to the human dimension. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Utopia Is Creepy: And Other Provocations Author: Nicholas Carr Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A freewheeling, sharp-shooting indictment of a tech-besotted culture. With a razor wit, Nicholas Carr cuts through Silicon Valley’s unsettlingly cheery vision of the technological future to ask a hard question: Have we been seduced by a lie? Gathering a decade’s worth of posts from his blog, Rough Type, as well as his seminal essays, Utopia Is Creepy offers an alternative history of the digital age, chronicling its roller-coaster crazes and crashes, its blind triumphs, and its unintended consequences. Carr’s favorite targets are those zealots who believe so fervently in computers and data that they abandon common sense. Cheap digital tools do not make us all the next Fellini or Dylan. Social networks, diverting as they may be, are not vehicles for self-enlightenment. And “likes” and retweets are not going to elevate political discourse. When we expect technologies-designed for profit-to deliver a paradise of prosperity and convenience, we have forgotten ourselves. In response, Carr offers searching assessments of the future of work, the fate of reading, and the rise of artificial intelligence, challenging us to see our world anew. In famous essays including “Is Google Making Us Stupid?” and “Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Privacy,” Carr dissects the logic behind Silicon Valley’s “liberation mythology,” showing how technology has both enriched and imprisoned us-often at the same time. Drawing on artists ranging from Walt Whitman to the Clash, while weaving in the latest findings from science and sociology, Utopia Is Creepy compels us to question the technological momentum that has trapped us in its flow. “Resistance is never futile,” argues Carr, and this audiobook delivers the proof. Nicholas Carr Sat, 01 Oct 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270932 thebookvoice.com 12:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Utopia Is Creepy: And Other Provocations Author: Nicholas Carr Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A freewheeling, sharp-shooting indictment of a tech-besotted culture. With a razor wit, Nicholas Carr cuts through Silicon Valley’s unsettlingly cheery vision of the technological future to ask a hard question: Have we been seduced by a lie? Gathering a decade’s worth of posts from his blog, Rough Type, as well as his seminal essays, Utopia Is Creepy offers an alternative history of the digital age, chronicling its roller-coaster crazes and crashes, its blind triumphs, and its unintended consequences. Carr’s favorite targets are those zealots who believe so fervently in computers and data that they abandon common sense. Cheap digital tools do not make us all the next Fellini or Dylan. Social networks, diverting as they may be, are not vehicles for self-enlightenment. And “likes” and retweets are not going to elevate political discourse. When we expect technologies-designed for profit-to deliver a paradise of prosperity and convenience, we have forgotten ourselves. In response, Carr offers searching assessments of the future of work, the fate of reading, and the rise of artificial intelligence, challenging us to see our world anew. In famous essays including “Is Google Making Us Stupid?” and “Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Privacy,” Carr dissects the logic behind Silicon Valley’s “liberation mythology,” showing how technology has both enriched and imprisoned us-often at the same time. Drawing on artists ranging from Walt Whitman to the Clash, while weaving in the latest findings from science and sociology, Utopia Is Creepy compels us to question the technological momentum that has trapped us in its flow. “Resistance is never futile,” argues Carr, and this audiobook delivers the proof. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Utopia Is Creepy: And Other Provocations Author: Nicholas Carr Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A freewheeling, sharp-shooting indictment of a tech-besotted culture. With a razor wit, Nicholas Carr cuts through Silicon Valley’s unsettlingly cheery vision of the technological future to ask a hard question: Have we been seduced by a lie? Gathering a decade’s worth of posts from his blog, Rough Type, as well as his seminal essays, Utopia Is Creepy offers an alternative history of the digital age, chronicling its roller-coaster crazes and crashes, its blind triumphs, and its unintended consequences. Carr’s favorite targets are those zealots who believe so fervently in computers and data that they abandon common sense. Cheap digital tools do not make us all the next Fellini or Dylan. Social networks, diverting as they may be, are not vehicles for self-enlightenment. And “likes” and retweets are not going to elevate political discourse. When we expect technologies-designed for profit-to deliver a paradise of prosperity and convenience, we have forgotten ourselves. In response, Carr offers searching assessments of the future of work, the fate of reading, and the rise of artificial intelligence, challenging us to see our world anew. In famous essays including “Is Google Making Us Stupid?” and “Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Privacy,” Carr dissects the logic behind Silicon Valley’s “liberation mythology,” showing how technology has both enriched and imprisoned us-often at the same time. Drawing on artists ranging from Walt Whitman to the Clash, while weaving in the latest findings from science and sociology, Utopia Is Creepy compels us to question the technological momentum that has trapped us in its flow. “Resistance is never futile,” argues Carr, and this audiobook delivers the proof. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Success: Motivation From Today's Top Sales Coaches Author: Mark Bowser Narrator: Liv Montgomery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Can a book actually help you close more sales? Yes it can! Sales Success is the book that shapes sales careers. With this sales fable, listeners will learn sales strategies used and recommended by members of the sales Hall of Fame, including Zig Ziglar, Tom Hopkins, and Scott McKain. Discover why sales success happens for the earnest student … and why it doesn’t for the rest. Come along with master storyteller Mark Bowser as he takes you on a journey of discovering ultimate sales success. In Sales Success, you will meet Digger Jones, the mentor we all wished we had. Follow along as Digger teaches, motivates, and inspires his young protégé from failure to the heights of sales achievement … and how you can apply these lessons to your own sales journey. Mark Bowser Tue, 16 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270524 thebookvoice.com 4:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Success: Motivation From Today's Top Sales Coaches Author: Mark Bowser Narrator: Liv Montgomery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Can a book actually help you close more sales? Yes it can! Sales Success is the book that shapes sales careers. With this sales fable, listeners will learn sales strategies used and recommended by members of the sales Hall of Fame, including Zig Ziglar, Tom Hopkins, and Scott McKain. Discover why sales success happens for the earnest student … and why it doesn’t for the rest. Come along with master storyteller Mark Bowser as he takes you on a journey of discovering ultimate sales success. In Sales Success, you will meet Digger Jones, the mentor we all wished we had. Follow along as Digger teaches, motivates, and inspires his young protégé from failure to the heights of sales achievement … and how you can apply these lessons to your own sales journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Success: Motivation From Today's Top Sales Coaches Author: Mark Bowser Narrator: Liv Montgomery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Can a book actually help you close more sales? Yes it can! Sales Success is the book that shapes sales careers. With this sales fable, listeners will learn sales strategies used and recommended by members of the sales Hall of Fame, including Zig Ziglar, Tom Hopkins, and Scott McKain. Discover why sales success happens for the earnest student … and why it doesn’t for the rest. Come along with master storyteller Mark Bowser as he takes you on a journey of discovering ultimate sales success. In Sales Success, you will meet Digger Jones, the mentor we all wished we had. Follow along as Digger teaches, motivates, and inspires his young protégé from failure to the heights of sales achievement … and how you can apply these lessons to your own sales journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270420 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make More Sales Faster: Sales Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Now you can Make More Sales Faster when you learn the techniques that have made Brian Tracy a bestselling author and Internationally known business speaker and consultant. He will teach you: • Selling on Non-Price Issues • Closing the Sale • Secrets of Success in Selling • Qualities of Top Salespeople • Asking Your Way to Success • Selling Different People Differently • How Buyers Buy Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270420 thebookvoice.com 2:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make More Sales Faster: Sales Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Now you can Make More Sales Faster when you learn the techniques that have made Brian Tracy a bestselling author and Internationally known business speaker and consultant. He will teach you: • Selling on Non-Price Issues • Closing the Sale • Secrets of Success in Selling • Qualities of Top Salespeople • Asking Your Way to Success • Selling Different People Differently • How Buyers Buy Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make More Sales Faster: Sales Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Now you can Make More Sales Faster when you learn the techniques that have made Brian Tracy a bestselling author and Internationally known business speaker and consultant. He will teach you: • Selling on Non-Price Issues • Closing the Sale • Secrets of Success in Selling • Qualities of Top Salespeople • Asking Your Way to Success • Selling Different People Differently • How Buyers Buy https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leverage Your Business Assets: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The fastest and least expensive way for you to increase your sales and profitability is for oyou to sell to 'other people's customers.' Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • To identify ideal joint venture partners • The four keys to Strategic Selling • How to turn your business into a money machine • How to achieve maximum performance from each person • How to make zero-based thinking a part of your life and work • Two key laws of economics and consumption • How set better priorities and posteriorities in every area of your life Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270419 thebookvoice.com 3:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leverage Your Business Assets: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The fastest and least expensive way for you to increase your sales and profitability is for oyou to sell to 'other people's customers.' Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • To identify ideal joint venture partners • The four keys to Strategic Selling • How to turn your business into a money machine • How to achieve maximum performance from each person • How to make zero-based thinking a part of your life and work • Two key laws of economics and consumption • How set better priorities and posteriorities in every area of your life Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leverage Your Business Assets: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The fastest and least expensive way for you to increase your sales and profitability is for oyou to sell to 'other people's customers.' Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • To identify ideal joint venture partners • The four keys to Strategic Selling • How to turn your business into a money machine • How to achieve maximum performance from each person • How to make zero-based thinking a part of your life and work • Two key laws of economics and consumption • How set better priorities and posteriorities in every area of your life https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270418 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turbocharge Your Business: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The core skill of successful entrepreneurship is the ability to sell the product or service in sufficient quantities to earn a profit. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • To determine the best way to sell your product • How to develope the habits of delegating and supervising • The key qualities of self-made millionaires • The importance of having a mission for your business • How to think like an entrepreneur • How to apply the seven laws of branding • How to apply the profit curve to your business Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270418 thebookvoice.com 2:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turbocharge Your Business: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The core skill of successful entrepreneurship is the ability to sell the product or service in sufficient quantities to earn a profit. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • To determine the best way to sell your product • How to develope the habits of delegating and supervising • The key qualities of self-made millionaires • The importance of having a mission for your business • How to think like an entrepreneur • How to apply the seven laws of branding • How to apply the profit curve to your business Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turbocharge Your Business: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The core skill of successful entrepreneurship is the ability to sell the product or service in sufficient quantities to earn a profit. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • To determine the best way to sell your product • How to develope the habits of delegating and supervising • The key qualities of self-made millionaires • The importance of having a mission for your business • How to think like an entrepreneur • How to apply the seven laws of branding • How to apply the profit curve to your business https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Pays All the Bills: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Yes, the customer can pay all the bills. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you how. You will learn how to: • Accurately determine customer needs • Find more and better customers • Use the best and cheapest ways to sell your product • Attract more customers faster • Get better advertising results • Increase your profits quickly Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270417 thebookvoice.com 2:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Pays All the Bills: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Yes, the customer can pay all the bills. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you how. You will learn how to: • Accurately determine customer needs • Find more and better customers • Use the best and cheapest ways to sell your product • Attract more customers faster • Get better advertising results • Increase your profits quickly Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Pays All the Bills: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Yes, the customer can pay all the bills. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you how. You will learn how to: • Accurately determine customer needs • Find more and better customers • Use the best and cheapest ways to sell your product • Attract more customers faster • Get better advertising results • Increase your profits quickly https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270416 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Your Business: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Now you can learn How to Build Your Business from Brian Tracy, International speaker, consultant and bestselling author. In this essential audiobook, he will teach you: • How to price your product for a competitive advantage • The most powerful ways to sell products and services • Effective marketing strategies • How to select the right people • Business Success Principles • How to make more sales Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270416 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Your Business: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Now you can learn How to Build Your Business from Brian Tracy, International speaker, consultant and bestselling author. In this essential audiobook, he will teach you: • How to price your product for a competitive advantage • The most powerful ways to sell products and services • Effective marketing strategies • How to select the right people • Business Success Principles • How to make more sales Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Your Business: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Now you can learn How to Build Your Business from Brian Tracy, International speaker, consultant and bestselling author. In this essential audiobook, he will teach you: • How to price your product for a competitive advantage • The most powerful ways to sell products and services • Effective marketing strategies • How to select the right people • Business Success Principles • How to make more sales https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270415 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become a Business Expert: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let world-renowned entrepreneur and business expert, Brian Tracy show you how you, too, can become an expert in business. From creating a budget, to marketing and selling your product or service, you will learn how to stand out from the others and be an entrepreneur who succeeds. Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270415 thebookvoice.com 2:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become a Business Expert: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let world-renowned entrepreneur and business expert, Brian Tracy show you how you, too, can become an expert in business. From creating a budget, to marketing and selling your product or service, you will learn how to stand out from the others and be an entrepreneur who succeeds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Become a Business Expert: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let world-renowned entrepreneur and business expert, Brian Tracy show you how you, too, can become an expert in business. From creating a budget, to marketing and selling your product or service, you will learn how to stand out from the others and be an entrepreneur who succeeds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus on the Customer: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In business, it’s vital to focus on the customer. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • Why people really buy • What people really want • How to serve your customers better than anyone • How to get your product to your customer • How to sell to other people’s customers • How to harness the power of branding • The purpose of a business Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270412 thebookvoice.com 2:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus on the Customer: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In business, it’s vital to focus on the customer. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • Why people really buy • What people really want • How to serve your customers better than anyone • How to get your product to your customer • How to sell to other people’s customers • How to harness the power of branding • The purpose of a business Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus on the Customer: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In business, it’s vital to focus on the customer. Let Brian Tracy, world-renowned International speaker, consultant and bestselling author show you the most effective way. Learn: • Why people really buy • What people really want • How to serve your customers better than anyone • How to get your product to your customer • How to sell to other people’s customers • How to harness the power of branding • The purpose of a business https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cheat Code: Going Off Script to Get More, Go Faster, and Shortcut Your Way to Success Author: Brian Wong Narrator: Brian Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: September 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever noticed that there are certain people who seem to get ahead just a bit faster than everyone else? You know, the types who always seem to be a bit ahead of the curve, to get noticed a bit more, and to achieve their goals a bit more quickly than the rest of the pack? And have you ever noticed how much this small edge can matter, and the outsized impact it can have on the trajectory of their careers?  Twenty-four year old entrepreneur Brian Wong is one of these people, having graduated from college by age 18, having raised $24 million in venture capital to start his own company before he turned 25, and having grown that company into a global mobile advertising giant in just 4 years.  His secret? The Cheat Code. Wong believes that most people -- even creative people -- have a tendency to follow a script; to do things the way others do them simply because that way works. But therein lies the secret at the heart of the Cheat Code: anyone can easily shortcut his or her way to success, simply by going slightly off script; by doing things just a little differently from everyone else.   Here, Wong unlocks the power of the Cheat Code through 71 bite-sized and virtually effortless short-cuts to get a leg up on the competition, garner attention for ourselves and our ideas, and accelerate our success. For example: Cheat #7: Don't Ask – Announce Cheat #16: Know Your Superpower! Cheat #32: Make Boldness Your Genius Cheat #47: Know Who's the Boss Cheat #49: Get a Trademark Haircut Cheat #51: Use Exclamation Points Cheat #55:  Focus on What Won't Change Cheat #71:  Imagine, What If? No matter where you aspire to go in your life or career, THE CHEAT CODE will help get you there - faster. Brian Wong Tue, 06 Sep 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270032 thebookvoice.com 5:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cheat Code: Going Off Script to Get More, Go Faster, and Shortcut Your Way to Success Author: Brian Wong Narrator: Brian Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: September 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever noticed that there are certain people who seem to get ahead just a bit faster than everyone else? You know, the types who always seem to be a bit ahead of the curve, to get noticed a bit more, and to achieve their goals a bit more quickly than the rest of the pack? And have you ever noticed how much this small edge can matter, and the outsized impact it can have on the trajectory of their careers?  Twenty-four year old entrepreneur Brian Wong is one of these people, having graduated from college by age 18, having raised $24 million in venture capital to start his own company before he turned 25, and having grown that company into a global mobile advertising giant in just 4 years.  His secret? The Cheat Code. Wong believes that most people -- even creative people -- have a tendency to follow a script; to do things the way others do them simply because that way works. But therein lies the secret at the heart of the Cheat Code: anyone can easily shortcut his or her way to success, simply by going slightly off script; by doing things just a little differently from everyone else.   Here, Wong unlocks the power of the Cheat Code through 71 bite-sized and virtually effortless short-cuts to get a leg up on the competition, garner attention for ourselves and our ideas, and accelerate our success. For example: Cheat #7: Don't Ask – Announce Cheat #16: Know Your Superpower! Cheat #32: Make Boldness Your Genius Cheat #47: Know Who's the Boss Cheat #49: Get a Trademark Haircut Cheat #51: Use Exclamation Points Cheat #55:  Focus on What Won't Change Cheat #71:  Imagine, What If? No matter where you aspire to go in your life or career, THE CHEAT CODE will help get you there - faster. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cheat Code: Going Off Script to Get More, Go Faster, and Shortcut Your Way to Success Author: Brian Wong Narrator: Brian Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: September 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you ever noticed that there are certain people who seem to get ahead just a bit faster than everyone else? You know, the types who always seem to be a bit ahead of the curve, to get noticed a bit more, and to achieve their goals a bit more quickly than the rest of the pack? And have you ever noticed how much this small edge can matter, and the outsized impact it can have on the trajectory of their careers?  Twenty-four year old entrepreneur Brian Wong is one of these people, having graduated from college by age 18, having raised $24 million in venture capital to start his own company before he turned 25, and having grown that company into a global mobile advertising giant in just 4 years.  His secret? The Cheat Code. Wong believes that most people -- even creative people -- have a tendency to follow a script; to do things the way others do them simply because that way works. But therein lies the secret at the heart of the Cheat Code: anyone can easily shortcut his or her way to success, simply by going slightly off script; by doing things just a little differently from everyone else.   Here, Wong unlocks the power of the Cheat Code through 71 bite-sized and virtually effortless short-cuts to get a leg up on the competition, garner attention for ourselves and our ideas, and accelerate our success. For example: Cheat #7: Don't Ask – Announce Cheat #16: Know Your Superpower! Cheat #32: Make Boldness Your Genius Cheat #47: Know Who's the Boss Cheat #49: Get a Trademark Haircut Cheat #51: Use Exclamation Points Cheat #55:  Focus on What Won't Change Cheat #71:  Imagine, What If? No matter where you aspire to go in your life or career, THE CHEAT CODE will help get you there - faster. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269903 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Own Waves: The Surfer's Rules for Innovators and Entrepreneurs Author: Louis Patler Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Like the ocean, the marketplace constantly changes and today’s cresting reward becomes tomorrow’s crashing risk. Before you venture out, take a lesson from the experts: big wave surfers. Like successful entrepreneurs, they rely on preparation, passion, and persistence—and they relish a challenge. So it’s no surprise that countless surfers have pioneered products and launched thriving businesses (GoPro Cameras, O’Neil, Reef, Quicksilver). Packed with stories of surf innovators, entrepreneurs, and legends, Make Your Own Waves reveals 10 rules of the water, including: • Learn to swim—the basics set the stage for everything • Get wet—you can’t succeed if you stick to the shore • Always look “outside”—watch for what’s coming or you may miss a better opportunity • Commit, charge, shred—you have to go all out to be all in • Never turn your back on the ocean—always stay in touch with the marketplace and the customer • Stay stoked—desire drives success Even the best surfers fall, but they learn from their wipeouts and paddle back out to once again push the edge, knowing that with big waves come big opportunities. Louis Patler Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269903 thebookvoice.com 4:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Own Waves: The Surfer's Rules for Innovators and Entrepreneurs Author: Louis Patler Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Like the ocean, the marketplace constantly changes and today’s cresting reward becomes tomorrow’s crashing risk. Before you venture out, take a lesson from the experts: big wave surfers. Like successful entrepreneurs, they rely on preparation, passion, and persistence—and they relish a challenge. So it’s no surprise that countless surfers have pioneered products and launched thriving businesses (GoPro Cameras, O’Neil, Reef, Quicksilver). Packed with stories of surf innovators, entrepreneurs, and legends, Make Your Own Waves reveals 10 rules of the water, including: • Learn to swim—the basics set the stage for everything • Get wet—you can’t succeed if you stick to the shore • Always look “outside”—watch for what’s coming or you may miss a better opportunity • Commit, charge, shred—you have to go all out to be all in • Never turn your back on the ocean—always stay in touch with the marketplace and the customer • Stay stoked—desire drives success Even the best surfers fall, but they learn from their wipeouts and paddle back out to once again push the edge, knowing that with big waves come big opportunities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269903]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Your Own Waves: The Surfer's Rules for Innovators and Entrepreneurs Author: Louis Patler Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Like the ocean, the marketplace constantly changes and today’s cresting reward becomes tomorrow’s crashing risk. Before you venture out, take a lesson from the experts: big wave surfers. Like successful entrepreneurs, they rely on preparation, passion, and persistence—and they relish a challenge. So it’s no surprise that countless surfers have pioneered products and launched thriving businesses (GoPro Cameras, O’Neil, Reef, Quicksilver). Packed with stories of surf innovators, entrepreneurs, and legends, Make Your Own Waves reveals 10 rules of the water, including: • Learn to swim—the basics set the stage for everything • Get wet—you can’t succeed if you stick to the shore • Always look “outside”—watch for what’s coming or you may miss a better opportunity • Commit, charge, shred—you have to go all out to be all in • Never turn your back on the ocean—always stay in touch with the marketplace and the customer • Stay stoked—desire drives success Even the best surfers fall, but they learn from their wipeouts and paddle back out to once again push the edge, knowing that with big waves come big opportunities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcomplicated: Technology at the Limits of Comprehension Author: Samuel Arbesman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why did the New York Stock Exchange suspend trading without warning on July 8, 2015? Why did certain Toyota vehicles accelerate uncontrollably against the will of their drivers? Why does the programming inside our airplanes occasionally surprise its creators? After a thorough analysis by the top experts, the answers still elude us. You don’t understand the software running your car or your iPhone. But here’s a secret: neither do the geniuses at Apple or the Ph.D.’s at Toyota—not perfectly, anyway. No one, not lawyers, doctors, accountants, or policy makers, fully grasps the rules governing your tax return, your retirement account, or your hospital’s medical machinery. The same technological advances that have simplified our lives have made the systems governing our lives incomprehensible, unpredictable, and overcomplicated. In Overcomplicated, complexity scientist Samuel Arbesman offers a fresh, insightful field guide to living with complex technologies that defy human comprehension. As technology grows more complex, Arbesman argues, its behavior mimics the vagaries of the natural world more than it conforms to a mathematical model. If we are to survive and thrive in this new age, we must abandon our need for governing principles and rules and accept the chaos. By embracing and observing the freak accidents and flukes that disrupt our lives, we can gain valuable clues about how our algorithms really work. What’s more, we will become better thinkers, scientists, and innovators as a result. Lucid and energizing, this audiobook is a vital new analysis of the world heralded as 'modern' for anyone who wants to live wisely. Samuel Arbesman Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269891 thebookvoice.com 4:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcomplicated: Technology at the Limits of Comprehension Author: Samuel Arbesman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why did the New York Stock Exchange suspend trading without warning on July 8, 2015? Why did certain Toyota vehicles accelerate uncontrollably against the will of their drivers? Why does the programming inside our airplanes occasionally surprise its creators? After a thorough analysis by the top experts, the answers still elude us. You don’t understand the software running your car or your iPhone. But here’s a secret: neither do the geniuses at Apple or the Ph.D.’s at Toyota—not perfectly, anyway. No one, not lawyers, doctors, accountants, or policy makers, fully grasps the rules governing your tax return, your retirement account, or your hospital’s medical machinery. The same technological advances that have simplified our lives have made the systems governing our lives incomprehensible, unpredictable, and overcomplicated. In Overcomplicated, complexity scientist Samuel Arbesman offers a fresh, insightful field guide to living with complex technologies that defy human comprehension. As technology grows more complex, Arbesman argues, its behavior mimics the vagaries of the natural world more than it conforms to a mathematical model. If we are to survive and thrive in this new age, we must abandon our need for governing principles and rules and accept the chaos. By embracing and observing the freak accidents and flukes that disrupt our lives, we can gain valuable clues about how our algorithms really work. What’s more, we will become better thinkers, scientists, and innovators as a result. Lucid and energizing, this audiobook is a vital new analysis of the world heralded as 'modern' for anyone who wants to live wisely. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcomplicated: Technology at the Limits of Comprehension Author: Samuel Arbesman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why did the New York Stock Exchange suspend trading without warning on July 8, 2015? Why did certain Toyota vehicles accelerate uncontrollably against the will of their drivers? Why does the programming inside our airplanes occasionally surprise its creators? After a thorough analysis by the top experts, the answers still elude us. You don’t understand the software running your car or your iPhone. But here’s a secret: neither do the geniuses at Apple or the Ph.D.’s at Toyota—not perfectly, anyway. No one, not lawyers, doctors, accountants, or policy makers, fully grasps the rules governing your tax return, your retirement account, or your hospital’s medical machinery. The same technological advances that have simplified our lives have made the systems governing our lives incomprehensible, unpredictable, and overcomplicated. In Overcomplicated, complexity scientist Samuel Arbesman offers a fresh, insightful field guide to living with complex technologies that defy human comprehension. As technology grows more complex, Arbesman argues, its behavior mimics the vagaries of the natural world more than it conforms to a mathematical model. If we are to survive and thrive in this new age, we must abandon our need for governing principles and rules and accept the chaos. By embracing and observing the freak accidents and flukes that disrupt our lives, we can gain valuable clues about how our algorithms really work. What’s more, we will become better thinkers, scientists, and innovators as a result. Lucid and energizing, this audiobook is a vital new analysis of the world heralded as 'modern' for anyone who wants to live wisely. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269888 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generate Greater Profits: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: To Generate Greater Profits you must offer the highest quality of customer service to people after they have bought the product or service. The most important sale is not the first sale, it's the second sale. Learn to: Serve your customers better than your competitors; Satisfy the deep subconscious needs of your customers; The four key parts of effective marketing; The 3 considerations in differentiating your product or service from those of your competitors; How to attract the perfect customer; The seven rules of management; How to assemble a winning team Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269888 thebookvoice.com 2:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generate Greater Profits: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: To Generate Greater Profits you must offer the highest quality of customer service to people after they have bought the product or service. The most important sale is not the first sale, it's the second sale. Learn to: Serve your customers better than your competitors; Satisfy the deep subconscious needs of your customers; The four key parts of effective marketing; The 3 considerations in differentiating your product or service from those of your competitors; How to attract the perfect customer; The seven rules of management; How to assemble a winning team Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generate Greater Profits: Entrepreneural Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: To Generate Greater Profits you must offer the highest quality of customer service to people after they have bought the product or service. The most important sale is not the first sale, it's the second sale. Learn to: Serve your customers better than your competitors; Satisfy the deep subconscious needs of your customers; The four key parts of effective marketing; The 3 considerations in differentiating your product or service from those of your competitors; How to attract the perfect customer; The seven rules of management; How to assemble a winning team https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269887 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brilliant on the Basics: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: To reach business success, you must be Brilliant on the Basics. Let world renowned speaker and bestselling author, Brian Tracy teach you how to: • Practice the Basics of Business Success • Buy a Business • Manage Your Information • Create Your Business Systems • Use the Seven Step Formula • Find Ideal Customers • Improve Your Advertising Results Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269887 thebookvoice.com 2:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brilliant on the Basics: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: To reach business success, you must be Brilliant on the Basics. Let world renowned speaker and bestselling author, Brian Tracy teach you how to: • Practice the Basics of Business Success • Buy a Business • Manage Your Information • Create Your Business Systems • Use the Seven Step Formula • Find Ideal Customers • Improve Your Advertising Results Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269887]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brilliant on the Basics: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: To reach business success, you must be Brilliant on the Basics. Let world renowned speaker and bestselling author, Brian Tracy teach you how to: • Practice the Basics of Business Success • Buy a Business • Manage Your Information • Create Your Business Systems • Use the Seven Step Formula • Find Ideal Customers • Improve Your Advertising Results https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269883 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269883]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increasing Your Revenues: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let this informative audio show you how to increase your revenues. Learn: • The secret to Magical Marketing • The Advertising Advantage • How to Get Customers • 24 Ways to Sell Your Product • How to Think Like a Millionaire • How to Select a New Product or Service • How to Test Your Market Brian Tracy Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269883 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269883]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increasing Your Revenues: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let this informative audio show you how to increase your revenues. Learn: • The secret to Magical Marketing • The Advertising Advantage • How to Get Customers • 24 Ways to Sell Your Product • How to Think Like a Millionaire • How to Select a New Product or Service • How to Test Your Market Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269883]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increasing Your Revenues: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let this informative audio show you how to increase your revenues. Learn: • The secret to Magical Marketing • The Advertising Advantage • How to Get Customers • 24 Ways to Sell Your Product • How to Think Like a Millionaire • How to Select a New Product or Service • How to Test Your Market https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269882 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus on Your Customer: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Customer is the most important part of any business. Let bestselling author and International speaker, Brian Tracy teach you the best way to: • Serve Your Customer • Distribute Your Product • Pump Up Your Profits • Turbocharge Your Business • Learn the Key Result Areas of Business Success • Finance Your Business • Negotiate the Best Deal Brian Tracy Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269882 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus on Your Customer: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Customer is the most important part of any business. Let bestselling author and International speaker, Brian Tracy teach you the best way to: • Serve Your Customer • Distribute Your Product • Pump Up Your Profits • Turbocharge Your Business • Learn the Key Result Areas of Business Success • Finance Your Business • Negotiate the Best Deal Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus on Your Customer: Profit Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Customer is the most important part of any business. Let bestselling author and International speaker, Brian Tracy teach you the best way to: • Serve Your Customer • Distribute Your Product • Pump Up Your Profits • Turbocharge Your Business • Learn the Key Result Areas of Business Success • Finance Your Business • Negotiate the Best Deal https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerhouse: The Untold Story of Hollywood's Creative Artists Agency Author: James Andrew Miller Narrator: Ann Richardson, Kirby Heyborne, James Andrew Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An astonishing—and astonishingly entertaining—behind-the-curtain history of Hollywood’s transformation over the past five decades as seen through the agency at the heart of it all, from the #1 bestselling co-author of Live from New York and Those Guys Have All the Fun. In 1975, five young employees of a sclerotic William Morris agency left to start their own, strikingly innovative talent agency. In the years to come, Creative Artists Agency would vault from its origins in a tiny office on the last block of Beverly Hills to become the largest, most imperial, groundbreaking, and star-studded agency Hollywood has ever seen—a company whose tentacles now spread throughout the world of movies, music, television, technology, advertising, sports, and investment banking far more than previously imagined. Powerhouse is the fascinating, no-holds-barred saga of that hot-blooded ascent. Drawing on unprecedented and exclusive access to the men and women who built and battled CAA, as well as financial information never before made public, acclaimed author James Andrew Miller spins a tale of boundless ambition, ruthless egomania, ceaseless empire building, drugs, sex, greed, and personal betrayal. Powerhouse is also a story of prophetic brilliance, magnificent artistry, singular genius, entrepreneurial courage, strategic daring, foxhole brotherhood, and how one firm utterly transformed the entertainment business. Here are the real Star Wars—complete with a Death Star—told through the voices of those who were actually there. Packed with scores of stars from movies, television, music, and sports, as well as a tremendously compelling cast of agents, studio executives, network chiefs, league commissioners, hedge fund managers, tech CEOs, and media tycoons, Powerhouse is itself a Hollywood blockbuster of the most spectacular sort. James Andrew Miller Tue, 09 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269665 thebookvoice.com 25:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerhouse: The Untold Story of Hollywood's Creative Artists Agency Author: James Andrew Miller Narrator: Ann Richardson, Kirby Heyborne, James Andrew Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An astonishing—and astonishingly entertaining—behind-the-curtain history of Hollywood’s transformation over the past five decades as seen through the agency at the heart of it all, from the #1 bestselling co-author of Live from New York and Those Guys Have All the Fun. In 1975, five young employees of a sclerotic William Morris agency left to start their own, strikingly innovative talent agency. In the years to come, Creative Artists Agency would vault from its origins in a tiny office on the last block of Beverly Hills to become the largest, most imperial, groundbreaking, and star-studded agency Hollywood has ever seen—a company whose tentacles now spread throughout the world of movies, music, television, technology, advertising, sports, and investment banking far more than previously imagined. Powerhouse is the fascinating, no-holds-barred saga of that hot-blooded ascent. Drawing on unprecedented and exclusive access to the men and women who built and battled CAA, as well as financial information never before made public, acclaimed author James Andrew Miller spins a tale of boundless ambition, ruthless egomania, ceaseless empire building, drugs, sex, greed, and personal betrayal. Powerhouse is also a story of prophetic brilliance, magnificent artistry, singular genius, entrepreneurial courage, strategic daring, foxhole brotherhood, and how one firm utterly transformed the entertainment business. Here are the real Star Wars—complete with a Death Star—told through the voices of those who were actually there. Packed with scores of stars from movies, television, music, and sports, as well as a tremendously compelling cast of agents, studio executives, network chiefs, league commissioners, hedge fund managers, tech CEOs, and media tycoons, Powerhouse is itself a Hollywood blockbuster of the most spectacular sort. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powerhouse: The Untold Story of Hollywood's Creative Artists Agency Author: James Andrew Miller Narrator: Ann Richardson, Kirby Heyborne, James Andrew Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An astonishing—and astonishingly entertaining—behind-the-curtain history of Hollywood’s transformation over the past five decades as seen through the agency at the heart of it all, from the #1 bestselling co-author of Live from New York and Those Guys Have All the Fun. In 1975, five young employees of a sclerotic William Morris agency left to start their own, strikingly innovative talent agency. In the years to come, Creative Artists Agency would vault from its origins in a tiny office on the last block of Beverly Hills to become the largest, most imperial, groundbreaking, and star-studded agency Hollywood has ever seen—a company whose tentacles now spread throughout the world of movies, music, television, technology, advertising, sports, and investment banking far more than previously imagined. Powerhouse is the fascinating, no-holds-barred saga of that hot-blooded ascent. Drawing on unprecedented and exclusive access to the men and women who built and battled CAA, as well as financial information never before made public, acclaimed author James Andrew Miller spins a tale of boundless ambition, ruthless egomania, ceaseless empire building, drugs, sex, greed, and personal betrayal. Powerhouse is also a story of prophetic brilliance, magnificent artistry, singular genius, entrepreneurial courage, strategic daring, foxhole brotherhood, and how one firm utterly transformed the entertainment business. Here are the real Star Wars—complete with a Death Star—told through the voices of those who were actually there. Packed with scores of stars from movies, television, music, and sports, as well as a tremendously compelling cast of agents, studio executives, network chiefs, league commissioners, hedge fund managers, tech CEOs, and media tycoons, Powerhouse is itself a Hollywood blockbuster of the most spectacular sort. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Referral of a Lifetime, 2nd Edition: Never Make a Cold Call Again! Author: Tim Templeton Narrator: Tim Templeton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This new edition of a bestseller (150,000 copies sold) about acquiring all the business you need through referrals adds powerful new concepts and expands into the digital age Nobody likes cold calls. And nobody really needs to make them. The Referral of a Lifetime teaches a step-by-step system that will allow anyone to generate a steady stream of new business through consistent referrals from existing customers and friends and, at the same time, maximize business with existing customers. Through an entertaining fictional story, Tim Templeton emphasizes the importance of applying the Golden Rule in business-building an ongoing relationship with customers based on genuine respect and caring, rather than just making the sale and moving on. But it's not enough to simply hope your customers will refer you-Templeton offers a proven system to make sure that they do. In this completely updated and expanded edition Templeton introduces the concept of the Perfect Client Avatar, a detailed profile of your ideal client that you keep in mind at all times to focus your efforts as you build your business. And he adds a new principle to his process: social proof. Templeton shows how the power of social media can help you leverage reviews, testimonials, and case studies of satisfied clients to expand your business 24/7-add clients while you sleep! Your customers and clients already know every new contact you will ever need to succeed-by applying Tim Templeton's system they will naturally refer them to you. Tim Templeton Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269368 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Referral of a Lifetime, 2nd Edition: Never Make a Cold Call Again! Author: Tim Templeton Narrator: Tim Templeton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This new edition of a bestseller (150,000 copies sold) about acquiring all the business you need through referrals adds powerful new concepts and expands into the digital age Nobody likes cold calls. And nobody really needs to make them. The Referral of a Lifetime teaches a step-by-step system that will allow anyone to generate a steady stream of new business through consistent referrals from existing customers and friends and, at the same time, maximize business with existing customers. Through an entertaining fictional story, Tim Templeton emphasizes the importance of applying the Golden Rule in business-building an ongoing relationship with customers based on genuine respect and caring, rather than just making the sale and moving on. But it's not enough to simply hope your customers will refer you-Templeton offers a proven system to make sure that they do. In this completely updated and expanded edition Templeton introduces the concept of the Perfect Client Avatar, a detailed profile of your ideal client that you keep in mind at all times to focus your efforts as you build your business. And he adds a new principle to his process: social proof. Templeton shows how the power of social media can help you leverage reviews, testimonials, and case studies of satisfied clients to expand your business 24/7-add clients while you sleep! Your customers and clients already know every new contact you will ever need to succeed-by applying Tim Templeton's system they will naturally refer them to you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Referral of a Lifetime, 2nd Edition: Never Make a Cold Call Again! Author: Tim Templeton Narrator: Tim Templeton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This new edition of a bestseller (150,000 copies sold) about acquiring all the business you need through referrals adds powerful new concepts and expands into the digital age Nobody likes cold calls. And nobody really needs to make them. The Referral of a Lifetime teaches a step-by-step system that will allow anyone to generate a steady stream of new business through consistent referrals from existing customers and friends and, at the same time, maximize business with existing customers. Through an entertaining fictional story, Tim Templeton emphasizes the importance of applying the Golden Rule in business-building an ongoing relationship with customers based on genuine respect and caring, rather than just making the sale and moving on. But it's not enough to simply hope your customers will refer you-Templeton offers a proven system to make sure that they do. In this completely updated and expanded edition Templeton introduces the concept of the Perfect Client Avatar, a detailed profile of your ideal client that you keep in mind at all times to focus your efforts as you build your business. And he adds a new principle to his process: social proof. Templeton shows how the power of social media can help you leverage reviews, testimonials, and case studies of satisfied clients to expand your business 24/7-add clients while you sleep! Your customers and clients already know every new contact you will ever need to succeed-by applying Tim Templeton's system they will naturally refer them to you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defining Moments: When Managers Must Choose Between Right and Right Author: Joseph L. Badaracco Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you lead the launch of a product you know will be extremely controversial? What should you do if a single parent on your staff is falling behind in his or her work? How should you respond if you are offered an opportunity at work solely because of your race or gender? This is a book about work choices and life choices, and the critical points, or defining moments, at which the two become one. A refreshing antidote to traditional feel-good, inspirational business ethics, it examines the right-versus-right conflicts that every business manager faces and presents an unorthodox yet practical way for you to think about and resolve them. When making hard professional decisions, managers often use personal values as a touchstone. Badaracco asserts, however, that resolving such dilemmas is not as simple as the 'do the right thing' school of ethics would have you believe. Defining Moments reveals an alternative approach that will help you tackle the more complex and troubling question of what to do when doing the right thing requires doing something else wrong, or leaving another right thing undone. Drawing on philosophy, literature, and three case studies that reveal the increasing complexity today's managers face as their careers advance, Defining Moments provides tangible examples, actionable steps, and a flexible framework that you can use to make the choices that will shape not only your career, but your character. Compelling and absent of ethical jargon, this book gets to the core of what makes being a manager so difficult. For new and seasoned managers alike, Defining Moments explores what it means, and whether it's even possible, to be a successful manager and simultaneously a thoughtful, responsible human being. Joseph L. Badaracco Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268740 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defining Moments: When Managers Must Choose Between Right and Right Author: Joseph L. Badaracco Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you lead the launch of a product you know will be extremely controversial? What should you do if a single parent on your staff is falling behind in his or her work? How should you respond if you are offered an opportunity at work solely because of your race or gender? This is a book about work choices and life choices, and the critical points, or defining moments, at which the two become one. A refreshing antidote to traditional feel-good, inspirational business ethics, it examines the right-versus-right conflicts that every business manager faces and presents an unorthodox yet practical way for you to think about and resolve them. When making hard professional decisions, managers often use personal values as a touchstone. Badaracco asserts, however, that resolving such dilemmas is not as simple as the 'do the right thing' school of ethics would have you believe. Defining Moments reveals an alternative approach that will help you tackle the more complex and troubling question of what to do when doing the right thing requires doing something else wrong, or leaving another right thing undone. Drawing on philosophy, literature, and three case studies that reveal the increasing complexity today's managers face as their careers advance, Defining Moments provides tangible examples, actionable steps, and a flexible framework that you can use to make the choices that will shape not only your career, but your character. Compelling and absent of ethical jargon, this book gets to the core of what makes being a manager so difficult. For new and seasoned managers alike, Defining Moments explores what it means, and whether it's even possible, to be a successful manager and simultaneously a thoughtful, responsible human being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defining Moments: When Managers Must Choose Between Right and Right Author: Joseph L. Badaracco Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you lead the launch of a product you know will be extremely controversial? What should you do if a single parent on your staff is falling behind in his or her work? How should you respond if you are offered an opportunity at work solely because of your race or gender? This is a book about work choices and life choices, and the critical points, or defining moments, at which the two become one. A refreshing antidote to traditional feel-good, inspirational business ethics, it examines the right-versus-right conflicts that every business manager faces and presents an unorthodox yet practical way for you to think about and resolve them. When making hard professional decisions, managers often use personal values as a touchstone. Badaracco asserts, however, that resolving such dilemmas is not as simple as the 'do the right thing' school of ethics would have you believe. Defining Moments reveals an alternative approach that will help you tackle the more complex and troubling question of what to do when doing the right thing requires doing something else wrong, or leaving another right thing undone. Drawing on philosophy, literature, and three case studies that reveal the increasing complexity today's managers face as their careers advance, Defining Moments provides tangible examples, actionable steps, and a flexible framework that you can use to make the choices that will shape not only your career, but your character. Compelling and absent of ethical jargon, this book gets to the core of what makes being a manager so difficult. For new and seasoned managers alike, Defining Moments explores what it means, and whether it's even possible, to be a successful manager and simultaneously a thoughtful, responsible human being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268739 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Million Dollar Maverick: Forge Your Own Path to Think Differenly, Act Decisively, and Succeed Quickly Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Alan Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When it comes to how to succeed as an entrepreneur, we are besotted with advice. According to bestselling author Alan Weiss, success is a combination of opportunism, very disciplined work, luck, timing, and ignoring most advice. In other words, it means striking out on your own, original path to success. In Million Dollar Maverick, he explains that entrepreneurs don't take advice, they create value and then monetize it. They do what they love and are great at and find a way to sell it to people. They do not—contrary to 'conventional wisdom'—chase money. They attract money. And most of all they think differently, act decisively—and, if talent and timing are with them, succeed quickly. Drawing on over thirty years of experience as a consultant, speaker, and global expert, Weiss shares his story and “Million Dollar Tips,” not found in any of his other books, to help entrepreneurs gain influence, build confidence, and develop the critical thinking skills they need to discover the inside track to rapid success. Alan Weiss Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268739 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Million Dollar Maverick: Forge Your Own Path to Think Differenly, Act Decisively, and Succeed Quickly Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Alan Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When it comes to how to succeed as an entrepreneur, we are besotted with advice. According to bestselling author Alan Weiss, success is a combination of opportunism, very disciplined work, luck, timing, and ignoring most advice. In other words, it means striking out on your own, original path to success. In Million Dollar Maverick, he explains that entrepreneurs don't take advice, they create value and then monetize it. They do what they love and are great at and find a way to sell it to people. They do not—contrary to 'conventional wisdom'—chase money. They attract money. And most of all they think differently, act decisively—and, if talent and timing are with them, succeed quickly. Drawing on over thirty years of experience as a consultant, speaker, and global expert, Weiss shares his story and “Million Dollar Tips,” not found in any of his other books, to help entrepreneurs gain influence, build confidence, and develop the critical thinking skills they need to discover the inside track to rapid success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268739]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Million Dollar Maverick: Forge Your Own Path to Think Differenly, Act Decisively, and Succeed Quickly Author: Alan Weiss Narrator: Alan Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: When it comes to how to succeed as an entrepreneur, we are besotted with advice. According to bestselling author Alan Weiss, success is a combination of opportunism, very disciplined work, luck, timing, and ignoring most advice. In other words, it means striking out on your own, original path to success. In Million Dollar Maverick, he explains that entrepreneurs don't take advice, they create value and then monetize it. They do what they love and are great at and find a way to sell it to people. They do not—contrary to 'conventional wisdom'—chase money. They attract money. And most of all they think differently, act decisively—and, if talent and timing are with them, succeed quickly. Drawing on over thirty years of experience as a consultant, speaker, and global expert, Weiss shares his story and “Million Dollar Tips,” not found in any of his other books, to help entrepreneurs gain influence, build confidence, and develop the critical thinking skills they need to discover the inside track to rapid success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268576 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving America: Seven Proven Steps to Making Government Deliver Great Results Author: Mark Aesch Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: National polling indicates that for the first time in American history, people believe their children will not be as well off as they are. The primary reason for this? The lack of performance by government. The public sector receives trillions of American taxpayer dollars every year and yet because of its seeming inability to run effectively, government is not delivering the level of service the people are paying for. In Saving America, Mark Aesch tells us where government – at the local, state, and federal level – is falling short and offers a coherent, non-partisan, Seven-Step plan for rebuilding our nation’s public agencies. The audiobook is not a political broadside or a theoretical academic tract; it’s an accessible guidebook that helps local citizens, elected officials, and administrators make American government great again. The Seven Steps process will lead to measurable gains for organizations large and small, including school systems, municipal governments, entire states, and even the federal government itself. Mark Aesch Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268576 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving America: Seven Proven Steps to Making Government Deliver Great Results Author: Mark Aesch Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: National polling indicates that for the first time in American history, people believe their children will not be as well off as they are. The primary reason for this? The lack of performance by government. The public sector receives trillions of American taxpayer dollars every year and yet because of its seeming inability to run effectively, government is not delivering the level of service the people are paying for. In Saving America, Mark Aesch tells us where government – at the local, state, and federal level – is falling short and offers a coherent, non-partisan, Seven-Step plan for rebuilding our nation’s public agencies. The audiobook is not a political broadside or a theoretical academic tract; it’s an accessible guidebook that helps local citizens, elected officials, and administrators make American government great again. The Seven Steps process will lead to measurable gains for organizations large and small, including school systems, municipal governments, entire states, and even the federal government itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving America: Seven Proven Steps to Making Government Deliver Great Results Author: Mark Aesch Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: National polling indicates that for the first time in American history, people believe their children will not be as well off as they are. The primary reason for this? The lack of performance by government. The public sector receives trillions of American taxpayer dollars every year and yet because of its seeming inability to run effectively, government is not delivering the level of service the people are paying for. In Saving America, Mark Aesch tells us where government – at the local, state, and federal level – is falling short and offers a coherent, non-partisan, Seven-Step plan for rebuilding our nation’s public agencies. The audiobook is not a political broadside or a theoretical academic tract; it’s an accessible guidebook that helps local citizens, elected officials, and administrators make American government great again. The Seven Steps process will lead to measurable gains for organizations large and small, including school systems, municipal governments, entire states, and even the federal government itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268571 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Matter: Move Beyond the Competition, Create More Value, and Become the Obvious Choice Author: Peter Sheahan, Julie Williamson Narrator: Walter Dixon, Peter Sheahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: So how do you build a company that matters? Companies and people that matter have successfully become the obvious choice in the hearts and minds of their customers, their employees, and their communities. They elevate themselves by consistently finding ways to solve the most pressing needs their markets face. The result? They create more value year after year and build a sustainable, differentiated organization. In Matter, Peter Sheahan and Julie Williamson show you how to identify the place where you can create the most value—your edge of disruption—at the intersection of old and new, where your existing profits, reach, and reputation enable you to create the markets of the future. This is the place where the most important problems are solved and where the fewest people can solve them. Your edge of disruption is where your opportunity to matter is found. Matter uses extensive case studies of real companies that have successfully become the obvious choice in their markets—from high-profile corporations like Adobe and Burberry to lesser-known brands like Littlefield and BlueShore Financial. Their stories define innovative and impactful approaches to business that you can use to influence and partner with the right customers and clients to win in our radically changing world. Through their journeys, you will find the inspiration and courage to lean in to complexity and solve the higher value problems that matter most. Don’t just listen to this book—use it to identify and act on opportunities to create the most value and accelerate your own journey to becoming a person and a company that matters. Peter Sheahan, Julie Williamson Wed, 01 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268571 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Matter: Move Beyond the Competition, Create More Value, and Become the Obvious Choice Author: Peter Sheahan, Julie Williamson Narrator: Walter Dixon, Peter Sheahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: So how do you build a company that matters? Companies and people that matter have successfully become the obvious choice in the hearts and minds of their customers, their employees, and their communities. They elevate themselves by consistently finding ways to solve the most pressing needs their markets face. The result? They create more value year after year and build a sustainable, differentiated organization. In Matter, Peter Sheahan and Julie Williamson show you how to identify the place where you can create the most value—your edge of disruption—at the intersection of old and new, where your existing profits, reach, and reputation enable you to create the markets of the future. This is the place where the most important problems are solved and where the fewest people can solve them. Your edge of disruption is where your opportunity to matter is found. Matter uses extensive case studies of real companies that have successfully become the obvious choice in their markets—from high-profile corporations like Adobe and Burberry to lesser-known brands like Littlefield and BlueShore Financial. Their stories define innovative and impactful approaches to business that you can use to influence and partner with the right customers and clients to win in our radically changing world. Through their journeys, you will find the inspiration and courage to lean in to complexity and solve the higher value problems that matter most. Don’t just listen to this book—use it to identify and act on opportunities to create the most value and accelerate your own journey to becoming a person and a company that matters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Matter: Move Beyond the Competition, Create More Value, and Become the Obvious Choice Author: Peter Sheahan, Julie Williamson Narrator: Walter Dixon, Peter Sheahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: So how do you build a company that matters? Companies and people that matter have successfully become the obvious choice in the hearts and minds of their customers, their employees, and their communities. They elevate themselves by consistently finding ways to solve the most pressing needs their markets face. The result? They create more value year after year and build a sustainable, differentiated organization. In Matter, Peter Sheahan and Julie Williamson show you how to identify the place where you can create the most value—your edge of disruption—at the intersection of old and new, where your existing profits, reach, and reputation enable you to create the markets of the future. This is the place where the most important problems are solved and where the fewest people can solve them. Your edge of disruption is where your opportunity to matter is found. Matter uses extensive case studies of real companies that have successfully become the obvious choice in their markets—from high-profile corporations like Adobe and Burberry to lesser-known brands like Littlefield and BlueShore Financial. Their stories define innovative and impactful approaches to business that you can use to influence and partner with the right customers and clients to win in our radically changing world. Through their journeys, you will find the inspiration and courage to lean in to complexity and solve the higher value problems that matter most. Don’t just listen to this book—use it to identify and act on opportunities to create the most value and accelerate your own journey to becoming a person and a company that matters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chaos Monkeys: Inside the Silicon Valley money machine Author: Antonio Garcia Martinez Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Features exclusive interview with the author An adrenaline-fuelled exposé of life inside the tech bubble, Chaos Monkeys lays bare the secrets, power plays and lifestyle excesses of the visionaries, grunts, sociopaths, opportunists and money cowboys who are revolutionising our world. Written by startup CEO and industry provocateur Antonio García Martínez, this is Liar’s Poker meets The Social Network. Computer engineers use ‘chaos monkey’ software to wreak havoc and test system robustness. Similarly, tech entrepreneurs like Antonio García Martínez are society’s chaos monkeys – their innovations disrupt every aspect of our lives, from transportation (Uber) and holidays (Airbnb) to television (Netflix) and dating (Tinder) – all in search of the perfect business miracle. Describing himself as ‘high-strung, fast-talking, and wired on a combination of caffeine, fear, and greed at all times’, García Martínez left Wall Street to make his fortune in Silicon Valley, becoming CEO of his own startup, before bailing and being poached by Facebook’s nascent advertising team. Here he turned users’ data into profit for COO Sheryl Sandberg and chairman and CEO Mark ‘Zuck’ Zuckerberg. Forced out of Facebook in the wake of a bitter internal product war, García Martínez took his unique brand of entrepreneurial hyperactivity to rivals Twitter. Along the way, he got into a lot of trouble with a lot of people, brewed illegal beer on the Facebook campus (accidentally flooding Zuckerberg's desk), lived on a yacht, raced sport cars on the highway, and enthusiastically pursued the lifestyle of an overpaid Silicon Valley mercenary. In Chaos Monkeys he tells you HOW – and HOW NOT – to make a fortune through startups and digital marketing. Highly entertaining and always offering genuine insight, García Martínez unravels the chaotic evolution of social media and online marketing. From startups and credit derivatives to Big Brother and data tracking, social media monetisation and digital ‘privacy’, he shares both his scathing observations and outrageous antics, taking us on a subversive and very funny tour of the fascinatingly insular and unbelievably wealthy tech industry. Antonio Garcia Martinez Thu, 30 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268555 thebookvoice.com 15:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chaos Monkeys: Inside the Silicon Valley money machine Author: Antonio Garcia Martinez Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Features exclusive interview with the author An adrenaline-fuelled exposé of life inside the tech bubble, Chaos Monkeys lays bare the secrets, power plays and lifestyle excesses of the visionaries, grunts, sociopaths, opportunists and money cowboys who are revolutionising our world. Written by startup CEO and industry provocateur Antonio García Martínez, this is Liar’s Poker meets The Social Network. Computer engineers use ‘chaos monkey’ software to wreak havoc and test system robustness. Similarly, tech entrepreneurs like Antonio García Martínez are society’s chaos monkeys – their innovations disrupt every aspect of our lives, from transportation (Uber) and holidays (Airbnb) to television (Netflix) and dating (Tinder) – all in search of the perfect business miracle. Describing himself as ‘high-strung, fast-talking, and wired on a combination of caffeine, fear, and greed at all times’, García Martínez left Wall Street to make his fortune in Silicon Valley, becoming CEO of his own startup, before bailing and being poached by Facebook’s nascent advertising team. Here he turned users’ data into profit for COO Sheryl Sandberg and chairman and CEO Mark ‘Zuck’ Zuckerberg. Forced out of Facebook in the wake of a bitter internal product war, García Martínez took his unique brand of entrepreneurial hyperactivity to rivals Twitter. Along the way, he got into a lot of trouble with a lot of people, brewed illegal beer on the Facebook campus (accidentally flooding Zuckerberg's desk), lived on a yacht, raced sport cars on the highway, and enthusiastically pursued the lifestyle of an overpaid Silicon Valley mercenary. In Chaos Monkeys he tells you HOW – and HOW NOT – to make a fortune through startups and digital marketing. Highly entertaining and always offering genuine insight, García Martínez unravels the chaotic evolution of social media and online marketing. From startups and credit derivatives to Big Brother and data tracking, social media monetisation and digital ‘privacy’, he shares both his scathing observations and outrageous antics, taking us on a subversive and very funny tour of the fascinatingly insular and unbelievably wealthy tech industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chaos Monkeys: Inside the Silicon Valley money machine Author: Antonio Garcia Martinez Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Features exclusive interview with the author An adrenaline-fuelled exposé of life inside the tech bubble, Chaos Monkeys lays bare the secrets, power plays and lifestyle excesses of the visionaries, grunts, sociopaths, opportunists and money cowboys who are revolutionising our world. Written by startup CEO and industry provocateur Antonio García Martínez, this is Liar’s Poker meets The Social Network. Computer engineers use ‘chaos monkey’ software to wreak havoc and test system robustness. Similarly, tech entrepreneurs like Antonio García Martínez are society’s chaos monkeys – their innovations disrupt every aspect of our lives, from transportation (Uber) and holidays (Airbnb) to television (Netflix) and dating (Tinder) – all in search of the perfect business miracle. Describing himself as ‘high-strung, fast-talking, and wired on a combination of caffeine, fear, and greed at all times’, García Martínez left Wall Street to make his fortune in Silicon Valley, becoming CEO of his own startup, before bailing and being poached by Facebook’s nascent advertising team. Here he turned users’ data into profit for COO Sheryl Sandberg and chairman and CEO Mark ‘Zuck’ Zuckerberg. Forced out of Facebook in the wake of a bitter internal product war, García Martínez took his unique brand of entrepreneurial hyperactivity to rivals Twitter. Along the way, he got into a lot of trouble with a lot of people, brewed illegal beer on the Facebook campus (accidentally flooding Zuckerberg's desk), lived on a yacht, raced sport cars on the highway, and enthusiastically pursued the lifestyle of an overpaid Silicon Valley mercenary. In Chaos Monkeys he tells you HOW – and HOW NOT – to make a fortune through startups and digital marketing. Highly entertaining and always offering genuine insight, García Martínez unravels the chaotic evolution of social media and online marketing. From startups and credit derivatives to Big Brother and data tracking, social media monetisation and digital ‘privacy’, he shares both his scathing observations and outrageous antics, taking us on a subversive and very funny tour of the fascinatingly insular and unbelievably wealthy tech industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267040 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Toxic Client: Knowing and Avoiding Problem Customers Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Not every client is a good client! In that first flush of life as business owners, we often say 'yes' to anyone who wants to hire us. We think the most important thing is establishing a client base. As long as we're getting hired, that's a good thing, and it's all that matters. But after a while we learn an important truth: Not every client is a good client. In fact, some of them are truly toxic -- they contaminate our business environment and breed negativity about the work, they infect employees by lowering their morale, they exhaust and debilitate our energy reserves, and they drain our coffers. To succeed in business you must learn how to know and avoid the Toxic Client. With useful stories everyone can relate to this audiobook will show you how to handle the problem customers. Garrett Sutton Tue, 26 Jul 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267040 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Toxic Client: Knowing and Avoiding Problem Customers Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Not every client is a good client! In that first flush of life as business owners, we often say 'yes' to anyone who wants to hire us. We think the most important thing is establishing a client base. As long as we're getting hired, that's a good thing, and it's all that matters. But after a while we learn an important truth: Not every client is a good client. In fact, some of them are truly toxic -- they contaminate our business environment and breed negativity about the work, they infect employees by lowering their morale, they exhaust and debilitate our energy reserves, and they drain our coffers. To succeed in business you must learn how to know and avoid the Toxic Client. With useful stories everyone can relate to this audiobook will show you how to handle the problem customers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/267040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Toxic Client: Knowing and Avoiding Problem Customers Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Not every client is a good client! In that first flush of life as business owners, we often say 'yes' to anyone who wants to hire us. We think the most important thing is establishing a client base. As long as we're getting hired, that's a good thing, and it's all that matters. But after a while we learn an important truth: Not every client is a good client. In fact, some of them are truly toxic -- they contaminate our business environment and breed negativity about the work, they infect employees by lowering their morale, they exhaust and debilitate our energy reserves, and they drain our coffers. To succeed in business you must learn how to know and avoid the Toxic Client. With useful stories everyone can relate to this audiobook will show you how to handle the problem customers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266354 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Extraordinary: Dream Bigger, Live Happier and Achieve Success on Your Own Terms Author: Jessica Herrin Narrator: Jessica Herrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Find Your Extraordinary , written and read by Jessica Herrin. Jessica Herrin has cracked the code for how to balance a wildly successful career with a full, rich life. In Find Your Extraordinary, she shows how any woman can create a fulfilling and successful career in a flexible way. This book is #GIRLBOSS for the older set. It will bring Jessica's mission and message beyond her fast-growing network of Stella & Dot stylists and empower any woman who wants to pursue entrepreneurial ambitions, whether it's by starting a business or finding a way to stay professionally engaged while at home raising a family. Jessica Herrin Thu, 30 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266354 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Extraordinary: Dream Bigger, Live Happier and Achieve Success on Your Own Terms Author: Jessica Herrin Narrator: Jessica Herrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Find Your Extraordinary , written and read by Jessica Herrin. Jessica Herrin has cracked the code for how to balance a wildly successful career with a full, rich life. In Find Your Extraordinary, she shows how any woman can create a fulfilling and successful career in a flexible way. This book is #GIRLBOSS for the older set. It will bring Jessica's mission and message beyond her fast-growing network of Stella & Dot stylists and empower any woman who wants to pursue entrepreneurial ambitions, whether it's by starting a business or finding a way to stay professionally engaged while at home raising a family. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Extraordinary: Dream Bigger, Live Happier and Achieve Success on Your Own Terms Author: Jessica Herrin Narrator: Jessica Herrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Find Your Extraordinary , written and read by Jessica Herrin. Jessica Herrin has cracked the code for how to balance a wildly successful career with a full, rich life. In Find Your Extraordinary, she shows how any woman can create a fulfilling and successful career in a flexible way. This book is #GIRLBOSS for the older set. It will bring Jessica's mission and message beyond her fast-growing network of Stella & Dot stylists and empower any woman who wants to pursue entrepreneurial ambitions, whether it's by starting a business or finding a way to stay professionally engaged while at home raising a family. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creativity and Creative Thinking: World-Renowned Entrepreneurs, Professors and Psychologists Share Their Thoughts on Emotional Intelligence Author: Satheesh Gopalan Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This audio program takes listeners on a world-wide journey to show how great achievers use creativity, innovation, and technology to start businesses that thrive in a hyper-competitive world. Some of the greatest innovators of our time like A.K. Pradeep, Phil Libin, N.R. Narayana Murthy, Steve Borgia, Ben Zander, Dr. Harsha Dehejia, Dr. Shabir Amanullah, and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi discuss creativity and creative thinking. Satheesh Gopalan Sun, 01 May 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265702 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creativity and Creative Thinking: World-Renowned Entrepreneurs, Professors and Psychologists Share Their Thoughts on Emotional Intelligence Author: Satheesh Gopalan Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This audio program takes listeners on a world-wide journey to show how great achievers use creativity, innovation, and technology to start businesses that thrive in a hyper-competitive world. Some of the greatest innovators of our time like A.K. Pradeep, Phil Libin, N.R. Narayana Murthy, Steve Borgia, Ben Zander, Dr. Harsha Dehejia, Dr. Shabir Amanullah, and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi discuss creativity and creative thinking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creativity and Creative Thinking: World-Renowned Entrepreneurs, Professors and Psychologists Share Their Thoughts on Emotional Intelligence Author: Satheesh Gopalan Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This audio program takes listeners on a world-wide journey to show how great achievers use creativity, innovation, and technology to start businesses that thrive in a hyper-competitive world. Some of the greatest innovators of our time like A.K. Pradeep, Phil Libin, N.R. Narayana Murthy, Steve Borgia, Ben Zander, Dr. Harsha Dehejia, Dr. Shabir Amanullah, and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi discuss creativity and creative thinking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Checklist: 25 Steps to a Scalable, High-Growth Business Author: David S. Rose Narrator: David S. Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 25 Steps to Found and Scale a High-Growth Business The Startup Checklist is the entrepreneur's essential companion. While most entrepreneurship books focus on strategy, this invaluable guide provides the concrete steps that will get your new business off to a strong start. You'll learn the ins and outs of startup execution, management, legal issues, and practical processes throughout the launch and growth phases, and how to avoid the critical missteps that threaten the foundation of your business. Instead of simply referring you to experts, this discussion shows you exactly which experts you need, what exactly you need them to do, and which tools you will use to support them—and you'll gain enough insight to ask smart questions that help you get your money's worth. If you're ready to do big things, this book has you covered from the first business card to the eventual exit. Over two thirds of startups are built on creaky foundations, and over two thirds of startup costs go directly toward cleaning up legal and practical problems caused by an incomplete or improper start. This book helps you sidestep the messy and expensive clean up process by giving you the specific actions you need to take right from the very beginning. Understand the critical intricacies of legally incorporating and running a startup Learn which experts you need, and what exactly you need from them Make more intelligent decisions independent of your advisors Avoid the challenges that threaten to derail great young companies The typical American startup costs over $30,000 and requires working with over two dozen professionals and service providers before it even opens for business—and the process is so complex that few founders do it correctly. Their startups errors often go unnoticed until the founder tries to seek outside capital, at which point they can cost thousands of dollars to fix. . . or even completely derail an investment. The Startup Checklist helps you avoid these problems and lay a strong foundation, so you can focus on building your business. David S. Rose Wed, 01 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265693 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Checklist: 25 Steps to a Scalable, High-Growth Business Author: David S. Rose Narrator: David S. Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 25 Steps to Found and Scale a High-Growth Business The Startup Checklist is the entrepreneur's essential companion. While most entrepreneurship books focus on strategy, this invaluable guide provides the concrete steps that will get your new business off to a strong start. You'll learn the ins and outs of startup execution, management, legal issues, and practical processes throughout the launch and growth phases, and how to avoid the critical missteps that threaten the foundation of your business. Instead of simply referring you to experts, this discussion shows you exactly which experts you need, what exactly you need them to do, and which tools you will use to support them—and you'll gain enough insight to ask smart questions that help you get your money's worth. If you're ready to do big things, this book has you covered from the first business card to the eventual exit. Over two thirds of startups are built on creaky foundations, and over two thirds of startup costs go directly toward cleaning up legal and practical problems caused by an incomplete or improper start. This book helps you sidestep the messy and expensive clean up process by giving you the specific actions you need to take right from the very beginning. Understand the critical intricacies of legally incorporating and running a startup Learn which experts you need, and what exactly you need from them Make more intelligent decisions independent of your advisors Avoid the challenges that threaten to derail great young companies The typical American startup costs over $30,000 and requires working with over two dozen professionals and service providers before it even opens for business—and the process is so complex that few founders do it correctly. Their startups errors often go unnoticed until the founder tries to seek outside capital, at which point they can cost thousands of dollars to fix. . . or even completely derail an investment. The Startup Checklist helps you avoid these problems and lay a strong foundation, so you can focus on building your business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Startup Checklist: 25 Steps to a Scalable, High-Growth Business Author: David S. Rose Narrator: David S. Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 25 Steps to Found and Scale a High-Growth Business The Startup Checklist is the entrepreneur's essential companion. While most entrepreneurship books focus on strategy, this invaluable guide provides the concrete steps that will get your new business off to a strong start. You'll learn the ins and outs of startup execution, management, legal issues, and practical processes throughout the launch and growth phases, and how to avoid the critical missteps that threaten the foundation of your business. Instead of simply referring you to experts, this discussion shows you exactly which experts you need, what exactly you need them to do, and which tools you will use to support them—and you'll gain enough insight to ask smart questions that help you get your money's worth. If you're ready to do big things, this book has you covered from the first business card to the eventual exit. Over two thirds of startups are built on creaky foundations, and over two thirds of startup costs go directly toward cleaning up legal and practical problems caused by an incomplete or improper start. This book helps you sidestep the messy and expensive clean up process by giving you the specific actions you need to take right from the very beginning. Understand the critical intricacies of legally incorporating and running a startup Learn which experts you need, and what exactly you need from them Make more intelligent decisions independent of your advisors Avoid the challenges that threaten to derail great young companies The typical American startup costs over $30,000 and requires working with over two dozen professionals and service providers before it even opens for business—and the process is so complex that few founders do it correctly. Their startups errors often go unnoticed until the founder tries to seek outside capital, at which point they can cost thousands of dollars to fix. . . or even completely derail an investment. The Startup Checklist helps you avoid these problems and lay a strong foundation, so you can focus on building your business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265689 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Bigger: How Pirates, Dreamers, and Innovators Create and Dominate Markets Author: Dave Peterson, Christopher Lochhead, Llc Play Bigger, Kevin Maney Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The founders of a respected Silicon Valley advisory firm study legendary category-creating companies and reveal a groundbreaking discipline called category design. Winning today isn’t about beating the competition at the old game. It’s about inventing a whole new game—defining a new market category, developing it, and dominating it over time. You can’t build a legendary company without building a legendary category. If you think that having the best product is all it takes to win, you’re going to lose. In this farsighted, pioneering guide, the founders of Silicon Valley advisory firm Play Bigger rely on data analysis and interviews to understand the inner workings of “category kings”— companies such as Amazon, Salesforce, Uber, and IKEA—that give us new ways of living, thinking or doing business, often solving problems we didn’t know we had. In Play Bigger, the authors assemble their findings to introduce the new discipline of category design. By applying category design, companies can create new demand where none existed, conditioning customers’ brains so they change their expectations and buying habits. While this discipline defines the tech industry, it applies to every kind of industry and even to personal careers. Crossing the Chasm revolutionized how we think about new products in an existing market. The Innovator’s Dilemma taught us about disrupting an aging market. Now, Play Bigger is transforming business once again, showing us how to create the market itself. Dave Peterson, Christopher Lochhead, Llc Play Bigger, Kevin Maney Tue, 14 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265689 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Bigger: How Pirates, Dreamers, and Innovators Create and Dominate Markets Author: Dave Peterson, Christopher Lochhead, Llc Play Bigger, Kevin Maney Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The founders of a respected Silicon Valley advisory firm study legendary category-creating companies and reveal a groundbreaking discipline called category design. Winning today isn’t about beating the competition at the old game. It’s about inventing a whole new game—defining a new market category, developing it, and dominating it over time. You can’t build a legendary company without building a legendary category. If you think that having the best product is all it takes to win, you’re going to lose. In this farsighted, pioneering guide, the founders of Silicon Valley advisory firm Play Bigger rely on data analysis and interviews to understand the inner workings of “category kings”— companies such as Amazon, Salesforce, Uber, and IKEA—that give us new ways of living, thinking or doing business, often solving problems we didn’t know we had. In Play Bigger, the authors assemble their findings to introduce the new discipline of category design. By applying category design, companies can create new demand where none existed, conditioning customers’ brains so they change their expectations and buying habits. While this discipline defines the tech industry, it applies to every kind of industry and even to personal careers. Crossing the Chasm revolutionized how we think about new products in an existing market. The Innovator’s Dilemma taught us about disrupting an aging market. Now, Play Bigger is transforming business once again, showing us how to create the market itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Bigger: How Pirates, Dreamers, and Innovators Create and Dominate Markets Author: Dave Peterson, Christopher Lochhead, Llc Play Bigger, Kevin Maney Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The founders of a respected Silicon Valley advisory firm study legendary category-creating companies and reveal a groundbreaking discipline called category design. Winning today isn’t about beating the competition at the old game. It’s about inventing a whole new game—defining a new market category, developing it, and dominating it over time. You can’t build a legendary company without building a legendary category. If you think that having the best product is all it takes to win, you’re going to lose. In this farsighted, pioneering guide, the founders of Silicon Valley advisory firm Play Bigger rely on data analysis and interviews to understand the inner workings of “category kings”— companies such as Amazon, Salesforce, Uber, and IKEA—that give us new ways of living, thinking or doing business, often solving problems we didn’t know we had. In Play Bigger, the authors assemble their findings to introduce the new discipline of category design. By applying category design, companies can create new demand where none existed, conditioning customers’ brains so they change their expectations and buying habits. While this discipline defines the tech industry, it applies to every kind of industry and even to personal careers. Crossing the Chasm revolutionized how we think about new products in an existing market. The Innovator’s Dilemma taught us about disrupting an aging market. Now, Play Bigger is transforming business once again, showing us how to create the market itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inevitable: Understanding the 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future Author: Kevin Kelly Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller From one of our leading technology thinkers and writers, a guide through the twelve technological imperatives that will shape the next thirty years and transform our lives Much of what will happen in the next thirty years is inevitable, driven by technological trends that are already in motion. In this fascinating, provocative new book, Kevin Kelly provides an optimistic road map for the future, showing how the coming changes in our lives—from virtual reality in the home to an on-demand economy to artificial intelligence embedded in everything we manufacture—can be understood as the result of a few long-term, accelerating forces. Kelly both describes these deep trends—interacting, cognifying, flowing, screening, accessing, sharing, filtering, remixing, tracking, and questioning—and demonstrates how they overlap and are codependent on one another. These larger forces will completely revolutionize the way we buy, work, learn, and communicate with each other. By understanding and embracing them, says Kelly, it will be easier for us to remain on top of the coming wave of changes and to arrange our day-to-day relationships with technology in ways that bring forth maximum benefits. Kelly’s bright, hopeful book will be indispensable to anyone who seeks guidance on where their business, industry, or life is heading—what to invent, where to work, in what to invest, how to better reach customers, and what to begin to put into place—as this new world emerges. Kevin Kelly Tue, 07 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265151 thebookvoice.com 11:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inevitable: Understanding the 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future Author: Kevin Kelly Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller From one of our leading technology thinkers and writers, a guide through the twelve technological imperatives that will shape the next thirty years and transform our lives Much of what will happen in the next thirty years is inevitable, driven by technological trends that are already in motion. In this fascinating, provocative new book, Kevin Kelly provides an optimistic road map for the future, showing how the coming changes in our lives—from virtual reality in the home to an on-demand economy to artificial intelligence embedded in everything we manufacture—can be understood as the result of a few long-term, accelerating forces. Kelly both describes these deep trends—interacting, cognifying, flowing, screening, accessing, sharing, filtering, remixing, tracking, and questioning—and demonstrates how they overlap and are codependent on one another. These larger forces will completely revolutionize the way we buy, work, learn, and communicate with each other. By understanding and embracing them, says Kelly, it will be easier for us to remain on top of the coming wave of changes and to arrange our day-to-day relationships with technology in ways that bring forth maximum benefits. Kelly’s bright, hopeful book will be indispensable to anyone who seeks guidance on where their business, industry, or life is heading—what to invent, where to work, in what to invest, how to better reach customers, and what to begin to put into place—as this new world emerges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inevitable: Understanding the 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future Author: Kevin Kelly Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller From one of our leading technology thinkers and writers, a guide through the twelve technological imperatives that will shape the next thirty years and transform our lives Much of what will happen in the next thirty years is inevitable, driven by technological trends that are already in motion. In this fascinating, provocative new book, Kevin Kelly provides an optimistic road map for the future, showing how the coming changes in our lives—from virtual reality in the home to an on-demand economy to artificial intelligence embedded in everything we manufacture—can be understood as the result of a few long-term, accelerating forces. Kelly both describes these deep trends—interacting, cognifying, flowing, screening, accessing, sharing, filtering, remixing, tracking, and questioning—and demonstrates how they overlap and are codependent on one another. These larger forces will completely revolutionize the way we buy, work, learn, and communicate with each other. By understanding and embracing them, says Kelly, it will be easier for us to remain on top of the coming wave of changes and to arrange our day-to-day relationships with technology in ways that bring forth maximum benefits. Kelly’s bright, hopeful book will be indispensable to anyone who seeks guidance on where their business, industry, or life is heading—what to invent, where to work, in what to invest, how to better reach customers, and what to begin to put into place—as this new world emerges. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Beer: A Freewheeling History of the All-American Drink Author: Dane Huckelbridge Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the author of Bourbon, “the definitive history” (Sacramento Bee), comes the rollicking and revealing story of beer in America, in the spirit of Salt or Cod. In The United States of Beer, Dane Huckelbridge, the author of Bourbon: A History of the American Spirit—a Southern Independent Booksellers Alliance bestseller—charts the surprisingly fascinating history of Americans’ relationship with their most popular alcoholic beverage. Huckelbridge shows how beer has evolved along with the country—from a local and regional product (once upon a time every American city has its own brewery and iconic beer brand) to the rise of global mega-brands like Budweiser and Miller that are synonymous with U.S. capitalism. We learn of George Washington’s failed attempt to brew beer at Mount Vernon with molasses instead of barley, of the 19th century “Beer Barons” like Captain Frederick Pabst, Adolphus Busch, and Joseph Schlitz who revolutionized commercial brewing and built lucrative empires—and the American immigrant experience—and of the advances in brewing and bottling technology that allowed beer to flow in the saloons of the Wild West. Throughout, Huckelbridge draws connections between seemingly remote fragments of the American past, and shares his reports from the frontlines of today’s craft-brewing revolution. Dane Huckelbridge Tue, 14 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264679 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Beer: A Freewheeling History of the All-American Drink Author: Dane Huckelbridge Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the author of Bourbon, “the definitive history” (Sacramento Bee), comes the rollicking and revealing story of beer in America, in the spirit of Salt or Cod. In The United States of Beer, Dane Huckelbridge, the author of Bourbon: A History of the American Spirit—a Southern Independent Booksellers Alliance bestseller—charts the surprisingly fascinating history of Americans’ relationship with their most popular alcoholic beverage. Huckelbridge shows how beer has evolved along with the country—from a local and regional product (once upon a time every American city has its own brewery and iconic beer brand) to the rise of global mega-brands like Budweiser and Miller that are synonymous with U.S. capitalism. We learn of George Washington’s failed attempt to brew beer at Mount Vernon with molasses instead of barley, of the 19th century “Beer Barons” like Captain Frederick Pabst, Adolphus Busch, and Joseph Schlitz who revolutionized commercial brewing and built lucrative empires—and the American immigrant experience—and of the advances in brewing and bottling technology that allowed beer to flow in the saloons of the Wild West. Throughout, Huckelbridge draws connections between seemingly remote fragments of the American past, and shares his reports from the frontlines of today’s craft-brewing revolution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States of Beer: A Freewheeling History of the All-American Drink Author: Dane Huckelbridge Narrator: Corey Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the author of Bourbon, “the definitive history” (Sacramento Bee), comes the rollicking and revealing story of beer in America, in the spirit of Salt or Cod. In The United States of Beer, Dane Huckelbridge, the author of Bourbon: A History of the American Spirit—a Southern Independent Booksellers Alliance bestseller—charts the surprisingly fascinating history of Americans’ relationship with their most popular alcoholic beverage. Huckelbridge shows how beer has evolved along with the country—from a local and regional product (once upon a time every American city has its own brewery and iconic beer brand) to the rise of global mega-brands like Budweiser and Miller that are synonymous with U.S. capitalism. We learn of George Washington’s failed attempt to brew beer at Mount Vernon with molasses instead of barley, of the 19th century “Beer Barons” like Captain Frederick Pabst, Adolphus Busch, and Joseph Schlitz who revolutionized commercial brewing and built lucrative empires—and the American immigrant experience—and of the advances in brewing and bottling technology that allowed beer to flow in the saloons of the Wild West. Throughout, Huckelbridge draws connections between seemingly remote fragments of the American past, and shares his reports from the frontlines of today’s craft-brewing revolution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264670 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crowdfunding Handbook: Raise Money for Your Small Business or Start-Up with Equity Funding Portals Author: Cliff Ennico Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ever wish your company could raise capital the Kickstarter® way? Equity crowdfunding is finally here, opening new funding avenues for small businesses and start-ups. In April 2012, President Obama signed the Jumpstart Our Business Startups—or JOBS—Act into law. This groundbreaking legislation empowers privately-owned companies to raise capital from investors without going through the rigorous IPO and private placement processes. Now that the SEC has handed down the last regulations, the floodgates will open and companies will be free to compete for funding. Small business and legal expert Cliff Ennico has followed the equity crowdfunding story since its inception. Now, in The Crowdfunding Handbook, he explains the JOBS Act and translates the regulations into a clear set of do’s and don’ts for entrepreneurs and small-business owners looking to get in early—and do things right. Need help pricing your securities? Pitching a project to the public? Choosing between funding platforms? Figuring out disclosure documents and reporting requirements? This book delivers targeted answers—whether crowdfunding is your best bet, picking the right legal entity, selecting types of securities to offer, reaching the most promising investors, keeping crowds under control, and more. IPOs are expensive, and venture capital nearly impossible to attract. Crowdfunding is changing the game for private companies . . . and this book will lead the way. Cliff Ennico Sun, 01 May 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264670 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crowdfunding Handbook: Raise Money for Your Small Business or Start-Up with Equity Funding Portals Author: Cliff Ennico Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ever wish your company could raise capital the Kickstarter® way? Equity crowdfunding is finally here, opening new funding avenues for small businesses and start-ups. In April 2012, President Obama signed the Jumpstart Our Business Startups—or JOBS—Act into law. This groundbreaking legislation empowers privately-owned companies to raise capital from investors without going through the rigorous IPO and private placement processes. Now that the SEC has handed down the last regulations, the floodgates will open and companies will be free to compete for funding. Small business and legal expert Cliff Ennico has followed the equity crowdfunding story since its inception. Now, in The Crowdfunding Handbook, he explains the JOBS Act and translates the regulations into a clear set of do’s and don’ts for entrepreneurs and small-business owners looking to get in early—and do things right. Need help pricing your securities? Pitching a project to the public? Choosing between funding platforms? Figuring out disclosure documents and reporting requirements? This book delivers targeted answers—whether crowdfunding is your best bet, picking the right legal entity, selecting types of securities to offer, reaching the most promising investors, keeping crowds under control, and more. IPOs are expensive, and venture capital nearly impossible to attract. Crowdfunding is changing the game for private companies . . . and this book will lead the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Crowdfunding Handbook: Raise Money for Your Small Business or Start-Up with Equity Funding Portals Author: Cliff Ennico Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Ever wish your company could raise capital the Kickstarter® way? Equity crowdfunding is finally here, opening new funding avenues for small businesses and start-ups. In April 2012, President Obama signed the Jumpstart Our Business Startups—or JOBS—Act into law. This groundbreaking legislation empowers privately-owned companies to raise capital from investors without going through the rigorous IPO and private placement processes. Now that the SEC has handed down the last regulations, the floodgates will open and companies will be free to compete for funding. Small business and legal expert Cliff Ennico has followed the equity crowdfunding story since its inception. Now, in The Crowdfunding Handbook, he explains the JOBS Act and translates the regulations into a clear set of do’s and don’ts for entrepreneurs and small-business owners looking to get in early—and do things right. Need help pricing your securities? Pitching a project to the public? Choosing between funding platforms? Figuring out disclosure documents and reporting requirements? This book delivers targeted answers—whether crowdfunding is your best bet, picking the right legal entity, selecting types of securities to offer, reaching the most promising investors, keeping crowds under control, and more. IPOs are expensive, and venture capital nearly impossible to attract. Crowdfunding is changing the game for private companies . . . and this book will lead the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay Awhile and Listen: How Two Blizzards Unleashed Diablo and Forged a Video-Game Empire - Book I Author: David L. Craddock Narrator: Mike Rylander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Two companies. Two opposing cultures. One multi-billion-dollar video-game empire. Stay Awhile and Listen: How Two Blizzards Unleashed Diablo and Forged a Video-Game Empire - Book 1 invites readers to discover the origin of Blizzard North, a studio built by gamers, for gamers, and Blizzard Entertainment, a convergence of designers driven to rule their industry. Composed from exhaustive research and hundreds of personal interviews, the Stay Awhile and Listen series divulges the fated meeting that brought the two Blizzards together, the clashes that tore them apart, and their transformation from grassroots democracy to corporate empire. At the center of it all-Diablo, a hack-and-slash adventure through the darkest recesses of Hell that changed online gaming forever." David L. Craddock Thu, 19 May 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264643 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay Awhile and Listen: How Two Blizzards Unleashed Diablo and Forged a Video-Game Empire - Book I Author: David L. Craddock Narrator: Mike Rylander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Two companies. Two opposing cultures. One multi-billion-dollar video-game empire. Stay Awhile and Listen: How Two Blizzards Unleashed Diablo and Forged a Video-Game Empire - Book 1 invites readers to discover the origin of Blizzard North, a studio built by gamers, for gamers, and Blizzard Entertainment, a convergence of designers driven to rule their industry. Composed from exhaustive research and hundreds of personal interviews, the Stay Awhile and Listen series divulges the fated meeting that brought the two Blizzards together, the clashes that tore them apart, and their transformation from grassroots democracy to corporate empire. At the center of it all-Diablo, a hack-and-slash adventure through the darkest recesses of Hell that changed online gaming forever." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stay Awhile and Listen: How Two Blizzards Unleashed Diablo and Forged a Video-Game Empire - Book I Author: David L. Craddock Narrator: Mike Rylander Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Two companies. Two opposing cultures. One multi-billion-dollar video-game empire. Stay Awhile and Listen: How Two Blizzards Unleashed Diablo and Forged a Video-Game Empire - Book 1 invites readers to discover the origin of Blizzard North, a studio built by gamers, for gamers, and Blizzard Entertainment, a convergence of designers driven to rule their industry. Composed from exhaustive research and hundreds of personal interviews, the Stay Awhile and Listen series divulges the fated meeting that brought the two Blizzards together, the clashes that tore them apart, and their transformation from grassroots democracy to corporate empire. At the center of it all-Diablo, a hack-and-slash adventure through the darkest recesses of Hell that changed online gaming forever." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump: The Art of the Deal Author: Donald J. Trump, Tony Schwartz Narrator: Kaleo Griffith, Donald J. Trump Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 317 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 54 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • President Donald J. Trump lays out his professional and personal worldview in this classic work—a firsthand account of the rise of America’s foremost businessman. “Donald Trump is a deal maker. He is a deal maker the way lions are carnivores and water is wet.”—Chicago Tribune “I like thinking big. I always have. To me it’s very simple: If you’re going to be thinking anyway, you might as well think big.”—Donald J. Trump Here is Trump in action—how he runs his organization and how he runs his life—as he meets the people he needs to meet, chats with family and friends, clashes with enemies, and challenges conventional thinking. But even a maverick plays by rules, and Trump has formulated time-tested guidelines for success. He isolates the common elements in his greatest accomplishments; he shatters myths; he names names, spells out the zeros, and fully reveals the deal-maker’s art. And throughout, Trump talks—really talks—about how he does it. Trump: The Art of the Deal is an unguarded look at the mind of a brilliant entrepreneur—the ultimate read for anyone interested in the man behind the spotlight. Donald J. Trump, Tony Schwartz Tue, 31 May 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264518 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump: The Art of the Deal Author: Donald J. Trump, Tony Schwartz Narrator: Kaleo Griffith, Donald J. Trump Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 317 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 54 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • President Donald J. Trump lays out his professional and personal worldview in this classic work—a firsthand account of the rise of America’s foremost businessman. “Donald Trump is a deal maker. He is a deal maker the way lions are carnivores and water is wet.”—Chicago Tribune “I like thinking big. I always have. To me it’s very simple: If you’re going to be thinking anyway, you might as well think big.”—Donald J. Trump Here is Trump in action—how he runs his organization and how he runs his life—as he meets the people he needs to meet, chats with family and friends, clashes with enemies, and challenges conventional thinking. But even a maverick plays by rules, and Trump has formulated time-tested guidelines for success. He isolates the common elements in his greatest accomplishments; he shatters myths; he names names, spells out the zeros, and fully reveals the deal-maker’s art. And throughout, Trump talks—really talks—about how he does it. Trump: The Art of the Deal is an unguarded look at the mind of a brilliant entrepreneur—the ultimate read for anyone interested in the man behind the spotlight. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump: The Art of the Deal Author: Donald J. Trump, Tony Schwartz Narrator: Kaleo Griffith, Donald J. Trump Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.03 of Total 317 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 54 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • President Donald J. Trump lays out his professional and personal worldview in this classic work—a firsthand account of the rise of America’s foremost businessman. “Donald Trump is a deal maker. He is a deal maker the way lions are carnivores and water is wet.”—Chicago Tribune “I like thinking big. I always have. To me it’s very simple: If you’re going to be thinking anyway, you might as well think big.”—Donald J. Trump Here is Trump in action—how he runs his organization and how he runs his life—as he meets the people he needs to meet, chats with family and friends, clashes with enemies, and challenges conventional thinking. But even a maverick plays by rules, and Trump has formulated time-tested guidelines for success. He isolates the common elements in his greatest accomplishments; he shatters myths; he names names, spells out the zeros, and fully reveals the deal-maker’s art. And throughout, Trump talks—really talks—about how he does it. Trump: The Art of the Deal is an unguarded look at the mind of a brilliant entrepreneur—the ultimate read for anyone interested in the man behind the spotlight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Momentum: How to Propel Your Marketing and Transform Your Brand in the Digital Age Author: Shama Hyder Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Marketing in today’s digital age has become overwhelmingly complex—but it doesn’t have to be. Success lies in stepping above of the clutter and understanding the new principles of digital marketing.To this complicated and fast-moving world, bestselling author, renowned marketer, and award-winning entrepreneur Shama Hyder brings her uniquely Zen approach—separating out the critical from the trivial and the foundational rules from the ephemeral gimmicks. Offering five essential principles that crack the code on marketing successfully in today’s ecosystem, Momentum: How to Propel Your Marketing and Transform Your Brand in the Digital Age will help you not only regain your sanity, but learn how to spot opportunities to grow your organization and brand in the midst of marketplace chaos.In Momentum, Shama draws on her experience guiding clients ranging from small businesses to Fortune 100s to demystify the marketing landscape and provide you with the digital foresight you need to operate effectively in an increasingly digital world. Using key principles, she demonstrates how to transform your current approach into an effective, struggle-free, ROI-driven strategy.Before you invest in another marketing strategy, take a step back. Don’t waste enormous amounts of time, energy, and money on the wrong strategies and approach for your customers, industry, and market. Whether you’re a young business or an established company, let Momentum teach you how to thrive. Shama Hyder Tue, 17 May 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264466 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Momentum: How to Propel Your Marketing and Transform Your Brand in the Digital Age Author: Shama Hyder Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Marketing in today’s digital age has become overwhelmingly complex—but it doesn’t have to be. Success lies in stepping above of the clutter and understanding the new principles of digital marketing.To this complicated and fast-moving world, bestselling author, renowned marketer, and award-winning entrepreneur Shama Hyder brings her uniquely Zen approach—separating out the critical from the trivial and the foundational rules from the ephemeral gimmicks. Offering five essential principles that crack the code on marketing successfully in today’s ecosystem, Momentum: How to Propel Your Marketing and Transform Your Brand in the Digital Age will help you not only regain your sanity, but learn how to spot opportunities to grow your organization and brand in the midst of marketplace chaos.In Momentum, Shama draws on her experience guiding clients ranging from small businesses to Fortune 100s to demystify the marketing landscape and provide you with the digital foresight you need to operate effectively in an increasingly digital world. Using key principles, she demonstrates how to transform your current approach into an effective, struggle-free, ROI-driven strategy.Before you invest in another marketing strategy, take a step back. Don’t waste enormous amounts of time, energy, and money on the wrong strategies and approach for your customers, industry, and market. Whether you’re a young business or an established company, let Momentum teach you how to thrive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Momentum: How to Propel Your Marketing and Transform Your Brand in the Digital Age Author: Shama Hyder Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Marketing in today’s digital age has become overwhelmingly complex—but it doesn’t have to be. Success lies in stepping above of the clutter and understanding the new principles of digital marketing.To this complicated and fast-moving world, bestselling author, renowned marketer, and award-winning entrepreneur Shama Hyder brings her uniquely Zen approach—separating out the critical from the trivial and the foundational rules from the ephemeral gimmicks. Offering five essential principles that crack the code on marketing successfully in today’s ecosystem, Momentum: How to Propel Your Marketing and Transform Your Brand in the Digital Age will help you not only regain your sanity, but learn how to spot opportunities to grow your organization and brand in the midst of marketplace chaos.In Momentum, Shama draws on her experience guiding clients ranging from small businesses to Fortune 100s to demystify the marketing landscape and provide you with the digital foresight you need to operate effectively in an increasingly digital world. Using key principles, she demonstrates how to transform your current approach into an effective, struggle-free, ROI-driven strategy.Before you invest in another marketing strategy, take a step back. Don’t waste enormous amounts of time, energy, and money on the wrong strategies and approach for your customers, industry, and market. Whether you’re a young business or an established company, let Momentum teach you how to thrive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264430 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How May We Hate You?: Notes from the Concierge Desk Author: Todd Dakotah Briscoe, Anna Drezen Narrator: Todd Dakotah Briscoe, Anna Drezen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most people think hotel employees are effortlessly cheerful, naturally helpful, and genuinely like their work.    Most people are wrong.   Find out what really goes on in the world of hospitality with this hilarious book full of funny and absurd stories, anecdotes told in dialogue, factoids, and hoax pop quizzes by two veteran concierges who paid their way while working at a combined 50 hotels in and around Times Square. They are very pleased to help you learn: ·         The Truth About Bed Bugs ·         The Mythology of “Loyalty Programs” ·         The 411 on Hotel Residents ·         And so much more   Filled with photographs and infographics, How May We Hate You? is both romp and commentary on the hospitality industry and life behind the nametag. Todd Dakotah Briscoe, Anna Drezen Tue, 17 May 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264430 thebookvoice.com 2:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How May We Hate You?: Notes from the Concierge Desk Author: Todd Dakotah Briscoe, Anna Drezen Narrator: Todd Dakotah Briscoe, Anna Drezen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most people think hotel employees are effortlessly cheerful, naturally helpful, and genuinely like their work.    Most people are wrong.   Find out what really goes on in the world of hospitality with this hilarious book full of funny and absurd stories, anecdotes told in dialogue, factoids, and hoax pop quizzes by two veteran concierges who paid their way while working at a combined 50 hotels in and around Times Square. They are very pleased to help you learn: ·         The Truth About Bed Bugs ·         The Mythology of “Loyalty Programs” ·         The 411 on Hotel Residents ·         And so much more   Filled with photographs and infographics, How May We Hate You? is both romp and commentary on the hospitality industry and life behind the nametag. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How May We Hate You?: Notes from the Concierge Desk Author: Todd Dakotah Briscoe, Anna Drezen Narrator: Todd Dakotah Briscoe, Anna Drezen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Most people think hotel employees are effortlessly cheerful, naturally helpful, and genuinely like their work.    Most people are wrong.   Find out what really goes on in the world of hospitality with this hilarious book full of funny and absurd stories, anecdotes told in dialogue, factoids, and hoax pop quizzes by two veteran concierges who paid their way while working at a combined 50 hotels in and around Times Square. They are very pleased to help you learn: ·         The Truth About Bed Bugs ·         The Mythology of “Loyalty Programs” ·         The 411 on Hotel Residents ·         And so much more   Filled with photographs and infographics, How May We Hate You? is both romp and commentary on the hospitality industry and life behind the nametag. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of A New Machine Author: Tracy Kidder Narrator: Ben Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tracy Kidder's 'riveting' (Washington Post) story of one company's efforts to bring a new microcomputer to market won both the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award and has become essential reading for understanding the history of the American tech industry. Computers have changed since 1981, when The Soul of a New Machine first examined the culture of the computer revolution. What has not changed is the feverish pace of the high-tech industry, the go-for-broke approach to business that has caused so many computer companies to win big (or go belly up), and the cult of pursuing mind-bending technological innovations. The Soul of a New Machine is an essential chapter in the history of the machine that revolutionized the world in the twentieth century. 'Fascinating...A surprisingly gripping account of people at work.' --Wall Street Journal Tracy Kidder Tue, 17 May 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264363 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of A New Machine Author: Tracy Kidder Narrator: Ben Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tracy Kidder's 'riveting' (Washington Post) story of one company's efforts to bring a new microcomputer to market won both the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award and has become essential reading for understanding the history of the American tech industry. Computers have changed since 1981, when The Soul of a New Machine first examined the culture of the computer revolution. What has not changed is the feverish pace of the high-tech industry, the go-for-broke approach to business that has caused so many computer companies to win big (or go belly up), and the cult of pursuing mind-bending technological innovations. The Soul of a New Machine is an essential chapter in the history of the machine that revolutionized the world in the twentieth century. 'Fascinating...A surprisingly gripping account of people at work.' --Wall Street Journal Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of A New Machine Author: Tracy Kidder Narrator: Ben Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tracy Kidder's 'riveting' (Washington Post) story of one company's efforts to bring a new microcomputer to market won both the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award and has become essential reading for understanding the history of the American tech industry. Computers have changed since 1981, when The Soul of a New Machine first examined the culture of the computer revolution. What has not changed is the feverish pace of the high-tech industry, the go-for-broke approach to business that has caused so many computer companies to win big (or go belly up), and the cult of pursuing mind-bending technological innovations. The Soul of a New Machine is an essential chapter in the history of the machine that revolutionized the world in the twentieth century. 'Fascinating...A surprisingly gripping account of people at work.' --Wall Street Journal https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264328 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurs in Every Generation: How Successful Family Businesses Develop Their Next Leaders Author: Pramodita Sharma, Allan Cohen Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many family firms fail because the entrepreneurial spirit that drove the first generation isn't nurtured and developed in the generations that follow. Sharma and Cohen show how any family firm can create a 'company of founders.' Companies that are owned and run by families need to develop leadership and entrepreneurial skills just like any other company, but family firms face obstacles that 'hire and fire' companies don't. Family dynamics rarely perfectly mirror the best practices in the latest Harvard Business Review. So what factors in the family and work environments enable the creation of leaders who share the entrepreneurial fire of the founders? Is there a specific education, training and experiential pathway that tips the odds of entrepreneurial success across generations? How do some firms manage to bypass family conflicts, disparate visions of the future, sibling rivalries, generational transition traps, death and divorces, that seem to mark the demise of so many family businesses? Cohen and Sharma draw on their deep and extensive research on family businesses to reveal the secrets of enterprising families, using examples of both firms that flourished and those that failed. While this book is written with top leadership in mind, it's especially focused on the needs of the second and third generations. Cohen and Sharma emphasize that the most important skill of all is thinking like an entrepreneur--something that succeeding generations in family firms often miss. Pramodita Sharma, Allan Cohen Mon, 06 Jun 2016 01:35:26 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264328 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurs in Every Generation: How Successful Family Businesses Develop Their Next Leaders Author: Pramodita Sharma, Allan Cohen Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many family firms fail because the entrepreneurial spirit that drove the first generation isn't nurtured and developed in the generations that follow. Sharma and Cohen show how any family firm can create a 'company of founders.' Companies that are owned and run by families need to develop leadership and entrepreneurial skills just like any other company, but family firms face obstacles that 'hire and fire' companies don't. Family dynamics rarely perfectly mirror the best practices in the latest Harvard Business Review. So what factors in the family and work environments enable the creation of leaders who share the entrepreneurial fire of the founders? Is there a specific education, training and experiential pathway that tips the odds of entrepreneurial success across generations? How do some firms manage to bypass family conflicts, disparate visions of the future, sibling rivalries, generational transition traps, death and divorces, that seem to mark the demise of so many family businesses? Cohen and Sharma draw on their deep and extensive research on family businesses to reveal the secrets of enterprising families, using examples of both firms that flourished and those that failed. While this book is written with top leadership in mind, it's especially focused on the needs of the second and third generations. Cohen and Sharma emphasize that the most important skill of all is thinking like an entrepreneur--something that succeeding generations in family firms often miss. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurs in Every Generation: How Successful Family Businesses Develop Their Next Leaders Author: Pramodita Sharma, Allan Cohen Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 6, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Many family firms fail because the entrepreneurial spirit that drove the first generation isn't nurtured and developed in the generations that follow. Sharma and Cohen show how any family firm can create a 'company of founders.' Companies that are owned and run by families need to develop leadership and entrepreneurial skills just like any other company, but family firms face obstacles that 'hire and fire' companies don't. Family dynamics rarely perfectly mirror the best practices in the latest Harvard Business Review. So what factors in the family and work environments enable the creation of leaders who share the entrepreneurial fire of the founders? Is there a specific education, training and experiential pathway that tips the odds of entrepreneurial success across generations? How do some firms manage to bypass family conflicts, disparate visions of the future, sibling rivalries, generational transition traps, death and divorces, that seem to mark the demise of so many family businesses? Cohen and Sharma draw on their deep and extensive research on family businesses to reveal the secrets of enterprising families, using examples of both firms that flourished and those that failed. While this book is written with top leadership in mind, it's especially focused on the needs of the second and third generations. Cohen and Sharma emphasize that the most important skill of all is thinking like an entrepreneur--something that succeeding generations in family firms often miss.